2003-2004 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog by Pacific Lutheran University Archives

Cover Photo - jordan Hartman

Contact Information venue in s uburb an Parkland. Office h our are from 8:00 a.m. to to

The univ rsily is located at South 121st S tre et and Park

5 :00 p.m. Monday thro ugh Friday. Most offices are dosed lor chapel on Monday, Wednesd y, and Friday from 10:30 II :00 a.m. during the c hoo l year. The univ rs i ty observe� aJJ legal holidays The University enter maint ains an infomlati n desk t h at is open d aily from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. (9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on Saturday and Sunday). e

Visitors arc \VL"lcome at any lime. of Admission .

p ecial arrangements for tou rs and appointments may be made throu gh tile Office

CONTACT THE OffiCE OF:

Aren cod" 25J

ThePresident .

. ..

....... . .. . .

. . ..

..... .. .

.. 535.710]

.. ... ....

FOR INFORMAnON ABOUT: •

General interests of the university, church r cl a tions and ,

omllllLDily rei tions

pre)idellt@pill.Cliu

TbeProvost ... .............. .... .. ............ . 535.7126 .

provost@pI71.edll

aadv@plll.edu

• A cadem ic ad v i si ng dev .loping academic goals, choo ing a major, and lass scheduling; s u ppor t [or fa culty advisors; first-year stud ent regisLration

.. . . 535.7 i 5] 1.800.274.6758

• G e ne r a l in[Qrmation, adm ission of students, and publications for prospective stud nL and advanced plac ment

Academic Advising ............................... 535.8786

Admissions ...... .. .. .... ..

..... . .

... ..

• Academic pol icie s and programs, fac u lt y appointments, and curriculum development

...

admissio1Zs@piu.edu

Alumni andParent Relations ............. 5 3 5 .7 4 15

•

Alumni prograllls and services

a/lmmi@plll.edu

535.7464

Campus Ministry .. ............... ............. .

....

•

cmi ll@plu.edIlO

Campus Safety and lnfoDllotion ........ 5 5.7441

Chapel, Saturday and Sunday worship, care, pastoral support, and r e ligious life at the un iversity

•

Campus parking, safel)', and information

•

Career opti ons

•

Gifts, bequests, g rants and the annual fund

mlllpussafety@plu.edli

Career Development . . .. . ...... . .. .

... ..

. ..

....

535.7459

career

plu.edu

The Vice President for Development and University Relations .. .. .. .. ... . 535.7177

....... ..

deveiopmenl@pltl.edu

Financial Aid and Student Employment . . . . . .

. ..

.............. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .

535.7134

• Financial aid, work study, and student e mploym ent

jil1aid@p l u. edll

The Vice President (or Finance and Operations . . .

•

.. . . . . .

Fi na n cial management and administrative rvices

.... .. .... .. 535.7121

jinaI1Ce@plll.edll

Dean of Gradnate Studies .... . . . ..

. 535.7126

. . . ......

raduate programs and administration

•

provost@p lll.edu

Wang Center for International Programs

...............................................

•

I nt e rnat i onal study

•

Transfer credit evaluation, advanced placemeBt, graduation class sch ed ul es , grades, classroom scheduling, instirutional research

535.7577

wangetr@plu.edu

The Registrar

......................... .. .. ........

.. . ..

535.7 L31

rcgistrar@plu.edu

•

The VicePresident for Student Life

. .. 535.7191

.......................... ........ ... ..

slif@plll.edll

Student Services Center . .

.. . 535.7161 1.800.678.3243

. ..... ..... ..

. .....

ssvc@plu.edu

e r Sessions . . . ....................... .... 535.7126

umm

.. . . .

Residence halls, counseling and testing, healili service, multi cultural aifuirs, c areer services, student employment, campus safety, extracurricular activities, and disabiJjty services

• Payment contracts, billing inquiries, transcripts, schedules, r gistration , veterans questions, and general financial aid e

questions

• Summer sessions

1.800.756.1563 spacsllmmer@piu.edl.1

For further information, please visit the PLU home page at www.plu.edu. To acces the PLU catalog online, visit www.plu.edulprintlcatalog.

,.... m

UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE CATALOG 2003-2004 •

•

o ....

amiliar with PLU degree requirements, ee General University Requirements on page 25.

To become

" o Z -I m Z -I

To learn more about major and minor requirements, see specific department pages starting on page 36.

Table of Contents

II'

Academic Calendar

... .

.. .... . . .. .. . . .. ..... . ... ..

. .. .

. ..

. . .. .. .. ... . 2

....

Humanities, Division of . . . ... . ... ... . 88 Individualize Major . ...... . .... .. . . .. .. .... . .. . ... ... . ... 88 International Core: Integrated Stu ies of the Contemporary World .. .. 89

Mission Statement ................................................................ 3

Integrative Learning Objective:. . ... . . . .. 3 ener I Information . . . .. .. .. ... 4 Admission .. . . .... .. . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . . 5 Financial Aid .. . . . . .. . .. . . ..... . . . 7 Tuition. Fees, and Payment Information . .. . . .. . . 13 . . .. . . 16 Student Lit' ilnd Campu� Resource� ..... .. . . . . . ......... . . ... .... .. . .

... ..... . ...... ..

.... ....

. ....... ..

. . ... . ..

. . ... .. ... ... .. ..

. ._ .......

.. ..

.. . . . .

. ....

. .

...

. .

... ...

.. . ..

. . ....

. . ..... ....

.. . . ..... ..... . ...

. . ... .... . .

.... .. .. ..

. .. .

.... . . . . ..

.... . .

Academic Procedures .

. ....... .....

. .....

... .. ........

.. . . . ... . . .. . .

...

. .. ....

. .. .. .

............... .

.......

. ..

....

.....

......

Languages and Literatures ... .. . . .. .. ... . . .. ...... . Legal Studies . .. . . . .. .... . .. . . Ivtarriage and F. mill' Th e r py ... ......................................... Mathematics .. .. . . .. . . . ... . .. ....

... ... ...........

.. .

...... .

....

.....

..... .......

...

1usic .. .

. .

. .. . ..

. . .. . .. ....... . ........... .

. .. .

.. .. .. .. . . .. ....

. .. .

. ..

Natural Sciences, Division of .

... .

. . ..

..... . . ...

Nursing, School of Philosophy ..

. ....

...... ..

........ ......

....

. .. . .... .

. ..

. . ...

. .. ...

....... .

.........

.. . ... . .... ....... . . . .. ... . ... . .. . . . .

.. ..

... .

.. . .. . . .

...

.. . . . ... . . . . .. . ... .

.......

. . . .. .. . ...

..... ...

.. .

... .

....

......

. ..

. .. . .. .

.... .

Physical Education, School of ... ... . . ... . ..... ... .

90 94 94 95 98 1 03 104 1 10

. ........ .......

.. .

. .

.. .

. ...

... .

....

III

Phys ic s .. .................................. ..... .......................................

Academic Structure

. ..

....

. . ... .. ... .. . ... .. . ... .... .. . . . .

. .

. ..

.. .....

. 34 .

Degrees . . .... . . . ... . . .. . .. 34 Majors and Minors . . .... .. ... . .. . .... . . .. .. . 35 The Americas . . .. . . . .. ... . . . . . 36 . . ....... 36 Anthropol gy ... . .. . ... ...... ..... . . . . .. ... .. . Art 8 Arts, School of the . . . .. . . .. ... 41 Arts and Sciences, Cullege of . . . . . . .. 41 .

.......

. . ..

. ... .

.. . .

.. .

.... . . . .. . ......

... .. .

.... . ..... . ...... ..... ....

. . .

. . ..

..... ...

. ...

.. .

.. .. .

.. . ... ..... . ....... . .. . ...... .

. ..

... .

...... .... . ..

. . .

.. . ..... .. .

.... ........ ... ................. ............ .. ........... ................ ....... ........ .

...

... ....... ....

.. . .... .. .. . . ........... . ...

. ........

Biology .. .... . .

. ...

..... .. ..

.... ..

.. .

. . ....

.. ...

...

. ... .. . . ..... ... ... ... .. ..

. ...

..... ..

...

.... .

.....

. . ... ....

. . 42

.. . . .. 44 Business, 'chool ot . . . . . . Chemistry .. . . .. . . . .. .. ...... .. . . .. . . 59 Chin se Studies . . .. . . . .. . .. . 5t Classics . . .. . . . . . ..... . . .. . . . .... 52 Communication and Theatre .......... .................................. 52 C.omputer cience and Computer ngineering . .. . .. 57 C operative Education Internships .... .. . . . .. . . . . . 60 Economi s . . . . .. . . . bO Education, School of.. ......................................................... 62 Engineering Dual Degree Program . . .... ... ....... . ... . 73 English .. .. . ... . . . . . .. . .... .. . . . 74 English a� a Second Language ... . . . . . . .. . 77 Environmental Studi . . . .. ..... .. ... . .. .. . 78 C o. ciences .......................................................................... 80 Global Education Opportunities ....................................... 82 Global Studi s .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... il3 Hislory .. . . . . ... . . .... .. . . .. .... . . ... 84 Honors Program . . .. . .. ...... . .. . . ..... . . . 87 ... .. ... . ... ... ...... . . . ..... . ......

...

.. .

.....

.. .....

.... ..

.. ...

. ....

... . . ..

.. . . .. . ..

.. .. .

. . . . .... .. . .. .

.. . ... .

. ...

. ......... ..........

. . . .... .. ..... .. .......

. .....

.. ......

. .. ..

. ...... ..

. ... .

...

.. ...

......

. ... .

.. . . ..

....

. ..

. ... . . ... . . . .

. ... .. .

......... .. . ..

.... . ... .

...

.. .

. .

....

. ..

...

...... . ..

. .

. .. .....

.. .

.....

....

....... .. . . .

. .

. ...

... ..

.....

... .....

.. ...

. ... . ..

... . . . .. . .. .. ...... .. ..

.. . . ..

... .

...... . . . .... . .. . . . ....

.... . . .

. .. . ... ...

. ......

... . . .

...

... ...

...

..... .. .

.. .... .... ....... ..

. ... . . ....

.... .... .

... .........

.. .

. . ... .

115 117 . ... .. . . . . .. . ... . 1 1 9 . . .. .. .. ...... .. .. .. ... .... 1 21 . ..... ... . .. . .. . 123 Religion . . . .. . . . . . . .. ... . .... ... . . . ... 1 23 Scandinavian Area Studies .. ... . . . . . . . . . 125 Social Sciences, Division of . ... . ..... . . . . ..... ... . . .. . 1 25 S ciology and Social \"'ork . .. . .. . . . . . . .. .. . 1 26 tatistics . . .... . . . . . ... .. . ..... . . . .. . . . 129 Theatre (see Communication and Theatre) . . . . . ... . 52 Women's Studies .. . .... . .. . . . . ... . .. . .. . . 130 vVriting . .. . . . . .. . . . . .... .. . . .. ..... . . .. . . .. . 1 31 Politica! Science . .. . . ... .... . Pre- Professional Studies ... . . .... P�ychology . . . . . . . .. .. .. . .. .. .. Publishing and Printing Arts ...... ...

.....

.. ...

. .

.. .

...

. . ..

. .

..... . . .. .. .. .. ..

. ...

.. .

.....

....

.. ...

. ........

.. ..

.. .. . . . ..

...

.....

. . . .. ..

....... .. . ..

... .

. ...

...

. ...

. .. .

.. .

... . ..

. .....

... . . .

...

.... .

.... ..

...

..... . .

....

. .. ..

... ..

.. ....

. ..

. ....

..... .. .. .. ....

. . . ... .

. ...

. . .. ..

. .

.. .. . ... .

.....

....

...

......... ..... .

. .

......... . .. ..... . . . . . ...

. . . ... . .

...

.. .

.. .. .

. ..

.. ...

. . ..

Admission . . . ..... ............... ....... . ................ . . ......................... 1 32 Policies and St'lIldards ... . . ... .. . ..... .. .. .... 133 Tuition and Fees . .............. ................................................. 135 Pinancial Aid . .. . . . .. ... . ... . .. . . 135 Master , f Business Administration . .. . ... . . .... . .. . .. 135 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing . ... . .. . . . 137 Master o f Arts i n Education . .. . . ..... . . . ... . ... ..... . .... . 1 38 Master of Arts (Marriage and Family Therap)'l ...... ...... 1 4 1 Master of Science in Nursing .... .. ... .. .. . .. .. . . 1 42 ..

..... . .

... ... . . ......

...... .. . ....... .... ... . .. ........ .. ... .

... .

...

. .

. . ..

.. ...

. .

. . .

. .....

.. .

. .

. ..... . . ..

. .

.....

.... .

...

..... . .

dministration/Paculty . . . .. . ... . .. . . . . . 144 University Guidelines .... ... .. .. . ...... . ........ . ... . . . .... 1 53 Index . . . .. ..... . . .. ....... . ...... . ... .. . ..... .. . 1 5 8 ......

...

... . .. . . .. . . . ..

... ..

...... .. ....

...

.... ..

. .....

. ..

.. .

...

.... .. .

.. . .

. .

PACIFIC

UJIHERAN UNIVERSITY reflects 3 n accurate pict un' of Pacifi( Lutheran University at the tillle of publication. However. the university lTIi.lkc Tle � ary ell nges in procedures. policies, calendar, curriculum, and costs. Listed in this catalog are course. and summaries of degree requirement> for major" minors, and other programs in the College of Arts and SClCl1ces Jnd the Schools of the Arts. Rusiness, Education. Nursing, and PhYSical Education. Detailed degree requirements, often including s u ppl ementary sample prngram ,are available in the "ffices of the individual chools and departments. Advising by university p er son nel inconsistent with publish d ,t.llements is not bindinf;.

The information contained herein rc erve\ the right to

. ..

Ill:

< c z ..,

....I

< U u w

c < u <

Academic Calendar SUMMER SESSION 2004

SUMMER SESSION 2003

Term I ... ... . . . . Tuesday, May 27-Satu rday, June 2 1 Term I I .. . . . .... . .. . . .. Monday, June 23-Saturday, July 19 Work sho p Week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... Monday, July 2 I-Saturday, July 26 Term III ........ ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... Monday, July 2H-Saturday, August 23 August Commencement ............... 10:30 a.I11., Saturday, August 23

Term I .................. . . . . . . . . . . .......... Tu esday, May 25-Saturday, June 19 Term II ............................... . . . . . . Monday, June 2I-Saturday, july 17 Workshop Week ........ ............... Monday, July 19-5aturday, July 24 Term I I I . . .. .... ... . . . . .. Monday, July 26-Saturday, August 21 August Comm encement ............... 10:30 a.m., Satu day, August 21

FALL SEMBST.ER 2003

FALL SEMESTER 2004

...................

..... . . . . ...

rientation

.....

....

. ...

T h ursda ,September 4Sunday, September 7 Classes Begin . . .... . .. . . . . ... 7:00 a.I11., Monday, Septemoer H 0pcltil1g C nvocation ............ .... 9:00 a. m., Monday, September 8 .......... .... ......................... ..... ....

lasse>

re_tlme

... .. . . .

at 11:30 a.lIl.

Mid- 'cm ster

. . . . .. .

Orientation ................................................ Thursday, September 2Monday, Sep tember 6 Classes Begin ................................ 7:00 a . m . , Tuesday, Septem b er 7 Op ening Convocation ................. 9:00 a.m., Tuesday, Septemb er 7

Classes resllme at 11 :30 a.m.

Br ,k . . . . .............. ... . .. . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . . . . F riday, ctober 24 hanksgiving RecC!Ss Begins ..... I:35 p.m., ednesday, November 26 T hanksgi ing Recess End� ... . . . . . . . . 7:00 a.m., 1onday, December I December Comm encement . . . 10:30 a.I11., Saturday, December 13 Classes End . .. .. ...... . . . . . 5:00 01 Saturda>', De ember 13 Final E' minations . .. . . . . .. . . M()nday, December 15Saturday, December 20 Semester Ends (after last exam ) ................ . Saturday, December 20

Mid-semester Break ........... ................................ Friday, October 22 Thanksgiving Recess Begins 1:35 p.m" Wednesday, November 24 Thanksgiving Recess Ends . . . . . . . . . 7:00 a.Ill., Monday, November 29 December Comm encement . . . 10:30 a.m., Saturday, December II Classes End ................................ 5:00 p.m., Saturday, December II Final Examinations ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, December 13Saturday, D ecember 18 Semester Ends (after last exam) ................. Sa turday, December 18

JANUARY TERM 2004

JANUARY TERM 2005

lasses Begin .. ......................... . . ....... 7'00 a,m. , Monday, January 5 Martin Luther rng, Jr., Birthday H olIday ..... Monday, January 19 Classes End ............... . . . . . . . . . ............ 3:00 p.m., Sat urday, January 31

Classes Begin .... ........... . . . . 7:00 a.m., Monday, january 3 Martin Luther Ki ng, Jr., Birthday Holiday ..... Monday, january 17 Classes End .... ................................ 5:00 p.m., Satllljay, January 29

SPRING SEMESTER 2004

SPRING SEMESTER 2005

Classes Begi n ............................. 7:00 a.m., \Vednesday, Pebruary 4 Presidenb' D ay Holiday ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Monday, Feb ruary 16 Spr'ng Break Begins ... . . .. 5:00 p.m. , aturday, March 20 Spring Brea End................ .. . . ........ . 7:00 a.m., ivlonda>', i\'iarch 29 Easter Reees egins . . .. . . . ...... . 7:()() a. m., Friday, April 9 Easter Recess Ends . . . . , .. . . . . . . . . ............ . . II:15 a.m., Monday, April 12 Classes End ...................... .... ................ 5:00 p.m., Saturday, May IS Final Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . ..... Mon day, May 17-Saturday, May 22 Sem ester Ends (after la,t exam) . . ........ .. . Saturday, May 22 May JOmmenc ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 2:30 p.m., Sunday, May 23

Classes Begin . . . . . . . ...................... 7:00 a . m . , Wednesday, February 2 Presidents' Day Holiday . . . . . . .. . ................ ....... Monday, February 2 1 Spring Break/Easter Recess Begins . . 5:00 p,m., Saturday, March 1 9 Sp ring Break/Easter Recess Ends ..... 7:00 a.m., Tuesday, Ma rch 29 Classes End ..... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....... . . . . . . 5:00 p. m., Saturday, May 14 Final Examinations ............... . Monday, May 16-Saturday, May 21 Semester Ends (after last exa m ) ........................... S[l'lurday, May 21 May Comm encement ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:30 p.m., Sunday, May 22

. ...

. . ... . . ..

.....

... ..... .. ....

._ . ..

......... ...... . .

....... . ..

�

.. . . ...

Worship Service begil1s at

.... .

IFIC

..........

9:30 a.m.

....

. .. ... . .....

Worship Service beg ins at 9:30 a.m.

-I :::r::

The University

c: z < m

MISS ION STA TEMEN T

::0 III

long c ommitted to providing an edu(,<l tion distinguished f< r quality, in the context of a heritage tha t is Lutheran an d an environment that is ecumenically Christi a n , PLU continues to embrace its primar y mission:

-I -<

the development of knowledgeable perwn equipped with an wld�rstanding of the human condition.

cri ical awar ness of humane a nd pir itual ·alue, and a capacity for clear and effective self-t·xpression. For all who choo e to eek a PLU degree, Lhe university offers opportunity to pursue a \Oariety of programs of 31..ademic worth and excellence. It standard of performance demand a finely trained faculty as well as hlghlv killed administrative and support staff. In its institutional emphasis on scholarship, the Uruversity views the liberal art . a providing the necl!' 'ary and e 'scntial foundat i on for tht., technical training and education in the profes ions whiCh modern so -jety requires. Th university aims t cultivate the intel lect, not for its own -ake merely. but as a tool of conscience and an in lrument for 'en ice. The diver ity and variety of cultural programs and personal services offered by the univer ity are intended to facilitate this p(1sitive development of the student as a whole person in order th at our student might function a member. of soci...ty. In other words, PLU affirms that reaJit:ation of onl.:'s hlghest potential as well as fulfillment f life's purpose arl'e in the JOy of 'em e to others. To aid Its students in sh aring this understanding, the university seeks to be a community in whi 'h there is a continUIng and fruitful interaction ben....een what is best in education and what is noblest in Chri "fian edification. This deliberate und simulta neous attention to the religIOUS dimension of the total human experience and to the standards of scholarly objectivity, coupled with dear reco gn ition of the integrat ive imp ul e in each is tbe e ence of PLU.

N I TE GR ATV I E LEARNN I G OBJECTIVES The goals of a PLU education Critical Reflection

consider issues from multiple perspectives evaluate assumptions and consequences of different perspectives in assessing possible solutions to problems • se ect ources of information using appr priate rese arch m thods

•

underst a nd and explain eli ergen t viewpoints on o mplex issues, critically assess the support available far each, and defend one's Own judgements.

Expression

communicate clearly and effectively in b th oral an written forms • create symbols of meaning in a variety of expr s ive media, both verbal and nonverbal •

•

adapt mes ages to various audiences

Interaction with Others

• w rk creatively to identify and clarify the issues of concern •

•

develop and pr mote effective trategies an

interper' nal relationships acknowleg and respond to canflic 'ng id eas and priciples, and id ntify common interests

Valuing • articulate and assess on 's own values, with an awareness of the communities and traditions that have helped to sh ape them • rec gnize how thers have arriv d at values different from one's own • develop a habit of caring for ones If, f, r others, and for the environment •

approach moral, spiritu 1, and i n tellectual development as a life-long process

Multiple Frameworks •

recognize and understand how cultures profoundly hape different assumptions and behaviors

identify issues and problem facing pe pie in every cultu re • cultivate respect for diverse cultures, practices, and traditions •

To see the Integrative Learning Objectives document in its entirety contact the Provost's Office at 253.535.7126 or visit the website at www.plll.edlll-provost.

z o

General Information ACADEMIC PROGRAM

a::

o LA.

z .....

« a:: w

z w

Pacific L utheran University uses a 4-1-4 calendar which consists of two 15-week �emester,' br i dge d by a four-week January ternl. Course credit is computed by ho u r . The maj o rit y of courses are offered for 4 h(lllr�. Each u nd ergr ad ua t e degree candidate is ex pec te d to complett: 12H hours with an o veral l grade point aver age of 2.00. O epa rtme nts Of sc hool s may �et hi gh e r g r ade point r equ ireme nt s. Degree requirements are sp eci fi call y stated in this ca ta log. Each student should become familiar with these requirements and p repa re to meet th em.

ACCR EDffATION P acifi c Luthe ra n U llI v ersit y is fully accr edite d by the Northwe t Ass o ciati on of Schools and C o ll eg e. a. a four- ye ar institution of higher education. In addition the following programs hold sp eci aliz ed accredi tations and app ro vals: BlIsil1es� - AACSB Inter ational - The Asso c iat i on to Advance o llegia te Schools of Business

Chem istry a/ld Biochemistry - American Chemical Society Compllter Sciel1ce (8S) - Computing Sciences Accreditation

Board, Inc. Edllcation - National Council for th e Accreditation of Teacher Educati n

Marriage and Family Therapy - Commission un Accreditation

for Marriage and Family Therapy Education of the American Associatiun f or Mar riage a,nd Fam ily Therap y Music - National Associatinn of S ho ols of Mus ic Nursillg - National League for Nmsing SOCi/li Work uncil un So ial Viork Euucation

Any current or pro spe c tiv e student may, u�)on request directed to the president's filce, revi ew a copy of the d cuments per taining to the universit )" s various accreditations and approvals.

ENROLLMEN T 3,028 full-time students: 357 p art-time stude nts ENVTRONS Located in uburban Parkland, PLU ha s a picturesque I 26-acre cam pus . The university's geographicaJ se tti n affords students a wide v ari et y of born re cr ea tinna l anJ cul tura l enkrtainment op ti ons. R e creat iona lly, t h e gran de ur of th Pa ifie Northwest encourages participation in hik in g, camping, climbing, sk iing, boaling, and swimm ing . . he m us t conspicuou n at nra l monument in the area is Mt. Rainier. In a ddi l i n to It. Rainier, Lhe di� ti nL tive realms of the Ca cad and Olympic mountain ranges nd forests of Douglas Fir c o mp l e t e one of the most naturally tranquil environments in the United States. ,tudents can al () enjoy the a es the 'c o ffer i ngs of nearby eattle and Tac om a. Th e city centers host a vd rie ty uf petform in g and recording art s and pm ide dozens of g a lleri es and museums as well as u niqu e sh oppin g and dining expe ri enc es. I

FACULTY 226 full-time faculty*; 33 part-time f.!culty ·per [PEDS defillitioll.

HISTORY Pacific Lutheran Un i v e rs i ty was founded in 1890 by a group of m slly Norwegian Lutherans from the Puget SounJ area. Th ey we[e led by the Rever en d Bjug Harstad, who became PLU's first pr' ·ident. In naming the univen;ity, these pioneers re ogn i ze d the important role that a Lutherall e duca ti onal institution un the r stern fronti r of America could play in the t:mcrging future of the region. They Vol nted the i ns t itutio n to help immigra nts adj u s t to their new land and find jobs, bllt t he y al ( ) wanted it to produce g rad ua te s who would serY Lhurch and community. 4

CIFIC

L U T H E R A N

U NIV E R S IT Y

Education-and educ ati ng for service--was a venerated part of the Sc an di navian traditions from which the. pio neers ca m e. Although founded as a u nive rs ity, the institution functio ned p rimaril y as an academy unti l 1918, when it c losed for two years. It reopened as th :\ovo-year Pacific Lutheran College, after merg ing with Columbia Colleg e, p re viousl y located in Eve rett . Further consolidations occurred when Spokane College merged with PLC in 1929. Four-year baccalaureate degree, \.'ere first offered in educat"ion in 1939 and in the liberal arts in 1942. T he institution was r eorganiz e d as a universit}, in 1960, r c laim ing its original name. It pr es ently includes a College of Arts and Sciences; p rof es sional schools of the Arts, BusiTles', Education, Nursing, and Physical Education; and both g duate and continuing education programs. PLU ha' been closely and productively affiliated with the Lutheran church throughout its h isto ry. It is nm a university of the E va ngelic al Lutheran Church in America (£LCA), owned by the more than six hundred co ngrega tio ns of Region I of the ELCA. Many influences and individuals have combined tn shape PLU and its regional, national. and inc reasi ng ly international reputa tion for teaching, service, and sc hu la r h ip . A dedicated faculty has been an extremely import ant factor. The school h s enjoyed a strong musical tradition from the beginning, as well as notewor thy alumni achievements in pu lie school t�aching and adm in is tration, university teac hi ng and c holarship , th e pa st or al minis try, the health sciences and healing Jrt� and bUSllless. At l'LU the liberal arts and professional education are clo sdy i nle gr ated and collaborative in their ed uc ati onal p hiloso p hie s, activities, and aspirations.

LATE-AF T ERNO N, EVENING, AND SATURn Y CLASSES To pro ide for the professillnal g rowt h and c ul tur a l enrichment of persons u nab l e to take a traditional co llege course schedule, the university conduct· Idte-afternoon, evening, and Saturday classes. In add i ti on to a wide variety uf offeri ngs in t he arts and s i nces, there are , pec ia li:,,:e d and g radua te course' fo r teachers, a dm ini stra to r s , and persons in business and industry.

RETENTION OF FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS The retention of students e nteri ng as fir st-ye ar students has been monitored :ince 1972. The data for th e past fifteen years is p resen tcd in the following table: Retention of Entering First·Year Students Fall

1987 1988

To Sophomore Year

1990

81.7% 75.7% 80.9% 77.4%

1991

HI.3%

1992

79.9%

1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998

79.8% 78.YYo 7 8 .0% 84.3% 83 .3%

1989

1999 2000 2001

To Junior Year

65.3%

65.4% 70.1% 66.0% 71.1% 7 3. 4% 7 0.2 '% 67.8% 67.4% 74.1% 74.8%

69.5%

80.2% 80.1% 81.8% 80.6%

69.9% 73.8%

To Senior Year

64.0% 62.7% 66.0% 63.5%

67.9% 68.1% 66.5% 64.8% 63.6% 69.7%,

69.6% 66.5% 65 .7%

STUDEN T/FACULTY RATIO 13: I

WRITING THROUGHOUT THE CURRICULUM Pacitic Lutheran U nive r si ty

is a co mmu nity of s holars, a

c o mmu nity of readers and writers. Reading informs the intellect

and liberates the im agi natio n. Writing per de s our academic lives as teachers and students, both as a way of co mmun ica ting what we learn and as a mean.' of shap ing thou ghts and icie.1S. All faCility member, share the resp o nsi bilit y for i mp ro ving the

literacy of their students. Faculty in every department and school make writing an essential part of their courses and show students bow to ask uestions appropriate to the kinds of reading done in t heir field�. Students write b th formal papers and reports and informal notes and essays in order to master the content and methods of the various disciplines. They are encou raged to prepare imporlant papers in multiple drafts.

2. Two years of one foreign la,rguage in high school. with an average grade of C or h igher, or one year at the college level. or demonstrated equ ivalent proficiency. Students who have not satisfied

OIlC

or both of these requircmellls

may still be admit/cd bra nwst lllake up the deficiency liS an additional degree requirelllent.

Additional study of both mathematics and foreign language is advisable for certain areas in the arts and sciences and in some professional programs. Those who follow the above preparatory program will find most curricular offerings of the university open to them and may also qualify for advanced placement in some areas. Students are admitted to either the fall or spring semester. Acceptance to the fall term carries permission to attend the previous summer sessions. Spring acceptance approves enrollment in the January term. The following application priority dates are recom mended: Fall Semester-Jalluary 31; Spring Semester-December 15.

11\ 11\

o z

APPLICATION PROCEDURES ( First-year and Transfer Students )

Admission 253.535. 7 1 5 1 800.274.6758

www.plu.edrj!-admi

Pacific Lutheran University welcomes applications from students hibit capacities for success at the baccalaureate level. Appli ant m ust present evidence of scholastic ability and demonstrate qualities of good character in order to be accepted for admission. Both the vice president for admissions and di rector of admissions reserve the right to admit, deny, or withdraw admission for any applicant/student based on an individual's meeting these criteria. Applications for admission are valuated without regard to race, color, creed, religion, gender, national origin, age, mental or physical disability, marital status, sex.ual orientation, or any other status protected by law. who

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS (First-year/Transfer Students )

In evalua ting applications the Office of Admissions interprets grade point average and class rank in relation to the quality of the curriculum that the applicant has pursued in high school and at the baccalaureate level. For example, a standard high school program in preparation for college should include the following: English:

4 years

Mathematics: 3

•

years ( algebra, 2 years, and geometry, 1 year) 2 years Social Studies: 2 years laboratory Sciences: 2 years Fine, VIsual, or Pe rform ing Arts: 1 year Electives: 3 years (selected from the areas listed above, as well as ourses in computer science, speech, and debate. ) Foreign Language:

• Minil1lwn Entrance Req uirements: 1. Two years of college preparatory mathematics (exclusive of computer scif?llce) with all average grade of C or higher. or an approved course a t tire college level, or demolrStrated eqll ivalellt proficiency.

(1\"0 years of college preparatory mathematics means two years of high school algebra or one year of high school algebra and one year of high school geometry. Taking the algebra and/or geometry cou rse!. in middle o r j u n ior high school is acceptable provided they are high-school-level courses. If

a $tudent is admitted to PLU w i th a deficiency i n mathemat

ics, thaI deficiency i s removed by completion of approved courses as determined by the

PLU math placement exam.)

Students planning to enter as first-year students may submit application materials anytime after completion of the junior year of high school. Admission decisions are made beginning October I . Candidates are notified of their status as soon as their completed applications have been received and evaluated. Students who began their higher education at other regionally accredited colleges or universities are encouraged to apply for admission with advanced standing. Over 400 students transfer to the university each year with an average grade point in excess of 3.00 ( B ) . Candidates must have good academic and personal standing at the institution last attended full-time. The minimum grade point average to be considered for admission as a transfer student is a 2 . 50 cumulative grade point average i n college-level work from a regionally accredited institution. In reviewing an applicant's file, the Office of Admissions examines the grade point average, academic progress, essay. and recommendations. For applicants with less than sophomore standing (30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours), secondary school records and standardized test scores will also be considered. Credentials required are: I. Formal Applica tion: Submit the PLU Application for Admission available from high school counselors or the PLU Office of Admissions. Students may also apply on-line at www.plu.edu. 2. $35.00 Applica tion Fee: A $35 fee must accompany the applica tion or be mailed separately. This nonrefundable service fee does not apply to the student's account. Make check or money order payable to PLU Office of Admissions. 3. Tra nscripts: Transcripts must be submitted from high school and all college course work. Transcripts must be sent directly from the school to PLU. Accepted first-year students must submit a final high school transcript which indicates satisfac tory completion of high school and attainment of a diploma . The university accepts the General Equivalency Diploma (GED) for those students who may not have completed a traditional high school program. 4. Recommendation: One recommendation must be prepared by a principal. counselor, teacher, or other qualified person. The form is included in the application packet. 5. Test Requirement: All entering first-year students must submit scores from either the College Board. Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT) Assessment. Registration procedures and forms are available at high school counseling offices. 6. Persollal Essay: Write a 250 500 word essay on one of these two topics: a. Describe an academic experience that has significantly intluenced your life. b. If you could be any historical or fictional character for one day, whom would you be and why? -

P A C I

L U T H

R S I T Y

7. Statement of Good Standing (transfers only): Must be submitted by

a school official from the i nsti tution attended.

o 11'1 11'1

Early Admission Qual i fied students interested in accelerating their formal

education may begin work toward a d eg re e after completion of the junior year or first semester of the sen ior )'car of high school. Exceptional students who wish to enroll before completing all required u nits in high school must have a lett I' 'ubmitted by a recognized school official \ ho approves early college adm ission and gives assurance t h < t a high school diploma wiI! be i ued after completion of specified college work. nil' stud 'nts highly recommended for Early Ad mi sion will be considered. Generally these students rank ne.ar t he top of their class and present high aptitude test scores.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES International Students) I n ternational students who are qualified academically, fi nan cially, and in English proficiency are encou raged to join the

u niversity commun ity. Applicaton ea dli n es are July I for fall semester and January [ for spri ng semester. Creden tials required are : I . A completed I n ternational Student pplication with a nonrefunda Ie U.S. 35.00 application fee. 2. FFICIAL Transcripts with E ngl is h translation from each: a. secondary schoo!,

b. English as a second language program, c. college or u n iversity attended in the nited States, home country, or other country. Transcripts must be ent directly fro� each institution. Fa xed copies are not acceptable. 3. English Proficiency, measured by one of the following: a. est of English as a Foreigll Language ( TOEFL) with a minimum scorc of 550 (paper test fomlat) or 2 [3 ( computer-based ) , or b. Two quarters or one semester of co l lege-level English writing with grades of B or higher, or c. Audit level completion of the American Cultu ral Exchange (ACE) English Language Institute, located on the PLU campus. 4. One academic reference from school officials or others in a position to evaluate the student's ability \() ucc ed in a IMccalau reate program. In addition, t ransfer students from a U.S. col lege or university must have a reference from the int national student advisor. 5. A comp l e ted International Student Declaration of Fi nances. 6. Personal Essay on one of two t p i c� listed on the essay form.

EVALUATION O F CREDI TS Th

Registrar's Office ev luat , all lransfer records and provides

advising materials designed to a ssi s t students to complete u n iversity requirements. These mat r i als include a sum mary of core requirements c {l mp l et ed and the total hours accepted. Ind ividual schools and depart m ents determine which cou rses satisfy major requir men ts.

The u n iversity awards credit to high schonl ' I u de nt s for courses completed before high school graduation. The university may award transfer credit to high school students who have com pleted courses in app ro ved programs, as described below. l . Advanced Placement Progrnm (AP): Students who complete advanced placement or credit toward graduation through the examination program of the College Board may receive credit for such courses. I nquiries sh uld b addres�ed to the Registrar's Office. 2. Ill ternatiollal Baccala u reate (IB): A maxim u m of 30 semester hours may be granted fo r completion of the IB Diploma. A maxi mum of 5 semester hours per course may h granted for courses identitled on an IB Certificate if a grade of 4 or h igher is awarded. Students are advised to conhlcl the Registrar's Office for specific details. P

policy on transfer of credit from oUler institutions,

4. Othe.r Programs: St u den t s who have c()m pleted college courses while in high school may receive c re d i t in a manner consistent with PLU's policy on transfer of credit from other i nstitutions. The u n iversity reserves the right to make decisions on an individual basis.

Transfer of Credits from Other Universities I . Course must be listed in the official college catalog, b e a part of the regular college curriculum of a regiona.ll)' accredited college or university, and be posted on an official co ll ege or u niversity transcript. 2. Courses completed with a grade of C- or higher at other regionally accredited colleges or universities normally will be accepted for graduation credit with passing grades and will not be calculated into the PLU grade point average. Courses from all institutions are subject to course-b)'-course evaluation. 3. A student may transfer a maximum of 96 semester or 144 quarter hours. Of these, the maximum transferable from a two-year school is 64 semester or 96 quarter hours. 4 . Students who complete the direct transfer associate degree from an accredited Washington state community college before matriculation at P LU will be admi tted with junior standing and w i l l have satisfied all general university require ments except for 4. hour i n religion ( from line 1 or 2 ) , 4 hours in Pers p e ct ives on Diversity, the 2-4 hour senior seminar requirement, and the College of Arts and Sciences r eq uirement.

Other Educational Experiences l . Credits earned in non-accredited schools are not transferable. Students who have matriculated at Pacific Lutheran U n ive rsit y

may petition a department or school to waive a particular requirement on the basis of previous non-accredited course work or may petition a department or school to receive credit by exam ination. 2. The university allows u p to 20 se m es t e r hours of United States Armed Forces Institute ( USAFI)/Defense Activity for Non Traditional Education Support ( DANTES) credit, u p to 20 semester hours for military credit, and up to 30 semester hours of 'ollege-Level Examination Program (CLEP) credit, providing the total of the three does not exceed 30 semester hours. Official transcri pt bearing American Council on Education (ACE) recommendations should be submitted for evaluation. 3. For information on the College Level Examination Program ( ClEP ) , refer to the Credit by Exa mination section under Academic Procedures. 4. The u n iversity does not grant c red it for college-level General Equivalency Diploma (GED) tests.

FINALIZING AN OFFER OF ADMISSION

Transfer of Credits Earned While 10 High School

3. Runll illg Start Program: Accepted students who have com pl eted courses u nder the Washington State Running Start Program are considered first-year students with advanced standing. Students who participate in this p rogram will be awarded college credit i n a manner consistent with PLU 's

l . Medical Reqllirement: Before actual enrollment each new stud en t must submit a Health History Form complete with an accurate i mm un i zat i o n record . This i nformation must be acceptable to the PLU Health en'ices ffice. 2. Advance Paymellt: A $200,00 a dva n ce payment is n ecessa r y i n order to confirm an offer of admission. This payment guarantees a place in the student b od y, reserves housing on campus if requested, holds financial assistance which rna)' registration. have been awarded, and is required before cl It is credited to the studen t's account and is applied toward expenses of the first semester. Fall applican ts ofJered admis sion befo re May I 1I1/1st postmark the payment LI)' May I. If circumstances necessitate cancellation of enrollment and the Office of Admissions is l10tified ill ",'ril ing befo re May I , the $ 200.00 will be refunded. The refund date for the January term is December [, and for spring semester January l .

This form must be completed and returned with the advance payment. 4. Residelllial Life In{imnat ioll Form: This form must be completed by all students <lnd returned with the advance payment. 3. New Stut/elll Information Form:

by al! students

RETURNING STUDENTS 1 . A student's admissioll

to the university is valid for six years. Studenlli who do not uttend the university for a period of time that in lud.es either a fall r spring semester must apply to return to t he university as described below. Students who wish to return within the six-year admission period reenter through the Student Services Center. Reentering students mu.�t provide their current address, degree information, and official transcript · from any college attended during their absence. Before registeri ng, reentering students must resolve prevIOus financial obligations to the university and have a current health clearance from University Health Services. Students who wish to return to the university after the six-year admbsion period expir s must reapply for admission. Appli cants for readmission are required to submit a completed application and official transcripts from any college attended d uring their absence. Application forms may be obtained from and submitted to the ffice of Admissions. An academically d is mis:.ed student may apply for reinstatement by submittins a letter of petition to the director of advising. The petit i n is aned on by the ommittee on Admission and Retention of Students. A tudent whose petition is approved will be reinstated on probation and must participate in the probation ary . emester plan. Refer to the Academic Status sectioll for a descriptioll of probation. A student whose petition is denied may apply again for reinstatement after one semester has elapsed unless informed otherwise. A dismissed student may petition for reinstatement only once per emester. An , cademically di 'missed student may be reinstated after one semest r if the student presents new evidence o f potential academic success. Student. wh() have been dropped for academic or disciplin ary reasons and then reinstated must identify a faculty m ember w illing to act as a 'ponsor and advisor.

•

deferred loans, or employment. In many cases a financial aid award will be a combination of these forms of assistance. The offer of financial aid is based on the cost of attendance, which is the university's estimate of how much it costs students in various circumstances to attend PLU. A student's resources are subtracted from the projected costs to determine financial need. Several different budgets are used, taking into account a studen t's tuition, the cost of books, supplies, housing, food, transportation, and personal expenses. Parents' contributions are computed for all dependent students by the federal processor. It is based on a federally established formula for determining parental ability to contrib ute toward a student's education. The university also expects students (and their spouses, if married) to contribute toward expenses. All applicants are offered the maxim u m amount of aid for which they qualify, as funds permit. If financial circumstances change, students may contact the Financial Aid Office to discuss their situation with a financial aid administrator at any time. If students or their families have unusual circumstances (such as loss of employment or major medical expenses) that might affect the need for student financial aid, the Financial Aid Office should be contacted. Unusual circumstances must be described in writing, with the student's name, student ID number, and all pertinent dollar amounts indicated. Students who receive scholarships from sources outside the university must inform the Financial Aid Oftlce in writing with the name of the scholarship and the yea rly amount. In most cases, PLU may be required by federal regulations to adjust a financial aid package. Loans and work study will be adjusted first. Scholarships and grants will be adjusted only as a last resort. Financial assistance is available to all qualified students regardless of race, color, creed, religion, gender, national origin, age, mental or physical disability, marital status, sexual orienta tion, or any other status protected by law.

z > z n

,....

APPLICATION PROCEDURE

Students must apply for financial aid each year by completing a new Free Application for Federal Student Aid ( FAFSA), Renewal FAFSA, or doing FAFSA on the Web. Need based aid is not automatically renewable. FAFSAs are generally available in December for the upcoming academic year. Applications must be submitted by the following priority-funding deadlines for PLU to be considered for maximum funding. Entering First-year Students: Mail FAFSA or do FAFSA on the Web no later than J{//Iuary 31 for the upcoming academic year. Entering Transfer Students: Mail FAFSA, Renewal FAFSA, or do FAFSA on the Web no later than Jalluary 3 1 for the upcoming academic year. PLU Continuing Students: Mail FAFSA, Renewal FAFSA or do FAFSA on the Web no later than February 15 for the upcoming academic year. For FAFSA on the Web, go to http://www.fafsa.ed.gol'.

Financial Aid

253 .535.7 1 3 4

WlillV.plll.edul-faid Recogni7ing that m�ll1y students who want to attend Pacific Lutheran Univ rsity would be unable to meet all expenses of enrollment from personal or family sources, the university attempts tll provide fInancial as�istance to all eligible students. Any student apPl'oved for enrollment or currently enrolled may request financial aid. Approximately 90% of the un iversity's students receive help in the form of gift assistance (that is, scholarshi ps, artistic achievement awards, or grants), low-in terest

An application for financial aid may be completed at any time, but failure to meet the priority date ma)' result in a reduction of aid even though need is demonstrated. The Financial Aid Office will consider all applicants for any award for which they might be eligible. Aid awards are for aile year alld most are renewable, provided reapplication is completed all time, jillallciai lleed continues, and satisfactory academic progress is mailltained. Aid is IIOt automatically re'lewed each year.

NOTIFICATION OF AWARD DECISIONS

1. Award decisions for first-year and transfer students who meet

the February I completion date will be made in March, and actual notification will be mailed the first week in April. 2. Financial aid decisions for continuing PLU students are made during April and May. Notifications are sent out beginning in June. P

u z « z ....

VALIDATING THE AID OFFER Aid offers must be validated by returning the signed Offer of Financial Aid. First-year and transfer students must also submit the $ 00 advance payment required by the Office of Admissions. This should be done as soon as possible. but must be received by May 1 . No advance payment is required from continuing students. All students must complete a satisfactof)' payment arrangement with the Student Service. Center. Applicants who do not return their acceptance of an award by the reply date specified will have their awards cancelled. 1f an applicant later decides to reapply, the application will be reviewed with the group currently being processed. Aid, with the exception of College Wor" 'tudy and Washing ton State Need Grants, is credited to the student's account when aU paperwork has been completed. Half of the award is disbursed each semester. Parents and students are responsible for the charges in excess of the award. In some cases aid is awarded in excess of direct university charges to help with living expenses. To expedite a refund students can request remaining funds from their account b)' contacting the Student Servic enter. Under federal regulations, adjustments to an award package must be made if a student re eiy . ad i tlonal awards of aid from sources external to the university. In every case, however, the Financial Aid Office will attempt to allow the student to keep as much of the award package as possible. By treating aid received from external sources in t hi s way, additional awards from the un iversity's resources can be made to other qualified students. RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES The basic responsibility for financing an education at PLU rests with students and their fa milies. In addition to expected con tributions from parents or guardians, students are expected to assist by contributing from their savings and summer earnings. Financial assistance from the un iversity is therefore supplementary to the efforts of a stud nt's family. II is provided for students who demonstrate need. Additional rights and responsibilities of financial aid recipients include: I. Signing and returning each financial aid notice received. 2. Declining at any time any portion of an dward. 3. Notifying the Student Services Center in case of a change in credit hours attempted; a change in marital status; a change in residence (off-campus or at home); or receipt of additional outside scholarships. 4. Providing a copy of their parents' income tax return ( Form 1040) and/or a copy of their own individual income tax return if requested. SATISFACTORYPROGRESS POLICY The policy of the u niversity is to allow students to contin ue receiving financial assistance as long as they are in good stand ing. To do otherwise could cause a severe hardshi p on students who must devote their efforts to achieving tisfactory grades. However, no institutional grants will be awarded to students with cumulative grade point averages below 2.00. Moreover, federal regula tions require that after four terms or more of attempted enrollment, students below 2 .00 cumulative grade point average will have their federal fi nancial aid revoked. Pacific Lutheran University's Schools of Business and Education require a minimum grade poi n t average of 2.50. To be given priority � r most types of fi nanc ial aid, an appli cant must be enrolled a s a full-lime student. For Federal Finan cial Aid programs, a full -time student is defined as any per on enrolled for a minimum o f 1 2 credit hours or more per semester. Adjustments in an award may be made d u ring the year if an aid recipient has not enrolled for a suffi i e n t number of credit hours. However, each financial aid recipient must maintain satisfactory academic progress in the course of study he or she i. pursuing in order to continue to receive financ ial assist,uKe awarJed by the Pacific Lutheran University Financial Aid fflce. The following

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y

requirements are expected of each financial aid recipient: To make satisfactory progress toward a degree, an under graduate student must complete 24 semester hours of credit each academic year. For this p urpose, an academic year is defined as the fall semester and the spring semester. Financial aid is awarded for 32 hours to complete a bachelor's degree in four years. For full-time undergraduate students receiving financial aid, the maximum number of credit hours that may be attempted is 192 and the maximum time frame for completing a baccalaure ate degree is six years. Even if a student changes h is or her major or academic p rogram, only 192 credit hours may be taken quali fyi ng for financial aid, and the maximum time frame of six years for receiving a degree is enforced. Some financial aid programs ( e.g., most u niversity gift aid programs) allow aid to be awarded a maxi m um ojJo ur academic years Jar entering first-year studen ts, and two years Jar entering transJer swdents or a maxinwm of 1 44 hours.

For part-time undergraduate students, a minimum of 1 2 credit hours must be completed each academic year and a degree must be achieved within a maximum time frame of 1 0 years. ( The maximum number of credits allowable is 192.) Undergraduate N�-Based

Credit Completion Requlremenb Enrollment tatus FuU lim.: 3/4 link 1 12 time Lc:-s than 1 12 l i me

Minimum per term 12

9 6 Il cr.:dits .m.-mplcd

Minimum per year 24 I I! 11 All 'redits illterop.led

'Less 1/1I1Il 1/2 lime enro/l",ni/ "ppli� to tlit' Pell Grlmt Progrolm ruili. l.['so I/Illn 111 time t"llItJlI"'�tlt \I'm mllse /l stlllll',lt'5 //l,W 1,1 h cwu;el II flllfl Itlll}' ffop<lrriiu dcfi't'melll >/IlIIt5.

Satisfactory p rogress is reviewed for fi nancial aid purposes after the end of spring semester. For Washington State Need Grants, the Was hington State Work Study Program, Educational Opportunit)' Grand ( EOG), Washington Scholars, Wave, TRIO, and any other State of Washington funded program, satisfactory progress is reviewed at the end of each semester. The following grades do not indicate successful completion of academic credit applicable toward a degree: incompletes ( I ) , withdrawals ( W) , unofficial withdrawals ( UW ) , and grades of E and F. Any courses in which grades are received are, however, included in the maximum n umber of credits that may b e attempted ( 1 92) a n d a r e considered t o be within the maximum time frame allowable for achieving a degree (six years ) . All credits earned by examination, which are applicable toward a degree, will be included i n the limitation on credits that can be attempted while eligible for financial aid. Once a course has been completed successfully, the credit hours earned are counted toward the maximum nu mber of hours which can be taken under financial aid eligibilit)'. I f a course is successfully completed more than once, it is counted only once toward a student's degree requirements and toward the maximum number of hours that can be taken under financial aid eligibility. The u niversity's curriculum includes very few noncredit courses or courses whose credit hours are not applicable to a degree. If any such c urses are taken by financial aid recipients, the h urs will be included i n the limitation on credits that may be attempted and will be considered within the time frame allowable for achieving a degree. In the event that a student fails to meet the criteria for satisfactory progress during a particular semester, he or she will be placed on financial aid probation. Failure to regain satisfac tory financia l aid academic status will result in the cancellation of financial aid.

Once unsatisfactory financial aid progress has been deter mined, students receive official notifica tion. Students who have had their aid denied due to unsatisfactory p rogress may apply for r instatement by submitting a letter of petition to the Fi nancial Aid ffice. Students whose financial aid has been denied may petition for reinstatement of their aid in one of two ways: 1 . they may complete one semester of full-time enrollment using their own financial resour es, or 2. they may submit an appeal to the Financial Aid Office document ing the unusual circumstances which have made it impossible to make satisfactory progress during the semester in question. ummer sessions may also be used as terms during which a student all financial aid probation may regain satisfactory academic status. However, students enrolling in sum mer sessions f, r this purpose must use their own financial resources and are ineligible for financial aid through the university.

types of Aid AID PACKAGES

Students are usually eligible fo r several different types of aid f� m various sources; therefore PL o ffers a financial aid package of funds. Funds offered depend on a nu mber o f factors, including status as an undergraduate or graduate student, the funds available at the time a studen t applies and the amount of financial need . A n expected family contribution is derived using a federal formula applied to FAFSA information. SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS

Scholarships and grants are funds that do not have to be repaid. A student's package includes gift money whenever guidelines and funding levels permit. Where applicable, tbe combination o tu i t io n remission and lor other institutionally fu nded resources ( e.g., Clergy Dependent, Alumni Dependent, Regents) will be awarded to a maximum f PLU tuition cost. To receive PLU grant or scholarship assistance, students must be full-tim e, takIDg a minimum of 1 2 nonr peated credit hours each tenn. PLU awards gift assistance for 1 2- 1 7 hours

per term for the academic year ( fall and spring) only. I n addition, unless otherwise noted, the scholarships and grants listed helow are need-based and are available to first-degree undergraduates only. Recipients must maintain satisfactory academi progress as defined in the catalog by F i n ancial Aid. Institutionally CO l itrolled scholarships and grants are provided by the un iversity a nd/or l//liversity dOllars. If it is determined that

01/ or a portion of CI stlldent's award is provided by a designated or named SOllree,

( til

I.pdated offer offinancial aid will be sent.

DONORS/FUNDED UNIVERSITY DESIGNATED SCBOLARSlU PS PLU FUNDED - NON- NE E D FOR TUITIO N EXPENSES REGENTS' ANO PRES IDENT'S SCHOlARSHIPS are

awarded to first-year ( fresh man) students in recognition of outstanding academic achievement, leadership and service in high school and i n anticipation of continued excellence at PLU. Students who met th oLl wing basic requirements are invited to apply: application for admissi n postmarked by December 1 5; 3,8+ GPA at the time of admission; 1250+ SAT or 28+ ACT; and U.S. citizen or permanent resident. The Regents' Scholarship is awarded to cover the full cost of tuition up to 1 7 credits per term ( fall and spring) for the academic year and 5 credits in J-term. The President's Scholarship is a half tuition award for the academic year. Both are renewable for three years provided a 3.30 cumulative PLU GPA is maintained. PlU ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to admitted first year ( freshman) and transfer students, based on academic standing at the time of admission. Students must be U.S. citizen

....

or permanent r sidelH and receive an offer of admission by March 1 . A 3.30 cu mu lative PLU GPA is required for renewal. F inancial need is not a determining factor.

z > z n

of $3 ,000 are granted to transfer students with a GPA of 3.60 or higher, 45+ semester hours ( 60+ quarter hours) of transferable college course work, and proof of PTK membership. Students must be admitted by March 1 . The award is renewable fo r one year during the undergraduate period of study if a cumulative 3.30 PLU GPA is maintained. Financial need is not a determining factor. Three awards are given each year. PHI THETA KAPPA (PTK) SCHOlA�SHIPS

,....

of $500 per year for four years are available to full-time dependent students whose parent(s) attended PLU ( o r Pacific Lutheran ollege) for two semesters or more. Financial need is not a determining factor.

ALUMNI DEPEND ENT G RANTS

are available to 24 students who have completed 45 semester hou r ' or more at PLU. No separate application is necessary. Pill faculty recommends individual students for selection. Notification is made in the spring semester for the following year. The award is renewable for one year during the undergraduate period of study. Financial need is not a determining factor. FACULTY MERJ T AWARDS

RIEKE LEADERSH IP AWARDS fo r lip to $2,000 per year are available to students wilh a 3.00+ GPA and demonstrated leadership or active involvement in a multiethnic context. Separate appl ication required. Contact Student Involvement and Leadership, 253.535. 7 1 95. financial need is not a determining factor.

are available to dependent children of ordained mi n isters who are actively serving a Christian congregation full-time. The grant amount is $1 ,000 per year ( $ 500 per semester) for fou r years. Financial need is not a determining factor. CLERGY DEPENDENT GRANTS

ARMY RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) SCHOLAR SHIPS are avail,1ble to tull-ti me undergraduates. Students must file a FAFSA and meet all PLU GPA standards. Up to full tuition and room nd meals possible. Call P Ll1 's ROTC office for information at 253.535.8740.

are granted to students who have excepti nal ability in the fields of art, dance, drama, forensics, and music. The award requires recommendation by a PLU faculty member each year and is renewabl e on the basis of recommendation and participation. Financial need is not a determining factor.

ARTISTIC ACHIEVEME NT AWARDS

I NTERNAT IONAL G RAN TS are available to graduate and undergraduate i nternational students attending Pacific Lutheran Un iversity. The amount is $2, 1 00 per year fo r a maximum of four years undergrad uate study and two years graduate study. Awarded automatically and may be renewed annually to admitted, full-time students. Financial need is not a determining factor.

is available to citizens of countries i n North, Central, and South America (excluding United States and permanen t residents). Students must live i n a PLU residence halL This grant replaces the International rant. Awarded automati cally and renewed annually to admitted, full-time students for a maximu m of four years u ndergraduate study and two years graduate study. Financial need is not a determining factor. THE AMERICAS GRANT

is available to citizens of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, or Swe � n who are attending PLU full-time. Awarded automatically and renewed annually to admitted, full time students for a maximum of four years undergraduate study and two years graduate study. Student must live in a PLU residence haiL This grant replaces the International Grant. Financial need is not a determllling factor. NORDIC GRANT

....

u z « z

awards are offered for $ 1 ,000$2,000 to NMSQT- PSAT ( National Merit Semi-finalist Qualify ing Test-Pre-Scholastic Assessment Test) finalists. Finalists should inform the National Merit Scholarship Corporation of their intent to enroll at PLU. National Merit fina lists are

a determining factor.

Higher Education Coordinating Board polic ies. , tude nts taking 1 2 hours or more per semester receive a full grant; students taking 9- ] ] hours receive a 3/4 gra nt; students ta king 6-8 hours receive a 1 1 2 grant; and students taking fewer than 6 hours are not eligible. The grant can be received for a maxi mum of ten semesters or fifteen quarters. Satisfactory Aca demic Progress (SAP ) is reviewed after every semester. Please contact the Financial Aid Office with any questions about this program.

PAOFIC LUTHERAN UNIVERSITY MATCHING SCHOLARSHIP

WASH INGTON STATE EDUCATIO NAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS

provides financial assistance for undergraduate students who attend PLU. Through the PLUMS program, PLU will annually match, dollar-for-dollar, scholarships from $ 100 to $ 1 ,000 provided by church congregations or organizations within the church. PLUMS applications are required each year. Applications are now available on the PLU Financial Aid website: www. plu.edu/-faid/ forms.htm!. Applications may be submitted early to reserve funds for the student, however, PLUMS has limited funding and will be awarded only until the current year's funds are depleted, or August 1 5 each year. Church payments must be payable to PLU and recieved by the Financial Aid Office on or before October I each year. PLUMS is available to students up to four years, and financial need is not a determining factor.

are awarded to transfer students with an Associate's Degree or junior standing in the amount of 2,500 per year ( subject to state fu nding). Students must apply for E G prior to attending PLU. Eligible applicants must be residen . of Washing ton State and be placebound. Students must be enrolled at least 6 hours per term. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is reviewed after every semester. Download applications from v.'WW.hecb.wa.gov/payingiaidprograms.html.

NATIONAL MERIT SCHOLARSHIP

guarallteed a total of $8, 000 throtlgh a combination of other

institutional scholarship resou rces. This amolmt incltldes the

$1,000 to $2,000 National Merit Scholarship. Financial need is not

(PLUMS)

Employees of the university are eligible for up to 90% and their dependents are eligible for up to 75% tuition remission. Tuition remission is a university gift resource. Students receiving tuition remission may be awarded additional merit and need-based institutional gifts, but only up to the cost of tuition. Receipt of tuition remission may serve to adjust or eliminate other institutional aid previously awarded. Financial need is not a determining factor.

TUITION REMISSION:

PLU FUNDED - NEE D BASED

are awarded to students on the basis o f academic achievement and fin ancial need. Renewal requires a cumulative 3.00 PLU GPA, on-time submission of the FAFSA, each year, and demonstrated financial need.

Q CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS

DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS is a matching gift fund that is available to students receiving scholarships from any Dollars for Scholars chapter. PLU is a Matching Partner and matches Dollars for Scholars chapter awards, dollar-for-dollar, up to $ 1 ,000 per student. Matching funds are limited and based on need. PLU applies outside grants to unmet need. Dollars for Scholars is a program of ScholarshipAmerica.

are awarded to students with financial need (who may not qualify for other institutional scholarships). Students must maintain at least a cumulative 2.00 PLU GPA.

PLU GRANTS

Note: FAFSA must be submitted ill a timely mallller each year to reestablish evidmce offi"a"cial need for need-based aid.

FEDE1lAL AND ST.ATE FUNDED FEDERAL AND STATE FUNDED GRANTS

Federal Pell Grants are federal grants available to students

who take at least I credit hour per semester. Pell Grants remain an estimate unti l verification is completed, if a student has been selected. Students taking 1 2 hours or more per semester receive a full grant, 9- \ \ hours receive 3/4 grant, 6-8 hours 1 1 2 grant, and less than 6 hours approximately 1 14 grant.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) are federally funded grants awarded on the basis o f

high financial need. Washington State Need Grants (WSNG) are available to

eligible residents of the State of Washington who attend PLU. These grants are intended for students with h igh need. Grants are awarded at PLU in accordance with the Washington State 10

P A C

F i e

R A N

U N

V E

T Y

(EOG)

WASHINGTON AWA RD FOR VOCATI ONAL EXCELLENCE (WAVE) is available to students who have completed at least one year in a vocational program approved by the State Board for Community and Technical Colleges. Applicant must be a Washington State resident, a high school graduate, and must maintain a cumulative PLU G PA of 3.0 each term. The award is for two years ( four semesters) and the amount varies each year depending on state funding. Satisfactory Academi Progress (SAP) is reviewed after every semester. Download applications from www.wtb.wa.gov.

are available pending continuing appropriations by the Washingtun State Legislature. 0 inquire on the status of funding or to download an application visit www.hecb.wa.gov/paying/index. htm!. PROMISE SCHOlARSHIPS

is available to students who have completed any specific TRIO program. Re ipients must demonstrate financial need. Funding is limited. TRIO programs include: Upward Bound, Talent Search, Gearup, N EISP, SMART and other TRIO or early i ntervention programs. A TRIO award will replace Washington State Need Grant eligi bility. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is reviewed after every semester. irKlO - A State Need Grant Program

is awarded to high school seniors who have demonstrated academic achievement. The award may be renewed for up to three years, provided that funds are appropriated and the student remain, eligible. Amounts vary. Application i s made through the appropriate education assistance agency in a student's home state.

ROBERT C. BYRD HONORS SCHOLARSHIP

WASH INGTON SCHOLARS AWARD is available to st udents who are "Washington State Scholars" for LIp to fou r years, subject to State Legislative adjustment. To renew each year the student must maintain a cumulative 3.30 cumulative PLU GPA. The Washing ton Scholars Program honors three graduating high school seniors from each legislative district each year. Sali&factory Academic Progress (SAP) is reviewed after every semester. For more information visit www.h ecb.wa.gov/paying/index.hl m!. All awards from federal Imd state sources are made assuming t lte anticipated funds will be available. Should a reduction occur, awards may be reduced or eliminated.

in fU l1dillg

LOANS

Student I a n s allow you to postpone paying for college expenses unti l )'Ou have c m p l e ted your education. Loan obligations are des r ib ed in this section and in the p romissory notes. Please read carefully so you understand all your responsibilities before you accepl , loan. N EED BASED LOANS

( fu nd i ng is limited) Eligibility: At least half-time ( credit hours) undergraduate or (4 cred it hours) gra duate students with high need. Amount: Up to $4,000 for ea h yea r of u ndergrad u ate study and u p t o $ ,000 for each year of graduate or p rofessional study. Repaym nf: A fixed i n terest rate )f 5%. There is J 9-month grace p e rio d after the student g ra d u ates , withdraws, or d rops to Ie s t h an half-time atlendance. Principal and interest payments begln t 12 months. D fe r ra l s available for student status, ec nomic h ard sh i p, select volun teer services and pre-cancella tion borr wers. Comment8 oJ" Conditions: Rec ip ie n ts are required to sign a prom iss ory nOlt:. The promi 'sory notes will be available for new bo rrow rs t o p ick up in ule Student S 'rvice. Center after the first week of classes. The ,t ude n t mllst sign the promissory note, complete an online e ntra n ce i n terview, and return the p romis. o r y note i f accepting t h e loan . Continuing students will be sen t a n o ti ce for an appointment t o g o t o t h e Student Services Center/Student L l a n Office to . ign a promissory note. All loans not signed for wi l l be cancelled. Priority is given to undergradu ate , tud e n ts, The t o ta l loan may b forgiven for teaching in low i n co m e p op u lat i oll are s, teach ing the disabled, or teaching in a fe d r,1 1 Head Start program. Additional loan cancellation conditi( n exi t. FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN

students.

Amount: Up to $4,000 Repayment: A fixed in terest rate of 5%. There is a 9-month grace p e r i ld after the s t u d ent iW d u a tes , wi thdraws, or drops to l es s than half-time attendance. Pri ncip al and interest payments b eg i n at 1 2 months. Cnmnu:nts or ConcUtloDll: Re cip i ents are required to sign a promis ory note. The promi sory notes will be available for new borrowers to p ick up in the tudent Services Center after the first week of classes. The student must s i g n th promissory note, complete a n online entrance interview, and return the promissory lIot e if accepting the loan. ntinuing students will be sent a noti e fOT an appointment to go to the Student "er ices Center/Student Lo n Office to sign a promissory note. All loans not s igned for will be cancelled. P r io ri ty is given to undergradu ate students. feDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOANS

One or more of the Federal Famil Ed u cat i o n Loans may be listed on your offer. This means you may accept or reject these loan 'e p a ra t ely. Federal loans are obtained from a l en d er via a n import nt t hat when you receive

z > Z "

SUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN

Eligibility: At l eas t half-time (6 credit hours) undergraduate o r (4 cred it hours) gr adu ate students. Amount: Up to $2,625 per year for firs t - year students; $3,500 for s op h om o res ; $5, 500 for juniors and seniors; and $8,500 for graduate stud n t s. Repayment; A va riabl e interest rate which changes annually and cannot exceed 8.25°/6 and monthly principal and interest payments b egin �ix months after the student graduates, with draws, or drop s to l �ss t h a n half-time a tte n da nce . Comment or Cooditions: The federal government pays the interest on your loan on your behaU' until you enter repayment . You are respo ns ible fo r selec tin g a lender from th e lender list (list available in th F i nan c ia l Ai and Student Employment Office). You have the op t io n t select a lender not on the list. However, be aware that do i n g so will usu all y del ay recci t of your loan funds, require you to endorse a paper check in th e Student Services Center, and your loan is u n l i kely to have the financial repayment incentive� available t h rough our 1 nders. NON·NE ED BASED LOANS

FEDERAL NURSING LOAN ( funding is l imited)

Iillgibllity: Student enrolled at least half-time (6 c red i t hours) in School of Nursing (except pre-nursing). Preference given to LPN

electronic application certified b y t h e Financial A i d

We strollgly recomm nd you choose a lender from this list t o avoid the delay of postal delivery and having to stand in line i n t h e Student Service. enter to endorse (sign) your paper check. Checks must be e n dorsed within 30 days after being received by the univ rs i ty. In addition, lenders not on our lender list mily not offer you repayment incentives, which could reduce the overall cost of your loan. See web site Lender List. If you are b or row ing the F ,LP for the first time, you m u s t comp le t e an entrance o u nsc l in g . e 'ion before loan funds can be released to YOllr a c cO ll n t. Not c o m p let i n g a session will result i n the loan fu nd being re t u rn ed to your lender, causing a possible delay in settling )'Ollr account and possibly incurring additional finance charges.

ffice. I t is

your appl ication/promissory note, you ma i l it back for prompt p rocessing and delivery of yo u r loan funds. You may be a b l e to a v o i d a possible delay by completing and s i gn i n g you appl ication/promissory note el ec t ro n ica ll y. To do so, go straight to your lender's electronic applicaiton/promissory note by c l i ck ing on thei r we b - lin k from ur p refe r re d lender list found on our web site. (Please note: I f you previously borrowed a HELP l o an at PLU within the past two academic years, you will n l need to s ig n another promis ory note and no ne will be mailed t 1 you . ) Loan fu n d s are el e ctron ica l l . transmi tted to the university by all lenders found on our Lend r List.

UNSUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN

Eligibility: S t u d e n t attending at least half-time (6 credit hours) or a graduate student a t te nding at least half-time (4 credit hours ) w h o does n t q ua l i fy for all or part of t h e maximum Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan. Amount: Up to $2,625 per year for first-year students; $3,500 for soph omMes; $5,500 for juni rs and seniors; and $ 1 0,000 for gradu<1 te studen ts. Repayment: A variable interest rate which changes annually and cannot xceed 8.25% and monthly principal payments begin six months after the student gr a du a tes , withdraws, or drops below half-time a tte n d a n ce . U/l.Hlbsidized means you are responsible for the accrui.llg i nterest on the loan, which begins on the date the loan is disbursed; however, interest pOlyments may be deferred until you enter repayment. Commeuts or CondilioDll: Fi nancial need is not a requirement. You are responsible for sde ting a lender from the lender list ( list available in the Financial Aid and Student Employment O ffi ce ) . You have t h e option t o select a l e nd e r not o n the l is t . However, be aware that d o i n g so will u s u ally d el a)' re ceipt of your loan funds, requ i re you to endorse a paper check i n the Student Se rvices Center, and your loan I S unlikely to have the financial repayment incenti es ava / labl through our lenders. FEDERAL PLUS LOAN

Eligibility: Pare ts of dependent student. Amount: Parents may borrow LIp t o the full cost of their student's college education minus the amount of any financial aid the studen t is receiving. Repayment: A variable interest rate which changes annually and cannot exceed 9.00% and mOl1thly principal and interest payments begin within 60 days after the fi n a l disbursement of funds. (Interest begins accruing from the date the funds are first d isbursed.)

u Z c( Z

Comments or Conditions: Financial need is not a requirement

of this loan progra m. However, parents must have an acceptable credit record to qualify. Either ( or both ) parents may borrow this loan for the student. The parent is responsible for selecting a lender from the Lender List (see web site Lender List). A separate Loan Application and Promissory Note will then be mailed to the parent. Both student and parent must sign the application and then mail it back in the return envelope provided. To request a PLUS loan, complete a PLUS Loan Request Form, available from the Student Services Center or the Financial Aid Office. You may also go directly to your chosen lender's web site to apply for PLUS pre-approval. We will be notified of your on-line pre足 approval application by your lender. ADDITIONAl UNSUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN

Eligibility: Independent student or dependent student whose

parents are denied a PLUS loan. Amount: Up to $4,000 per year for first-year students and sophomores and $5,000 for juniors and seniors. Repayment: A variable i nterest rate which changes annually and cannot exceed 8.25% and monthly principal payments begin six

months after the student graduates, withdraws, or drops to less than half-time attendance. Unsubsidized means you are respon足 sible for the accruing interest on the loan, which begins on the date the funds are first disbursed; however, i nterest payments may be deferred until you enter repayment. Comments or Conditions: Financial need is not a requirement. Yo u are responsible for selecting a lender from the lender list (list available i n the Financial Aid and Student Employment Office). You have the option to select a lender not on the list. However, be aware that doing so will usually delay receipt of your loan funds, require you to endorse a paper check in the Student Services Cen ter, and your loan may not have the financial incentives available with our lenders while you are in repayment. ALTERNATIVE LOANS

EUgibillty: All Students Amount: Varies Comments and Conditions: Va rious alternative loans are

provided for all students, including those not qualifying for Title IV aid. Please inquire in the Student Services Center for i n formation. TEACIffiR CERTIFICATE

Students accepted into this program are eligible to receive a Federal Stafford Subsidized and/or Unsubsidized Loan up to $5,500. If a student is independent or is a dependent student whose parents are denied a PLUS loan, the student is eligible fo r an additional Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan up to $5,000. PRINCIPAL CI!.R11FICATE

Students are not eligible for Federal Stafford Loans according to federal regulations. Contact the Student Services Center for information on alternative loans. EMPLOYMENT COLLEGE WORK STUDY

EllgibUity: At least part-time students. Am.ount: Varies based on need. Comments or Conditions: On-campus jobs; students can apply for individual jobs through the Career Development and Student Employment Office. STATE WORK STUDY

El igib ility: At least part-time students. Amount: Varies based on need. Comments or Conditions: Off-campus jobs; students must apply for individual jobs through the Career Develo pment and Student Employment Office. 12

VETERANS AFFAIRS AND VOCATIONAL RERABIllTATION Pacific Lutheran University's academic programs of study are approved by the Washington State H igher Education Coordinat足 ing Board's State Approving Agency ( HECB/SAA) for enrollment of persons eligible to receive educati nal benefits under Title 38 and Title 10 USc. Veterans, widows, widowers, and children of deceased or disabled veterans who wish to inquire about their eligibility for benefits should contact the Regional Office of the Veterans Administration, Federal Building, 9 1 5 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98 1 74. Persons within the State of Washington may telephone 800.827. 1 000. Students should gain admission to the university and see the un iversity's Veterans Affairs Coordinator before making application for benefits. Students are required to register at the Veterans Affairs Coordin..tor's Office located in the Student Services Center ( Room 1 02, Hauge Administration Building), before each term to insure continuous receipt of benefits. NAMED ENDOWED/RESTRl C11ID

CHOLARSBIPS

For the list of Named Endowed/Restricted Scholarships, visit the PLU catalog online at www.plu.edu/print/catalog.

-I c:

Tuition, Fees, and Payment I nformation for 2003-2004

-I o � .."

UNDERGRADUATE RATES

Undergraduate Tuition Model (UTM) Fall or Spring

12 - 1 7

More than 1 7

Yes

$9,805 per semester

.!"

Tuition Model (UTM)

Undergraduate Tuition Model (UTM)

Yes

Herm (no additional cost up to 5 (fed t hours)

> Z

Credit hours over 5 are charged at

$6 1 2 per credit hour

Per credit hour

S 9,805 per se m este r + 56 t 2 per credit hour for each credit over 1 7

S61 2 per credit hour

Fa ll, Herm. or Spr i n g

courses

> -<

taken Fa l l. J-term, or

Students dlarged per credit hour

1 or more

56 1 2 per credit hour for any courses taken Fall. Herm. or Spring

l or more

$612 per credit hour for any courses

fall. J-term. or Spring

GRADUATE PROGRAM RATES

s::: m

Z -I

taken Fall, J-term, or Spring

NOTE: Off- c( UnpllS s t w il'ms PlI)' a program fee (not PLU tllition) specific to the individual program sites. Contact the Wa ng Center for hlterntlt;onlll

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION , tudents who carn Credit by Exa m i llil t i ft 1 I l oIVing i n a d d i t i on to t u i t i o n .

1 semester h o u r . . . .... . . $200 2 semester hours . .. . . . . . $400

.."

a re charged t h e

3 semester h o u rs . . . . . . . $600 4 semester h o u rs . . . . . . . $800

LATB REGISTRATION FEE Studen ts adding o r wi t h d rawi ng from a coursers) a fter the last day of add/drop d ur i n g a ernestc r will be assessed a n a d m i n is tTat ive handl ing fee o f $ 5 0 for e ch t ransaction. These dates are listed in the cia s schedule fo r e..1 ch teml. COURSE FEES ome course · require add i t iona l fees that Ivill be assessed. The d , 55 sched ule fo r each term is avai lable in the Student Services enter and provides i n formation a b o u t any fees that may a ffect a n individual (O ur ·e. PRlVATE MUSIC LESSON FEE

cred i t hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . $ 1 75

or more c red it

s::: > -I

TRANSCRIPT I NFORMATION

o z

253.5 3 5 . 7 1 35 www.plu. eel!!/-ssvc/tral/script.h t/lll

Unofficial and o fficial tran .' cri p t a r e processed i n the Student Serv ices Center. There is a � 5 fee fo r each official transcript. Unoftlc ia l transc r i p ts (up to two at a time) charge. To rNjUest

o fficial t ra nscri p t,

;I r e

issued a t n

student may fil l out the

Transcri p t Request fo rm i n the S t udent Services Center or download

copy o f the form a t the website l isted above.

Process ing t i me is five work i n g days from the date the requcst is received. Requests by e-mail o r phone cannot be processed because of the req u i rement fo r a signatu.re. Requests may be

a ,tuden t's accoun t.

The fol l ow i n g i n fo r m a t i o n i s requ i red:

$S fee for each o fficial tran cript ordered. If paying by bankcard, i nclude the VISA

EDUCATION PLACEMENT FBI!

MasterCard n u mber and

made by check, cash i er's check, o r money o rder. Please do n o t

( BAE) program .

mail cash. C a n n o t be harged to a st uJent account.

H .EALTH SERVICES FEES Healt h Services w ill c h a rge a stude t's account, or a st u dent may pay d i rec tl y, l o r i m m u n iz ations, lab work, and prescription .

Studen t's full name Any and a l l for m er name(s) lIsed Social Security number and/or PLU iden t i fication n u mber Date of birth

LUTECARD FEE A fee of 5 1 5 is charged to replace I s t or stolen student IDs. If a n ID c a r d h a s been damaged, i t m ust be brought to the Lutecard

Cu rrent address and phone n u mber Approximate date o f last of attendance Number of I ra n scr i pts needed

Desk and replaced fo r a fee of .$5 . UNPAID FINES Unpa i d fi nes S Jeh as t1mse f r parking v i olatiuns and overd ue l ib rary m ater ials will be charged to the 't udent acco u n t . S tudents

lJf

expirdti()I1 date, a n d your l ip code. Payments may also be

A on e-tim e Educatiun Placemen t Fee of 545 is charged i n the last

r ts in Ed ucatio n

;lQ

the applica t i o n is submi tted.

cannot be charged to

per medium .. . .. . $350

sem ester of tbe Bachelor of

ON&TIME GRADUATION PROCESSING FEE A $55 fee is charged to baccalaureate and master's degree candi dates. The fee is cha rged to the s t ude n t account during the term

faxed to 25 3 . 5 38.2545 with a signature and payment. Transcripts

This fee is charged in ad dit io n to t u i tion.

are

Programs j(lI" complt'te dt'tllils.

Addresses to w h i c h the

I r,

Signature (mandatory)

nscripts are to be sent

Trans ri pt r h a t need to be sent by rederal Express ( Fed Ex) must have the following:

encouraged to pay these fines as i n c u r red to avoid late fees

and h a n d l i n g charges.

•

Contact n u mber of the reci pient o f transc r i p t ( s )

•

Physical addrc,

( m ust include t reet H u mher)

omcstic cost is $ 1 030 i n ad i t ion to fee o f $5 per

PARKING REGISTRATION

trans c r i p t ( may change)

Parki ng on the PLU cam p w. is by decal only. Students must r gister their vehicles within 48 hours of t h e veh icle being brough t to c a m p u . Regist m tion i� 520 fo r t h e year. Failure t o

I n ternational cost is $20.50 i n ad d i t i o n t o fee o f $5 per

•

transcript ( may change) •

regi ter "" i I I res u l t i n a fine.

Only two copies per Ped Ex request

z o l e( � QI:

o ... z I Z ...

c z e( ..., w w ...

z o

Requests will be returned u nprocessed to the sender if: Required information is missing Form is illegible Payment is not included If an account is on any type of hold, the request will be mailed back with information regardi ng the appropriate office to contact. It is the student's responsibility to resolve the hold and resubmit the request. fficial transcripts can be made available within 24 hours of receipt of reques t . Th fee for these 24-hour official tran. ripts is $5 per copy and an additional administrative fee of $20 per request. If the transcript(s) needs to be sent via Federal Express add the fee listed above. •

• •

INSURANCE tudent health and accident insurance is available through a n independent carrier. Brochures are available from the Student Life Office and the Health Center or online at www. plu.edu/ -slif/hs. All students are strongly advised to have medical insurance. Medical withdrawal tnsurance is available to all students through om independent carrier. Applications are available in the Student Life Office nd must be submitted to the carrier prior to the �tart of classes. ROOM AND MEALS All single full-time ( 1 2 semester hours) students must live on

Except for residents of South Hall, all students with an active housing assignment are required to be enrolled in a university meal plan. Room Charges Double Room (2 or more people) ...... ............... , 1 ,500/semes ter Single/Single ( I person in a I person room) .... 1 ,875/semester Single/Double ( I person in a 2 person room) .. $ 1 ,975/semester Although there is no room charge for J-term for students residing on campus the previous fal l or spring semesters, studen ts must cancel their J -term housing if they are not r siding n c rnpus for more than seven days during J -term. tudents who have not cancelled their housing for J - term must have a meal plan.

.. .. ..

........

...

.......

. . . . . ........ .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

•

Flexible PLUs Plan $2 1 0 Commuter students and residents of South Hall have the option of purchasing blocks of 25 meals. Meals may be used at all Board Plan 14

PAYMENT OPTIONS I. Paymenl in Full Payment in full must be made by the 25th of the month preceding each term. All financial aid and other resources must be applied to the student account by (tober 15 for fall and March L 5 f r spring. A 1 .5% monthly interest charge will be assessed on owing student account balance tha are 30 days past due. n. Financial Aid and Other Resources Cover Costs All financial aid and other resources must be applied to the student account by October 1 5 for fall and March 1 5 for spring. A 1 .5% monthl), interest charge will be assessed on owing student accmmt balallces that are 30 days past due. m. Monthly Payment - I nterest-free monthly pa),ments with Tuition Management Systems (TMS), a third-part), ad ministrat lr. Paym IS are made directly to TMS. Enrollment tee for the 8 or 10 monthly annual plan is $75. Enrollment fee for the 4 or 5 monthly semester plan is 550. All financial aid and other resources must be applied to the student account by October 1 5 for fall and March 1 5 for spring. Failure to make payment as agreed in the payment contract will result in removal from the ,1 0nthly Payment Plan Option. Interest •

$305 Jan uary term ... . $ 1 ,350/seme ter $300 January term Plan #3: 1 0 meals/week ....................................... $ 1 , 1 50/semesr r $280 January term Plan #4: 5 meals/week ............................................ $630/semestcr $ 1 50 January term !l,leal Plan #4 is available only to commuter students and students living in Kr idler or South Halls.

Plan #2: 1 5 meals/week . . ....... . ....

LUTE DISCOUNT A $75 discount, per semester ( fall and spring), from tuition and other cost� will be applied to the student account if the specific criteria f, r eligibility of the discount is met. The Lute iscount form is mailed with the Student Billing Statements in July and November. Eligibility Criteria: Nll prior owing balance to the university. ut-of-p c t expenses, including tuition, room and meals, and special course fees minus any applicable financial aid and other resources for a S mester must total $3,000 or more. Payment and the Lute Discount form must be submitted/ postmarked b)' July 25 for fall semester and December 25 for spring sel'nester. •

$1 ,400/semester

. ..

•

MeaI Plans (Students living in traditional residence halls must choose from meal plan # 1 , #2, or #3.) .

HOW TO MAKE PAYME TS Payment may be made by cash, check, wire, money order, VISA, or MasterCard. V I SA or jv tasterCard payments may be made 24 hours a day by calling the usiness Office secured line at 253.535.8376. Milil payments with billing statement remittance stub to Pacific Luthera n UniverSity, Business ffice, Tacoma, WA 98447-3 1 67 or deliver payments to the PLU Business Oftlce in the Hauge Administration Building, Room 1 1 0. Please do not mail cash. Ch ecks should be made payable to Pacific Lutheran University. The student's name and PLU ID number should be included with all payments. A $30 f'e is charged on all checks returned due to nnnsufficient funds. •

•

South Hall is an alternative residential option with various apartment sizes, styles, and costs. Contact the Residential Life Office for information and applications. Limited housing i available on a daily fee basis during winter break. Students may remain in their rooms during spring break. Appl ications for single rooms and other special housing requests should be addressed to the Residential Life Office at 253.535.7200 or e-mailed to rli!@pl".edlJ.

.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FINANCIAL OBLIGATION/PAYMENT INFORMATION Admission to or registration with the u niversity obligates students for payment of all tuition and fees. In addition, all tudell ts are requ ired to sign a payment contract with the university. Th is contract will inform the university of which payment method has been chosen. If a payment contract is not signed and received by the universi ty, then the student will automatically be selected to pay in full all tuition and fees by the dates listed below. It is required of all student - to select one of the three payment options or a hold will be placed on the student account. Holds restrict certai n universit)' privileges, including the right for fu rther registration. For payment arrangements, please see the Student Services Center in the Hauge Administration Building, Room 1 02 or call 253.535.7 1 6 1 o r 800.678.3243.

•

campus in university housing unless they are: (a) living with their parent, legal guardian, or child, or (b) at least 20 years old or have wmpleted 60 semester credit hours by September 1 ( for the next fall semester), or February 1 (for the next spring semester)

Plan # 1: 20 meals/week

venues and are available for use until May 3 1 , 2003. Students may purchase as many blocks o f 25 meals as Ih y \ ish, but once purchased, they are nonrefundable unless the student formally wilhJraws from the university.

•

of 1 .5% per month will be assessed on owing student account balances 30 days afteT removal from the plan. MISSED PAYMENTS

Failure to make payment as agreed upon in the payment contract will r ult in a financial hold being placed on the student account. It is the student's responsibility to see that all financial aid accepted on the Offer of Financial Aid is credited to their student account. Financial aid includes but is not limited to loan applications, verification forms, entrance counseling, etc., and must be applied to the student account by October 1 5 for fall semester and March 1 5 for spring semester. Student accounts that are 60 days delinquent from the due dates stated in the payment contract may be referred to a third-party collection agency. Students currently enrolled who have been sent to a collection agency will be withd rawn from the university effective immediately. Students will receive a W grade on their transcripts. All colle ti n costs, attorney fees, and interest incurred and allowable under federal and Washington state statutes and laws will be charged to the student by the collection agency and are the responsibility of the student to pay. •

•

ADVANCE PAYMENT

New students need to make a $200 advance payment to confirm

their offer of admission. The payment is refundable until May 15 for fall, December 15 for the January term, and January 1 5 for spring. Requests for a refund must be made in writing to the Admissions Office. Returning students wanting

to reserve a room for the following year must sign a Housing Contract. Cancellations, without penalty, must be submitted in writing to the Residential Life Office by June I . Cancellations received between June 2 and July I will be subject to a $200 penalty charge. Can ellations received between July 2 and August I will be subject to a $400 penalty charge. STUDENT HOLDS

There are 14 types of holds that can be placed on student records for different ·rcumstances. Each hold prevents certain privileges at the unjversity. Listed below are the types of holds that can be placed on accounts and the offices responsible for them. TYPES O F HOLD

....•........•.. . . . . . . . .

OFFICE

Admissions .. . . . ... . ... . . . .... Admissions Academic ....................... Registrar's, Residential Life, or Student Life Aca demic Standing ....... Registrar's Collection ...................... Accounts Receivable Exit I nterview ................ Perkins/Nursing Financial .................. ...... Accounts Receivab le International ....... .......... I nternational Student Services Junior Review ....... ........ . Registrar's Medical . ... . . .. . ... . .. . . ... . . .... Health Services No Address .... . . . . . . . ...... S tudent Services Center Payment Option ............ Student Services Center Resident ial Life .............. Residential Life Student Life ....... ............ Student Life Veteran's ......................... Student Services Write-Off ....................... Accounts Receivable .

Academic Hold

The Registrar's Office, Student Life Office, or Residential Life Office can place an accollnt on academic hold. Registration for classes is precluded until any pending matter with those offices is settled. Collections Hold

Any student who has previously been sent to collections by the university must pay in full before classes begin. The collections hold will permanently remain on the account. I f a student fails to pay on the first day of classes, his/her enrollment will be terminated.

-t C

Financial Hold

If a student account is past d ue, it will be p laced on a financial hold. Basic university privileges will be denied until the account is settled, including the right to register, re eive copies of official transcripts or diploma, or cash checks.

o z

Medical Hold

...

A medical hold prevents a student from registering because Health Services has not received the Medical Hi�tory Form or became the ·tudent does not have the necessary immunizations.

m m

III

» z c

No Address Hold

All students are required to keep a cu rrent permanent add ress with the university. If mail becomes und liverable, an address hold will be placed on th" account. Basic university privileges will be denied such as, but not limited to, the right to register, receive copies of official transcripts or d i ploma, or cash checks. Payment Option Hold

All students are requ i red to sign a payment contract or select a payment option for tach academic year t hey attend . The Payment Contract form may be obtai ned through the Student Services Center. If a student fails to sign a Payment Contract and select a payment option, a hold will be placed on the student account which will deny the student basic university p rivileges such as, but not l i m i ted to, the right to register, receiw copies of official transcripts or d iploma, or cash cheel s.

Rights and Responsibilities

Upon registration, the student and his or her parents or legal guardian, agree to accept the responsibility and legal obligation to pay all tuition costs, room and meal fees, and other special fees incurred or to be incurred for the studen t's education. The university agrees to make available tD the student certain educational programs and the use of certain university facilities, as applicable and as described in this catalog. A fai lure to pay when due all university bills shall release the university of any obligation to co ntinue to provide the applicable educational benefits and services, including, but not lim ited to, statements of honorable dismissal, grade reports, tran�cript of records, diplomas, or preregistrations. The student shall also be denied admittance to classes and the use of u niversity facilities in the event of a default.

-t z ...

o ::v

3: » -t o z

Credit Balances

If a credit balance oCCurs on a student's account, the uni ersity will refund i t according to p erti ent federal, state, and university regulations. Credit balance, arc processed through the Student Services Cen ter. POLIC I ES AND PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE RETURN OF T1TLE IV AND INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS I.F A STUDENT WITHDRAWS FROM THE UNlVERSITY

Pacific Lutheran University calculates and returns Title IV funds according to Federal Title IV policy 34CRF 668.22. The amount of Title I V funds ( other than Federal Work rudy) that must be returned to the Title I V p rograms is based solely on the length of time the student was enrolled before withdrawing. This policy is effect ive for co mplete or ful l withdrawal from a semester in which a student receives Title I V federal f nds. If a sl Ident withdraws before 60% of the semester has elapsed, a perce ntage of Title IV funds will be returned to the federal program based on the length of time the student was enrolled before withdrawal. For example, i f a student withd raws when 50% of the semester has elapsed. 50% of Title IV funds will be returned to the federal programs. After 60% of the semester has elapsed, the student is considered to have used all aid received for the semester. The return of Title IV funds is dependent upon the date a student withd raws during the semester. Withdrawal date is defined as one of the following: The date the student began the withdrawal process; The date the student otherwise provided the school w i th P

L U

z o l

e:( :E II:

u..

Z I Z I.U

::i > e:( a..

Q Z c:( III w w ...

z o

official notification of the i ntent to withd raw; or For the student who does not begin the un iversity's with drawal process or notify the school of the intent to withdraw, the midpoint of the payment period or period of enrollment for which Title rv assistance was disbursed ( unl s s the u niversity can document a later date); If attendance is taken, the withdrawa l date is determined from the attendance records. Pacific Lutheran University will: J . Determine date of withdrawal 2. Calculate the percentage of aid deemed to have been used by the studen t 3. Calculate the percentage of aid not used by the student, which must be returned to federal programs.

Note: Please be awa,.!' that a refu nd dlle

to withdrawal ]"ro m the lIlliversity can a dve rse ly affect what is owed to tile ul/iversity by the

stude/It. A tuition adjllstment is applied to the student account, but aid is also redllced, sometimes crea tillg a la rger olVing balallce. tilden I" shollid check with Financial A id Office to research the effect

a witluimwal will ilave all tileir stlldent accoullt.

Order of Return of Title IV Funds If the withdrawal date results in a percentage of Title IV ,lid not used by the student, then the return of Title IV aid will occur in the following order: 1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans 2. Subsidized Federal Staffo rd loans 3. Federal Perkins loans 4. Federal PLUS loans 5. Direct PLUS loans 6. Federal Pell grants 7. Federal SEOG grants 8 . Other assistance under this Title fo r wh ich a return of fu nds is required, to i nclude Washington State Need Grants. University Tuition and Course Fees Refund Policy If a student does not wish to continue a course after the add! drop period, the student must withdraw from the course. Student must obtain the instructor's signature on an add!drop form and submit it to the Student Service's Center. A $50 admini trative fee is charged for each transaction aft r the last day to ad !drop. Tu ition refllnds are 1 00% through the last day oI the add/drop period (lor fall semester SeptemiJer 1 9, 2003, February 18, 2004 for sprillg semester). Alter that, tuitioll refunds

arc

prorated on a daily

basis IIntil 60% of the semester has elapsed, at which point there is rro wition refllnd. Reftll1ds from u niversity housing are also prrmltcd all a daily basis, with meals refllnded

a weekly basis.

all

Notice of withdrawal must be given in writing to the Student Services Center, Pacitlc Lutheran U niversity and received before the deadline above. Oral requests are not acceptable. Charges will remain on a student's account until written notice is received. Note: Advance Tuition Paymellts are not covered by Federal

Fillancial Aid alld are IlOt refu lldable. Unofficial Withdrawal I n the cases of unofficial withdrawal, the last recorded day of cia s attendance will be used to calculate a refund. Medical Withdrawal: Students may also completely withdraw from the u niversity for a term for medical reasons. The student must provide written evidence from a physician and a personal explanation to the vice president and dean for student life. This must be completed i n a timely manner and in no case later than the last day of c1as. i n any given term. I f granted, the grade of WM will appear on the student's transcript. Procedures for Obtaining a Refund I . Student requests withdrawal approval from the Registrar's o fice via the Student Sen'ices Center, using a withdrawal form. 2 . Financial Aid will process the student's request fo r with drawal according to the Federal Title I V policy 34CFR 668.22 . Aid will be revised according to published federal policy. The Registrar's Office will give a tuition adjus tment to the student's account for the percentage of tuition allowed to be refunded fo r that time period during tbe terrn (as deter16

mi ned by the Registrar's Office and the University Refu nd Policy ) . 4. Examples o f the Return f Title IV Funds if a Student Withdraws are available in the Financial Aid Office.

P A C

R A N

R 5 I T Y

Student Life and Campus Resources ACADEMIC ASSISTANCE CENTER 25 3.5 3 5 .75 1 8 w\Vw.pl u. edu/-aast

The Academic Assistance Center provides students with trained, certified peer tutors and a comfortable environment where learning, risk taking, and dIscovery can occur. Registered PLU students use the free services of the center to develop effective study strategies and to supplement or reinforce their classroom experience. Tuto ring takes place on campus, usually in the Academic Assistance Center located in the Library. However, study and te '(-review �essions may occur in separate locations such as the science or music buildi ngs, and drop-in math tutoring is avail able in the Apple Pi Math Lab, located in Memorial Gym 1 0 1 . Students taki ng foreign languages can attend weekly informal conversation groups led by our language tutors. All ability levels are wei o m .. ,It these conversations. Tu! ring s ssions are set lip by advance appointment (drop ins may not lind tutors available) . During fall and spring semes ters, the center, located in Li brary 1 24, is open Monday through Thursday from 9:00 a . I1 1 . until 9:00 p.m., Frid y fro m 9:00 a.m. unlil 5:00 p.m., and Sunday from 4:00 p.m. until 7:00 p.m. Hours and services are lim ited during I-term and summer sessions. Stu dents should ·top by the office, call, or e-mail to learn more about our services or request all appointment. The Academic Assistance website provides information on tutoring and weekly updates on study sessiom. ACCESSI BI UTY 253.535.7206 ll'IVW. plu. edu/-sliflet

The u n iversity complies with the American with Disabilities Act

and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act and provides reason abl accommodations to students with documented disabilities. Coordination of services is through the Counseling and Tes ting Office.

PLU BOOKSTORE

253.535.7665 '1Iww. lll teworld.plu.ed!1 (open

24171365)

The PLU Bookstore is owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran University for the benefit of students, faculty, and staff. The book store sells textbooks required for classes. Supplies, gifts, cards, and convenience store items are also available. Computer software at discounted prices is available or can be special ordered. Personal computer systems at educational prices can be purchased through the bookstore. Special book orders are welcome. PLU Northwest is a unique gift shop located at 407 Garfield Street in historic Parkland. Featuring Northwest pottery, clothing, and foods, the store also offers books and gifts depicting Northwest themes and authors. Stop by to see our new line of Scandinavian gifts. CAMPUS MINISTRY

253.535.7464 www.plu.edul-cmin

Pacific Lutheran University by its very nature is a place for the inter action between faith and reason. Opportunities for the mutual cel ebration of that taith on campus are rich and diverse. Chapel worship is held Monday, Wednesday, and Friday morn ings during each semester. The University Congregation worships and celebrates the Lord's Supper each Saturday evening and Sunday morning. The University Pastors are available to provide care, sup port, and spiritual direction to the university community. Several denominations and religious groups have organiza tions on campus. Numerous student-initiated Bible study and fellowship groups are offered. The Campus Ministry Oftlce is available to provide resources or to connect individuals with organizations that can meet a variety of ministry needs. The Campus M inistry Council, an elected student and faculty committee, c ordinates these activities in a spirit of openness and mutual respect. CAMPUS SAFETY AND INFORMATION

253.535.744 1 wWlv.plu.edlll-slif!cs

The personal safety of the PLU community is the number one goal of Campus Safety and Information. Campus safety officers are available to escort students, provide vehicle jump starts, unlock inadvertently locked vehicles, assist in changing tires, respond to medical emergencies and tire alarms, and provide general telephone information services. Visitor information is available 24 hours a day seven days a week through the Campus Safety Office. Vehicle registration for parking on campus is available through the Campus Safety webpage 24 hours a day. A PLU ePass is required. Pacific Lutheran University is private property and the university reserves the right to restrict access to the campus and buildings. CAREER DEVELOPMENT

253.535.7459 IIIww.plu.edlll-sliflcd

Career Development strives to provide a program of career develop ment and life planning with an emphasis of vocation. Students are assisted in integrating their personal values and aptitudes with career choices through individual counseling, workshops, and residence hall presentations. The office staff assist students and first year alumni in developing job-search techniques by providing an extensive career library of opportunities in specific majors, industry directories, and employment forecasts. Additionally, the office coordinates a schedule of recruiters from industry, business, govern ment, and graduate schools. The center coordinates and promotes full-time employment and nonacademic internships. These listings include local, national, and international openings. Specially selected forums throughout the year also bring students and employers together, in order to help students find work that is both financially and personally rewarding. A comprehensive list of services is outlined on the center's

III -4 c: C m Z -4

website including a link to the online program, plu.erecruiting.com. This program is a fully integrated employment and recruiting service available to students 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Students may access job listings, post their resumes, and contact employers from any computer with an Internet connection. COMPUTING AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (see Information Resources)

r...

CONFERENCES AND EVENTS

253.535.7450 IVIVIV. plu. edul-events

Conferences and Events schedules university facilities for dances, psychology experiments, study sessions, concerts, films, events, conferences, and meetings held on campus. Students interested in scheduling an event must first work with Student I nvolvement and Leadership ( 253.535.7 195) for approval and to develop an event plan prior to contacting Conferences and Events to reserve facilities.

� z c n �

� ." c: III

COUNSELING AND TESTING SERVICES

:D m III o c: :D n m III

253.535.7206 IVlvlII.plu.edul-sliflct

Counseling and Testing Services assists students in coping with personal and developmental issues. Trained and experienced psychologists offer individual assessments and counseling, and a consulting psychiatrist is available for evaluations and possible medications. A variety of interest and personality inventories are available to assist students with career planning, educational adjustment, and personal problems and issues. Services for students with disabilities are also available. DINING SERVICES

2 53.535.7472 www.plu. edul-dillillg

Dining Services, owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran Uni versity, is available to all students, faculty, staff, and their guests. Students living on campus are required to be on a meal plan. "Grab and Go" items are available during peak lunch hours. No deductions are made for students eating fewer meals than previ ously contracted for unless granted by the director of dining services. Residential students are offered three meal options: any 20, 1 5, or 10 meals per week. Students living off campus are encour aged to select one of these meal plans or the flexible meal plan offered only to off-campus students. Students with special dietary requirements, specifically ap proved in writing by a physician, can in most cases be accommo dated by contacting the dining services director. This service is provided at no extra cost. Visitors may eat in any of the facilities. DIVERSITY CENTER

253.535.8750 www.plu.edul-dcenter

Pacific Lutheran University is committed to the mission of provid ing a diverse and inclusive education for all students. Graduates of PLU are people capable of effective lives in an expanding, diverse world. Every student at PLU is required to take a course in Alterna tive Perspectives and in Cross-Cultural Perspectives. Multicul turalism, outside of the classroom, is experienced through social and educational programming from a variety of sources. The Commit tee for Educational and Cultural Programming, ASPLU, Diversity Coalition, and different student clubs and organizations that sup port underrepresented populations at PLU all work together to cre ate a campus climate that is welcoming of all students. The Diversity Center is staffed by a Director and Diversity Advo cates. Diversity Advocates are diverse PLU students working together to bring multicultural awareness to our campus and surrounding communities. They provide support to students and dubs that work with diversity-related issues and raising and sustaining general awareness on campus about current educational, political, and social issues related to race, ethnicity, gender, age, and sexuality. They are P

..,

v a: � o '" III a:

available to help all students, staff, and faculty who have interest i n

Immunization Policy states t hat all students born afte r

areas of multiculturalism. The Diversity Center is located on the

Decemb r 3 1 , 1 9 56 are required tl) provide on the u n iversity health history fo rm an immunization records of two me as l es, mumps, rubella ( M M R ) vaccinations after their first birthday. This information must be on file before a student is permitted to register. Also recommended are H e p at i tis B and meni ngi tis immun izations. International swde llts, fa Cility, and sc ho la rs from co l wtr ies at

ground floor of the University Center, across from Campus Minis try. Other campus resources in the area of multiculturalism are: the Office of Student Involvement and Leadership helps d i fferent clubs and organizations that su ppo r t the efforts of underrep resented populations programs and work within the

PLU community;

risk will be required to have (j tuberculosis skin test. . This test will be

Associated Students of Pacific Lutheran University (ASPLU) has

done at the Health Cellter (Ifter tlrrival at the I I niversity. The cost is

a formal position of the Director of Di versity, who, along with

$20. Questions about the immunization policy should b e directed to the Health Center.

the student-comprised Diversity Coalition, programs events both social and educational for the entire student body on a variety of multicultural issues; and

Q Z C

•

the University Diversity Committee and the Committee for Edu cational and Cultural Programmin g both further the university's mission of multiculturalism thro u gh policy review and event

www.plu. edul-libr

planning on both a social and educational level in the area of multiculturalism that integrates both the academe and student

...

life.

THE ELLIOTT PRESS

253.535.7387

www.plu.edul-ppaIElliotPress.html The Elliott Press is PLU's studio laboratory for the p u b l i sh i ng arts. With the press's large collection of letterpress type and equipment, students design and p ro d u ce pri n te d texts using t he hand-controlled techniques that flourish toda)' in the lively art program, the press houses a growing collection of innovative book works and is a working museum, where visitors may watch and try their hands at the tec h n o lo gy p ione e red by Gutenberg.

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES

•

Policies and procedures at the unive rs ity are intended to main tain an orderly educational env i ron ment conducive to student learning and development. In order to fulfill i nstitutional re sponsibility and at the same time follow procedu res that are fa ir,

•

consistent, and protective of each person's rights, appropriate grievance procedures have been established. I f a student h as reason to believe that an academic or admin istrative action is unjust, capricious, or discri m i nat o ry, these procedu res are available fo r the student to se e k red ress . The univ ersi ty has a team of grievance officers to facilitate the grievance process. The grievance officers are Kathleen Farrell

(253.535.887 1 ) , Susan Mann ( 25 3 . 5 3 5 . 7 1 8 7 ) , Patricia Roundy (253.535.8786), Kathy Russell ( 253.535.7643 ), Richard Seeger (253.535.8786), and Merlin Simpson ( 253.535.8779). Any of the

grievance officers may be contacted to receive assistance.

Check alit hooks and multimedia collections mId equipment with

Copies of grievance procedures are available for review at the office of each grievance officer. Students with d isa bi li t i es who 0

appeal a decision regarding a n accomodation shoould

contact the Director of C ou ns el i n g and Testing

(253.535.7206),

the ADA Greivance Officer.

THE HEALTH CENTER

253.535.7337

www.plu.edul-sliflhs

The Health Center, "health care away from home," is staffed with a nu rse practitioner and two ph ysic ian assistants. A physician is ava ilable for consultation and referral. Services available include care for illness and injury; p h ysical exams, including pap smears; birth control; and pregnancy tes t in g and cou nseli ng . Also offered are allergy shots; immunizations; sexual l y transm i t ted disease information, testing, and t rea t men t ; consultat ions on eating disorders, substance abuse, tobacco usage, travel guidelines and immunizations; and health education on a wide variety of health concerns.

Sickness and Accident Insurance is available to all students on a voluntary basis. The Health Center strongl), u rges all students to have medical insurance. I nfo rmation a bo ut various insurance policies can be found on the Health Center website listed a bove .

Information Resources ( I R)--computing and library brough t together into (me organization-is here to help students be successful. Most l R services an: located in Mortvedt L i b ra ry, but the main public computer room is on the lower level of the University Center, and Television Services and Audio Services are located on the second floor of the Hauge Administration B u ilding . PersolUllized tlssistance in computing, l ibrary, and multimedia services can be obtained from IR i n formation professi onal s in a variety of ways. Here are some good starting points: For assistance with computer a{;counts, email, s u pp or ted software, and related resources, stop by the User Support help desk in the lower level of the library, call the student help desk at 253.53 5.5398, email them at comptelc@plu.edu, or visit ht tp:// WWVl'. pi u.ed u/-comp telc/. For help obtaining the best information on a t op ic or l ear n i ng effective research strategies, go to the refer en ce desk on the m ai n level of the libra ry, cal l 253.535 .7507, send email t o re f@plu . edu , or visit http: //www.plu.edu/-Iibr/libinfolref. html. For assistance with mu ltimedia collections, equ ip men t, and services, call 253.535. 7509, send email to media@plu.edu, or visit http://w,''w. plu.edu/- media. Comp uter aCCOllllts are essential for all PLU st u dent s . PLU ePass accounts are automatically set up for new students, including an acco unt username and password. A fte r re c eiv ing the account name and preliminary password, activate the acco u n t and change the password. This allows acc es s to PLU's ePa s system, wh ic h enables use of email, an exp an di n g set of online student services, a rich collection of electronic research sou rces and tools, and other services and reso urces fo r the exclusive use of the PLU community. •

form known as fine printing. In addition to its own publishing

want

INFORMATI ON RESOURCES (Library and Computing Services) 253.535.7500

yo ur student I D card. This card with the barcode on the back serves as a PLU library card. Computer rooms a re located throughout campus. The largest is in University Center and may be viewed through a l ive webcam to see if computers are available before students set out fo r th e lab. The library has concentrations of computers as well, especially the Haley Center for work with electronic information resources, the Language Resource Center for fo reign language learning, and the Digital Media Center for working with d ig i tal web, audio, and video technologies. Art, business, communica tion and theatre, computer science, education, mathematics, nursing, psychology, and the Rieke Science Center maintain other computer labs and technology-rich classrooms, fo r which access may be limited to specific departments or programs. Residellce hall rooms al l have Ethernet network connections. To connect to the network, an Ethernet card and network commu n i cation software are needed on the student's computer in addition to ePass access. Modems are needed only for off campus connections. For information on s ett i ng up a computer for residence hall access to the network ( ResNet), follow the instructions in the ResNet handbook or contact the student help desk. Ethernet cards for most computers are available at the PLU Bookstore.

Off-campus students need a modem and an Internet service provider ( ISP) in addition to the PLU ePass. An ISP usually entails a monthly charge. Add.itional information on connecting to the PLU network from off campus can be found at http:// WWW.pI14. edu/-comptelclsupport/access_illtemet.frtml

in addition to a large collection o f books a n d articles in both print a n d digital format, include the Scandinavian Immigrant Experience Collection, regional Lutheran church archives, and the Nisqually Plains Collection all in the Archives and Special Collections Department. Else where in the library are a K-1 2 curriculum collection and a children's literature collection. Special library col/ectiolls,

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT SERVICES 253.535.7 1 94 Ivww.plu.edu/-admililltematl. html

International Student Services provides assistance to interna tional students in adjusting to the university and in meeting both education and personal needs. Services include orientation, registration, and on-campus liaison with other university offices. Assistance with immigration and government regulations as well as immigration procedures regarding temporary travel, work applications, and extensions of stay is available. KPLU-FM, NATIONAL PUBLIC RADIO 253.535.7758 Ivww. kplu.org

KPLU is a public radio station licensed by the Federal Commu n ications Commission to the Board of Regents of Pacific Lutheran University in the Tacoma/Seattle area at 88.5 FM. With a network of eight booster signals, KPLU extends its service throughout Western Washington. Public radio stations are au thorized by the federal government as noncommercial to offer alternative programming not found on commercial radio. Recognized for its programming excellence, KPLU 88.5, Na tional Public Radio ( N P R) , is one of the nation's leading public radio stati ns. KPLU broadcasts N PR news, local and regional news, and jazz to more than 280,000 listeners per week. The KPLU news team files hundreds of stories for national broadcast with NPR each year. KPLU streams its exclusive, award-winning jazz, and news 24 hours a day on its website. KPLU is also now a leader in world wide jazz listening. PLU is the only independent university in the Northwest operating a full-power N P R member station. LIBRARY SERVICES (see Information Resources) MIDDLE COLLEGE 253.535.7643 www.plu.edu/-midco!

PLU offers a special six-week summer program for high school jun iors and seniors and for first-year college students. Called Middle College, the program is designed to ease the transition from high school to college by sharpening learning skills that are essential to successful completion of a college or university program. Middle College has both an academic program and an advising and testing component. All students are thoroughly tested and evaluated in private sessions with regard to their reading, writing, verbal, and mathematical skills. In addition, career advising is pro vided. The aim of Middle College advising is to assess each student's talents and interests in order to provide direction and goals for the college experience. The academic program offers a chance to improve specific learn ing skills essential to college success. The classes, offered at several levels in several disciplines, are for Middle College students only, thereby allowing small class size and close contact between students and faculty. All students take a study skills course, which serves as a core of the program. In addition, students may select two courses from among those offered each year. Each student's program is indi vidualized to promote maximum growth.

NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION 253.535.7 1 95

-4

c:: C

www.plu. edu/-slifJoriellt

New student orientation endeavors to assist students and their families with the transition to PLU. The four-day fall program i ntroduces students to many dimensions of PLU life. Fall orien tation includes meeting with a faculty advisor, talking in small groups with other new students, becoming acquainted with campus services, and having some relaxed time with other students before classes begin. Special activities are also planned that respond to concerns of families of new students. While January and spring orientations are more condensed, they also provide new students with an introduction to academic life and cocurricular activities.

-4 r.,. m

JI> Z C n JI>

OFF- CAMPUS STUDENT SERVICES 253.535.7 1 95

s:: ." c::

www.plu. edu/-offcalllp

Student Involvement and Leadership (SIL) provides off-campus students with a relaxing office and supportive staff. Off-campus students are invited to seek involvement, resources, and support through this office. SIL partners with ASPLU to coordinate communication and programming and to advocate for nonresi dential students. In addition, the following resources are available: Lounges: especially designed for off-campus students, on the lower level of the University Center, the upper level of the Hauge Administration Building, the first floor of Rieke Science Center, and the University Gallery in Ingram Hall Meal plans: PLU's FlexPlan (25 meals per academic year) and LutePoints are convenient and economical meal options for off campus students Off-campus housing: If you are looking for off-campus housing, check the off-campus notebooks in Residential Life and the bulletin boards in the Uc. ASPLU: Four elected members of ASPLU student government are off-campus senators.

:III

o c:: :III n m

•

CENTER FOR PUBLIC SERVICE 253.535.7 1 73 253.535.7652 www.plu.edu/-pubsrvc

The Center for Public Service connects the PLU campus to the surrounding communities by providing opportunities for students. staft� and faculty to serve community needs as part of their university experience. There are many ways PLU people can become involved in community service at PLU. They can work with all ages preschoolers through senior citizens-at the Family and Children's Center, a coalition of social service agencies housed together in PLU's East Campus that closely cooperates with the Center for Public Service. Students can also become involved in community work through academic service-learning classes that explore the relationship between an academic subject and com munity service experience. The Center for Public Service is a resource to faculty teaching these courses, which are available in many departments, and can help students find out about them. For a variety of volunteer work, individuals and student groups can also use the Volunteer Center, part of the Center for Public Service, to browse through listings of over 1 00 volunteer oppor tunities on and near the PLU campus and to learn about resi dence hall or student-club service projects. To find out more about how to become engaged in the com munity, call the Center for Public Service, or stop by Ramstad Room 1 1 6.

T H E

OIl

RESIDENTIAL LIFE 253.535.7200

V III: :::l a

IVWW.pili. edul-sliflrlif

The university requires that all full-time ( 12 or more semester hours) students live and eat on campus unless the student meets one of the three following conditions: ( I ) is living at home with parent(s), legal guardian (s), spouse, or child(ren ) ; ( 2 ) is 20 years of age or older on or before September I for the academic year or Feburary I for spring semester; or ( 3 ) has attained junior status ( 60 semester hours) on or before September I for the academic year or February I for spring semester. As a residential campus, Pacific Lutheran University offers students a valuable experience in community living. The univer sity recognizes the importance of nonclassroom activities in providing an education. The aim of residential Jiving is to help students grow personally, socially, culturally, and spiritually. Campus residences are organized into communities in which each individual counts as a person. New knowledge shared with friends in the residence halls takes on a very personal meaning. Men and women of many backgrounds and cultures live on campus; therefore, students in residence halls have a unique opportunity to broaden their cultural horizons. The university cares about the quality of life on campus. The attractive and comfortable residence halls enrich the quality of life and enhance the learning process. The university offers opportunities for student leadership experience, formal and i n formal programs, and peer associations. The student governing bodies are strong and actively participate in campus life. A selection of modern, attractive halls, each with its own traditions and unique advantages, offers students the opportu nity to establish a comfortable living pattern. All halls include informal lounges, study rooms, recreation areas, and common kitchen and laundry facilities. Most of the halls are co-educational. Although they are housed in separate wings, men and women in co-ed halls share lounge and recreation facilities and common residence govern ment, and participate jointly in aJJ hall activities. One aJJ women's haJJ is available for those women who desire this living experience. An all si ngle- room hall has been established for those 20 years of age or older, or who have attained a minimum of junior status. This independent living environment is intended to meet the needs of the older student. South Hall, an apartment-style residence, is designed for students who are 20 years of age or older, or who have attained a minimum of junior status. This living option provides for some added independence while continuing the many benefits o f campus living.

OIl

'" III:

c z c( '"

... .....

I Z w

C :::l I

OIl

RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMMUNITY LIFE Within any community certain regulations are necessary. Pacific Lutheran University adopts only those standards believed to be reasonably necessary and admits students with the expectation that they will comply with those standards. All members of the university community are expected to respect the rights and integrity of others. Conduct which i s detrimental to students, faculty, staft: or the university, or which violates local, state, or federal laws, may be grounds for sanctions or for dismissal. The university prohibits the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages on campus and limits the hours when stu dents may have visitors of the opposite sex in their residence hall rooms. The code of conduct for all students is available online at www. plu.edu/print/handbook.html. STUDENT ACTIVITIES 253.535.7 1 95 IVww.pl u. edlllplrlexperiin teres tlact. II tm I

Student activities are regarded as essential factors in higher edu cation. Some are related to courses of instruction such as drama, music, and physical education; others are connected more closely to recreational and social life. I nvolvement in student activities 20

P A C I F I C

I T Y

provides practical experience and at the same time develops an understanding of self i n relation to others. Cocurricular pro grams include student government ( Associated Students of PLU and Residence Hall Association ) , sports a tivities (varsity, intra mural, and club sports), stude nt media (newspa per, social justice journal, artistic magazine, radio, and t h.-vision ) , student clubs and organizations, and community service program:. With over 100 student activities i n which to becom e involved, there is sure to be at least one which will enrich a person's college exp rience. STUDENT LIFE 253.535.7 1 9 1 www.plu. edul-slif

The quality of life cultivated and fostered within the university is an essential component of the academic community. The environment produced is conducive to a life of vigorous and creative scholarship. Pacific Luther a n University also recognizes that liberal education is for the total person and that a comple mentary relationship exists between students' intellectual development and the satisfaction of their other individua l needs. Interaction with persons of differing life experience , application of classroom knowledge to personal goab and aspiration , and cocurricular experiences are all available and total components of education at PLU. In a time when there is a need for meaning ful community, the campus facilitates genuine rela tionships among members of the university from diver e religious, racial, and cultural backgro unds. All of the services and facilities provided are intended to complement the academic program. The services reflect changing student needs, and the opportuni ties for student participation include virtually aU aspects of the university. Individual attention i · given to st udents' concerns, including a variety of specific servic s outlined here and on the web at www.plu. edu/-slifl. STUDENT SERVICES CENTER 253.535. 7 1 6 1 800.678.3243 www.plu. edul-ssvc

The Student Services Center, located in Hauge Ad m inistration Building, room 1 02, assists students, fam i lies, a d the PLU community with registration, tlnancial aid, account financing, veteran's assistance, Perkins/Nursing loans, and oth r general university questions. If you have any other additional questions or concerns and are not sure whom to conta t. call us. Innovative customer services are provided with d ication to assist and educate students through the academic process \ i lh fi nancial assistance and resources. To access information on a student's financial aid, billing inquiries, schedules, etc. you mllst have the student's identifica tion numbers and Personal l entification Number ( PI N ) . A PIN is assigned to each student attending PLU. This security is part of the university's policy regarding the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act ( FERPA) of 1 974. It i the student's right to give this number to a parent or a signi ficant oth r for access. Anyone transacting business on a student's behalf will need the PLU l D number a n d P I N or information will n o t be released. SUMMER SESSION 253.535.7 1 26 IVww.p lu. edul-sllmmer

An extensive summer school curriculum is available to all quali fied persons. In addition, summer session typicully is a time when the faculty offer innovative, experiment cou rses, which cover a broad range of contemporary issue' nd p r 'pectives in many fields. The summer session consists ot three discrete four week terms and a one-week workshop session and begins the last week of M ay. Many courses are taught in the e ning, two nights per week for n ine weeks. Master of Business Administration courses are taught during two i ll:-week terms, two nights per week. Designed for undergraduates and graduate students alike, the summer program serves teachers and administrators seeking

creden tials and special courses, first-year students desiring to ace unt fi nancing, veteran's assistance, by the schools and de partments.

o nmatriculated students who enroll for the summer

s ssi n need only submit

letter of academic standing or give

other evidence of being prepared for college work.

A complete Slimmer Session Catalog, outlining the curriculum as well as special institutes, workshops, and seminars, is prin ted each spring and is available by calling or by viewing it onli ne.

VOLUNTEER CENTER 253.535.83 1 8 IYWW.plll. edll/-volllntr PLU's Volunteer Center, run by students and housed i n the Center

fOT Public Service, eeks to give students opportunities to put to work their dreams for a better world. The Volunteer Center has list ings for over ) 00 organizations who need volu nteers. Students can stop by and browse through the placement lists, or make an app intment with one of the Volunteer Center coordinators who help match students with organi7A1tions. Class projects, residence hall group activities, one day or several, the Volunteer Center can help students help!

WOMEN'S CENTER 253.535.8759

lvww.plll.edli/-lVomencell

The Women's Center is an on-campus resource center that serves students, staff, and faculty. Located on lower campus in the little blue house next to the softball field ( 1 004 1 24'h Street South), the center provide advocacy, resou rces, and educational program ming for and about women and gender equity. Both women and men are welcome to use the resou rces of the Women's Center and encouraged to take advantage of the safe, supportive, and contidential atmosphere for support or network groups. The staff at the Wo men's Center offers confidential support and assis tance in dealing with sexual harassment, rape or sexual assault, and dating/relationship issues. Throughout the year, the center also provides a variety of opportunities for gathering and cel ebration.

WRITING CENTER 253.53 .8709 wlVw.plll.edtli-writing The Wr iting Center provides a place for students to meet with trained student consultants to discuss their academic, creative, and profes i nal writing. Student staff members help writers generate topics, develop focus, organize material, and clarify ideas. In an atmosphere that is com fortable and removed from th classroom setting, student readers and writers talk seriously about ideas and writing strategies. Most sessions are one-hour meet ings, but drop-in students with brief essays or questions are welcome. he Writing Center is open Monday through Thursday from

8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., and Su nday fr m 4:00 to 9:00 p.m. These hours may vary slightly from semester to semester.

> n

Academic Procedures

> o m

ACADEMIC HONESTY Both the value and the success of any academic activity, as well as the entire academic enterprise. have depended for centuries on the fundamental principle of absolute honesty. The un iver sity expects all its faculty and students to honor this principle

." ;lD

scru pulously.

Since academic dishonesty is a serious breach of the univer

n m

sally recognized code of academic ethics, it is every faculty member's obligation to impose appropriate sanctions for any

demonstrable instance of such misconduct on the part of a

student.

;lD m

The universi ty's policy on academic integrity and its

procedures for dealing with academic misc nduct are detailed in the Stlldent Handbook.

ADVISING The university expects that all students will benefit from assistance in planning academic programs consistent with their educational goals. Both to help students make their initial adjustment to the academic load at PLU and to provide counsel throughout their academic ca reers, the university has estab lished a network o f faculty and admin istrative staff advisors as well as an Academic Advising Office.

Academic Advisors All students enrolled in degree programs have advisors whuse overall responsibility is to guide academic progress. Until students have attained junior standing, they are required to meet with their advisor (and receive a current registration P I N ) prior t o registering for an upcoming term. I n their work with individual students, advisors have the assistance of persunnel i n a number of student services offices: Academic Advising, Academic Assistance Center, Career Development, Counseling and Testing Services, Diversity Center. Campus Ministry, internatiunal student advisor, and residence hall directors and resident assistants.

Trallsitiorlal Advisors: At the time of entry, each first-year student is assigned a transitional advisor, usually accord ing tu i nterests expressed by the student. Students who wish to explore the general curriculum before choosing a major program are assigned to exploratory advisors (professional advising or counseling staff or especially trained faculty) who will help them to make educational plans appropriate to their interests and talents. Transitional advisors are supported by educational planning workshops and by Psychol ogy 1 l3, Career and Educational Planning. Transfer students who are ready to declare their major are assigned to a designated transfer sdvisor in each department or school. Transfer students who wish to explore educaitonal goals are assigned a transitional advisor. During a student's first semester, an advising file is created for the student's advisor, and a summary of degree req uirements and record-keeping envelope is issued to each student.

Major Advisors: Upon formal declaration of a major, students are assigned major advisors to replace their transitional advisors. Major advisors guide students' progress toward their chosen degree goals. Students may change advisors using an advisor change form. Students and advisors are expected to meet regularly, though the actual number of meetings will vary according to individual needs. Students are responsible to meet with their advisor who serves as an academic guide as students make choices and determine their educational goals.

ACADEMIC STANDING POLICY The following terms are used to describe academic standing at PLU. Academic standing is deter mined by the Comm ittee for the Admission and Reten tion of Students, which reserves the right to review any student's record to determine academic standing.

P A C

U T H E

R A N

I V E

I T

11'1 W iii: :::l o w U o iii:

u w o c( u '"

Good Standing: All students enrolled at the university are expected to stay in good academic standing. Good stand ing requ i rc\ a '"m ster grade p lint average uf 2.00 or h igher for the immediate past seme ter, and satisfactory a demic progress.

Academic Warning: Students whose m ost recent semester grade

point average was less than 2.00, whose cumulative grade point average i s 2.00 or higher, and whose academic progress is satisfactory are placed on academic warning and sent warning lelt�rs. Stllden ts I,hose cumulative and semest r grade point .lverages are below 2 . 00 at the end of their first emestcr at PLU .He al.'o placed on academic warning. Probation: Students other than first semester students are placed on probation if their cumulat ive grade point average falls below

2.00 , or if tlley have been on warning in the previous seme·ter and

have fa iled to return to good academic standing, or (at the discretion of the C mmittee for the Admission nd Reten tion of Students) i f they have failed t(l main tain satisfactory academic progress. Probationary students must meet with the director of ad ising before the tenth day of a probationary semt:ster to draw lip a plan for improving their academic work. Academic probation is noted n the l)'aJlscript. Failure to satisfactoril y complete each (Ourse attempted i n a probationary seme. t r rna ' result i n dismissal from the university. Failure t o comptete includes withdrawal , incompletes, and grades of E r . A probation pia II //lay specify req uiremellts agreed 011 by the swdet/t alld director of advising: assigllment to a p robationary odvisor, spec�fied contact with the advisOl; limitat ioll of credit load, limitation on work or activities, registration ill Cl stlldy skill ' drl 's, etc. Copies of the agree ment are ;I! nt to the student II lid probationary adv isor. At the end of the sem ester, the advisor retllms 0111.' capy to the director of advising ilU1ica t i l1g whether or 1I0t the ,tudellt has made ilIl effo rt to meet th ' terms of the pro/Ja tioll(lry ngreemellt. This copy is filed ill the QIfice of the Registrar and may be used to make decisions rega rding colltin lied problltioll and academic dismissa l.

Continued Probation: Students whose cumulative grade pomt

average .Ire still below 2.00 after a probationary semester, but whose last !'emester grade point averages are above 2.00 and who are otherwise in good standing, ma), be granted Ollt additional semester of probation at the discreti n of the Committee for the Admission and Retention of Studen ts. Such students l1lust participate in the probationary semester program. Pailure to :..t1 isract ori ly complete each course attempted i n a probationary semot\:r may result in dismissal from the univer�ity. Failure to complete includes withdrawals, incompletes, and grades of E o r F. Academic Dismissal:

'tudents not in good standillg at the end

of a p robationary semester are dism issed from the university. Th y ma}' appl)' for rein. tatemen t by petitiolli ng the omm ittee

for the

dmission and Retention of Students ( i n care of the

director of advising). If the petition is approved, the rein�tated ludent iJ, on probat io n and must pa rticipate in the p rubationaq'

semester program. If the petition is denied, the student may petition again after one semester un less otherwise informed. ludents are dismissed for acad mic reasons after each fal l and spri no semester. Se:cond Academic D ismissal: A readmitted student whf! fails to

a tta i n a 2.00 cumulative grade point average i n the semester after reinstatement, but whose 'emester grade point average is above 2.00, may be grant d vne additional semester of probation at the di 'cretion of the om mittee for the Adm ission and Reten tion of Sluden ts. I f a s mestcr grade point av rage of 2 . 00 is not earned in the probationary semester, or if a student fails to achieve a 2 .00 cumulative grade point aver<lge after J second probationary semest r, the student is dism i 'ed a �econd time and may not apply for reinstatement u n t i l o ne ful l semester has passed, and then only if new evidence is presen ted indicating th� studen t's pro bable success. T h is rule also applie, to a read mi tted student who attains good standing and is then dismissed a second time fnr academic reasons. 22

P A C i f i

L U

T H E R

A N

V E

" S

I T Y

Satisfactor y academic progress shall be defined as completion of at least 75% of the credit hours attempted in a n academic year. Failure to complete i ncludes withdrawals, incompletes, and grades of E or F. The Committee for the Admission and Retention of Students reserves the right to review for academic status those students who fail to maintain sat i fa tory academic progress. The committee shall regularly identify stich students, review their records, consider extenuati ng circumsta nces, and decide whether or not the students shall be placed on academic probation . Satisfactory Academic Progress:

EUgJblJity for Student Activities:

Any regularly en rolled, full time student ( 1 2 semester hours or more) is eligible fo r partici pation in uni ersit)' activities. Limitations on a stud nt's activities based upon academic performance may be set by i n d ividual 'Chools, departments, or organizations. A student on academic probation is not eligible for certification in i n tercolle giate co mpetitions and may be advised to curtail participation in other extracurricular activities. In the seventh week of each fal l and spring semester, instructors may choose to send warn ing letters to students doing work below level ( 2.00) in their classes. No transcript notation is made, and academic standing is not affected.

MJdterm AdvisoT}' Letters:

CI.ASS ATTENDANCE

The u n iversit), assumes that a l l registered students have freely acc pled personal r sp onsibility fo r regular class attendance. Course grades rcfle t the quality of students' academic perfor mance as a whole, which normally includes regular participation i n the total cl ss experience and is evaluated accordingly. Absences may lead to a reduction of a student's final grade. I n the event o f unavoiable absence, st udents are expected t o inform the instructor. Assignment of make-up work, i f any, is at the discretion of the i nstructor. CLASSIFICATIONS OF STUDENTS

First-year: students who h<lve met first-year entrance

requirements. st udents who have satisfactorily completed 30 semester hours, Juniors: students who have satisfactorily completed 60 semester hours. Selliors: students who have satisfactorily com pleted 90 semester hOllrs. Gmdlwtc Stl ldf'llts: students who have met graduate entrance requirements and have been accepted into the Division of Graduate Studies. NOll- Degree lhldergmdlill tes: undergraduate students who are attending part-time for a maximum of 8 semester hours but are not officially admi tted to a degree program. NO ll- Degree Graduate Students: graduate students who are attending part-time for a maximum of 9 semester hours but are not officiallr admitted to a degree program. Sopholll ores:

COURSE LOADS

The normal course load for undergraduate students during fall and sp ri n g semesters is 13 to 17 ho urs per emester, i ncluding physical education. The minimum full-time course load is 1 2 hours. The m i n i mum fuliCtime load for graduate students is 8 hours. A nonnal cou rse load during the January term is 4 hours with a maximum of 5 hours. - In order for a student to take a ful l course load, the student must be formally admitted to the university. See tire Ad missio n scaioll of this CIl talogio r appliCil tion procedu res.

- Students who wish to register for 1 8 or more hours in a semester are required to have at least a 3.00 grade point average or consent of the provost. - St udents engaged in considerable outside work may be restricted to a reduced academic load.

CREDIT BY EXAM INATION (CHALLENGE)

Students are permitted, within limits, to obtain credit by exami nation in lieu of regular enrollment and class attendance. No more than 30 semester hours may be counted toward graduation whether from the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or any other examination. Exceptions to this rule for certain groups of students or programs may be made, subject to recommenda tion by the Educational Policies Committee and approval by the faculty. Credit by examination is open to formally admitted, regular-status students only and does not count toward the residency requirement for gnlduation. To receive credit by examination, students must complete a Credit By Examination Registration Form available on the display wall located across from the Student Services Center, obtain the signature of the respective department chair or dean, and arrange for the examination with the appropriate instructor. The completed form must be returned to the Registrar's Office by the add/drop deadline for the appropriate term. CLEP �lIbiect examinations may be used to satisfy general university requirements as determined by the Regisrrar's Office. CLEP subject examinations may be used to satisfy requirements for majors, minors or programs as determined by the various s hools, divisions and departments. CLEP general examinations are given elective credit only. CLEP examinations are subject to recommendations by the Educational Policies Committee and approval by the faculty. Official CLEP transcripts must be submitted for evaluation of credit. The university does not grant for college-level general equivalency Jiploma (GED) tests. CREDIT RESTRICTIONS

An undergraduate student may repeat any course. The cumula tive grade point average is computed using the highest of the grades earned. Credit toward graduation is allowed only once. redit is not allowed for a mathematics or a foreign lan guage course listed as a p rerequisite if taken after a higher-level course. For example, a student who has completed Spanish 20 I cannot later receive credit for Spanish 1 02. GRADING SYSTEM

Students are graded according to the following designations: Grade

Points per Hour

4.00 3.67 3.33 D Good 3.00 2.67 82.33 C+ Satisfactory 2.00 C 1 .67 C1 .3 3 D+ D Po o r 1 .00 0.67 DE 0.00 Fail

Excellent A AB+

Credit Awarded

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No

The grades listed below are not used in calculating grade point averages. No grade points are earned under these designations. Grade

Description

Credit Awarded

Pass Fail I ncomplete I n Progress Audit Withd rawal Medical Withdrawal Unofficial Withd rawal No Grade Submitted

Yes No No No No No No No No

I IP

AU W WM UW NG

Pass (P) and Fall (F) grades are awarded to students who select the

pass/fail option or who are enrolled in exclusive pass/fail courses. These grades do not affect a student's grade point average.

The pass/fail option permits students to explore subject areas outside their known abilities by experiencing courses without competing directly with students who are specializing in those areas of study. Grades of A through C- are regarded as pass; grades of D + through E are rega rded as fail. Pass/fail grades do not affect the grade point average. The pass/fail option is limited to 8 credit h o u rs ( regardless of repeats, pass or fail). Only one course may be taken pass/fail in fulfillment of general university or core requirements or of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement. The pass/fail option may not be applied to a course taken for fulfillment of a major or minor p rogram " An exception to this is allowed for one course in the major or minor field if it was taken before the major or minor was declared. Students must fi le their intention to exercise the pass/fail option with the Student Services ,enter no later tha n the mid point of the course. I n a full-length semester, thi is the last day of the eighth week. The pass/fail option is l imited to undergraduate studen ts on ly. Pass/Fail Opt ion:

» n » c m

•

"\:I ;:Ill o n m c c:: ;:Ill m VI

•

Some co urses only award pass/fail grades. The goals of these courses are typically concerned with appreciation, value comm itment, or creat ive achievement. Exclusive pass/fail courses do not meet major or u niversity requirements without faculty app roval. If student take a n exclusive pass/fail course, t h e st udent's individual pass/fail option is not affected. Exclusive Pass/Fail Course :

Incomplete ( I ) grades indicate that students did not complete their work because of circumstances beyond their COlltrol. To receive credit, an incomplete must be completed and a passing grade recorded within the tIrst st.... w�eks of the following semester. The earned grade is recorded immediately following the I, which remains on the record ( for example I B+). Incomplete grades that are not completed are changed to the default grade indicated by the instructor when the incomplete was submitted. An incomplete is not a permanent grade. An incomplete does not entitle a student to attend class again without reregistering. In Progress OP) signifies progress in a course which normally runs more than one term to ompletion. In Progress carries no credit until replaced by a permanent grade.

(WM) is entered when a cou rse is not completed due to medical cause. A medical withdrawal does not affect a student's grJde point average. See Withdrawal from the Ulliversity, previously listed. Medical WIlhdrawal

( UW ) may be entered when a (ourse is not completed because of a student's nonattendance in the days before the withdrawal deadline. S e Withdrawal from the University, previously li,re .

Unofficial Withdrawal

(NG) is a temporary grade entered by the Registrar'S Office when nu grade has been subrni tted by the established deadline.

No Grade

GRADUATION

Students expecting to fulfill degree requirements within the academic year ( i ncluding August ) ar required to file an application for graduation with the Registrar's Office according to the following: DEGAn COMPunON

BACH ELOR"S AND MASTER'S DEADLINE

May 2003 August 2003 December 2003 January 2004

Nov em b e r I , 2002 March 1 , 2003 May \, 2003 May 1 , 2003

There are four degree-completion dates ( nd of summer ses ion, fall semester, Januaq', and spring semester). Degrees are formally conferred at August, December, and May commencements. Students with January degree dales are expected to take part in the December commencement. The a tual date of graduation will be recorded on the permanent records. P

II> !OJ a: ::l o w U o a: D. u ... o < u <

Students who plan to transfer back to Pacific Lutheran University for a degree must apply for graduation before or during the first semester of their junior year so that deficiencies may be met before they leave campus. HONORS

Dean's List: A Dean's List is created at the end of each semester. To be eligible, a student must have attained a semester grade point average of 3.50 with a minimum of 1 2 graded hours.

•

• •

•

NON-CREDIT INFORMAL STUDY To encourage liberal lea rning of a l l kinds, above and beyond enrollment in courses leading toward formal degrees, the university offers a variety of opportunities for informal study: Gllest of University Status: Any professional persons who wish t use university facili ties for independent study may apply to the provost for cards designating them as guests of the university. AuditIng Courses: To audit a course is to enroll, with the permissIOn of the instructor, on a non-credit basis. An auditor i s not held accountable for examinations o r other written work and does not receive a grade. If the instructor approves, the course may be entered upon the transcript as audit. Audit fees are the same as credit fees. Visiting Classes: Members of the academic community are encouraged to visit classes which interest them. No fee is charged for the privilege. Doing so requires the permission of the instructor. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES Students register by using Banner Web, an online registration system. In addition to registering, Banner Web also offer students the ability to add or drop a class, check their schedules, and P A C I

•

Graduation Honors: Degrees with honors of cum laude, maglla cum laude, and SlImma crml laude are granted. A student must earn a cumul tive grade point average of 3.50 for cum laude, 3.75 for maglw clIm laude, and 3.90 for summa cum lallde. All transfer grades are combined with PLU grades to determine eligibility. Phy ical education activity courses are not included i n determin ing graduation honors.

Honor Societies: Election to the Arete Society is a special recognition of a student's commitment to the liberal arts together with a record of high achievement in relevant course work. The society was organized in 1 969 by Phi Beta Kappa members of the fac ulty to encourage and recognize excellent cholarship in the Liberal arts. Student members are elected by the faculty fellows of the society each spring. Both juniors and eniors are eligible; however, the qualifications fo r election as a juni r are more stringent. Students must have: attained a high grade point average ( for seniors, normally above 3.70; for juniors, normally above 3.90); completed 1 10 credit hours i n liberal studies; demonstrated the equivalent of two years of college work in foreign language; completed one year of college mathematics ( including statistics or computer science) or four years of college preparatory math emalics in high school and one college mathematics course; and • c mp leted a minimum of three semesters in residence at the un iversi ty. The university also has chapters of a number of national honor societies on campus, including the following: Alpha Kappa Delta ( Sociology) Alpha Psi Omega ( Drama) Beta Gamma Sigma ( Business) Mu Phi Epsilon ( Music) • Ph i Alpha (Social Work) Pi Kappa Delta ( Forensics) Psi Chi ( Psychology) Omicron Delta Epsilon ( Economics) Sigma Theta Tau (Nursing) Sigma Xi (Scientific Research)

access final grades. Banner Web Illay be accessed through the PLU home page ( www.pll l. edll ) . Students may contact the Student Services Center with registration questions. Students are not officially enrolled until their registration has been cleared by the Student Accounts Office. Students are responsible for selecting their courses. Advisors are available to assist with planning and to make suggestions. Students should be thoroughly acquainted \ ith all registration materials, including the current catalog and class schedule. Students are also encou raged to study car fu lly the require ments of all academi programs in whKh they may eventually declare a major.

U T H E

R A N

U N I

V E

T Y

•

Adding or Dropping a Course: A student may add or drop a course at any time during the first ten days of class during a full length semester. During the add/drop period, c()urses may be dropped and tuition will be refunded in fuJI. In most cases, adding and dropping can be accomplished using Banner Web. See the Ja/wary term and SlI IlIlIler m tn[ogs for the add/drop periods for those terms.

EARLY REGISTRATION FOR RETURNING STUDENTS Students who plan to return are encouraged to register. Returning students will receive registration time appointments to register for summer and fal l terms and for J -term and spring term. Registration dates are determined by the number of hours, including transfer hours, completed by the student. Students may register for each new term or summer session on or after the designated dale.. EARLY REGISTRATION PROGRAM FOR ENTERING STUDENTS Early registration for entering students occurs during June or January, depending on whether students begin in the fall or spring semester. Early registration is conducted by the Advising Office. Registration materials are sent to all a cepted entering students well in advance of their arrival on campus for their first semester. Most students meet in person with a registration counselor as they register for courses. Stu ents may also register by phone. WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE If a student does not wish to continue a course after the add/ drop period, the student must withdraw from the course. Tu ition is not refunded. A $50 administrative fee is cha rged for any registration change after the add/drop period. Medical Withdrawal: Students may also withdraw completely from the university for a term fo r medical re<lSons. The student must provide written evidence from a physician and a personal explanation to the vice president and dean fo r student life. This must be completed in a timely manner and in Ill) case later than the last day of class i n any given term. If granted, the grade of \\lM will appear on the student's transcri pt. Physician clearance is required prior tn re-enrol lment. Official Withdrawal: To wi thdraw officially, the student needs to obtain a withdrawal form from the Student Services Center, fill in the form, have the instructor sign the form, and submit the completed form to the Student Services Center. Withdrawal forms must be submitted before the end of the 1 2th week. A W grade will appear on the student's transcript. See the Ja nuary term alld SlImmer catalogs fo r the last dates to withdraw during those terms.

Unofficial Withdrawal: A student who stops attending a course before the end of the 1 2th week but does not withdraw may receive an unofficial withdrawal. The grade of UW will appear on the student's transcript. If it can be determined that a student never attended a course, the registration will be cancelled without notation on the transcript. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY Students are entitled to withdraw honorably from the university if their record is satisfactory and all financial obligations are satisfied. Partial tuition refunds are available. Refer to the Tuition and Fees section of this m tlliog fo r more iH(ormatioll.

discipline. In addition to fu lfilling major and minor require

" m

ments, an Inquiry Seminar may fulfill no more than one

Z m

GUR. I c. First-year January Residency Requirement

(4 hours):

All first-year students must enroll in a course during J-term. In addition to fu lfilling major or minor requirements, a

requirement may fulfill no more than one GUR.

2. Mathematical Reasoning (4 hours) - MR

< m

A course in mathematics or applications of mathematics, with emphasis on numerical and logical reasoning and on using

;IQ 11'1

appropriate methods to fo rmulate and solve problems. This ics (except Math

or Math

99)

hours from mathemat

or by Computer Science l i S

or by Statistics 23 1 . This requirement may also be satisfied by

General University

equirements

U '

Rs ) . No course used to satisfy one

with Disabilities and the appropriate fac ulty member in consultation with the student. 3. Science and the Scientifit Method

hours) - SM

trates its applications and limitations, and includes a labora tory component. At least one of the courses taken to meet line

begin the quest fo r, and adventure of, a

4 or 2

larger vision fo r life. University education is about more than

(Core I, e) must be a course in which the subject is

natural sciences, i.e., physical or biological science.

skill ; at PLU it is about liberating students fo r critical and comm itted l ivin , combining well developed critical capacities

A science course that teaches the methods of science. illus

t-year program provides a supportively challenging

4. Writing Requirement (4

hours) - WR

with compassion .1nd i ion for service in a multicultural,

All students must complete

ideologically plural world.

writing course. First-year students satisfy this requirement

I n addition t the tw

orientati n and ad i IIlg prugrams, the r quirements. One of

-cminars must be taken in the student's first semester.

Fir t-year program req uirements must be completed during the student's first year. Thi ' requirement must be met by all students entering PLU with fewer than 20 s me ·ter hours.

disability, racism, or poverty. b. Cross-Cultural Perspectives (4 hours) - C: A course that en hances cross-cultural understandings through examination of other cultures. This requirement ma), be satisfied in one of three ways: ( i ) a course fo cusing on the culture of non- Euro-American societies; ( i i ) a foreign language course nu mbered 20 1 or above ( not sign language) used to satisfy the entrance req uirement, or

Advallccd l'lacl'me/lt-Elll(lish and Jl1tema ,wt satisfy this rcquiremwt. tho llgh they may be IIsed for elective credit. SltIderlls willi officially

completion through the fi rst year of college level of a

tiollal BaccalaIlreale-Ellglisii dv

fo reign language ( not sign language) other than that used to satisfy the fo reign language entrance req uirement. (A

tral1scripted college II'ritillg CO Ilrses, illcilldillg tll Ole ill WashillguJ/l

foreign language completed through the seco nd year of

Rt lI"il1g StMI profiram. are 'lolletlte/ess eligible to el1roll ill tlie

college level may also be used to simultaneously satisfy

writi,tg seminar/or credit, or Ihey lI1ay choose to lise their previo!!s

Option I, or a completion of a foreign language through the

credil$ 10 salisly the writing semillar req lliremellt. -

first year of college level may also be used to simultaneously

satisfy Option I I of the College of Arts and Sciences

I nquiry Semin,lrs are cou r,cs sp� iall)' designed for firsty ar stud nts, which

requirements [see below J ) ; or

ill introduce students to the methods

( iii) participation i n an app roved semester-long study

and topic ' of study with in a particular academic discipline

abroad program ( January term programs are evaluated

r field. Inquiry Seminars also emphasize the acadmic skills

individually.)

that are at the center of the First-year Experience Program.

Note: 4 hours of Perspectives all Diversity COllrses may be used to fu/fill

Working with othn first-year students in a small-class setting thnt prom tes acti

'e, s

lIIlO lher genera/

un iversity requiremetJI. Tire rcmaillillg 4 Irours lIlust be a course tlrat does not sinlllitalleously Iulfill allY otlrer gel/eral university req uiremclII. These 4 hours may, however, satisfy a rcquirenzellt ill the major or millor.

minar-style learning,

students practice fu nda mental skills of l i teracy, thinking and co mmunity

hours in an approved

5. Perspectives On Diversity (8 hours) A course in each of the following two lines. a. Alternative Perspectives (4 hours) - A: A course that creates an awareness and understanding of diversity in the United States, directly addressing issues such as ethnici ty, gender,

No t�: Credits ea m ed by

1 b. 'Ilquiry Se m in a r (4 hours)

4 credit

through the Inquiry Seminar: Writing.

I J. Inquiry Seminar: Writing (4 hours) - FW, WR: The 'e semi nars focus on writ i ng , thinking, speaking, and rea ding.They involve wri ting as a way of thinking, of learning, and of discovering and ordering ideas. Ta ught by faculty fr m the un iversity' various departments and schools, these seminars are organized around topics that engage student and faculty in dialogue and provide the opportunity to examine issues fro m a variety of perspectives.

State's

Z -4 11'1

accomodations as determined by the Coordinator for Students

I . The First-Year Experience The Examillt!ti Life: hlto Uncerta inty and Beyond

first-year program is compos d of thr

documented disabilities will be given reasonable

iversilY requirements.

;IQ m

In fulfil ling the Math Reasoning Requirement, students with

SPECIFIC REQUlREMENTS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES

The Ii

tion with the student.

d to sati ' fy another, except lim ited such use i n

contex t in which

disabilities and the app ropriate faculty member i n consulta

undergraduate tudents must satis factorily complete all general U R may be

fo ur years of college preparatory mathematics ( througl mathematical analysis or calculus or equivalent). In fulfilling

tions as determined by the coordinator for students with

additi n to fulfilling certain minimum requirements, all

t h e Perpsective on

;IQ m

documented disabilities will be given reasonable accommoda

base fo r all its baccalaureate degree programs. Accordingly, in

u n iversity req uirement.-. ( ,

the completion (with at least a B average) of the equivalent of

the mathematical reasoning requirement, students with

The un iversity is committed to providing a strong liberal arts

> ,..

course taken during J-term used to fu lfill this residency

requirement may be satisfied by any

;IQ

they operate within that particular

VI � z w

FIRST-YEAR EXPERIENCE ( 1 0- 1 2 tiOIJRS)

CORE REQUIREMENTS E ITHER CORE I OR CORE II

WRIT 1 0 1 - InqUiry Seminar: Writing (4) - FW, WR

Core 1 - Distributive and Olsdphnary (31 hoors)

Inquiry Seminar (4) - F

Art, MUSIC, Th ea t re (4) - AR Literature (4) � LT

II: � a w

First-year January Residency

II:

ReqUirement (4)

Core II - International Core:

Philosophy (4) - PH Religious Studies (8) - R 1 ,

Anthropology, History. or PolitlCill Science (4) - S 1

II:

Economics, Psychology. SOCiology, or Social Work (4) - 52

> Z �

Contemporary World

- liberty and (4) - 11

year - WR

Power

Four lOO-level th ematic

(6) - 1 2

Jlllfill another general lll/ivas;ty reqlliremoll, or Ihey shall sho w that

they have sll tis{ini both the Altemot ivf l'erspectiws and Cross-Cttltllral Perspectives fines of the rel{ l I i rel/letit.

- PE F o u r d ifferent p hysicaJ education activity courses, including Physical Education 1 00. One he ur of c redit may be earned through approved sports participa ion. All activities are graded on the basis of A, Pass, or Fail. 7. Senior Seminar/Project ( 2-4 hour� as designated by the acad mic unit of th s tudent's major) - SR A substantial project, paper, practicum, or internship that culm inates and advances th program (If an academic major. The end product must be presented to an open audience and c ri t i ca l l y evaluated oy facu lty in the stu.dcnt\ field. With approval (If h s t uden t's m jor department, interdisciplinary capstone c u rses sudl as the Globa[ t udies Research Seminar or the HonQr� Program Chal le n ge Experience may fu lfill this requir ment.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND LIMiTATIONS ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES: (All credit hours referred

Re l igi o u s �ludies (tl hours, 4 from each of two lines) l . Biblical I Udies - R I 2. Christian Thought, History, and Experience - R2 3. Integrative and Comparative Religious Studies - R3

J. Total Hours alld Cumulative GPA:

A minimum of 1 2 8 semester hours must be completed

with a grade point average of 2 .00 (2.50 in the Schools of Business and Education ) . 2.

courses numbered 300 or above. Courses from two-year insti tutions are nat considered upper-division regardless of subject matter parallels ( regardless of major minor exceptions) . At least 20 of the minimum 40 semester hours of upper-division work must be taken at PLU. 3.

lHriversities.

Core IJ: The Illternational Core: In tegra terl Studies of the

major must be completed as detailed by each school or department. At least 8 semester hours must be taken in residence. Departments, divisions, or schools may set higher residency requirements.

a. INTC 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 Origins f the C"n temporary World (8 hours) - I I b. Four 200-level INTC courses ( 1 6 hours) - 12: Normally taken in the sec nd and third years. May include approved program of study abroad. Students select four ourses subject to app rov,l l of the International Core Committee. c. One 300-[evel INT course (4 hours) - 13 I

r H

Grades fo r Major Cou rses:

All courses counted toward a major or minor must be co mp l e ted with grades of C- or higher and with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher in those courses.

6. 44 HOllr Limit:

Not more than

I T Y

hours earned in one department may be

a pp l ied to the BA or BS degrees.

7. Music Ensembles:

Non-music majors may count toward graduation require ments not more than 8 semester hours in music ensembles. 8.

Corresponderrce/Extension Cou rses:

A maximum of 24 hours in accredited correspondence or

extension studies may be credited toward degree requirements, contingent on approval by the Registrar's Office. 9.

COlltemporary Wo rld (28 horlrs)

Final Yea r ill Residence:

The final 32 semester hours of a student's program must be completed in residence at PLU. No transfer credit may be applied during a student's final 32 hours in a degree program. ( Special programs such as 3- 1 , 3-2 and semester and January term exchange study are excluded from this limitation. )

I or 2) unless presenting

r regiOl/aJly accredited colleges or

d. So ial Sciences ( 8 hours, 4 from each line) J. Anthropoi gy. H i s to ry, or Political Science - S I 2. Economics, Psychology, Sociol ogy, or Social Work - S2 . Natural Sciencel>, ,omputer Science, Mathematics (4 hours) - NS

Upper-Division Cou rses:

A minimum of 40 semester hours must be completed from

Departments, divisions, or schools may set higher grade requirements.

Nore: Transfer sfrldents elaering as jUl1iors or sen iors are req u i red to

in listings of requirements are semester hours.)

Note: Log;c cou rses d o nOI fir/fill t h i" reqllircmelll.

oj relig ion /rolll oth

Physical Education (4) - PE Senior Seminar/Project (2-4) - SR

a. Arts/Lit rature (8 hours, 4 from each line) 1. Art, MU5ic, or Theatre - AR 2. Literature ( English or Languages and Literatures) - LT b. P h il o sop h y ( 4 hours) - PH

S t ransFer irorm

Alternative Perspectives - A Cross-Cultural Per5pectlves - C

4. Academic Major:

H . One of Two Altern.at ive Cores: Core l or Core 1I o re Ii Tlte Distriblltivt' Core (32 hours)

take 4 semesrer hours of religiol1 ((rol11 lil1cs

Perspectives on Diversity (6-8)

cou rses

One 300-1 vel course (4) - 13

6. Phf5ica1 Eduation (4 hours)

Writing (4), unless taken if! first

NCitural Sciences, Computer Science, or Mathematics (4) - NS /llI1ior and sell i o r transJer tlldellls shall either ta ke one Perspectives on D i ve rs i ty C(lllrse (4 credit hOllrs) at PLU tlmt docs //Ot simllitaneo llsly

1 12

Mathematica l Reasoning (4) Science and the SCientific Method (4) - SM

28 hours) IN!C 1 t 1 - Authority and iscovery - 1 1 (4)

INTC

R2, R3 VI

Integrated Studies of the

Commurrity College Courses:

A maximum of 64 hours will be accepted by transfer from a regionally accredited community college. All community

college courses are transferred as lower-division credit. 1 0. Physical Educatiorl Courses:

No more than eight I -hour physical education activity courses may be counted toward graduation.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS In addi tion to mee i ng the entrance requirement i n foreign language ( two years of h igh school language, one year of college langu age, or demonstrated equiva le nt proficiency), candidates i n the C lIege of Arts a n d Sciences (all B A , I3S, BARec, B APE [ e.xdudi n g BAPE with certification ] , and BSPE degrees) must meet Option I, II, or I I I below. nd idates for the BA in - nglish, for t h e A in Education with concentration i n English, for the BA i n Global Studies, for the BBA in I n ternational Business, and for election to the Arete Society must meet ption I.

Completi

f one foreign language through the second year

of college level. This option may also be met by completion

of four yea rs of high sch 01 study i n one fo reign language with gra des of C or high r, or by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination admin istered by the PLU Depart men t of Languages and Literatures. II. Completion of one foreign language other than that used to satisfy the foreign language entrance requirement through the first year of college level. Thi option may also be met by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination adminis tered hy the PLU Departmen t of I.anguages and Literatures. I l l . Completion of 4 semester hours in history, literature, or language (at the 20 1 level, or at any level in a language other than that used to satisfy the foreign language entrance r; quir ment) in addition to courses applied to the g en e r a l university req nirements, mId 4 semester hours in symbolic logic, mathematics (courses numbered 100 or above), computer science, or statistics i n addition to courses applied to the general univ rsit , requirements. Courses used to satisfy either category of ption I I I of the College of Arts and Science requirement may not also be used 10 s tisfy general university requirements. La ngllage COllrsework and the Perspectil'es

011

Diversity Require

A foreign language cou rse num bered 2 0 l o r above used t ) satisfy Option I , or completion of a foreign language through the first year of college level used to sa tisfy Option I I , may be used simultaneously to satisfy the Perspectives on Diversity re uire ment. A cou rse in A merican Sign Language may be used to satify the Altemative Perspectives line, and foreign language collrse(s) (not sign) may be used to sati�f)' the Cross-Cul t ural Perspectives line (see above ) . ment:

( I ) Cons lilt parriCIIlar

COURSES THAT MEET THE UNIVERSITY-WIDE REQUIREMENTS ALTERNATIVE PERSPEalVES A NTI-I 1 92

Practicing Ant hropology: Makah Culture Past and Present

ANTH 230

Peoples of the Northwest Coast

ANT l I 330

Cul t u res and Peoples of Native North America

ANTH 133

j, Tath·c Aml..' r ican Health

Am'H 334

1 he

ANTH 338

\ewish Culture

ANTH

Ho'ike: Cultur al Dj"overy in Hawaii

341

A N T I-! .160 ANTH

CO:VIA

36 1

C o m m u n ication

fvIul ticultural Isslles in the Classroom

-I

ENGL 2 1 7

fiction: Emphasis o n Alternative Perspectives

ENG L 2 3 2

"Voml:'n's Literature

ENGLJ 4 1

f'em i n b t Approaches to Literature

ENGL 374

Amcr iGl.Il Ethnic Li teratures

HEED 262

Big Fat

H EFD 365

The Aging ExperiC'no:

H I ST 305

Sra""ry in

357

H IST

Lies

c :lII m

t h� Ame ricas

A t r ican Ame rican Hi�tory

H IST 359

H istory of Wo men in the United States

H I ST 360

Holocaust: Dest ruction of the Furopean lews

H I ST 4�0

West

I NTC 23 1

(;ender, . 'xu a l i t y, and Cultu re'

INT

'1 he

247

RS 365

anJ

Z -I

III

Cultures (If Racism

Culturally Congruent Health Care

P H ED 3 1 0

Socioeconomic rn tlucnce� on Health in Alnerira

PHED 3 1 5

Body Image

P H E D 362

Healing Arts of the M i nd and Body

PHIL 220

Women and Philosophy

37j

PSYC

Psych o logy of Women

PSYC 40S

\Vorkshop un Altern�tive Perspectives

RELI 257

Christ ian Theology

R E l.I 3 5 1

Church History Studies

REI.!

3 "4

Theological S t udie<

RELI 357

Major Religious Thinkers, Tc'xts, and Genres

REI.! 368

Feminist and Womanist

SIGN 1 0 1

Sign Language

S I G N 1 02

Sign Language

SOC! 1 0 \

American Society

SOC I 240

Social Problems

Theologies

SOCI 362

Families i n the Americas

SOC! 440

Sex, Gender, and Society

I n d ividuals w i t h Disabilities

outside rhos(' IIlTits may coll n l for rhe reqllirelllel1l wl,ell approl'ed both by

ART, MUSIC, OR THEATRE - AR

the /II/its and by the collllllittee overseeing the Kenc7'IIl lllliversity reqllire

ARTn

dent sllldies are 110t accepted to f"/jill the core rcqll iremfllt in !.itemtllre,

Northwest

1 95 W IST 1 0 1

Philosophy, or Rrligious SII/dies,

< m :a lii

EDUC 205

reqllirements which refer to academic discipline; or 1Il1its. sciected COl/ rses

(3) COllrscs ojfered thro llgh corresp clIldellce, on -lille, Ilnd illdepen

Managin g Cultural Diversity

Gender and

334

January on the Hill

mmls,

E t h n ic Groups

The I.atino Experiences in U.S,

(2) For those lirte$ of the gcncral l/llivcrsiry

> r-

A n t h ropology of Contemporary America

SPAN 34 1

COWlt for these requircme/lts,

Z m :lII

SOCW 20 1

UllderstallLfillgs Regarding All Requirements:

deparrmclltal sections of tlte catalog.!(!r dellli/ed )pecificatioll of CO II rses that

" m

SPED

Introduction to Women's S t udies

1 16

Design in the Contemporary World Drawing

A RI D \ (,0 RTD 1 80 ART!

History of Western Art I

181

H i story o f Wc5tern A r t I I

ARTD 1 96 RTD

Oesign I : f'undamentals

226

Black and White Photography

ARTD 230

Ceramics !

ARTD

S c u l p t u re I

250

ARTD 260

I ntermediatc' Dmwing

A RTO 296

Design I I : Concepts

A RTD 3 2 6

Color Photography

ARTD 3 } O

eramics I I

ARTD 33 1

The Art o f the Book I

A RTD 350

Scu l p t u re I I

ARTD 360

Life Drawing

ARTD 365

Painting I

ARTD 370

Printma king I

A RTD 380

Modern A r t

ARTD 390

Studies in A r t History

ARTD 396

Design: Graphics I

A RTD .l'!8

Design: I l l u s t ration

ARTD 426

Electronic I maging

A RTD 430

Ceramics I I I

ARTD 465

Painting I I

ARTD 470

P r i n t making I I

A RTD 49 1

Spc'cial Projectsll ndependent Study

A1Hll 492

Design: Work�hop

\/I ...

z w

� o u.I

�

\/I � w >

c( � w Z w J,:1

MUST 1 0 1

I ntroduction to Music

THEA 363

MUSI I 02

Und�rstanding Music through Melody

THEA 364

History of the Theatre: Ibsen through to the Present

History of lazz

THEA 452

Scenic Design Costume Design

1 1 03

Music and Techno[ogy

THEA 453

MU."[ 1 05

The Arts of China

THEA 454

Play Direction

M USI I 06

Music of Scandinavia

THEA 458

Creative Dramatics

MU."[ 1 1 1

Music Fundamentals

THEA 460

Film Seminar: Approaches to Film Theory

MUSI I 1 3

Music Fundamenta[s I I

M US [ 1 1 5

Introduction to Keyboarding

MUS[

1 16

Basic Keyboarding

SI 1 20

Music and Culture

�1 1 2 1

Keyboarding I

1 1 04

MUSI 1 22

Keyboarding I I

MUSI 1 24

Theory I

MUS[ 1 25

Ear Tra ining I Ear Training

Private Instruction

5 [ 2 0 1 -2 1 9

201 or higher-level course in the language used to satisfy the admission

Keyboard Proficiency

M U 1 223

Theof) II

M U S I 224

lazz Theory Laboratory

MUSI 2 2 5

Ear Training I I I

MUSI 226

Ear Training I V

MUSI 234

H"tory I omposition

MUST 327

'S[

'Students may meet the Cross-Cultural Perspectives requ irement hy t�king 3 requirement. or 8 credits in a language not previously studied,

M U. I 22 1

CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES - C

M U ' [ 1 26

History

333

MUS[ 3 3 4

20th-Century Music

MUSI 336

Making Music

MUS[ 3 3 7

Analyzing Music

MUSI 33M

Researching Music

MUSI 340

Fundamentals of Music Education

M I

Conducting I

1 345

Conducting I I

51 346

Electronic Music Practicum

MUS[ 349 MUSI 352

Organ Improvisation

51 353

Solo Vo(al l . i teratur�

' 1 354

History of Musica[ Theater

MlISI 358

Early Music Laboratory

M U S [ 360

Choir of the West

M U S I 36 1

University Chorale

M U S I 362

University Men's Chorus

MU 1 363

University Singers

MU [ 365

Chapel Choir Opera Workshop

l U S 1 366

horal Union

M l1SI 368

Iv! M

5 1 370

Wind Ensemble

S[ 3 7 1

Concert Band Uniwr ity lazz Ensemhle

MUSI 375 MU. 1 376

lazz l .a borat o ry Ensemble

MUS[ 378

Vocal lazl Ensemble

51 380

University Symphony Orchestra

SI 3 8 1

Chamber Ensemble Pi,mo Ensemble

MUSI 383

M U. I 390

l n t�nsive Performance Study: Ensemble Tour

M US [ 39 1

Intensive Perfor mance Study: Conservatory Experience Private Instruction

MUS1 40 1 -4 1 9 M

Advanced Keyboard Skills

SI 421

Advanced Orchestrationl Arranging

MUSI 427

Piano

MUSI 430 M

1 4 46

S I 45 1

Pidno Literature I I

51 4 3 1

Conducting I I I

IUSl 445 M

Literature

Conducting IV Piano Pedagogy I

MUS[ 452

Pian o

MUSI 453

Vocal Pedagogy

THEA 1 5 1

Stage Technology

THEA 1 60

I n t roduction to Theatre

THEA 1 6 2

Hi tory of American film

Pedagogy I I

Hist0ry of Foreign Film Oral Interpretation of Literature Fundamenta[s of Acting Stage Makeup

THEA 352

Stage Management

THEA 356

Stage Lighting

357

I ntermediate Acting, The Actor at Wor k

35M

Advanced Acting Acting for the Non-Actor

THEA 3 5 9

P A C

L U T

R A N

G[obal Perspectives: The World in Change

ANTH 336

Peoples of Latin America

ANTH 340

The Anthropo[ogy of Africa

ANTH 342

Pacific [sland Cultures

ANTH 343

East Asian Cultures

ANTH 345

Contemporary China

ANTH 350

Wo men and Men in World Cultures

ANTH 355

Anthropology and Media

ANTH 370

The Archaeology of Ancient Empires

ANTH 375

Law, Politics, and Revolution

ANTH 380

Sickness, Madness, and Health

ANTH 385

Marriage, Family, and Kinship

ANTH 392

Gods. Magic, and Morals

CHIN 1 0 1 , 1 02'

Elementary Chinese

CHIN 2 0 1 '

I n termediate Chinese

C H I N 202'

Intermediate Chinese

CHIN 2 7 1

Perspect ives on Chinese Fi[m

C H I N 30 1 '

Composition and Conversation

CHIN 3 7 1

Chinese Literature in Translation

ECON 3 4 1

Economic Devdopment: Comparative Third World

ENGL 2 1 6

Fiction: Emphasis on Cross-Cultural Perspectives

ENGL 233

Post-Colonial Literature

ENGL 343

Voices o f Diversity: Post-Colonial Literature and Theol')'

FREN 1 0 1 , 1 02'

Elementary French

FREN 20 1 '

Intermediate French

FREN 202'

I n termediate French

FREN 2 2 1

French Literature and Film of the Americas

F R E N 30 1 '

Composition and Conversation

FREN 30r

Composition and Conversation

FREN 3 2 1 '

Civilization and Culture

FREN 42 1 '

Masterp ieces o f French Literature

FREN 422'

Masterpieces of French Literature

FREN 4 3 1 '

20th-Century French Literature

FREN 43Y

20th-Century French Literature

GERM 1 0 1 , l OY

Elementary German

GERM 20 1 *

Intermediate German

GERM 202'

I n termediate German

GERM 30 1 '

Composition and Conversation

GERM 302'

Composition and Conversation

GERM 3 2 1 '

German Civilization to 1 750

GERM 322'

German Civilization Since 1 750

GERM 40 1 '

Advanced Composition and Conversation

GERM 42 1 '

German Literature From the Enlightenment to Realism

GERM 422'

20th-Century German Literature

GREK 1 0 1 , 102'

E[ementary Greek

GREK 20 1 '

I n termediate Greek

GREK 202'

I n termediate Greek

H[ST 1 09

East Asian Societies

HIST 205

Islamic Middle East to 1 945

HIST 2 1 0

Global Perspectives: The World in Change

H I ST 2 1 5

Modern World History

H [ ST 220

Modern Latin American History

HIST 2 3 1

World War II in China and lapan, 1 9 3 1 - 1 945 Latin American History: Central America and the Caribbean

THEA 24 1 THEA 250

Introduction to Human Cultural Diversi ty

ANTH 2 1 0

H [ S T 335

T H P. A 1 63

THEA 3 5 1

ANTH 1 02

Strate gie s

Accompanying

IU 1 35 1

History of the Theatre: Aeschylus through Turgeniev

E R S I T Y

H[ST 336

Southern Africa

H[ST 337

The History of Mexico

H [ ST 338

Modern China

H I ST 339

Re\'o[utionary China

HIST 340

Modern lapan

HIST 344

The Andes in Latin American History

HIST 380

Asian American HIstory and Culture

HIST 496

Seminar: The Third World

INTC 245

History and Perspectives on Development

INTC 246 LAN G 272 LATN 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 '

Cru; �� i n

D evel op m en t

ENGL 232

Women's Literature

Li terature and Soc ial Ch'lIlge in Latin America

ENGL 233

Post-Colonial Literature

El eme n t a ry Latin

ENGL 234

Environmental Literature

LATN 20 1 '

Intermediate Latin

ENGL 24 1

American Traditions in Literature

LATN 202'

I n termediate Latm

ENGL 25 1

British Traditions in Literature

MUSI l OS

The Art> of China

ENGL J O I

Shakes pea re

ENGL 333

Children's Literature

ENGL 334

S pec i al Topics in Children's Literature

ENGL 335

Fairy Tales and Fantasy

MUS I l 06 M USl l 20

MU sic

of Scandinavia

Mu� ic and Cu l ture

NORW 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 ' El mrntary

orwegi an

m :III

> c z

NOR\ ' 20 1 '

I n tl�rrnediate Norwegian

ENGL 34 1

Femi n is t Ap p ro aches t o Lit erat u re

NORW 202'

In termediate Nor wegi a n

ENGL J43

Voices of Diversity: Post·Colonial Literature

NORW 3 0 1 '

Conwr.;ttion and Co m posi t ion ENGL 3 5 1

English Medieval Literature

NURS 395

Culture and Health in Jamaica

Chaucer

POLS 2 1 0

Global Pe r 5jJed i ves : The Wo rld in Change

ENGL 352 ENGL 353

Engli sh Renaissance Li terature

Comparative Legal Systems

ENGL 361

Restoration and 1 8th·Century Li t era tu re

LS 38 1

IS 386

R EU I I

RELJ

132

The Middle East

ENGL 362

Romantic and Victorian Literature

The Religion of So u t h Asia

ENGL 367

The

20'''- Cen t ury Briti sh Liter a t ure

ENGL 3 7 1

Studies in American Literature, 1 8 20-1 920

Religion s of East Asia

:III m

RELI 232

The Buddhist Tradition

ENGL 372

20th·Century A me r ica n Poetry

RELY ) J

Th� Religioo of

ENGL 373

20th-Century American Fiction and Drama

RELI

REL!

hina

234

The Religion> of Japu n

ENGL 374

American Ethnic Literatures

235

Islamic Tradition.

ENGL 4 5 1

Sem i na r : Author

Seminar: Theme, G en re

o C :III m

REL l 237

J udaism

ENGL 452

RELI 3 9 2

Gods, Magic, and Morals

FREN 22 1

French Literature and Films of the Americas

Jamai c an Society

FREN 4 2 1

Masterp iec es of French Literature

CI 3 1 0

:III

Advanced 'o nvcrsa tion and Co mpos iti on

RW 30 2 '

and Theory

Z -4

SPAN 1 0 1 , I O Z '

Elementary S p a n ish

FREN 422

Mas t erpieces of French Literature

' PAN 20 1 '

Intermediate Sp an ish

FREN 4 3 1

20"'·Century french Lit era tur e

SPAN 202'

I n tcr media t � S pa n ish

F R E N 432

2 0"'- Cen t u ry Fr en c h Li terat ure

SPAN 2 3 1

Int�n ive Spanish I n Latin Ame rica

GERM 42 1

German Literature From the E nligh tenment to Realism

Advanced Jrammar and Co m pos it io n

GERM 422

20'''-Century German Literat ure

SPAN 32 1 '

Civilization and Culture of Spa in

LANG 2 7 1

Literature and Society in Modern Europe

SPAN 322'

!.alln

LANG 272

Literature and Social Chan ge in Latin Am e rica

PAN 30 1 '

meflC<ll1

C ivi l iza tion and Culture

SPAN 325'

Introduction to Hispanic L ite rar y Studies

SCAN 250

Intensive S p an i

M aste r pieces of Scandinavian Literature

S PAN 3 3 1

SCAN 42 1

Ibsen and Strindberg

S PA N 40 1 '

Advanced

SCAN 422

20,h·C e nt ury Scandinavian Lit erature

SPAN 42 1 '

Masterpieces of Spanish Literature

SPAN 325

Introduction to H is pa nic Literary Studies

20 t h - Ce n t u r y Literature of Sp ain

SPAN 341

The Latino Experiences in the U.S.

SPAN 423'

Special Topics i n Spanish Literature and Culture

SPAN 42 1

M ast erp iec es of Span is h Literature

SPAN 43 1 '

Latin American Li ter a ture, 1 492- 1 888

SPAN 422

20''' · Cen t u ry Literature of Spain

SPAN 4 3 3 -

Spec i a l Topics in l.atin Ame rican Literature a n d Culture

SPAN 423

Special Topics in Spanish Literature and Culture

PAN 4 22 '

in Llt i n A me rica

S panis h

ram mar

FRESHMAN WRITING SEMINAR - FW WRIT 1 0 1

Inquiry Sem inars Wr iti ng

INQUIRY SEMINAR

- F

'Qurses tha t meet th is reguir men! arc indicated in the Class Sc hed ul e .

INTER NATI ONAL CORE: ORIGINS OF THE MODERN WORLD - 1 1 I NTC I I I

Au t hori t y and D iscovery

INTC 1 1 2

L ibe r ty a n d Powe r

SPAN 43 1

Latin American Lit er atu re , 1 492-la88

SPAN 432

20'''-Century Latin American Lite rat ure

SPAN 433

Special Topics Latin American Literature and Culture

MATHE M ATICAL REASONING - MR CSCE 1 1 5

Solve It With the Computer

EeON 343

Operations Research

MATH 1 05

Mathematics of Personal Finance Mathematical Ex p loratio ns

MATH 1 07

INTERNATIONAL CORE: 200· lEVEL COURSES - 12

o f War

MATH I I I

College Algebra

MATH 1 1 2

Pl ane Trigonometry

I NiC 2 2 1

The Experience

INT

ProspecLl fo r Wa r and Peace

MATH 1 23

Modern Elementary M athemat ics

I NT . 23 1

Gender, Se � u al it y, and Culture

MATH 1 28

Lin ear Models and Calculus, An Introduction

I NT

222 232

Topics in Gender

MATH 140

An alyt i c Geometry and Functions

INTC 233

Imaging the Self

MATH 1 5 1

Introduction to Calculus

1l'ff ' 234

Im agmg the World

MATH 1 5 2

Ca lcu l us II

IN'!'C 24 1

Energy,

Pol lu t ion

MATH 203

H istor y of Ma th e m at ics

INTC 242

Population, Hung r, and Poverty

MATH 230

Matrix Alg eb ra

INT

POH- olonial Issues

MATH 245

D iscrete Structures Multivariable Calculus

244

Reso u rces, and

INT ' 245

History and Pe rs p ec t iv es on De vel o pmen t

MATH 253

Cases

MATH 3 1 7

Introduction to Proof in Mathematics

MATH 3 2 1

Geometry

MATH 33 1

Linear Algebra

MATH 340

Brief Introduction to Probability

246

INTC 247

in Development

The Cu l tu res of Racism

INTERNATIONAL CORE: 30o-lEVEl COURSES - 1 3

326

The Quest for laobal Justice: Sys te m s and Re al i t y

LITERATURE - LT CHIN 371 CLA

231

LAS 250 ENGL 2 1 3

'hi lll �!oe Literature in Translation 1

1a.terpieces of European Literature

"ical My t hology

Tllpies in Lit�rature: Themes and Authors

,L 2 1 4

Poetry

ENGL 2 1 5 E I GL 2 1 6 ENG U I 7

F icti o n

Fi("tion: Emphasis on Cross-Cultural Perspectives

ENGL 2 1 8

Drama

Fiction: Emphasis on A l terna ti ve Perspectives

ENGL 230

Contemporary L i te r a t ure

ENGL 23 1

\' j tasterp icces of Eu ropean Li t e rat u re

M ATH 341

Introduction to Mathematical Statistics

MATH 342

Probability and Statistical Theory

MATH 348

Appl ie d Regression An a ly s is and ANOVA

MATH 3 5 1

Differential E qu atio n s

MATH 356

Numerical Analysis

MATH 38 1

Seminar in Problem Solving

MATH 433

Abstract Algebra

MATH 455

Mathematical Analysis

MATH 480

Topi cs in Mathematics

STAT 2 3 1

I ntroductory Statistics

STAT 3 4 1

Introduction to Mathematical Statistics

STAT 342

Probability and Statistical Theory

STAT 343

Operations Research

....

z w w 0::

STAT 344

Econometrics

CSCE 446

VlSI Design

STAT 348

Applied Regression and Analysis and ANOVA

CSCE 455

Compilers

STAT 4 9 1

Independent Study

CSCE 480

Mic roprocessors

ENVT 104

Conservation of �atural Resources

NATURAL SCIENCES. MATHEMATICS. OR COMPUTER SCIENCE - NS BIOl

III

Biology and the Modern World

;:) o w 0::

BIOl l 1 6

Introductory Ecology

BIOl l 6 1

Principles of Biology

BIOl 205

Human Anatomy and P hysiology

BIOl 206

Human Anatomy and Physiology

BIO l 323

Principles of Biolog)' 1Il: Ecology, Evolution and Diversity

BIOl 324

Natural History of Vertebrates

BIOl 326

Animal Behavior

BIOl 327

Ornithology

....

'" 0:: w > Z ;:) ....

C 0:: w Z w �

Cell Biology

BIOl l 6 2

Principles of Biology l l : Organismal Biology

BIOl 2 0 1

Introductory Microbiology

B I O l 328

Microbiology

BIOl 329

Entomology

BIOl 332

Genetics

BI0L 340

Plant Diversity and Distribution

BIO l 350

Advanced Cell Biology

BI0 L 3 5 1

Natural History of the Pacific Nort hwest

BI0L 3 6 1

Comparative Anatomy

B I O l 364

Plant Physiology

BIOl 365

Plant Anatomy

BIOl 403

Developmental Biology

BIOl 407

Molecular Biology

BIOl 4 1 1

H istology

BIOl 424

Ecology

BIOl 425

Biological Oceanography

BIOl 426

Ecological Methods

SIOl 441

Mammalian Physiology

BIOl 448

Immunology

BIOl 475

Evolution

HEM 1 04

Our Changing Planet

GEOS \ 02

General Oceanography

GEOS 1 03

Earthquakes. Volcanoes, and Geologic Hazards

GEOS 1 04

Conservation of Natural Resources

GEOS 1 05

Meteorology

GEOS 2 0 1

Geologic Principles

GEOS 324

Igneous Petrology

GEOS 325

Structural Geology

GEOS 326

Optical Mineralogy

GEOS 327

Stratigraphy and Sedimentation

GEOS 328

Paleon tology

GEOS 329

Metamorphic Petrology

GEOS 330

Maps: I mages of the Earth

GEOS 334

Hydrogeology

GEOS 335

Geophysics

GEOS 350

Marine Geology

GEOS 390

Field Trip

GEOS 425

Geologic Field Mapping

GEOS 498

Seminar

MATH \05

Mathematics of Personal Finance

MATH 1 0 7

Mathematics Explorations

MATH

College Algebra

III

MATH 1 1 2

Plane Trigonometry

MATH 1 23

Modern Elementary Mathematics

MATH 1 28

linear Models and Calculus. An I n t roduction

MATH 1 40

Analytic Geometry and Functions

MATH

I n t roduction to Calculus

lSI

MATH 1 5 2

Environmental Chemi.'try

CHEM 105

Chemistry of life

CHEM 1 20

General Chemistry

CHEM 1 25

Advanced General Chemistry

CHEM 2 1 0

Nutrition. Drugs. and the Individual

CHEM 232. 234

Organic Chem istry and lab

CHEM 332. 334

Organic Chemistry and lab

CHEM 336

Organic Special Projects laboratory

CHEM 338

Analytical Chemistry

CHEM 34 1 . 343

Physical Chemistry and lab

CHEM 342. 344

Physical Chemistry and lab

CHEM 403

Biochemistry I

CHEM 405

Biochemistry

CHEM 4 1 0

I n t roduction to Research

CHEM 435

Instrumen tal Analysis

CHEM 440

Advanced Organic Chemistry

CHEM 450

Inorganic Chemistry

CHEM 456

Polymers and Biopolymers

CSCE

Solve It With the Computer

l IS

GEOS 1 0 1

CSCE 1 20

Computerized I n formation Systems

CSCE 1 3 1

Introduction to Engineering

CSCE 1 44

Introduction to Computer Science

CSCE 245

Electrical Circuits

CSCE 270

Data Structures

CSCE 330

Introduction to Artitlcial Intelligence

CSCE 343

Programming language Concepts

CSCE 345

Analog Electronics

CSCE 346

Digital Electronics

CSCE 348

Modeling and Simul"tion

CSCE 367

Database Management

CSCE 3 7 1

Design and Analysis of Algorithms

CSCE 372

Algorithms, Machines. and Grammars

CSCE 380

Assembly Language and Computer Organization

Calculus II

MATH 203

History of Mathematics

MATH 230

Matrix Algebra

MATH 245

Discrete Structures

MATH 253

Multivariable Calculus

MATH 3 1 7

Introduction to Proof i n Mathematics

MATH 3 2 1

Geometry

MATH 3 3 1

linear Algebra

MATH 340

A Brief Introduction to Probability

MATH 34 1

In troduction to Mathematical Statistics

MATH 342

Probability and Statistical Theory

MATH 348

Applied Regression Analysis and ANOVA

MATH 35 1

Differential Equations

MATH 356

Numerical Analysis

MATH 38 1

Seminar in Problem Solving

MATH 433

Abstract Algebra

MATH 455

Mathematical Analysis

MATH 480

Topics in Mathematics

NSCI 2 1 0

Natural History o f Hawai'i

PHYS 1 1 0

Astronomy

PHYS 1 25

College Physics

PHYS 1 26

College Physics

PHYS 1 53

General Physics

PHYS 1 54

General Physics

PHYS 223

Elementary Modern Physics

PHYS 233

Engineering Statics

PHYS 234

Engineering Mechanics of Solids

PHYS 3 3 1

Electromagnetic Theory

PHYS 332

Electromagnetic Waws and Physical Optics

PHYS 333

Engineering Thermodynamics

PHYS 334

Engineering Materials Science

PHYS 336

Classical Mechanics

PHYS 354

Mathematical Physic.,

PHYS 356

Mathematical Physics II

PHYS 4 0 1

Introduction t o Q u a n t u m Mechanics

PHYS 406

Advanced Modern Physics

CSCE 385

Computer Architecture

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AalVITY COURSE - PE

CSCE 386

Computer Networks

PHED 1 00

Personalized Fitness Program

Problem Solving and Programming Seminar

PHED 1 50

Adaptive Physical Activity

E 39 1

CSCE 400

Topics in Computer Science

PHED 1 5 1 - 1 99

Individual and Dual Activities

CSCE 4 1 0

Topics in Computer Engineering

PHED 200-2 1 9

Aquatics

CSCE 4 1 2

Computer Graphics

PHED 220-240

Rhythms

CSCE 420

Software Engineering

PHED 24 1-259

Team Activities

CSCE 436

Pattern Recognition

PHED 275

Water Saftey Instruction

CSCE 438

Expert Systems

PHED 3 1 9

Tramping the Tracks o f New Zealand

CSCE 444

Operating Systems

PH ED 362

Healing Arts of the Mind and Body

P A C I F I C

L U T H

I T Y

PHILOSOPHY - PH

BIOL 332

PHIL 1 0 1

Philosophical Issues

BIOL 340

Plant Diversity and Distribution

P H I L 1 25

Moral Philosophy

B I O I . 350

Advanced Cell Biology

PHIL 220

Women and Phi losophy

BlOL 35 I

PHlL 223

Biomedical Ethi cs

PHrL 228

Soci a l and Politi c a l Philosoph)'

BIOL

P H I L 253

Creation and Evo l u t ion

B I O L 4U7

Molecular Biology

PHIL 325

Busi nes.o; Ethics

BlOL

Histology

Genetics

Na tural History of the Pacific Nor thwes t

361

Comparative Anatomy

BIOL 403

Developmental Biology

I I

...

c: z

PHIL 3 3 1

Ancient Philosophy

PH Il, 333

Early Modern Philosophy

BIOL 426

Ecological Methods

PHIL 335

The A nal)' tic Tradition

RIOL 44 1

Mammalian Physiology

PHIL 336

Pr gmatism and American Phil osophy

CH E:VI I 04

Environmental Chemistry

P H I L 338

Existenti;tlism and Continental P h i losophy

CHEM 1 0 5

Chemi s try of Life

PHIL 340

Philosophy of Science

CH l:.M 1 20

General Chemistry

P H I L 350

Philosophy of ReJigion

CHEM 1 25

Advanced General Chemistry

PHIL 3 5 3

Special To pics

CH E.'" 2 1 0

Nutrition, Drugs, and the Individual

Religion and I itcralurc of the Old 1estament

RELI 2 1 2

Religion and Literature o f the

RELI 330

Old Testament Studies

RELI 33 1

New Testament Studies

RELI 332

The L i te of fesus

New lcstament

RELIGION: CHRISTIAN THOUG HT, HISTORY, AND EXPERIENCE (LINE 2) - R2 RELI 1 2 1

The Christian Tradition

RELI 2 2 1

Ancient Church H istory

R E L I 222

Modern C hurch History

RELI 223

Am e r ic an Church H istory

RELI 224

The Lutheran Heritage

RELl 225

Faith and Spiritual it),

RELI 226

Christian Ethics

RELI 227

Christian Theolog)'

RELI 247

'hristian Theology

RELI 257

Chmtian Theolo!!.)'

RELI 344

Th eol ogic al S t u di e s

RELl 347

Major Religious Thinkers,

RELl 3 5 1

Church H i s lor y Studies

L 125

CHE

RELIGION: BIBLICAL STUDIES (LINE 1) - R 1 RELI 2 1 1

Orga n ic Chemistry and Lab Organic Chemistry and Lab

REL1 354

T h eol ogical Studies

RELI 357

M aj or Religious

RELl 360

Studies i n Church Ministry

REU 36 1

Church History Studies

T hi n ke rs, 'Iexts, and

RELI 362

Luther

RELI 364

Theological Studies

RELI 365

Christian Moral I"ue.

RELl 367

Major Religious Thin!.." rs, Texh and

RELI 368

Feminist and WomJ.ni t Theologie,

Genres

336

Physical Chemistry a n d Lab

CH Elvl 342, 344

Physical Chemistry and Lab

C H EM 403

Biochemistry

Instrumental Analysis

CHEM 450

Inorganic Chemistry

C H EM 456

Polymers and B iopolymers

E, VT 1 04

Conservation of Natural Resources

101

GEOS 1 03

Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and

GEOS 1 04

Conservation of Natural Resources

l OS

Geologic Prin c iples

GEOS 324

Igneous Petrology

GEOS 325

Structural Geology

GEOS 326

Optical Mineralogy

GEOS 327

S t ra t igra p hy and Sedimentation

328 .129

letamorp hic Petrology

Maps: I m ages of the Earth

(;EOS 135

Geophysics

Hydrogeology Energy and Mineral Reso u rces for the Future

GEO

350

Marine Geology

GEOS

423

Geologic Field Mapp ing

NSCl 2 1 0

o f East Asia

Natural History of Hawa i'i

I 10

Descriptive Astronomy College Physi c s

PHYS 1 26

College Physics

P H YS 1 53

General Physics

Gene ral

RELI 230

Religion and Culture

P H YS 1 54

RELI 2 3 1

Myth, Ritual, and Symbol

CAPSTONE: SENIOR SEMI NAR/PROJECT - SR

R E U 232

The Buddhist Tradition

RElI 233

The Religions of China

RElI 234

The Religi o ns of Japan

RELI 235

Islamic Traditions

RELI 237

Judaism

RELI 239

EnvInmment and Cul t ure Studies in H istory

Sociology of Religion

RELI 392

Gods, Magic, and Morals

RELI 393

Religion and the Life Cycle

TH 499

Physi cs

Capstone: Seminar in Anthro pology

ARTD 499

Capstone: Senior Exhibition

BIOL 499

Capstone: Senior Seminar

Capstone: Strategic Management

SA 499

CHeM 499

of Religions

RELI 390 RELl 3 9 1

Capstone: Semina r

CHIN 499

Capst one: Senior Project

CHSP 499

Capstone: Senior Project

CI.AS 499

Capstone: Senior Project

CO. 'I A

480

In -d e pth and I m'estig at jy e Reporting

COMA 485

Communication and Social Activism

SCIENCE AN D SCIENTIFIC METHOD - S M

COMA 499

ANTH 1 0 1

I n t roduction to Human Biolosical D ive rsity

Capstone: Commun ication

BIOL I I I

Biology and the Modern World

C..5 'E 499 ECO, 499

BIOL 1 1 6

Introductory Ecology

EDUC 430

Student Teaching in K - 8 Education

BIOl l 6 1

Principles of B io logy I: Cell Biology

EDUC 434

Student Teaching-Elementary (Dual)

Organismal

BIOL 1 62

Princi p l es of Biology I I :

BIOL 201

In troductory Microbiology

Biology

Hazards

Paleontology

GeO 3 3 0 GEOS 334

PH YS 1 2 5 The Religions

Ge ol og ic

Meteorology

GEOS 20 1

GEOS

Z ... '"

Our Changing Planet General Oceanography

(LINE 3) - R3 RELI 1 3 2

...

GEOS 1 02

PHY

The Religions o f South Asia

�

Biochemistry I I

GEO

= ... o c: = ...

CHE M 405

... -<

CH EM 435

RELIGION: INTEGRATIVE AND COMPARATIVE RELIGIOUS STUDIES RELI 1 3 1

= '"

Analytical C h emistry

CH EM 34 1 , 3 4 3

,EOS 34 1 nr

...

Organic Specia l Projects Laboratory

HEM 3 3 8

GEOS

and Genres

2 3 2 , 234

Text s ,

Biological Oceanography

rHE. 'I 332, 334 �HEM

... Z ... = �

Capstone: Seminar Capstone: Senior Semin a r

EDUC 437

Alternate Level Student Teaching-Secondary

EDUC 466

Student Teaching-Secondary (Dual)

BIOL 205

Human i\natom), and Physiology

EDUC 468

Student Teachi ng-Secondary

BIOL 206

Human Anatomy and Physi ology

FNGL 425

Writing on Special To pics

BIOL 323

Prin ci p les of Biology l [ J : Ecology, Evolution, and

ENGL 427

Imaginative Writing I I I

Diversity

ENGL 428

Seminar: Critical Theory

BIOL 327

Ornithology

BIOL 328

V i licrobiology

BIOL 329

E ntomolo gy

GL 45 1

Seminar: Author

' G L 452

Seminar: Theme, Genre

'VT 499

Capstone: Senior Project

VI �

w III:

� 0 w III:

> �

VI III:

Z � ....

III:

\!)

HIST 23 1 HIST 25 1 HIST 252 HIST 253 HIST 294 HIST 3 0 1 HIST 305 HIST 3 1 0 H IST 3 2 1 HIST 322 HIST 323 HIST 324 HIST 325 HIST 327 HIST 328 HIST 329 HIST 332 HIST 334 HIST 335

Capstone: Senior Project Capstone: Seminar Capstone: Senior Project Capstone: Research Seminar Capstone: Senior Project Capstone: Senior Seminar Seminar: American H istory Seminar: The Third World Seminar: European History Capstone: Honors Challenge Experience Capstone: Senior Project Capstone: Senior Seminar Capstone: Senior Project Capstone: Senior Project Nursing Synthesis Capstone: Nursing Synthesis Internship Capstone: Senior Seminar Capstone: Advanced Seminar i n Philosophy Capstone: Advanced Lab II Capstone: Senior Seminar Psychology Research Seminar History and Systems of Psychology Internship Capstone: Senior Seminar Capstone: Research Seminar Capstone: Senior Project Capstone: Senior Seminar Capstone: Senior Seminar Capstone: Senior Project Capstone: Seminar in Women's Studies

FREN 499 GEOS 499 GERM 499 GLST 499 GREK 499 HEED 499 HIST 494 HIST 496 HIST 497 HONR 499 LATN 499 MATH 499 MUSI 499 NORW 499 NURS 476 NURS 499 PHED 495 PHED 499 PHIL 499 PHYS 499B POLS 499 PSYC 4 8 1 PSYC 493 RECR 495 RECR 499 RELI 499 SCAN 499 SOCl 499 SOCW 499 SPAN 499 WMST 499

H IST 336 HIST 337 HIST 338 HIST 339 HIST 340 HIST 344 H IST 352 HIST 355 HIST 356 HIST 357 HIST 359 H IST 360 HIST 370 H IST 3 8 1 H IST 4 0 1 HIST 45 1 HIST 460 H IST 46 1 HIST 4 7 1 HIST 494 HIST 497 HIST 496 POLS 1 0 1 POLS 1 5 1 POLS 1 70 POLS 2 1 0 POLS 2 3 1 POLS 282 POLS 325 POLS 326 POLS 33 1 POLS 338 POLS 345 POLS 346 POLS 347 POLS 354 POLS 361 POLS 363 POLS 364 POLS 368 POLS 3 7 1 POLS 372 POLS 373 POLS 374 POLS 38 1 POLS 382 POLS 383 POLS 385 POLS 386 POLS 401 POLS 4 3 1 POLS 450 POLS 458 POLS 464 POLS 4 7 1 SCAN 327

SOCIAL SCIENCES, LINE 1 (ANTHROPOLOGY, HISTORY, OR POLITICAL SCIENCE) - S 1

ANTH ANTH ANTH ANTH

I ntroduction to Human Cultural Diversit), Introduction to Ar.:haeolog)' and World Prehistory Introduction to Language in Society Practicing Anthropology: Makah Culture Past and Present Global Perspectives: The World in Change Peoples of the World Past Cultures of Washington State Peoples of the Northwest Coast Cultures and Peoples of Native North America Prehistory of North America Native American Health The Anthropology of Contemporary America Peoples of Latin America Jewish Culture Anthropology of Africa Pacific Island Cultures East Asian Cultures Contemporary China Women and Men in World Cultures Geography and World Cultures: People, Places and Prospects Anthropology and Media Ethnic Groups Managing Cultural Diversity Prehistoric Environmmt and Technology The Archaeology of Ancient Empires Law, Politics, and Revolution Money, Power, and Exchange Sickness, Madness, and Health Marriage, Family, and Kinship Applied Anthropology Gods, Magic, and Morals Archaeology: The Field Experience Anthropological Inquiry Greek Civilization Roman Civilization Histo')' of Western Civilization History of Western Civilization East Asian Societies Islamic Middle East to 1 945 Global Perspectives: The World in Change Modern World History Modern Latin American History

102 1 03 104 1 92

ANTH 2 \ 0 ANTH 220 ANTH 225 ANTH 230 ANTH 330 ANTH 332 ANTH 333 ANTH 334 ANTH 336 ANTH 338 ANTH 340 ANTH 342 ANTH 343 ANTH 345 ANTH 350 ANTH 354 ANTH 355 ANTH 360 ANTH 3 6 1 ANTH 365 ANTH 370 ANTH 375 ANTH 377 ANTH 380 ANTH 385 ANTH 386 ANTH 392 ANTH 465 ANTH 480 CLAS 3 2 1 CLAS 322 H IST 107 HIST 108 HIST 1 09 HIST 205 HIST 2 1 0 HIST 2 1 5 HIST 220

World War II in China and Japan, 1 93 1 - 1 945 Colonial American History 1 9th-Century American History 20th-Century American History The United States Since 1 945 In troduction to Historical Methods and Research Slavery in the Americas Contemporary Japan Greek Civilization Roman Civilization The Middle Ages Renaissance Reformation The Vikings 1 9th-Century Europe Europe and the World Wars: 1 9 1 4-45 England: Tudors and Stuarts Modern Germany, 1 848-1945 Latin American History: Central America and the Caribbean Southern Africa The History of Mexico Modern China Revolutionary China Modern Japan The Andes in Latin American History The American Revolution American Popular Culture American Diplomatic History African American History History of Women in the United States Holocaust: Destruction of the European Jews Environmental History of the United States The Vietnam War and American Society Workshops American Legal History West and Northwest History of West and Northwest History of American Thought and Culture Seminar: American History Seminar: European History Seminar: The Third World In troduction to Political Science American Government Introduction to Legal Studies Global Perspectives: The World in Change Current International Issues Politics in the Americas Pol itical Thought Recent Political Thought International Rdations American Foreign Policy Governmcn t and Public Policy Environmental Politics and Policy Political Economy State and Local Government Political Parties and Elections Politics and the Media The Legislative Process The American Presidency Judicial Process Constitutional Law Civil Rights and Civil Liberties Legal Studies Research Comparative Legal S),stems East Asian Politics Modern European Politics Canadian Governmen t and Politics The Middle East Workshops and Special Topics Advanced International Relations Internship in Politics Internship in Public Administration Internship in the Legislative Process Internship in Legal Studies The Vikings

SOCIAL SCIENCES. LINE 2 (ECONOMICS. PSYCHOLOGY.

WRITING REQUIREMENT - WR

SOCIAL WORK. OR SOCIOLOGY) - S2

ENGL 2 2 1

Research and Writing

E ON 1 30

Global and Environm�ntal Economic PrincipL�s

ENG l 224

Travel Writing

Principles of Macroeconomics

Principles of Microeconomics labor Economics Health Economics Environmental and Natural Resource Economics International Economics N 335

European Economic Integration

N 338

Environmental Economic Policy in Europe

N JJ9

Political Economy of Hong Kong and China

N 341

Economic Development: Comparative Third World

N 344

N 345

Strategies Econometrics Mathematical Topics i n Economics

351

Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis

ECON 3 5 2

Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis

ECON 361

Money and Banking

ECON 62

Public Finance

N 371

E EC

486

Internship Honors Thesis

P5YC 1 0 1

Introduction to Psychology

PSYC 2 2 1

The Psychology of Adjustment

PSYC 3 1 0

PersonaHty Theories

PSY

330 335

PSYC 345 PSY

360

·PSYC 370

Consumer Psychology vVorkshop on Alternative Perspectives

PSYC 4 1 0

Psychological Testing

PSYC 4 1 5

Abnormal Psychology

PSY - 420

Adol�sc�nt Psychology

PSYC 430

P�ace Psychology

PSYC 435

Theori�s and Methods of Counseling and Psychotherapy

P YC 440

Human Neuropsychology

P5YC 442

learning: R�s�arch and Theory

PSY

Perception

PSYC 448

Cognitive P,ychology

PSYC 483

Seminar

SOC[ 1 0 1

American Society

240

Social Problems

1 296

ENGl 325

Personal Essay

ENG l 326

Writing for Children

,....

c: z

ENG l 327

Imaginative Writing II

ENGl 328

Advanced Composition for Teachers

ENGl 42 1

Tutorial in Writing

ENG l 425

Writing on Special Topics

ENG l 427

Imaginative Writing 1II

WRIT 1 0 1

Inquiry Seminars: Writing

WRIT 2 0 1

Writing Seminars for International Students

WRIT 2 0 2

Writing Seminars for In ternational Students

� VI -t -< �

o c:

Z -t VI

Social Stratification

SOC[ 3 1 0

Jamaican Society

Cl 326

Delinquency and Juvenile Justice

C 1 330

The Family

50C[ 336

Deviance

Sociology

of law

Families in the Americas

50CI 3 9 1

Sociology o f Religion

SOCI 397

Research Methods

SOCI 4 1 3

Crime and Society

Advanced Data Applications

SOO 440

Sex, Gender, and Society

C[ 462

Suicide

C 1 496

Major Theories

SOCW 1 0 1

Introduction to Social Work

January o n the Hill

SOCW 275

Social Policy

Social Work Practice I: Interviewing and Interpersonal

' 3 23

Free-lance Writing

Psychology of language

PSYC 405

CW 2 0 1

ENGL 324

� »

Gender and Sexualtiy

PSYC 385

418

Wr iting in Professional Settings

Cultural Psychology

Psychology of Women

E N G L 323

Community Psychology

Psychology of Work

SOCl 362

Imaginative Writing I

Development Across the lifespan

PSYC 380

1 35 1

Autobiographical Writing

Social Psychology

PSYC 375

446

ENG l 225 ENG l 2 2 7

Industrial Organization and Public Policy

ECON 498

Evolution of Economic Thought

ECON 495

PSYC 320

Ci\

History of Social Welfare

Helping SOCW 380

Human Behavior aod the Social Environment

SOCW 385

Social Policy II: Social Policy Analysis

SO W 399

Special Topics i n Social Work

SOCW 472

Social Wo rk Practice I I : Families and Groups

SO W 473

Social Work Practice Ill: Macropractice

P A C t F I C

L U T H E R A N

V E

11\ � z III:

w ... ...

o W 11\ III: �

o u Q Z c( w w

III: � w

Deg ree a nd C u rse College of Arts and Sciences

An t h ro p o lo gy Economics HiMory Marriage and Family Therapy Political Science Psychology Sociology and Social Work

English Languages and Literatures Philosophy Religion Dil'isiOll

Bachdor's Degrees Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Arts in Education Bachelor of Arts in Physical Education Bachelor of Arts in Recreation Bachelor of Business Administration Bachelor of Fine Arts Bachelor of Mmic Bachelor of Music Education Bachelor of Musical Arts Bachelor of Science in Nursing Bachelor of Science in Physical Education

Division of Social Sciences

Division of HrnllGlr iri

of Na tI I ral Sciences

Biology Chemistry Computer Science and Computer Engineering Geosciences Mathematics Physics

Smool of the Arts Art Communication and Theatre Music Sdtool of Business School of Educatioo Sc:hool of Nursing School of PhySical Education Special Academic Progr8JDs Military Science 34

ffe ri ngs

Master'. Degrees Master of Arts in Education Master of Arts in Education with Inllial ertification MaSter of Arts (Marriage and Family Therapy) M aster of Fine Arts in Creative Wr i t i ng (pending Bt ard of Regent's approval) Master of Business Administration Master of Science in Nursing

C m Special Edl/catioll

Th Americas

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Anthropology

English

Political

Art

Environmental

Psychology

Biology

Studies

Science

Religion

Art History

Scandinavian Arca

Studio Art

Ch mistry

French

Chinese Studies

Geosciences

Clas,ics

German

Social Work

Communication

History

Sociology Spanish

Commllllicatiol1 Sl IIdies

Individualized

Prilzt/Broadcast JOll malis/11

Mathematics

PII1>lic Relatiolls

Music

Theatre

Norwegian

Computer Science

Philosophy

Ec nomics

Physics

Studies

Bl/siness AdministratiUII

Engineering Science ( 3-2)

Biology

Geosciences

Chemistry

Mathematics

Computer Engineering

Physics

Bachelor of Arts in Education (BAE) French

Political Science

Art

German

Psychology

Biology

History

Science

Chemistry

Journalism

Social Studies

Drama

M a thematics

Sociology

Earth Sciences

Music

Sp an i sh

Economics

Norwegian

Special Education

English

Physical Education

Speech

English/Language Arts

Physics

Bachelor of Arts in Physical Education (BAPE) Physical Education

Bachelor of Arts in Recreation (BARec) Recreation

Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) onceHtrations in:

Entrepreneurship and New

Information Management

Ve nture Management

I n ternational Business

Financial Resources Ma nagement

Marketing Resource M a nagement

Human Resource Management

Professional Accoun t i n g

Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Art

Political Science Political Sciellce

Printing Arts

Matheluat ies

Spanish Special Education

Music

( Non-Teaching)

Norwegian

Cross-Discipi i Wl fy

Women's Studies

Nursing

Stlldies

COURSE NUMBERINGS 1 00-2 99 Lower-Division Courses: Open to first - ye a r students and sophomores un less otherwise res tricted.

300-4')9 Upper-Division COl/ rses: Ge ne ra ll y open to i u n i o rs and seniors unless otherwise specified. < Also open to g rad u a t e students, and may b e considered part o f a g r a du a t e program provid d they a re not specific re q ui remen ts in p rep a r a t i on for gradu a t e s t u d y. 500-599

Graduate

Cou rses: Norma lly open to graduate students

only. If. during the last semester o f the sen i o r year, a candidate for a baccalaureate degree finds it possible to c o m p l e t e all d egree requiremen ts with a registration of fewer than

Commu /lica tion Q/ld Social Activism Theatre

However, the total reg is t r a t i o n for undergraduate requir ements and t he semester. A memora ndum stating that a l l baccalaureate requ irements are being met during the c u rrent semester must be presented to the dean of graduate studies at the t ime of such

Composition

Piano

Instrumen t a l

Voice

O rga n

Bachelor of Music Education (BME) K- 1 2 Choral K- 1 2 Instrumental ( Band) K- 1 2 I nstrumental (Orchestra)

Bachelor of Musical Arts (BMA) Music

Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) ursing

Bachelor of Science in Physical Education (BSPE) Concentrations in:

Exercise Sdence

registration. Thi_ re g i s t r a t i o n does not apply toward a higher degree unless it is later a ppr oved by the studen t's advisor and/or advisory c o m mi !tee. 'Note: I.mva-dil'isicm stlldents may enroll in lippa-division co u rses if prereqllisilt:S have

beclI met.

COURSE OFFERINGS Most lis ted cburses are offered every year. A system of a l t e rn a t ing up per-division courses is p ra c ti c ed in some departments, t h ereby ass ur i ng a bro ad e r curriculum. The university reserves the right to modify specific course requirements, to disco n ti n ue classes i n which the registration is regarded as insufficient, and t o withdraw courses.

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS Most courses have the value of 4 semester hours. Parenthet ical numbers immedia tely a fter the course de s c r i p t i o ns indicate the

Health and Fitness Management

semester hour cred i t given.

Pre-athletic Tra i ning

Other symbols arc explai ned as fo l l ows:

Pre-therapy

Cou rse

Course offered second semester

Women's Studies

semester hours o f

signed by the approp riate department cha ir or school dean and

Bachelor of Music (BM)

Complemďż˝ntary Majors

undergraduate credit, registration for graduate credit is permissible. elective graduate cred i t shal l not exceed 16 semester hours during

Communication

GI bal Studies

Religion Sociology

Statistics

Education

Publishing and

ACllIarial Science

Information Science

Economics

Psychology

Mathematics

Comp uter Scimce Electrical Ellgirlccring

Public Ajfairs

Legal Studies

o .., .., m ;lII

l.egal StlIdies

Latin

Computer Science

Majors ill:

Anthropology

tlOIl

H istory

Dance

Physics

Greek

Theatre

;lII

Sports Admillistra-

Global Studies

CommlmiC(ltion

o c::

Sport PsycholoXY

German

Film

awl Fitness

Recreation

Geoscie nces

Theatre

Psychology

Writ ing

French

Communication and

Health Edllcat ion

Physical Activity

Environmental Studies

Chi nese Studies

A1(II111gemt'llt

Literat II re

Language

Chi nese ( language)

Exercise Sciwce Health

E n gl i sh as a Second

Marketi llg

Chemistry

omputer Science

Special Fdl/ClItiol1

Electrical Engineering English

mmt

Dance

Reading

Busi ness

Coachillg

Ji'c1l /lOlogy

Info rmatio n Mmzage-

Applied Physics

A q lla ti rs

Langllage

Finance

Bachelor of Science (BS)

Physical Education

InstTllctional

Biology

;lII m m

Philosophy

English as a Semnd

Art

Health Sciences

Fa rly Childhood

A n t h ropology

offered first semester

I, I I Cou rse of(ered first alld second semester in

I II

Course offered either s e m ester

Co u rse

offered in the Jan u a ry term

sequence

Course offered in tire summer aly Course offered in alternate years als Course offered ill alternate slllllmers G Course may be used ill graduate programs GUR KEY

III: w

w J: I-

A AR C F FW

Altemative Perspectives Art. Music. or Theatre Cross-Cultural Perspectil'f's Inq u iry Se mina r Inquiry Seminar: Writillg

II 12 13 lJ'

International Core: Origills of the Modem World International Core: 200-leFel Courses Illtematiollal Core: Condl,dillg Co urse Literature MR Mathematical Reasollillg NS Na tural Sciences. lvfathematics. or Computer Sciel/ce PE Physical Education Activity COllrse PH Philosophy R l Relig ion: Biblical Studies (Lille I ) R 2 Religion: Christiall Thought. History. alld Expaiel/(:e (Lille 2) R3 Religio ll: Integrative alld Comparative Religiolls Studies (UIlC 3) 5M Science alld Scientific Afet/JOti 5R Capstolle: Senior Semi liar/Pr oject 5 1 Social Sciences Lille I (Al1thropology. History. or Political Science) 52 Social Sciences Lillc 2 (Economics. Psychology. Social Work. or Sociology) WR Writing Requiremcllt

The Americas 253.535.8727 www. plu. edu/-pols

This interdisciplinary minor focuses on the comparative histo ries, cultures, and contemporary issues shared by the two conti nents in the \Vestern Hemisphere. In integrating selected infor mation about the United States, it reflects the reality that this country is an integral part of the culturally diverse and increas ingly interconnected contemporary world.

The minor consists of 20 hours, including one required and four elective courses completed with a grade of C or higher. Students also must take the Composition and Conversation course, or its equivalent, in a language spoken in the Americas other than their native language. Participation in a relevant off campus program is highly recommended. Students may not apply more than one 4-credit course in the minor to flllnll any other requirement, such as general university core, major, or minor requirements. REQUIRED COURSE:

Political Science 282 Introduction to the Americas - S I ELECTIVE COURSES:

Students must choose at least one course with North American content as the primary emphasis, and one course with Central or South American content as the primary emphasis. Anthropology 330 Cultures and Peoples of Native North America - S I Anthropology 3 34 The Anthropology of Contemporary America - A, S 1 Anthropology 336 Peoples of Latin America - C, S I Communication 337 News Media of the Western Hemisphere English 232 Women's Literature: Women Writers of the Americas - A. LT French 22 1 French Literature and Film of the Americas - C, LT A

253.535.7595 lVwlV.plu.edll/-anthro Anthropology as a discipline tries to bring all of the world's people into human focus. Though anthropology does look at "stones and bones," it also examines the politics, medicines, families, arts, and religions of peoples and cultures in various places and times. This makes the study of anthropology a com plex task, for it i nvolves aspects of many disciplines, from geol ogy and biology to art and psychology. Anthropology is composed of four fields. Cultural or social anthropology studies living human cultures in order to create a cross-cultural understanding of human behavior. Archaeology has the same goal, but uses data from the physical remains of the past cultures to reach it. Linguistic a nthropology studies human language. Biological anthropology studies the emergence and subsequent biological adaptations of humanity as a species. Klein. Chair; Brusco. Gargano-Ray, Guldin, Hasty, Huelsbeck. Vaughn.

MINOR:

Anthropology

FACULTY:

FACULTY: Olufs, Program Advisor; Brown, Brusco, Carp. Dwyer Shick. Kelleher. Killen, Klein, Marcus. Predmore. Rowe. Temple Thurston, T. \Villiams.

History 220 Modern Latin American History - C, S I History 305 Slavery in the Americas - A. S 1 History 335 Latin American History: Central America and the Caribbean - C, S I History 337 The History o f Mexico - C , S I History 344 The Andes in Latin American History - C , S I Political Science 373 Civil Rights and Civil Liberties - S I Religion 227 Christian Theology: Liberation Theology - R2, or Religion 334 Theological Studies: Liberation Theology - R3 Religion 36 1 Church History Studies: Canada, Latin Americas, and the United States - R2 Spanish 322 Latin American Civilization and Culture Spanish 34 1 Latino Experiences in the United States - A, LT Spanish 43 1 Latin American Literature, 1492- 1 888 - LT Spanish 432 20th-Century Latin American Literature - LT Spanish 433 Special Topics in Latin American Literature and Culture - LT

36 semester hours. 1 02, 1 03, 480, 499. Choose: I O l or 1 04; 4 hours from 330-345 (peoples courses) ; 4 hours from 350-465 ( topics courses) ; 8 additional hours i n anthropology, at least 4 o f which must b e above 32 1 . BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Requ ired:

MI NOR: 2 0 semester

hours. 1 02 . Choose: 1 0 1 o r 1 0 3 or 1 04; 4 hours from courses listed 330-345; 4 hours from 3 50-499; and 4 additional hours in an thropology. Required:

D.EPARTMENTAL HONORS: [n recognition of outstanding work. the designation with Departmental HOllors may be granted by vote of the anthropology faculty based on the student's per formance in the following areas: I . Anthropology course work: 3.5 minimum GPA. 2. Demonstration of active interest in anthropological projects and activities outside of class work. 3. Completion of a senior thesis. A paper describing indepen dent research must be conducted under the supervision of departmental faculty. A proposal must be approved by the faculty by the third week of class of the fall semester for May and August graduates, and the third week of class of the spring semester for December and January graduates.

333 Native American Health - A, SI

Course Offerings 1 01 Introduction to Human Biological Diversity - SM

Introduction to biological anthropol gy with a special focus on human evolution, the fossil evidence for human development, the role of culture in human evolution, and a comparison with the development and social life of the nonhuman primates. (4) 102 Introduction to Human Cultural Diversity - C. SI

Introduction Lo social-cu lt ural aJ1lhr pology, concentrating on the exploration of the infinite variety of human endeavors in all aspects of culture and all yp s of so ieties; religion, politics, law, kinship and arlo (4)

Opportunity to study the health status of Native Americans. Overview of the history and culture of selected Native American tribes and nations, perspectives on health and illness, trends in population and health status, and traditions of Native American healing. ( 4 )

334 The Anthropology o f Contemporary America - A, S I

An investigation of American social patterns and problems designed to give insights from a cross-cultural perspective; exploration of American solutions to common h u man problems; a determination of what is unique about the "American Way." ( 4 )

Z � X ::II o "V

336 Peoples o f Latin America - C , S 1

Millions of Americans have never been north of the equator. Who are these "other" Americans? This survey cou rse familiar izes the student with a broad range of Latin American peoples and problems. Topics range from visions of the supernatural to problems of economic development. (4)

,....

I ntroduction to the ideas and practice of archaeology used to exa mine the sweep of human prehi�tory from the earliest stone tools to the development f agricultUf and metallurgy and to enrich our understandin' of extinct societies. (4) 1 04 Introdu ion to Laoguage in Sodety - SI

338 Jewish Culture - A , SI

I ntrod uction to anthropologica l linguistics and symbolism, including the origin of lang age; sound systems, structure and mearung; language . cquisition; the social context of speaking; langllag change; no nverbal communication; and sex differences in language use. (4)

An exploration of American Jewish culture through its roots in the lifewal's of Eastern European Ashkenazic Jews and its tra nsformation in the United States. Emphasis un Jewish history, religion, literature, music, and humor as reflections of basic Jewish cultural themes. ( 4 )

192 Practicing Anthropology: Makah Culture Past and Present - A, S 1

340 Anthropology of Africa - C , S 1

103 Introduction to Archaeology

d World Prehistory - SI

Stu y of Makah culture through archaeology and history and by interacting with the Makah. Active and service learning in Neah Bay, visiting the Makah Nation. Prerequ isite; consent of instructor. (4)

Study of Africa's diverse cultures. Focus on early studies of villages and topics such as kinship, religion, and social structure, and on more recent studies of urban centers, the impact of colonialism, popular culture, and post-colonial politics. (4)

2 1 0 Global Perspectives: The World in Change - C, SI

3 4 1 Ho'ike: Cultural Discovery i n Hawai'i - A

A survey o f lobal i 'SllCS: modernizati n and development; economic ch ange and international trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; ace and justice; and cultural diversity. (Cr "'Ii ted with HI 'T 2 1 0 and PO LS 2 1 0 ) (4)

The

220 Peoples o f the World - S I E

'ploration of t h e w rid's cultures through anthropological films, novels, and eyewitness nccounts. Case studies chosen from Africa, Native Ameri , Asia, the Pacific, and Euro-Amcrica provide an insider's view of ways of life different fr m our own. ( 2 ) 225 Past Cultures o f Washington Slale - SI

live Americans have lived in Wa hington State for at least the last 1 2,000 years. Cultur of the pe pIe in coastal and interior Washington beginning with the fir t n rthwestern rs. An exami nati n of the:: wa s that cul t ure. change through time un til the emergence () the distinctive cultures observed by the earliest Europ an visitors to the area. ( 2 ) 230 Peoples of the Northwest CollSt - A, S I

A survey 0 the ways u f life u f the native peoples o f coastal Wash ington, British Columbia, and Sout eastern Alaska from Euro pean contact to con temporary times, including traditional meth od of fi hi ng, arts, potlatches, statu systems, and wealth and their impact on the modern life of the region. ( 2 ) 330 Cultures and Peoples of Native North America - A, S I

A on parati e. tudy of Native North American cultures from their arrival on the continent through today. Examination of U.S. amI Canadian laws, policies, and conflicts, issues of sovereignty, and religious righl�. ( 4) 332 Prehistory of North America - S 1

An archae logical reconstru tion of economic, social, political, and re.ligi IU life in Nmth America fro m the time the first �ettlers entered the continent during the Ice Ages to the Mound Build rs of later times and llltimately to the first contact with European ettlers. (4)

o CI -<

histoT)' and cultural diversity of Hawai'i. Spend time in Honolulu and on the island of Kaua'i, visiting cultural sites and working with com munity based organizations. Anthropological writings, history, and literature will provide a wider perspective and a framework for analysis of our experiences. aly J 2005 (4) 342 Pacific Island Cultures - C, SI

Peoples of Polynesia, Melanesia, and Micronesia. Developments in the Pacitic region are explored, including economic development, migration, environmental degradation, political movements, gender roles, the impact of Western media, tourism, and cultural revivalism. How shifting theoretical models have informed the represen tation of Pacific cultures will also be considered. I (4) 343 East Asian Cultures - C, SI

A su rvey of the cultures and peop les of Eastern Asia, concentrat ing on China but with comparative reference to Japan, Korea, and Vietnam. Cultural similarities as well as differences between these nations are stressed. Topics indude religion, art, politics, history, kinship, and economics. ( 4 ) 345 Contempora ry China - C, S I

An im mersion into the culture and society of the People's Republic of China; contemporary politics, kinship, folk religion, human relations; problems and prospects of development and rapid social change. ( 4 ) 350 Women and Men i n World Cultures - C, S I

An overview o f the variation o f sex roles a n d behaviors through out the world; theories of matriarchy, patriarchy, mother goddesses, innate inequalities; marriage patterns, impact of European patterns; egalitarianism to feminism. (4) 354 Geography and World Cultures: People, Places and Prospects - S I

Explorations of how societies in North America and around the world have adapted to their varied human and physical environ ments. Cases drawn from widely different environments. Global patterns of variation in life styles and social opportunities. Knowledge of locations and map reading will be emphasized. Prerequisite: 1 02 or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

lSS

> \!) o

Anthropology and Media - C, S I

392 Gods, Magic, and Morals - C, S I

Explorat ion of mass media produced a n d consumed i n diverse

Anthropology of religion; humanity's concepts of and relationships

cultu ral contexts. Exam i nation of how mass m dia cul tivate

to the supernatural; examination of personal and group functions

forms of gendered, ethnic, religious, and racial identities, and

that religions fulfill; exploration of religions both "primitive" and

how d i fferent forms of media engage with the dynamic forces o f

historical; origins of religion. ( Crosslisted with RELI 392)

popular culture a n d the political agendas o f states a n d poli tical

465

opposition groups. (4)

(4)

Archaeology: The Field Experience - S 1

Excavation of a historic or prehistoric archaeological site, with

....I

360 Ethnic Groups - A, S 1

emphasis on basic excavation

Exam i nes the nature of ethnic groups in America and abroad;

mappi ng, drafting, and photography. The laboratory covers

o a: :z:: I z <

the varying bases of ethnicity ( c ulture, rdig-ion, tribe, " race,"

artifact p rocessing and preli m i nary analysis. Prerequisite:

etc. ) ; problems of group identity and boundary maintenance;

consent of instructor. ( 1-8 )

�

ethnic symbols; ethnic politics;

thnic neighbo rhoods; and

ills and record keeping, field

480 Anthropological Inquiry - S 1

ethnic humor. (4)

Historic and thematic study of the theoretical foundations of

361 Managing Cultural Diversity - A, S 1

sociocultural anthropology; research methods; how theory and

PnK tical guidelines on how t o approach people of other cul tures

methods are used to establish anth ropological knowledge.

with ensitivity and empathy and with an eye toward mutually

Required of majors in their junior o r sen ior year. ( 4 )

rewarding inte

ction. Learn how to avoid negative attitudes toward

cultural diversity and develop a positive curiosity about the global diversity represented in workplaces, schools, and neighborhoods. ( 2 )

Reading in specific areas or issues of anthropology under supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: departmental consen t.

365 Prehistoric EDvironment and Technology: Lab

491 Independent Studies: Undergraduate Readings

Methods in Archaeology - 5 1

( 1-4 )

492 Independent Stndies: Undergraduate Jlieldwol'k

Laboratory i n terpretation of archaeological materials. Tech

Study of specific areas or issues in anthropology through field

nique used i n interpreting past human ecology, technology, and

methods of analysis and research supported by appropriate

economy. Analytical procedures for bone, stone, ceramic, and metal artifacts; analysis o f debris from food processi ng activit ies. Analysis o f materials from archaeological s i tes. ( 4 )

reading under supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: departmental consent. ( 1 -4)

499 Capstone: Seminar in Anthropology - SR

370 The Archaeology o f Ancient Empires - C , S I

Exa m i ne anthropological methods and apply anthropological

The origins o f agriculture, writi ng, ci ties, and the state i n many

theory to an i nvestigation of a selected topic in contemporary

parts of the world, com par i ng and contrasting the great

anthropology. Required of majors i n their junior

civilizations of antiquity, includi ng Mesopo tamia, Egypt, Ind ia,

senior year.

Prerequisite for other students: departmental approval. ( 4 )

Asia, Mesoamerica, and South America. ( 4 )

375 Law, Politics, and Revolution - C, S I A tudy of politics a n d l a w through t h e political structu res and processes o f traditional and contemporary societies; concepts of leadersh ip, factionalism, feuds, power, authority, revol ution, and other reactions to colonization; law and conflict resolution; conflicts of national and local-level legal systems. ( 4 )

377 Money, Power, n d Exchange - S I What are the cultural meanings o f mo ney, products, wealth, and exchange? How do they vary i n d i fferent cultures? We will see how prod u cts and favors acquire magical meanings, c i rculating through g i fts and barter and how magical meanings change, moving to d i fferent cultures. We will examine the power of exchange, creating complex social relationships at local, global levels.

(4)

380 Sickness, Madness, and Health - C, 5 1 A cross-cultural examination of systems of c u ring practices and

Art

cultural views of physical and mental health; preven tion and healing; nature and skills of curers; defi n i tions of disease; variation in diseases; impa t of modern medical and psychologi cal practitioners. (4)

2 5 3.535.7573 www. p lli. ed�I/-(jrtd In this time of rapidly changing concepts and an almost daily emergence of new media, emphasis must be placed on a variety

385 Marriage, Famlly, and Kinship - C, S I Explores the nature o f domestic groups cross-culturally,

of experiences and creative flexibility for the artist and the

including the ways in whi h religion, myth, magic, and folklore

designer. Students with professional concerns must be prepa red

serve to articulate and control domestic life; how changing

to meet the modern world with both technical skills and the

systems of production affect marriage and domestic fo rms; and

capacity for innovation. The department's program therefore

how class and gender systems intertwine with kinship, domestic

stresses individualized development in the use of m ind and

forms, and the mean i n g of "family." (4)

hand. Students may choose among a generalized program leading to

386 Applied Anthropology - SI

a Bachelor of Arts degree; a more specialized program for the

Exploration o f t h e uses of t h e an thropological approach to

Bachelor of Fine Arts, in which each candidate develops some

improve human conditions. Focus on anthropologists' involve ment and roles i n a ppl ied projects. Review of theoretical, ethical, and practical issues. Field component. (4)

area o f com petence; or a degree program in art edllcation for teaching on several levels. Some students go directly from the u n iversity into their field of interest. Others find it desirable and appropriate to attend a graduate school. Many alumni have been accepted into presti gious graduate programs, both in this country and abroad.

P A

The various fields of art are competitive and demanding in terms of commitment and effort. Nonetheless, therc is always a place for those who are extremely skillfu l or highly imaginative r, ideally, olh. The department's program stresses both, atlempting to help each student reach that ideal. Instructional resources, when coupled with dedicatcd and energetic students, have resulted in an unusually high pcrcentage of graduates being able to satisfy their vocational objectives. FACULTY: Hallam, Chair; Cox, Geller, Gold, Keyes, Tomsic. The department has sought to minimize prerequisites, enabling student. to elect courses relating to their interests as early as po揃 ible, but m jors are urged to follow course sequences closely. It i recommended that students interested in majoring in art declare their major early to insure proper advising. Transfer students' status shall be determined at their time of entrance. The d partment reserves the right to retain, exhibit, and reproduce student work subm itted for credit in any of its courses or programs , including the senior exhibition. A use or materials fee is required in certain courses. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: M inimum of 34 semester hours, including 1 60, 250, 230 o r 350, 365, 370, 499, and the art history sequence ( 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380); 1 1 6 or courses in teaching methods may not be applied to the major. A maximum of 40 hours may be applied lo\vard the degree. Candidates are enrolled in the College 0 Arts and Sciences and must satisfy general university requirements, including a core curriculum (Core I or Core I I ) , and the option requirement. BACHEWR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 60 semester hours, including 1 60; 226; either 230 or 250; the art history sequence ( 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380); 8 additional hours in 2-dimensional m dia, 8 additional hours in 3-dimensional media, and 4 hours in art history or theory ( 390, or as approved by the department faculty); requirements and electives in area o f emphasis; and 499 ( apstone: Senior Exhibition). Art 1 1 6 or courses in teach ing methods may not be included. Candidates are enrolled in the School of the Arts and must satisfy general university requi rement , including a core curriculum ( Core I or Core I I ) . BFA in 2-Dlmensional Media Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area. Draw illg/Pa ill ti rIg: 1 60 Drawing 365 Painting I 260 I n termediate Drawing 465 Painting I I ( R) 360 Life Drawing ( R) Printmaking: 370 Printmaking I 470 Printmaking II ( R) Film Arts: 226 Black and White Photography 326 Color Photography 426 Electronic Imaging Inclependellt Stl/dy (may be applied to allY area): 49 1 'pecial Projects ( R) 498 Studio Projects ( R) ( R)-may be repeated for credit BFA in 3-Dimensional Media Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area. Ceramics: 230 Ceramics I 330 eramics I I 430 Ceramics 1 1 \ ( R) culpture: 250 Sculpture I 350 Sculpture I I ( R )

Illdependent Study (may b e applied to a llY area): 4 9 1 Spccial Projects ( R) 498 Studio Projects ( R) ( R)-may be repeated for credit BFA in Design Required basic sequellce: 1 96 Design I: Fundamentals 296 Design I I : Concepts 396 Design: Graphics I Elective collrses: 398 Drawing: Illustration ( R ) 492 Design: Workshop 496 Design: Graphics I I ( R)- may b e repcated for credit BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of Edl/catioll. MINOR IN STUDIO ART: 20 scm ester hours, including 380, 4 hours in 2-dimensional media, 4 hours in 3-dimensional media, and 8 hours of studio art electives drawn from upper足 division courses. Courses in teaching methods (34 1 , 440) may not be applied to the minor. MINOR IN ART HISTORY: 24 semester hours, including 1 80 and 1 8 1 , 1 2 hours in art history/theory electives, and 4 hours in studio electives. Non-concentration courses ( 1 1 6), practical design courses ( 1 96, 296, 396, 398, 492, 496 ), and courses in teaching methods ( 34 1 , 440) may not be applied to the minor. PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR: The Publishing and Printing Arts minor is crosslisted with the Department of English. See the description of that minor under Publishing and Prin tillg Arts.

Course Offerings STUDIO 1 60, 196, 226, 230, 250, 260, 296, 326, 330, 34 1 , 350, 360, 365, 3 70, 396, 398, 426, 430, 465, 470, 49 1 , 492, 496, 498 HISTORY AND THEORY 1 1 6, 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380, 390, 440, 497 1 16 Design in the Contemporary World - AR An examination of contemporary design with a focus on trends in advertising, fashion, automotive, product and interior design. Includes a section on color theory and perception and the basic elements of design. Requires no artistic/design background. (4) 160 Drawing - AR A course dealing with the basic techniques and media of drawing. (4) 180 History of Western Art I - AR A survey tracing the development of \Vestern art and architec足 ture from prehistory to the end of the Middle Ages. (4) 181 History of Western Art II AR A survey of Western art and architecture from the Renaissance to the 20th century. (4) -

196 Design I: Fundamentals AR An introduction to design through the study of basic techniques, color theory, and composition. ( 4 ) -

226 Black and White Photography - A R A studio class in photography a s an art form. Primary concentra足 tion in basic camera and darkroom techniques. Students produce a portfolio of prints with an emphasis on creative exp ression and experimentation. (4) 230 Ceramics I - AR Ceramic materials and techniques including hand-built and wheel-thrown methods, clay and glaze formation. I ncludes a survey of ceramic art. (4) P A C

L U T

R A N

V E

250 Sculpture I - AR

430 Ceramics III - AR

Concentration on a particular med ium of sculpture including metals, wood, or synthetics; special sections emphasizing work from the human form as well as opportunity for mold making and casting. ( 4 )

Techniques in ceramic construction and experiments in glaze formation. May be taken twice. Prerequisite: 330. ( 4 )

260 Intermediate Drawing -A R

440 Secondary Art Education A study of instruction in the seco ndary school including appropriate media and curriculum development. a/y ( 2 )

Drawing taken beyond the basics of 1 60. Expans ion of media forms, and solutions to compositional problems. Possibility of pursuing special individual interests, with permission. Prerequi site: 1 60 or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

465 Painting II - A R

ivledia and techniques o f painting i n o i l or acrylics. M a y b e taken t wice. Prerequisite: 365. (4) 470 Printmaking II - AR

296 Design I I : Concepts - A R A n investigation of t h e process o f creative problem solving in a methodical and organized manner. Includes projects in a variety of design areas. Prerequisite: 1 96 or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

Methods and media o f fine art printmaking; both hand and photo processes involving lithographics, intaglio, and screen printing . May be taken twice. Prerequisite: 370. ( 4 ) 491 Independent Studies: Special Projects - AR

326 Color Photography - AR

Exploration of the possibilities of selected studio areas, in l uding experimental techniques. Emphasis on development of indi vidual styles, media approaches, and problem solutions. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: j u nior status, minimum of two courses at 2UO level or above in affected medium with minimum 2.5 GPA, consent of instructor and department chair. (2 o r 4)

Exploration of the issues of both painters and photographers. Students learn to make color prints and process color negatives. Includes a historical survey of color photography as weU as perspectives of contemporary artists. ( 4 ) 330 Ceramics I I - A R

Techniques i n ceramic construction a n d experiments in glaze formation. Prerequisite: 230. (4)

492 Design: Workshop - AR

A tutorial cou rse which may deal with any of several aspects of the design field with particular emphasis on practical experience and building a portfolio. May be taken twice. ( 2 )

331 The Art of the Book I - AR

The combination of studio course and seminar explores the visual properties of language. ( C rosslisted with ENGL 3 1 3. ) (4)

496 Design: Graphics II

3 4 1 Elementary Art Education

Design and execution of printed materials; emphasis on technical procedures and problems in mass communication. Explores advanced techniques with multiple color, typography, and other complex problems. Prerequisite: 396. ( 4 )

A study of creative growth and development; art as studio projects; history and therapy in the classroom. ( 2 ) AR Concentration on a particular medium of sculpture including metals, wood, or synthetics; special sections emphasizing work from the h uman form as well as opportunity for mold making and casting. May be taken twice. Prerequisite: 250 . ( 4 ) 350 Sculpture I I

497 Research i n Art History-Theory

A tutorial course for major students with research into a particular aspect of art history or theo ry. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: senior status, consent of instructor, and program approval by department faculty. ( 1 -4)

360 Life Drawing - AR

An exploration of human form in drawing media. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 1 60 or consent of instructor. ( 2 )

Methods and media of fine art printmaking; both hand and photo processes involving lithographics, intaglio, and screen printing. Prerequisite: 1 60 or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

A tutorial program for students of exceptional talent. In-depth individual investigation of a particular medium or set of techni cal problems. Only one project per semester may be undertaken. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: declared major in art, senior status, consent of instructor, written proposal, program approval by department faculty. Students meeting the above requirements but with less than a 3.0 GPA in the major may be required to present additional evidence of eligibility. ( 1 - 4 )

380 Modern Art - AR

499 Cap tone: Senior Exhibition - SR

365 Painting I - A R

Media and techniques o f painting i n oil o r acrylics. Prerequisite: 160. (4) 370 Printmaking I - AR

The development of art from 1 900 to the present, with a brief look at European and American antecedents as they apply to contemporary directions. ( 4 ) 3 90 Studies in Art History

A selected area of inquiry, such as a history of American art, Asi n art, the work of Picasso, or similar topics. May be repeated for credit. (4) 396 Design: Graphics I

Design and execution of printed materials; emphasis on technical procedures and problems in mass communication. Prerequisite: 1 60, 296, or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 398 Drawing: mustration AR Advanced projects in drawing/illustration. Exposure to new con cepts and techniques adaptable to fine art and commercial appli cations. Prerequisites: 1 60 and 1 96. May be repeated once. ( 4 ) -

426 Electronic Imaging - AR

An introduction to computer-assisted photography in which stu dents learn applications, develop aesthetic strategies, and engage the ethical issues of this new technology. Emphasis on creative exploration and problem solving within the Macintosh environment. Prerequi sites: 226, 326, or consent of instructor. May be taken twice. (4) 40

498 Studio Projects/Independent Study - SR

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

Students work closely with their advisors in all phases of the preparation of the exhibition. Must be taken in the student's final semester. Prerequisites: declared major in art ( BFA or BA), senior status, reasonable expectation of completion of all department and u niversity requirements for graduation. ,'deets the senior seminar/project requirement. ( 2 )

Division of Social Sciences Anthropology Economics History Marriage and Family Therapy Political Science Psychology Sociology and Social Work

School of the Arts 253.535.7 1 50 IVww.plll.edll/�sota

The School of the ATts is a community of artists and scholars

st udents, fac ulty, and staff-dedicated to the fulfillment of the h u man spirit through creative expression and careful scholar ship. The School of the Arts offers professional education to artists and c mmunicators within the framework of a liberal arts education. The school encourages all of its members to pursue their artistic and scholarly work in a n environment that chal lenges complac ncy, nurtures personal growth, and maintains a strong culture of collegial integrity. Members of th �chool ()f the Arts strive to crea te art and scholarship t.hat acknuwledges the past, defines t he present, and an ticipates t he future. Art, cummunication, musi , and theatre are medium� of understanding and change which reward those wh participate il1 th em, whether as artist, scholar, learner, or audience. Performances b )' students, faculty, and gUel.b of the scll(lol cnlla ce the cult u ral pnlsperity shared by Pacific Lutheran ni versity and its surrou nding environs. The school promotes venues for ctlllaboration between artists and 'Cholars, a m ong artistic and intellectual media, and between the un iver sity a nd the commu nity.

DEGREES OFFERED: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science MAJOR REQUIREMENT: A major is a sequence of courses in one area, usually in one department. A major should be selected by the end of the sophomore year. The choice must be approved by the department chair (or in case of special academic pro grams, the program coordinator) . Major requirements are specified in this catalog.

Anthropology Applied Physics Art Biology Chemistry Chinese Studies Classics Communication Computer Engineering Computer Science Economics Engineering Science ( 3-2) English Environmental Studies French Geosciences German

DEGREES OFFERED by the S hool of the Arts include the BFA ( B<ichelor of Fine Arts) in art and commun ication and theatre;

Educatioll.

For course o fferings, degree requirements, and programs in the S h 01 of the Arts, see Art, Commullication and Theatre, and MClsic.

Course Offering 341 Integrating Arts in the Classroom Methods and procedures for integrating the arts (music, visual, dram , Jance) in the classroom and across the curriculum. Offered

for studen� preparing for elementary classroom teaching. Meets state certification requirements in both music and art. Il ( 2 )

College of Arts and Sciences Division ofHllmanities E n gl i s h

Languages and Literatures Philosoph)" Rel igio n Division of Natural Sciences

Biology Chemistry Computer S ience and Computer Engineering

Geosciences Mathematics PhI' ics

'" n m Z n m '"

RECOGNIZED MAJORS:

fACULTY: Inch, Acting Dean; faculty members of the Depart ments of Art, Commu nication and Theatre, and 'lusic.

the BM ( Bach elor of Music), the BMA ( Bachelor of Musical Arts) i the B M E ( Bachelor of Music Education) . Students may also earn the DA ( Bachel r of A rts), but this degree is awarded through the College of Arts and Sciences. Candidates for all degrees must meet general university requirements and the specific requi rements of the Departments o f Art, Communica tion and Theiltre, or lvlusic. For delail� about the BAE ( l�achelor of Arts in Education) Il1 an. communication and theatre, or music, see the School of

> Z C

Global Studies History Individualized Study Mathematics Music Norwegian Philosophy Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Work Sociology Spanish Theatre \"1omen's Studies

Not more than 44 semester hours earned i n one department may be applied toward the bachelor's degree in the college. COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS

In addition to meeting the entrance requirement in foreign language ( two years of high school language, one year of college language, or demonstrated equivalent proficiency ) , candidates in the College of Arts and Sciences ( all BA, BS, BARec, BAPE [excluding BAPE with certification ] , and BSPE degrees) must meet Option I, I l , or III below. Candidates for the BA in English, for the BA in Education with concentration i n English, for the BA in Global Studies, for the BBA in International Business, and for election to the Arete Society must meet Option I. Completion of one foreign language through the second year of college level. This option may also be met by completion of four years of high school study in one foreign language with grades of C or higher, or by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination administered by the PLU Depart ment of Languages and Literatures. Il. Completion of one foreign language other than that used to satisfy the foreign language entrance requirement through the first year of college level. This option may also be met by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination adminis tered by the PLU Department of Languages and Literatures. I Ii. Completion of 4 semester hours in history, literature, or language (at the 2 0 1 Ieve!, or at any level in a language other than that used to satisfy the foreign language entrance requirement) inaddition to courses applied to the general university requirements, and 4 semester hours in symbolic logic, mathematics ( courses numbered 1 00 or above ) , computer science, or statistics in addition t o courses applied to the general university requirements. Courses used to satisfy either category of Option I II of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement may not also be used to satisfy general university requirements.

MINOR: At least 20 semester hours selected from any biology

Biology 253.535.756 1

www. nsci.plu.edulbiol

To learn biology is more than to learn facts: it is to learn how to ask and answer questions, how to develop strategies which migh t be employed to obtain answers, and how to recognize and evaluate the answers which emerge. The department is therefore dedicated to encouraging students to learn science in the only way that it can be effectively made a part of their thinking: to independently question it, probe it, try it out, experiment with it, experience it. The diversity of courses in the curriculum provides broad coverage of contemporary biology and allows flexible planning. Each biology major completes a three-course sequence in the principles of biology. Planning with a faculty advisor, the student chooses upper-division biology courses to meet individual needs and career objectives. Faculty members are also committed to helping students investigate career opportunities and pursue careers which most clearly match their interests and abilities. Students are invited to use departmental facilities for indepen dent study and are encouraged to participate in ongoing faculty research.

" o ....I

Course Offerings I I I Biology and the Modern World - NS, SM

An introduction to biology designed primarily for non biology majors. Fundamental concepts chosen from all areas of modern biology. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion. I ( 4 ) 1 16 Introductory Ecology - NS, SM

A study of the interrelationships between organisms and their environment examining concepts in ecology that lead to understanding the nature and structure of ecosystems and how hu mans impact ecosystems. I ncludes laboratory. I ( 4 ) 161 Principles of Biology I: Ceo Biology - NS, SM

FACULTY: Alexander, Chair; Auman, Carlson, Crayton, Ellard Ivey, Garrigan, Gee, Hansen, Lerum, Main, D.J. Martin, McGinnis, Smith, Teska.

Cellular and molecular levels of biological organization; cell ultrastructure and physiology, Mendelian and molecular genetics, energy transduction. Includes laboratory. Co-registration in Chemistry ( 104, 1 20, or 1 25 ) recommended. I (4)

BACHELOR OF ARfS or BACHEWR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: The

162 Principles of Biology II: Organismal Biology - NS, SM

major in biology is designed to be flexible in meeting the needs and special interests of students. For either the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree the student must take the principles of biology sequence ( 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323). Completion of this sequence (or an equivalent general biology sequence at another institution) is required before upper-division biology courses can be taken. Each of these courses must have been completed with a grade of C- or higher. Courses not designed for biology majors ( 1 1 1 , 1 16, 20 1 , 205, 206) ordinarily cannot be used to satisfy major requirements. Independent study (49 1 ) and cooperative education may be used for no more than 4 of the upper-division biology hours required for the BS degree, and for no more than 2 of the upper-division biology hours required for the BA degree. Students who plan to apply biology credits earned at other institutions toward a PLU degree with a biology major should be aware that at least 1 4 hours in biology, numbered 324 or higher and including 499, must be earned in residence at PLU. Each student must consult with a biology advisor to discuss selection of electives appropriate for educational and career goals. Basic requirements under each plan for the major are listed below.

An introduction to animal and plant tissues, anatomy, and physiology, with special emphasis on flowering plants and vertebrates as model systems, plus an introduction to animal and plant development. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: 1 6 1 . II ( 4 )

Badlelor of Arts: 34 semester hours in biology, including 1 6 1 , 162,

323, and 499, plus 20 additional upper-division biology hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 20 (or 1 25 ) and Math ematics 1 40. Recommended supporting courses: Physics 1 25 (with laboratory 1 35 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36 ) . Bachelor o f Science: 42 semester hours in biology, including

1 6 1 , 1 62, 323, and 499, plus 28 additional upper-division biology hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 20 (or 1 25 ) , 232 (with laboratory 234), and one additional upper-division chemistry course with laboratory; Mathematics 1 5 1 or Math ematics 24 1 ; Physics 1 2 5 ( with laboratory 1 35 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 136), or Physics 1 53 ( with laboratory 1 63 ) and Physics 1 54 (with laboratory 1 64 ) . BIOLOGY SECONDARY EDUCATION: Students planning to

be certified to teach biology in high school should plan to complete a BA or BS in biology. Upper-division biology course selection should be made in consultation with a biology advisor. See the School of Education section of the catalog for biology courses required for certification. 42

courses. A grade of C- or higher must be earned in each course, and total GPA must be at least 2.00. Course prerequisites must be met unless written permission is granted in advance by the instructor. Applicability of non-PLU biology courses will be determined by the department chair. At least 8 of the 20 credit hours in biology must be earned in courses taught by the Biology Department at PLU; for students applying only 8 PLU biology hours toward the minor, those hours cannot include indepen dent study (49 1 ) or cooperative education hours.

201 Introductory Microbiology - NS, SM

The structure, metabolism, growth, and genetics of microorganisms, especially bacteria and viruses, with emphasis on their roles in human disease. Laboratory focuses on cultivation, identification, and control of growth of bacteria. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 05. I (4) 205 Human Anatomy and Physiology - NS, SM

The first half of a two-course sequence. Topics include matter, cells, tissues, and the anatomy and physiology of four systems: skeletal, muscular, nervous, and endocrine. Laboratory includes cat dissection and experiments in muscle physiology and reflexes. Not designed for biology majors. I ( 4 ) 206 Human Anatomy and Phy iology - NS, SM

The second half of a two-course sequence. Topics include metabolism, temperature regulation, development, inheritance, and the anatomy and physiology of five systems: circulatory, respiratory, digestive, excretory, and reproductive. Laboratory includes cat dissection, physiology experiments, and study of developing organisms. Not designed for biology majors. Prerequisite: 205. II (4) 323 Principles o f Biology III: Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity - NS, SM

Evolution, ecology, behavior, and a systematic survey of life on earth. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: 1 62 or consent of department chair. I (4) 324 Natural History of Vertebrates - NS, SM

Classification, natural history, and economic importance of vertebrates with the exception of birds. Field trips and labora tory. Prerequisite: 323. I ( 4 ) 326 Animal Behavior - NS

Description, classification, cause, functiun, and development of the behavior of animals emphasizing an ethological approach and focusing on comparisons among species. Includes physi ological, ecological, and evolutionary aspects of behavior. Prerequisite: 323 or consent of instructor. I I (4)

327 Ornithology - NS, SM The �tudy of birds i n cltmve of their anatomy, physiology,

407 Molecular Biology - NS, SM

b havior, ecology and distribution . Special emphasis on those

role of DNA: structure o f DNA and RNA, structure and

attnbutes of birds that are u n i que among the vertebrates. Labo

ratory emphilsi on field identification, taxonomy, and anatomyl topol gy. Prerequi ite: 323 or consent of inst ructor. II ( 4 )

An introduction to molecular biology, emphasizing the central expression o f genes, genome organization and rearrangement. methodology and a p p l i cations of recom b i nant DNA technology. Laboratory features b sic reco m b i nant DNA techniques.

328 Microbiology - NS, S M

Prerequisite: 323. 1 ( 4 )

Th.: structure, physiology, genetics, a n d metabolism o f microor

4 1 1 Histology - NS, SM

gani ms

i th emphasis on their diversit), and ecology. The

laboratory emphasizes design, i m plementation, and evaluation of both descriptive and quantitative experiments as well as isolation of organisms from natural sources. Prerequisite: 323;

one seme ter organi chemistry reco mmended. If (4) 329 Entomology - NS, SM Entomology i s the scientific study of i n sects, the most diverse group of a n i m Is on earth. This course examines insect struc ture, ph)'siolngy, ecology, and diversi ty. The laboratory empha size identi fication of the common orders and fam il ies of North American insects. Prerequisi te: 323. I ( 4 )

o " -<

M icrosco p ic study of normal cells, tissues, organs. and organ systems of vertebrates. The emphasis is mammalian. This study i s both structurally and physiologically oriented. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: 323. I ( 4 )

424 Ecology - NS Organisms in relation to their environment, including organismal adaptations, population growth and interactions, and ecosystem structure and function. Prerequisite: 323. I (4)

425 Biological Oceanography - NS, SM The ocean as environment for plant and animal l i fe; an introduc tion to the structure, dynamics, and history of marine ecosys

332 Genetics - NS Basic con cpts considering the molecular basis of gene expres sion, rec mb i nation, genetic variability, as well as cytogenetics, and population genetics. I nclude. tutorials and demonstration sessions. Pr requi-i te: 3 2 3 . II ( 4 )

340 Plant Diversity

tems. Lab, field trips, and term project i n addition to lecture. Prerequ isite: 323. II ( 4 )

426 Ecological Methods - NS, SM All exa m i nation of methodology used for d i scerning structure and function of natural ecosystems: description of the physical

d Distribution - NS, SM

environment, estimation of population size, quantifying com

A systematic i ntroduction to plant diversity. Interaction between

m unity structu re, and measurement of productivity. Includes an

plants, theor ies of vegetati nal distribution. Emphasis on higher

introduction to general statistical tech niques. Writing of

plant taxonomy. Include . laboratory and field trip .

scientific papers and a focus on accessing the scient i fic literature.

Prerequisite: 323. II ( 4 )

Lecture, laborato ry, and field work. Prerequisite: 323 or consent of instructor. II ( 4 )

350 Advanced CeU B iology - NS, SM Deals with how cells are fu nctionally organized, enzyme kinetics

4 4 1 Mammalian PhysioJogy - NS, SM

and regulatory mechanisms, biochemistry of macromolecules,

An investigation of the p r i n c i ples of physiological regulation.

energy metabolism, membrane structure and function, ultrastruc

Part I : fundamental cellular, neural. and hormonal mechanisms

tur , cancer cells as model systems. NO SCIENTIFIC M ETHODS 'REDIT or lab for �pring 2003 and 2004. Prerequisite: 323 and one semest r of organ ic chemistry or consent of instructor. II ( 4 )

3 5 1 Natural HilItory o f the Pacific Northwest - NS, S M Introduction t o t h e natural history of t h e Pacific Northwest:

of homeostatic control; Part II: interactions i n the cardiovascu lar, pulmon ary, renal, and neuromuscular organ systems. Laboratory allows direct observation of physiological regulation in Jiving a n i mals. Prerequisites: 3 23 , CHEM 1 20; anatomy and biochemistry recommend�d. I

(4)

geology, clim lology, oceanography, ecology. common l i fe forms,

448 Immunology - NS

and human i m pact. Includes local one-day field trips and three

Consideration of the biology and chemistry of immune

day tri p to the Olympic Pen insula and the Columbia Gorge

response, including theoretical concepts, experimental strategies

and Basins. Prerequisite: 323 or consent of instructor. S ( 4 )

and i m m u nochemical applications. Prerequisites: Any two of the

361

following courses in Biology: 328, 332. 350, 403, 407, 4 1 1 , 44 1 . II (4)

embryology, and extensive consideration of the structural and

475 Evolution - NS

Comparative Anatomy - NS, S M Evolutionary history of t h e vertebrate body, introduction to functional anatomy of vertebrates. I n cludes laboratory dissec

Evolution as a process: sou rces of variation; fo rces overcoming

tions foJlowing a systems approach. Mam mals are featured plus

genetic inertia i n populations; speciation. Evolution of genetic

some observation of and comparison

systems and of l i fe i n relation to ecological theory and earth

Prerequi ire: 323. II

ith human cadavers.

history. Lecture and discussion. Term paper and m i ni-seminar

(4)

required. Prerequisite: 323. r

364 Plant Pbysiology - NS, S M Physiology o f plant growth and development. Emphasis on seed plants, but includ es

ther plant groups as model systems. Top ics

include: photosynthesis, secondary plant metabolism i n cl u d i ng medicinal co

pounds, hormones, morphogenesis. Includes

(4)

4 9 1 Independent Studies Investigations or research in areas of special i n terest not covered by regular courses. Open to qualified junior and seni o r majors. Prerequ isite: written proposal for the project a p proved by a

laboratory. Prerequisite: 323; organic chemistry recommended. I I (2)

faculty sponsor and the department chair. I I I ( 1 -4)

365 Plant Anatomy - NS, SM

499 Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR

Ti sue organization and cel lular details of stems, roots, a n d

The goal of th i s course is to assist students in the writing and

leaves

f seed plants, with emphasis on development a n d

fu nction. I n cludes laboratory. P rereqUisite: 323.

J (2)

403 Developmental Biology - NS, SM The embryonic and larval development of mul ticellular orga n ism ( p ri mar ily a n i mals) . Examples are chosen from popular con temporary model systems, and the emphasis is on

presentation of a paper concerning a topic with i n biology which would in tegrate various elements i n the major program. A proposal for the topic must be presented to the department early in the spring term of the junior year. The seminar may be linked to, but not replaced by, laboratory independent study or intern ship experience. I J 1 1 ( 2 )

cellular and molecular aspects of development. The laboratory i ncludes d riptive and quantitative experiments, as wel l as student-planned projects. Prerequisite: 323. U ( 4 ) P

above as well as a 2.50 grade point average separately i n business courses. C- is the mini mal acceptable grade for business courses. At least one-half of the minimum total degree requirements are taken in fields outside the School of Business. At least 40 semester hours are taken in r quired and elective business subjects. A min imum of 20 semester hours in business must be taken i n residence at PLU. All BBA students who declare a business major in 2003-2004 and a fter will be required to produce a portfolio by graduation demonstrating attainment of critical competencies. The concepts and process of the portfolio are i tergrated into the curriculum.

School of Business 253.535.7244 www.plll.edll/-bll5a \1\ \1\ W

The mission of the PLU School of Business is to be a bridge connecting students with the future by integrating competency based business education, engaging a diver'e, globalized society, using technologies that im prove learning, exemplifying lives of service, and fostering faculty developmen t and intellectual contribution. See Gradllate Studies I' r information on the Masters of Business Administration program.

Busi ness degree and concentration req uirements are

established at the time of maj or declaration. Students with a

Objectives of the Undergraduate Business Program To prepare students for positions in commercial and not-for profit organizations by providing them the basic knowledge of how these organizations fu nction and equipping them with the necessary competencies to work effectively. These competencies include ( i ) leadership, ( 2 ) critical/creative thinking, ( 3 ) effective communication, ( 4 ) team effectiveness, and ( 5 ) taking initiative and managing change. To help students see the interconnections among the many aspects of their world by integrating the liberal arts with p rofessional busi ness education To identify and challenge students to adopt high standards for ethical practice and professional conduct • To prepare students for lives of service to the community To prepare students to use contemporary technologies and to embrace the changes caused by technological innovation To inculcate a global perspective in students •

FACULTY: Ba rnowe, Interim Dea,,; Pratt, Associate Dea,,; Albers,

Bancroft, Berniker, Chhabra, Finnie, Gibson, Hegstad, Lee, MacDonald, jvlyers, Pham, Ramaglia, Sepic, Simpson, Thrasher, Van Wyhe, Yager, Zabriske. ADMISSION: The p rofessional Bachelor of Business Adminis

tration degree program is composed of an upper-division business curriculum with a strong base in liberal arts. To be admitted to the School of Business, a student must: 1. Be officially admitted to the university, and 2. Have completed at least 32 semester credit hours, and 3. Have successfully completed with a minimum grade of C- (or be currently enrolled in) Business Administration 20 I , mputer Science 1 20, Economics 1 5 1 - 1 52, Mathematics 1 28, Statistics 23 1 , or their equivalents in another college or university, and 4. Have a minimum cu mulative grade point average of 2.50, and 5. Declare a major or minor in business through the School of Business. Ac s to upper division business courses is limited to students who have been admitted to the School of Business with a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or above, and who have met the required p rerequisites. Students with majors outside of the School of Business may gain access to specific business courses that support their major studies by permission of the School of Business. AFFILIATIONS: The School of Business of Pacific Lutheran

University is a member of th e AACSB I nternational - The Ass ciation to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. The BBA, M BA, and accounting programs are nationally accredited by the Accreditation Council of the AACSB. The school is privileged to h ve a student chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma, the national business honorary society recogni�ed by AACSB. Pacific Lutheran University is accredited regionally by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: The Bachelor of Business Adminis

trati n degree program consists of a minimum of 1 28 semester hours completed with an overal l grade point average of 2.50 or 44

P A C I

L U T H E R A N

declared major in business who have not attended the un iversity for a period of three years or more will be held to the business degree requirements in effect at the time o f re-entry to the university. Pass/fail of Foundation Classes: Pass/fail is allowed for the foundation classes Business 1 211, Computer Science and Computer Engineering 1 20, E onomics 1 5 1 , 1 52, and Statistics 2 3 1 o n ly and as defined in the PllsslFa il section of this catalog. Other fOlmdation courses and business courses may not be taken Pass/Fail. Business 495 I nternship is only offered as a pass/fail course. BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADM INISTRATION:

Required foundation courses: Communication 336 E ffective Business Presentations Computer Science 1 20 Computerized Information Systems - NS (Information Mallilgemetlt stllncllts may substitute CSCE 144 for

Economics l S I and 1 52 MacrollVlicro Economics Mathematics 1 28 Linear Models and Calculus, an I ntroduction (or Mathematics 1 5 1 ) - M R, NS Philosophy 325 Bnsiness Ethics - PH Statistics 23 1 Introductory Statistics - M R

4 4 120)

4/4

Minimum semester hours in found3tion courses:

Required busil/ess courses: 20 I Value reation in the Global Environment 202 Financial Accounting 203 Managerial Accounting 30 1 Managi.ng Careers and Human Resources 302 Managerial Finance 305 Creating and Leading Effective Organ izations 308 Principles of Marketing 309 Managing Value Creating Operations 3 10 I n formation Sy tems 400 Business Law or 405 Law of the Financial Marketplace or 406 Law of the Workplace: Employees, Employers, Their Righ and Responsibilities or 407 Law of the Marketplace: Consumers, Companies, and Products or 408 International B usiness Law 499 Capstone Seminar: Strategic IVlanagement Minimum semester hours in business courses:

4 4 4 28

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4

4 40

CONCENTRATIONS: A student may elect to complete one or

more concentrations within the Bachelor of Business Adminis tration program. The concentration, which is noted on the student's transcript, mu t be completed with at least a 3.00 grade point average. C- is the minimal acceptable grade for concentra tion courses. A minimum of 8 semester hours of the total re quired for a concentration must be taken in residence at PLU. School of Business internships ( B usiness 495) will be graded as pass/fail only. A limit of one internship in any concentration will be accepted, not to exceed 4 credit hours. An end product may be required, as determined by the sponsoring instructor.

Fin....cial Resources Management Bu iness 335 Financial Investments

24 sem. hrs.

Business 405 Law of the Financial Marketplace B usiness 437 Financial Analysis and Strategy

4 4 4

Olle of the following:

12 semester hOlm from the fo llowillg (at least 8 from Busilless);

Economics 3 5 1 Intermed iate Macroeconomics Analysis (4) Economics 3 6 1 Money and Banking (4) 8 semes ter hours from the followillg:

Business 3 2 1 Intermediate Accounting I ( 2 ) Business 3 2 2 Intermediate Accounting [ [ ( 2 ) Business 3 2 3 Cost Accounting and Control Systems ( 4 ) Busine� 4 3 0 Entrepreneurial Finance ( 4 ) Business 438 Financial Research a n d Analysis ( 4 ) Business 495 Internsh.ip ( 4 h ours maximum) Economics 344 Econometrics (4) Business Business Business Business

Business 358 Business 405 Business 430 Business 495

8 semester hours from the following:

Business 3 7 1 Topics in I n formation Management Business 377 Database Applications in Business or Computer Science and Computer Engineering 367 Database Management Business 478 I n formation Management Seminar

4 4

12 semester hours from the followillg (at least 8 from Busilless):

4 4 4

12 semester hours from the following (at least 8 from Business):

12 Business 343 Managing Reward Systems (4) B usiness 442 Leader. hip and rganizational Development (4) Business 445 Quality Improvement Strategies (4) Business 449 Current Issues in Human Resource Management (4) Dusiness 495 Internship ( 4 ) Communication 4 3 5 Organizational Communication (4) CommlLl1ication 437 Advanced Interpersonal Communication (4) Psychology 450 Psychological Testing (4) Psychology 46 1 Psychology of Work (4) 2�24 sem. hrs.

Business 355 Managing Global Operations Business 408 International Business Law Economics 3 3 1 I n ternational Economics

4 4 4 4

Olle of the folio W illg;

Business 320 Accounting I n formation Systems (4) Business 375 Complex Systems (4) Business 378 Electronic Commerce (4) Business 495 Internship ( 2-4) Any upper-level computer science course (up to 4 credits)

24 sem. hrs.

Busi nes. 342 Managing Human e 'ources Business 406 Law of the Workplace: Employees, Employers, Their Rights and Responsibilities Economics 32 1 Labor Economics

24 sem. hrs.

Information Management

T h e mission of th e accounting facult), i ' t o offer a quality baccalaureate accounting program designed to provide students with a solid foundation for devdoping a wide range of profes sional careers.

International Business Business 352 Global Management

8 Business 323 Cost Accounti ng (4) Business 365 Sales and Sales Management (4) Business 438 Financial Research and Analysis (4) Business 442 Leadership and Organizational Development ( 4 ) Business 4 6 7 Marketing Research (4) Economics 36 1 Money and Banking (4) Economics 3 7 1 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (4)

Busines' 323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems (4) Busin 5S 327 Tax Accou n ting I ( 2 ) Business 4 2 2 Consolidations a n d Equity Issues ( 2 ) Business 423 Accounting for Not-for-Profit and Governmental Entities ( 2 ) Business 4 2 4 A u iting (4) Business 427 Tax Accounting [[ ( 2 )

Human Resource Management

4 4 4 4

Entrepreneurship Law of th.e Financial Marketplace Entrepreneurial Finance Internship

GENERAL BUSINESS MINOR RULES: All courses must be

completed with a grade of C- or higher. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 for all courses in the minor is required. At least 1 2 semester hours must be upper division, and at least 8 semester hours must be completed in residence. No more than 4 credits in 1 00-level courses will apply to the minor. MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: A minimum of 20 semester hours in business courses, including 20 I . See GCIlcral Business Millar RIlles above. MINOR IN FINANCE: A minimum of 20 semester hours, in cluding 20 1 , 202, 302, and 8 hours from the following: 335, 437, and 438. See General BIlsilless Millar Rules above. MINOR IN INFORMATION MANAGEMENT: A minimum of

20 semester hours, including 20 1 , 202, 3 1 0, 377 (or Computer Science and Computer Engineering 367), and 4 hours from 375, 378, and 478 . See General Business Millor Rules above. MINOR IN MARKETING: A minimum of 20 semester hours,

including 20 1 , 308, and 468, and 8 hours from 363, 364, 365, 460, and 467. See Gelleral Bllsiness I\lfillor R ules above.

An approved upper-division course from Anthropology,

MINOR IN ACCOUNTING: A minimum of 20 semester hours

H istory, or Political Science (4) o r Business 460 International Marketing (4)

including 20 1 , 202, 203, and 8 hours from 320, 32 1 , 322, 323, 327, 422, 423, and 427. See General Busilless Minor Rules above.

And m ust complete either Option I of the College of Arts and Scien es oreign language requirements or one semester of study abroad 0-16 Marbling Management Busines 407 Law of the Marketplace: Consumers,

Companies, and Products Business 467 Marketing Research Business 468 Marketing Management

Z m III III

8 semester hours from tile followillg (at least 4 from Business);

4 2 2 4

320 Accounting I n formation Systems 32 1 Intermediate Accounting I 322 Intermediate Accounting I I 405 Law of the Financial Marketplace

tv C III

EIItrepreneurship and New Venture Management 24 scm. hrs.

20 sem. hrs

Professional Accounting

Business 363 Consumer Behavior and Promotional Strategy (4) Business 364 Services Marketing (4) Business 365 Sales and Sales Management (4) Business 460 International Marketing � 4 ) Business 4 9 5 Internship (4) Communication 2 7 1 Media Literacy (4) Psychology 462 Consumer Psychology (4)

24 sem. hrs.

4 4 4

ACCOUNTING CERTIFICATE PROGRAM: The accounting

certificate program is available for students who hold a baccalau reate degree (any field) and wish to complete the educational requirements to sit for the Certified Public Accountant (CPA) exami nation: 24 credits from 202, 203, 320, 32 1 , 322, 323, 327, 405, 422, 423, 427, 424. Contact the School of Business for fur ther i n formation. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:

See Graduate Stlldics. P

320 Accounting Information S},stems

Course Offe rings

Study of the flow of information through an enterprise, the sources and nature of documents, and the controls necessary to insure the accuracy and reliab i lity of i n formation. (4)

1 05 Personal Financial Planning and Consumer Law

Ii sic financial and legal decision making. Includes an introduc \1'1

\1'1 W

ion to elementary concepts in finance, economics, law, and consumer psychology. (4) 20 1 Value Creation

321 Intermediate Accounting I

Concentrated study of the conceptual framework of accounting, valuation theories, asset and income measurement, and financial statement disclosures in the U.s. and abroad. ( 2 )

in the Global EnvirollJlKnt

Understanding busines.� economic value:, creating activities and the demands of stakeholders in comp titive markets and the global environml!l1t. esigned for students who arc taking a first look at the role of bu ine in society and who have not had extensive study in economics, business law, or political science. (4)

322 Intermediate Accounting II

Additional study of valuation theory. Advanced issues in asset and income measurement and financial statement disclosure. Includes evaluation of U.S. positions relative to those of other nations and international agencies. Prerequisite: 32 1 . ( 2 )

202 Financial Accounting

Accounting for financial performance for the use of external decision-makers considering investment in a busine 's rganiza tion. Origins and use of financial information; accou nting concepts li nd principl ; logic, content, and format of financial statements; accounting issues in the U.S. and other nations. Prerequisites: sophomore tanding; MATH 1 28. ( 4 )

A critical examination of systems for cost accounting and mana gerial control. Emphasis on development of skills to critique cost and control systems and to understand the dynamic relationship between systems, operations, strategy, and performance evalua tion. ( 4 )

203 Manage.rial Accountin g

327 Tax Accounling I

323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems

Lntroduction to the use of accounting data for decision making, managerial planning, and operational control. Topics include cost-vol ume-profit relationships, cost accounting methods, budgeting, and performance evaluations. Familiarity with Microsoft Ex el or other spreadsheet software L required. Prerequisites: 202, C 'CE 1 20 ( 4 )

Study of income tax concepts, regulations and tax planning principles. Emphasis on individual i ncome taxation. ( 2 ) 335 Finandal lnvestments

In-depth exploration of fundamental principles govern i ng the valuation of particular securities, and knowledgeable construc tion, management, and evaluation of portfolios. Prerequisite: 302. ( 4 )

2 88 Special Topics

Semil l,lr on selected topic in business, ( 1 -4 )

342 Managing Human Resources

PREREQU1SITES :

Detailed coverage of personnel/human resource p rocedures in the U.S, and other countries. Prerequisite: 30 I . (4)

All upper-division business courses have the following prerequisites: Business 20I, 202, and 203; mputer Scien ce and Jmputer Engineering 1 20; Economics 1 5 I. 1 5 2; Mathematics 1 28 ; or permission of u lldergradu.ate coordinator,

343 Managing Reward Systems

Detailed examination of reward system development and p rac tices. Prerequisite: 30I . ( 4 )

301 Managing Careef8 and Human Resources

352 Global Management

An exploration of individual and organiza ional practices and re ponsibilities related to organizational entry, competency development, and performance improvement as careers unfold. (4)

I n tegrated study of decisions and challeuges faced by managers in large and small companies as they do business globally. Com petencies involved i n communicating and negotiating across cultures. Prerequisite: ECON 33 1 . (4)

302 Managedal Finance

3SS Managing Global Operations

Pri nciples and procedu res pertaining to business investment activity, financial decision-making, financial statement analysis, valuation, financial plann ing, capital asset acquisition, cost of capital, financing strategies. ( 4 )

Study of practical issues in operating globally using case studies. Prerequisite: 352. (4) 358 Entrepreneurship

30S Creating and Leading Effective Organizations

A study of h(lW to organize and manage in roday's context of cha nging internal and external demands and expectations, with a stTong emphasis on competen iI'S and practices which enhance teamwork. ( 4 )

363 Consumer Behavior and Promotional Strategy

in small and large businesses, as well as nonprofit organizations. Particular attention to service-related concepts, principles, and i ' u found to predominate in these organizations. (4)

Study of how bu yers gai n awareness, establish purchasing crite ria, screen information, and make decisions. Promotion topics include defining target aud ience, message design, media selec tion, budgeting, evaluating the promotion mix, and a field project. Prerequisite: 308 or permission of undergraduate coor dinator. ( 4 )

309 Managing Value Creating Operations

364 Services Marketing

The tudy of the organization and management of economic value producing processes in service and manufacturing busi nesses. (2)

Addresses distinctive characteristics and principles associated with services enterprises. Model for identifying problems underminig service organization performance, and strategies to overcome and enhance services marketing organization performance. ( 4 )

308 PrincipJes of Marketing A �tudy of marke ing concepts, principles, and contemporary issues

3 1 0 Information Systems

introduction to information I hnology and information sys tems from a management perspective. Emphasis on strategic use of t chnology and systems, and i mpacts on corporate strategy, competition, organizat ional structure, and the firm's value crc atlOn process. ( 2 )

Intensive study of issues and challenges associated with start-up, gr wth, and maturation of a new enterprise. Emphasizes reduc tion of risk through planning for and assessing possible future conditions. ( 4 )

36S Sales and Sales Management

Professional selling-prospecting, active l istening, benefit pre sentation, objection handling, closing and territory management. Also covered are territory design, h iring, motivating, and evalu ating sales personnel. Prerequisite: 308 or permission of under graduate coordinator. ( 4 )

37 1 Topics in lnformation Management Bas i c c o n c e p t s in i n formation management including database

application5, communications, risk, controls and security, supply chain manageme t, managing knowledge and ethical issues. Prerequisite: 3 1 0 . ( 4 )

438 Financial Research and Anolysis

Seminar course di rected at current issues and developments. Prerequisite: 302, and at least one upper-division Business prefix elective from the list of Financial Resources Management con centration courses. (4)

375 Complex Systems F{)cu� on Ihe haracteri,tics of complex systems, the limitations of technical and so ftwa re systems design and operation, and their m o des 0 fai l urI!. Objective is the learn to ask richer and mOre fundamental q ucstioos in role as system professionals. (4)

442 Leadership and Organizationol Development

317 Dota Base Applications in Business The concepts, s t nltcg" <wd features of data base design and management for applications i n economic organizations. Focus on how data base app l ications support decision processes. (4)

445 Quality Improvement Strategies

378 Electronic COlllJl1Uce

449 Current Issues in Human Resource Management

he mllnage ial, rganizJliona.l, and techn.ical challenges of elect ronic transactIO n and communication systems among customers, distributors, and suppliers. ( 4 )

Seminar course foc used on current issues and developments in managing h uman resources. Advanced business students, in consultation with the instructor, will select appropriate topics for research and discussion. Prerequisite: 30 I . ( 4 )

400 Business Law

Experiential course designed to explore the pri nciples of organi zational development. Preparation of students to be leaders in effective, systematic planned change programs. Prerequisite: 305. (4)

405 Law of the Finandol Marketplace Designed for t u de n t s whose interests are in finance, accounting, p e rs o na l financial m anagement, or similar fields which demand

Investigation of techniques and uses of marketing research i n the business decision-making process. Research design, survey methods, sampling plans, data analysis, and field projects. Prerequisites: 308, CS 1 1 20, STAT 23 1 . (4)

406 Law of the Wo.rkplace: Employees, Employers, Their Rights and Responsibililies Explora t i on ot lega l issu es which arise in the workplace. Analysis of the i m p a c t o f em ployment-related statutes and cases on busi

468 Marketing Management

407 Law o f the Marketplae« Consumers, Companies, and Products

478 Informalion Manogement Semina.r

Legal issue:; found in marketing practices and the regulatory frame,vork s urrounding them. ( 4 ) 408 InterDotionol Business Law An overvi w of the law involved in conducting a world business. (4) 422 Coosolidolions and Equity Issues Concentrated tudy of equity measurement including the ac-

An integrated application of marketing mix concepts in a com petitive business simulation. Applying marketing strategies, developing a business plan, and constructing an annual report. Prerequisites: 308 and one upper-division marketing class. (4) Advances in information technology and their impact on organi zational and business strategies with particular emphasis on the challenges of project design and implementation. Prerequisites: 3 1 0, 375. (4) 485 Study Abroad

PLU-sponsored academic or experiential study in other coun tries. Prerequisite: junior standing. ( 1 - 32)

42 3 Accounting for Not-for-Profit and Governmentol EDtities

488 Special Topics

PLU-sponsored academic or expericntial study in other coun tries. Prerequisite: ju nior standing. ( 1-32) Seminar on specifically selected topics in business. ( 1 -4)

institut ional 5t ndard setting, framework, and current principles and p r acti ces. Prerequisites: 202, CSCE 1 20. ( 2 )

489 Speciol Topi.cs

424 Auditing Comp rehemive tudy of auditing concepts and procedures.

49 1 Indepe ndent Studies

427 Tax Accoonting I I Concentrated s tudy of income t a x concepts, regulations, and tax pl,u1ll i ng princip les. Emphasis on b usiness taxation. Prerequi sites: 20 2, 32 7, C-CE 1 20. ( 2 ) 430 Entrepreneurial Finance Financial stra tegies u n ique to the creation and/or expansion of small. c l sely held b usi nesses. Prerequisite: 302. (4) 437 FinancW Analysis and Strategy

Intermediate treatment of managerial fi nance topics. Prerequisite: 302. ( 4 )

467 MlU'keting Research

486 Study Abroad

Prcrequi. i tcs: 320. 322. ( 4 )

Introduction to marketing problems and opportunities in an international context. Investigation of economic, cultu ral, and business forces that require changes in marketing plans for i n ter national companies. Prerequisites: 308, junior standing. (4)

Qunting .i�l)ects of partnerships, corporations, and consolida tions. Also includ(!s (co unting for multinational corporations. Prerequisi te�: 32{), 322. ( 2 ) IudI' of rund accou nti ng, including its conceptual basis, its

Examination of quality improvement strategies used by American businesses to meet customer requirements and im prove corporate performance. Prerequisite: 305. (4)

460 Internationol Marketing

ness. ( 4 )

Ex p l ration of the legal issues in herent in the business environ ment. Designated sections ()f this course will include emphases wh ich are ali"ned with thc School of Business concentrations. These include: accounting/finance, marketing, human resource management. information management, and international busi ness. ( 4 )

an u nderstand ing of the laws affecting financial transactions. (4)

!XI C

Seminar on specifically selected topics i n business. ( 1-4) Individualized studies in consultation with an i nstructor. Prerequisites: junior standing and instructor approval. ( 1-4) 495 Internship

Application of business knowledge in field setting. Credit granted determined by hours spent in working environment and depth of project associated with the course of study. Pass/fail. ( 1-4) 499 Capstone: Strategic Management - SR

Study of managing organizations from the perspective of strategic decision makers. Formulation, implementations, and assessment of strategies and policies aimed at integrating all organizational functions in support of major objectives. Prereq uisites: 30 1 , 302, 305, 308, 309, 3 1 0; senior standing. (4)

\II \II

'" Z

S03 Understanding and Managing Financial Resources

555 Knowledge Management

Integrated study of financial decision-making variables ( both book and market) , the relationships among them, and relevant decision theories/models. Primary perspective is that of the manager, rather than the accountant or the external investor. (4)

Strategies and systems to develop and leverage organizational knowledge. Knowledge management addresses the creation, acquisition, processing, transfer, and integration of knowledge to improve operational effectiveness and competitive advantage. Prerequisite: 505. (4)

S04

Legal and Ethical Environment of Business Background for understanding and acting upon the legal and ethical issues decision makers in the business world face today. (4) 505 Managing Effective Organizations

Examines how leaders manage four sets of factors to achieve organizational effectiveness: the organizati on's internal environ ment, the organization's environmental context, cultural differ ences, and change. (4)

Examines the entrepreneurial skills and conditions needed for effective new business start-ups whether independent or within larger organizations. Prerequisite: 503. (4) 564 Managing Servlces Marketing

511 Managerial Accounting Focuses on the strategic and supporting roles of management accounting in the measurement of economic performance and in monitoring and delivering value to customers. Prerequisites: 503, ECON 500. (2) 5 1 2 Value Creation: Operations and Information Systems

An integrating framework of how operations and information systems create value in a business and impact the firm's value chain and extended enterprise. Prerequisites: 503, ECON 500. (4) 513 Marketing and Value Creation

Marketing in a contemporary business, treating marketing strat egy and decisions required to create value and fulfill the objec t ives of traditional (manufacturing), service, and e-commerce businesses in a global context. Prerequisites: 503, ECON 500. ( 2 )

Services now constitute more than 75% of domestic GDP and employment. Consideration of the demand and characteristics of services, focusing and positioning the service organization, listening and respond ing to the service customer, implications of e-commerce, and challenges to improving service. Prerequisites: 503, ECON 500. (4) 566 Developing New Products and Services

Study of the process required for developing a new product or service. Prerequisite: 5 1 2. (4) 574 Advanced Service and Manufacturing Delivery Systems

Managerial and operational challenges of advanced service and manufacturing systems. Prerequisite: 5 1 2 . (2) 575 Electronic Commerce

Electronic commerce as a critical del ivery system for products and services throughout the entire business ecosystem. Manage rial, technological, and organizational challenges of establishing and doing business in the digital economy. Prerequisites: ECON 500, 520. (4)

535 Financial Invutments

Emphasis on concepts, principles, and issues relating to indi vidual securities. Prerequisites: 503, ECON 500. (4)

577 Project Management

Study of the unique conditions, challenges, requirements, and techniques associated with designing and managing major non repetitive undertakings. Prereq uisite: 505. (2)

537 Decision Models and Strategies for Financial Managers

In-depth examination of risk-return relationships in the con structionlrevision of real asset portfolios and associated financ ing strategies. Prerequisites: 503, ECON 500. (4)

579 Technology Commercialization and Transfer

540 Effective Negotiations

Approaches negotiation from a complex organizational view point in a global economic context rather than solely a buy-sell approach. In an integrating approach, demonstrates the strategic nature of how to think like a negotiator. Prerequisite: 505. (4)

Nature, process, and impact of commercializing new technolo gies and technology transfer. Explores the framework fo r "getting the mind to market"-examining successes and failures of various companies. Prerequisites: 505 and ECON 500, 520. ( 2 ) 580 Technology Strategy and Competitiveness

Focus on the planning and implementation of major new technolo gies, processes, or systems which pose significant uncertainty and the necessity for fundamental change in the organization's design, culture, and industry structure. Prerequisite: 505. (4)

Concepts and methods for competitive strategy for organizations i n hypercompetitive environments, with short product life cycles and short time to market. Emphasis on strategic choices that create sustainable advantage. Prerequisites: 503, 504, 505, 5 1 1 , 5 1 2, 5 1 3; ECON 500, 520. (4)

542 Mana�ent of Change

587 Special Topics

541 �ging Innovation and Technology Change

Detailed examination of techniques for diagnosing opportunities requiring change. Planning, implementing, intervening, and evaluating changes. Emphasis on the problem assessment skills of internal change agents. Prerequisite: 505. ( 2 ) 545 Continuous Improvement Strategies

Focus on managing for quality, including organizational analysis, process development, and selection of improvement tools. Prerequisite: 505. (2) 549 Contemporary Human Re80UJ'CC Management

Semi nar addressing current issues in human resource manage ment. Prerequisite: 505. (2) Examination of ways in which traditional approaches to globalization-multinational adaptation, worldwide technology transfer, and global standardization-may be synthesized into transnational strategy and practice. Prerequisite: 505. (2)

Selected advanced topics. ( 2-4) 588 Special Topics

Selected advanced topics. (2-4) 590 Strategic Management in a Global Context

An integrated study of business strategy formulation and imple mentation under conditions of continuing economic, techno logical, and competitive change in the global marketplace. Ex plores industry, competitive, and company analysis. Prerequi sites: 503, 504, 505, 5 1 1 , 5 1 2, 5 1 3 ; ECON 500, 520. (4) 591 Independent Studies

553 Transnational Management

558 New Venture Management

Individualized reading and studies. Minimum supervision after initial planning of student's work. Req uires prior approval by MBA program director and consent of instructor. ( 1-4) 595 Internship

Application of business knowledge in a tield setting. Graded pass/tail only. Requires prior approval by MBA program director and consent of instructor. Pass/ fail. ( 1 -4)

Sophomore

Chemistry

Chemistry 332, 334 Biology 323 Two additional courses

253.535.7530

www. chem.plu.edll

Jllnior

Chemistry seeks to understand the fundamental nature of mat ter, as well as how its composition and energy content change. Use of this knowledge i n fluences our lives in many profound ways. Whether interested in the chemical pro ession itself, in cluding biochemistry, polymer chemistry, radiation chemistry, and other specialities, or in chemistry in conj u nction with other fields such as business, the social sciences, and the humanities, students will have suitable programs available to meet their i nterests at PLU. Diversity in career planning is a k y concept in the chemistry department. Programs are availab le which are broadly applicable to the health, biological, physical, environ mental behavioral, and fundamental chemical sciences. The chemistry department's courses, curriculum, faculty, and facilities are approved by the Americall Chemical Society. Student have hands-on use of sophisticated instrumentation in coursework and research with faculty, including 300 M H z Fo urier transform nuclear magnetic resonance ( FT M R ) spec tro 'copy, inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectros copy ( ICP AES), spectrofluorometry, differential scann ing calo rimetry ( DSC), Fourier transform infrared ( FT I R) pectroscopy, laser l i ght s attering i nstrumenation, gas chromatography with mass selective detection ( GCMS), high performance liquid chro matography ( H PLC) , and Linux and Silicon Graphics worksta tions for molecular modeling and computational chemistry. Faculty research projects involve undergraduate participation.

FACULTY: Fryhle, Chair; Cotten , Frydrychowski, Swank, Tobiason,

Tonn, Waldow.

Students deciding to major in chemistry should of r c ia l ly declare their intent as soon as possible and n I later than after having c mpleted Chemistry 232 an after consultation with a faculty advisor i n the chemistry department. Trans� r students desiring to major in chemistry should consult a d 'partmental advisor no later than the beginning of their j u n ior year.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Chemistry 1 20

or 1 25, 232, 234, 332, 334, 338, 34 1 , 342, 343, 499. Requi red supporting courses: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52; Physics 1 53, 1 54 , 1 63, I 4.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR ( th ree alternatives ) : I . Ge l/ e ral - Ieads to American Chemical Society certification; Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25; 232, 234, 332, 334, 338, 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 405 or 450 or 456, 4 1 0, 435, 499; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64. For American Chemical Soci ty certifica tion, 450 and either 405, 440, or 456 are required. 2. Biochemistry emphasis: Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25; 232, 234, 332,

334, 338, 34 1 , 343, 403, 405, 4 1 0, 435, 499; Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323; 4 hours selected from iology 328, 332, 348, 364, 407, 44 1 , 448 or Chemistry 342; Math 15 I, 1 52; Ph)'sics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64 . For American Chemical Certification of the Biochemistry Option, Chemistry 342 is also required. 3. Chemical-physics emphasis: hcmistry 1 20 r 1 25; 232, 234, 332, 334, 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 499; Nlath 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 33 1 , 332, 336, 356.

Generalized Chemistry Curriculum for the BS Degree FALL

First-year

SPRING

(1)

1 20 o r 1 2 5 Biology 1 6 1 o r GUR Inquiry Seminar or Writing Seminar Math 1 5 1 Physical Education 1 00 or other activity course

Chem istry

Chem ist ry 3311, 4 J 0 Physics 1 53, 1 63 C U R e l ec ti vc( s )

Chemistry 34 1 , 343 Physics 1 54, 1 64 G U R elective(s) Elective

n %

Chemistry 3 4 2, 344 UR e l cct i ve ( s )

I c t i \'cS

Senior

Ch mistry 4 .'IS, 4 9 Electives

Chemistry 403, 499 Electives

J . Refer to the Divisioll of Na ll/ral Sciel/ces section of this catalog for other beginning cu rriculum o p t io n s .

2. The department stresses the importance of ,tllfting physics during either th e first year or the soph o m o re year. This permits a better u n d e rsta n d i n g ur (hemislry and rna Ie' a student to complete degree re4uiremcIllS with no "cheduling diffi<.:ulties i n th j u n ior and n i o r ),("ars. S tu de n l.� interested in the Bachelor of cience with biochc m i.\ try ell1ph<lsis should plan to take biology i n the alternate year. 3. Students d iring to ful fi l l the Cul lege of Art. and , iences foreign language requ ireme n t u nder O p t i o n I . or who desire to attain o r maintain a language p ficienc)" I t o u l d take a language course as part uf their opt ional select i on . .

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: In recognition of outstanding work the designation lYith Departmelltal l-lo /l()f" may be granted to Bachelor of Science graduates by votr of the ac ul t ), 0 t h e che m i s t ry department, based on the student's performance in the 'c! are-J.S : I . COllrse 1V0 rk: The rade point average In chemi\l r J' courses must be at least 3.50. 2. Written lVork: From the time a student declares a m aj or in chemistry, copies of outstanding ork ( e.g , I .. bora ory, seminar, and research repurts) w i l l be kept for l a te r summary eva luation.

3. Oral comll1 ll1liw tiol1. tudents must evidence ability to communicate effectively as indicated b)' the sum of their participation in class d iscussion, eminnr , h e l p ession leadership, and te ching assista n t s h i p work. 4. Independe/lt chemistry-relGted activities; Pu ' i t i vt: consider ations include the extent and q ua l i t y o f . tracurricular work done in background reading, ind e p e nd e n t stud)" and research; assisting in laboratory preparation, Ie cI i llg. or . dvising; any other chemistry-related employment, on campus or elsewhere; and participation in campus anJ pro essional , hem istry related organizations. The departmental honors desig n a t i o n wil ,Il'pear o n a graduat ing chemistry major's transcript.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ED UCATION:

' t ud e n t s i n terested in

this degree develop their chemistry prt gram thr lugh the department in conjunction with the chool of Education. See School of Edllwtion section.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING: , tudents i n te res te d in pursuing studies i n chem ical engineeri ng should see t h e course outline in the Engineerillg Science section of thi catalog. T h e department chair should be consulted for a s s i g n m en t of a p rogram advisor. MINOR: 22 semester hours, includin ' 1 20 or 1 2 5 ; 232, 2 34, 332, 334 or 336; 338, Jnd 4 hou rs uf a ddi t i on .t l l()()- or 400-1 vel chemistry course(s) co m p l e t ed with !Tade� or C or higher.

Prerequisite a"d coreqllisite requirements are strictly enforced.

232, 234 Biology 1 62 and lor Inquiry Seminar or Writing Sem inar Math 1 52 Physical Educ a t i o n 1 00 or other activity co urse Chemistry

341 Physical Chemistry - NS, SM A study of the relationship between the energy content of systems. work. and the physical and chemical properties of matter. Classical and statistical thermodynamics, thermochemis try, solution properties, phase equilibria, and chemical kinetics. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 20 or 1 25, M ATH 1 52, PHYS 1 54. 1 (4)

Course Offerings

> a: I III

w I U

104 Enviroomeilial Chemistry - NS, SM Ba 'ic principles of chemical structure and reactions, with appli cations to human activities and the natural environment. No prerequisite; students without high school chemistry are encouraged to take 1 04 before taking 1 05 or 1 20. Also suitable for environmental studies, general science teachers, BA in geo science. , and general un iversity core requirements. I (4) 105 Chemislry of Life - NS, SM 13asic organic and biochemistry applied to chemical processes in humdn systems; s uitable for liberal arts students, nursing students, physical education majors, and prospective teachers. Students who have not completed high school chemistry recently should take 1 04 before taking 1 05. II (4) U O General Chemistry - NS, SM

An introduction to energy and matter, atomic and molecular theory, periodic properties, nomenclature, states of matter, chern! I calculations, solution properties, acids and bases, equilibrium, and kinetics. Includes laboratory, One year of high scho I chemistry is required. Students with no high school hemi try or a weak mathematical backgro und should take hemi'try 104 before this course. Corequisite: MATH 1 40 or math placement in a course higher than 1 40. 1 (4)

343 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory - NS, SM Experiments in kinetics and thermodynamics. Attention given to data handling, error analysis, instrumentation, computational analysis, and correlation with theory. Prerequisite or corequisite: 34 1 . I ( J ) 344 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory - NS, SM Experiments in molecular structure and spectroscopy. Attention given to data handling. error analysis, instrumentation, compu tational analysis, and correlation with theory. Prerequisite or corequisite: 342. II ( I )

1 25 Advanced General Chemistry - NS, SM An advanced presentation of thermodynamics, atomic structure, valence bond and molecular orbital theories, complex equilib rium, kin tics, macromolecules, and coordination chemistry. Includes laboratory. Designed for those who desire to pursue ·tudie beyond the bachelor's degree. An outstanding record in a on year high school chemistry course or advanced high school hemistry is required. Corequisite: MATH 1 5 1 . I ( 4 ) 2 1 0 Nutrition, Drugs, and the Individual - NS, SM An int wduction to basic metabolic interactions, general endocrinology, mind and body interactions, and roles of drugs in modifying bioI gical and behavioral functions. Prerequisites: one year of high school chemistry or equivalent recommended. I (4) 232 Organic Chemistry - NS, SM An introduction to structure, reactivity, and general properties of organic molecules. Prerequisite: 1 20 or 1 25. Corequisite: 234. I I (4)

403 Biochemistry I - NS, SM An overview of the structures, function. and regulation of proteins, carbohydrates. lipids, and nucleic acids, and an in troduction to metabolic and regulatory cellular processes. Majors are encouraged to take both 403 and 405 for a compre hensive exposure 10 biochemical theory and techniques. Prerequisites: 332, 334. I (4) 405 Biochemistry II - NS, SM A continuation of 403 that provides further insight into cellular metabolism and regulation, enzyme kinetics and mechanisms of catalysis, protein synthesis. nucleic acid chemistry, and biotech nology. Concepts introduced in Physical Chemistry and Biochemistry I will be applied to this course. Laboratory designed to stimulate creativity and problem-solving abilities through the use of modern biochemical techniques. Prerequi sites: 34 1 and/or 342 or permission; 403. II ( 3 )

234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I - NS, SM R ction:. and methods of synthesis, separation, and analysis of organic compounds. Microscale techniques. Practical investiga Ii n of reactions and classes of compounds discussed in 232. C(,r equisite: 232. I I ( I )

410 Introduction t o Research - N S A n introduction t o laboratory research techniques, use of the chemical literature, including computerized l i terature searching, research proposal and report writing. Students develop an independent chemical research problem chosen in consultation with a member of the chemistry faculty. Students attend seminars as part of the course requirement. II (2)

332 Orga.nic Chemistry II - NS, SM Chemistry of aromatic compounds, carbonyl-containing fu nctional groups, amines, phenols, and an introduction to biologically important molecules. Prerequisites: 232, 234. 'orequisite: 334 or 336. I (4)

435 Instrumental Analysis - NS, SM Theory and practice of instrumental methods along with basic electronics. Special emphasis placed on electronics, spectropho tometric, radiochemical, and mass spectrometric methods. Prerequisites: 338; 34 1 and/or 342; 343. II (4)

334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II - NS, SM Synthesis of organic compounds. including instrumental and s p e 1m copic analy e . Practical investigation of reactions and dasses o f c mpounds discussed in 332. Prerequisite: 234. C requisite: 332. I ( 1 )

440 Advanced Organic Chemistry - NS Students will develop a repertoire of synthetic methodology and a general understanding of a variety of organic reaction mechanisms. Synthetic organic strategies and design, the analysis of classic and recent total syntheses from the literature, and advanced applications of instrumentation in organic chemistry. Prerequisite: 332. a/y II (2)

336 Organic Special Projects Laboratory - NS, SM Individual projects emphasizing current professional-level methods of \ynthesis and property determination of organic compounds. orequisite: 332. This course is an alternative to 334 and typically require. somewhat more time commitment. Students who wish to pr pare for careers in chemistry or related areas should apply for departmental approval of their admission to this course. II ( 1 ) 338 Analytical Chemistry - NS, SM ,hcmical methods of quantitative analysis. including volumetric, gravimetric, and selected instrumental methods. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: 1 20 or 1 25; MATH 1 40. 11 (4) 50

342 Physical Chemistry - NS, SM A study of the physical properties of atoms, molecules and ions, and their correlation with structure. Classical and modern quantum mechanics. bonding theory, atomic and molecular structure, spectroscopy. Prerequisites: CHEM 1 20 or 1 25. MATH 1 52, PHYS 1 54. 1 1 (4)

450 Inorganic Chemistry - NS, SM Techniques of structural determination ( JR. UV, VIS. NMR, X ray. EPR), bonding principles, nonmetal compounds, coordination chemistry, organorne tallies, donor/acceptor concepts, reaction pathways and biochemical applications are covered. Laboratory: Synthesis and characerization of non-metal, coordination and organometallic compounds. Prerequisites: 332, 34 1 ; Prerequisite or corequisite: 342. a/y II (3)

456 Polymers and Biopolymers - NS, SM

Electives:

A course reo nting the fundamentals of polymer synthesis, solution thermodynamic properties, molecular characteril.ation, molecular weight distribution, and solution kinetics. Free radical, condensation, ionic, and biopolymer �ystrrns, with emphasis on applications. The 1 credit laboratory eXamlI1ing polymer synthesis through experiments is optional Prerequisite: 34 1 ; Prerequisite or corequisite: 342. air II (3) 491 Independent Stuwe

Library and/or laboratory study of topics not included in regularly offered cou rses. Proposed project must be approved by d partment chair , nd . upervisory responsibility accepted by an i nstructor. May be taken more than once. I I I ( 1 , 2, or 4 ) Experimental or theoretical investigation open to upper- division students with consent of department chair. May be taken more than on . Generally consists of an expanded study of the research project developed in 499. I I I ( 1 , 2 or 4) -

Senior capstone course. Presentation by students of knowledge gained by personal library or laboratory research, supplemented with seminars by practicing -cien tists. Participation of all senior chemistry majors is quired and all ther chemistry-oriented students are encou raged to participate. Seminar program will be held during the entire year but credit will be awarded in the spring semester. I n ( 2 )

598

III m

III -t

MINOR: 20 semester hours ( 8 required, 1 2 elective)

497 Resea�ch

499 Capstone: Seminar

(8 semester hOllrs)

Anthropology 345 Contemporary hina - C, S I Business 352 Global Management> Chinese 27 1 Perspectives on Chinese Film - C Chinese 30 I Composition and onversation Chinese 3 7 1 Chinese Literature in Translation - C, LT Chinese Studies 287 Selected Topics i n Chinese Studies History 338 Modern China - C, S I History 496 Seminar: The Third World (a/)' on China)*' - C, S I , SR Music 1 05 The Arts of China - A R , C Political Science 38 1 Comparative Legal Systems - C, S I Requ ired Courses:

(8 semester hOllrs ill

C C

Chillese language)

Chinese 1 0 1 Elementary Chinese Chinese 102 Elementary Chinese (or one equivalent year of university-level Chinese, upon approval of the program chair) Electives:

(12

III

semester hours from at least two additional

departments)

Anthropology 345 Contemporary China - C, S I Chinese 3 7 1 Chinese Literature in Translation - C, LT Chinese Studies 2 7 1 Perspective. OJ] Chinese Film - C Chinese Studies 287 Selected Topics in Chinese �tudies History 338 Modern China - , S I History 339 Revol utionary Ch ina C, S 1 Music 1 0 5 The Arts o r China - AR, C Religion 233 Religions of China , R3 -

Non-thelil! Research Project

Open to master'� d\!gree cand idates only. Prerequisite: consent of department chair. I II ( 2-4 )

These cOLlrses may COllllt for program credits only when the

student's coll rse project is fOCI/sed 011 Chilla and is approved by the program cha ir.

Chinese Studies

History 496 ma), be COW lied toward program requirements 0111)'

when it fOCl/se> specifically on China.

253.535.76 1 9 IVIVIV. plll.edul-csp

The Chinese Studies program is an interdiscipli nary program which is deSigned to provide students interested in China a broad foundation in Chinese language, culture, and history, and an opportunity to focu on the religious-philosophical world vie and the economi and business structure of China. The program requires that major and minor students complete coursework in at least thre ifferent disciplines : Chi nese lan guage, history, and anthropology, with optional work in political eience, the arts, religion, business, and other disciplines. Students are strongly encouraged to participate in the uni versity's China exchange p rograms (currently at Sichuan Un iver sity and Zhongshan Univer�ity) and may request that credits earned through these programs be counted toward the major or minor. With the approval of the program director, selected janu . ry-term, swnmer, and experimental courses may be included in the major or minor. FACULTY: A committee of faculty administers this program: Youtz, Chair; Barnowe, Benson, Byrnes, Dwyer-Shick, Guldin, I ngram, Jensen, Li, Manfredi, McGinnis, Vie. Mr. Sidney Rittenberg 'crves as honorary advisor.

Course Offe rings 27 1 Perspectives on Chinese Film - C

An exploration of the history and recent directions of Chinese cinema, the relationship between film and other Chin se medill, fIlm, and the Chinese government, and the particular appeal f Chinese film on the international market. No prior study of Chinese required. (4) 287 Selected Topics i n Chinese Stuwes: Chinese PhUosophy

An overview of main currents in Chinese thought over the past 3,000 years. Major attention will be pain to contemporary Chinese thinking, both as a background for understanding China and for the light it may shed on our own outlook n life. Stress will be laid on discussing the practICal integration of basic philosophical concepts of our daily lives. ( 4 ) 499 Capstone: Senior Project - SR A project, thesis, or internship which demonstrates competence in language and other dimensions of hinese Studies. Must be approved in advance by chair of the hinese Studies Program; tally card required. Upon prior application of the student, seminars in other departments or programs may substitute tiJr this course. ( 1-4)

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hours ( 24 required,

8 elective); students must take at least one Chinese history course. Required Courses: (24 semester hours)

Anthropology 343 East Asian Cultures - C, 5 1 Chinese 20 I Interme.diate Ch inese Chine.s 202 Intermediate Chi nese History 339 Revolutionary China Religion 233 Religion� of China Chinese Studies 499 Capstone: Senior Project

S I T

Communication and Theatre

Classics 253.535.72 1 9

253.535. 776 1

www.plll.edll/-la nglcinss ics.iltmi

IVww.plu.edul-cotl,

The Classics Program is a cooperative effort a mong the epart ments of Languages and Li teratures. History. P hilo s ophy.

The faculty of the Department o f Communication and Theatre

Religion, and Art. Its goal is to u n i te the " h ea rt of the l i beral arts"

as the process b)' which sha red understandings are created

with the m ind, through history and philosophy, and the soul ,

am ng audiences through the

through religion, a n d to embellish this trinity of themes with the

this understanding is agreement on the assu mption that people

visual experience of art.

interact with one another for the pu rpose of achi ving outcomes,

'" v

'" '" oe( .....

is committed to a phi losophical perspective on co mmun ication

tudies major requ i res the

This i n terdepartmental Classical

use

of symbols. I m p licit within

and that this interaction is acco mplished through

completion of 40 semester hours, induding t least one year of

variety of

media.

one of the classical lang uages (Greek and Latin) and two of the

'vile focus our curric lum and education on fo ur ability

other. The remaining cour es are selecte d from the li· t bel ow in

groups that each student should master. First is the ability to

consultation with the program co rdin tor. The Classical Languages major

think and reflect critically. Students should be able to observe,

qui res all 40 semester hours

analyze, perceive relationships, rea son, an

mak inferences

i n language study.

about their lives and world. Second, students should be able to

CLASSICS COMMITTEE: nee, Coordillator; Bat ten. Jansen,

te h niques. Third, students should be able to interact with one

express themselves effectively using verbal and nonverbal

E. Nelson, Oakman.

another and their environment . Finally, students should develop an ability to value themse! es, their environment, and others as

Latin 10 I, 1 02 Elem entary

diverse and important facets of our socia! l i ves. With the learning

t i n 20 I , 202 Intermed iate

of these abilities comes a resp on�ibil i ty to co mmun ity and social

reek 1 0 1 , 1 02 El ementary

service.

Greek 20 1 , 202 Intermediate Art 1 80 History of Western Art J - AR

FACULTY: Inch, Chair; Anderson,

Classics 23 1 Masterpieces of " uropean Liter ture - LT

lapp. Ehre nhaus, Feller,

Harney, Land, Lisosky, M i ttt e, Rowe, Sager. 'Nells.

C lassics 250 Classical Mythology - LT Classics 32 1 Greek Civi liz tion - S I

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS: Only the

Classics 322 Roman Civiliz tion - S I

following courses from Co m m un icati on and Theatre may be

Natural Sciences 204 History of Science - N

used to meet the general unive

Philosophy 3 3 1 Ancient Philosophy - PH

1 5 I , 1 60, 1 62, 1 63, 24 I , 358. 3 59, 363, 364. 458. No cou rse

Religi n 2 1 1 Religion and Literature of the Old Tes ta men t

- RI

ity

core

requirement in the arts:

beginn ing wlth the pre fi x COMA taunts toward the university

Religi n 2 1 2 Religion and Literature of the New Te ·tament - RI

core requirements except 334

Religion 221 Ancient Church H istory - R2

Diversity: Alternate Perspt'ctives req ui reme nt and 439 Intercul

Religi on 330 Old Testament Studies - R 1 Religi n 33 1

ew Testament Stud ies

ender Com m u n ication meets the

tural Commun ication meets the Diversity: Cr 55-cultural

Perspectives r

Independent Study Courses

uire r nent.

COMMUNICATION CORE COURSES: AU Bachelor of A rts

Selected January Te rm Cour e

emphasis areas (Communicati

Stud ies. Print/Broadcast

Students are expected to bec me fam iliar with the readi ng Ii t fo r

Journalism, Film. and Public Relation s ) a n d Bachelor o f Fine

that part of the program (art, literature. h istory, ph ilosophy, or

Arts (Commun ication and Social Justice) must complete the

religion) in whic

t lies.

th ir i n ter

fol low ing core courses: 1 23 or 1 90; 27 1 or 290; 284. 285; 334,

The program is desi ned to be flexi ble. In consultation with the Classics Com m i ttee, a student may elect a course

390, 39 1 , 392, 393, or 439; 495, 499.

courses

MINOR REQUIREMENT: All Bachelor of Arts em phasis areas

not on the classics cour e list.

require the c mplet ion of either a minor approved by the major

All core classics cou rses are taught out of the Departmen t of

advisor or a self-di rected minor including the foil wing areas:

Languages and Literatures.

3 or 4 semester hours in economics, 4 semester hours i n statistics or research methods, and 12 semester h

in social sciences.

DECLARATION OF MAJOR: Students who want to declare a major in commun ica tion with an e mphasis in film. print/ broadcast, public relations. or a Bachelor of Fine Arts in Social Justice and Advocacy:

Will, at the time of declaration, have a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or higher.

2. Will have success fu l ly completed the communication core courses ( 1 23 or 1 90; 27 1 or 290; 284, 285) with a grade point average of 2.50 or h igher. Stu dents who complete 1 2 3, 1 90, 27 1 , or 290 with a grade point average of 3.0 or higher may declare provisionally u n t i l success ful completion of the core cour e ( 1 23 or 1 90; 27 1 or 290; 284, 285). Prospective majors with grade point averages from 2.502.99 have the option to com plete an application packet and may be a d m itted as space all ws.

COMMUNICATION CORB COURSES: Ctlmmunication Studies, Film, Print/ Broadcast Journalism, and Public Relations Bachelor of Arts emphasis areas and the Bachelor of Fine Arts concentration in Communication and Sucial Justice must complete the following core courses:

1 23 I ntroduction to Rhetorical Communication o r 1 90 I n t rod uc tio n to Rhetorical Com munication 27 I Media Literacy or 290 Media in the World 2114 Speaki ng Seminar 285 Writing Seminar 495 I ntern 'hip 499 apstone ( Ihe BFA di:!grees use 485 as the capstone)

Bachelor of Arts in Theatre 1 . Acting/Directing Emphasis - requ ired cou rses:

1 5 1 Stage Technology 1 60 Introduction to Theatre 225 Theatre Practicum 250 Fundamentals of Acting 352 Stage Management 357 I ntermediate Acting 363 H istory of Theatre I 364 H istory of Theatre I I 4 2 5 Theatre Practicum Plus elective hours from 300- and 400-level courses selected in consultation with advisor.

<I redits of "Valuing" from : 3 3 4 Gender Commu n ication

390 C mmu nication 391 ommunic:: a tion 392 Commu nication 393 Commun icnlion

Ethics Abr ad Abroad Abroad

439 Intercultural Communication BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJORS: 40 -44 semester hours in any

of the areas of cOllcentration: Bachelor of Arts in Communication 1 . Comm u n ica t ion Studies

required cou rses:

Communication Ore cou rses pl us: 4 red its from: 378 Broadcast Journali m 384 A d vanced News Reporting 388 Advocacy \"'r iting or approved research course 4 redit from: 326 Group Communication 38 1 M dia Law 3!15 I ntroduction to Public Relations 433 Rhetorical and Communication Theory 435 Organizational Communication 436 Persuasion 437 I nterpersonal "oI1lmunication 440 Con f l ict and oml1lunication or approved theory cour e 4 credit· from: 328 Argumentation 330 Adv ,mccd Public Speaking 7 3 Audi( Productioll 374 'ideo Production 380 Newspaper E d i t j ng, Layout, and Design 438 Advanced Public Relations 480 I n-depth and Investigative Reporting or approved application course Plus 4 elective hours. 2. Film Studie.• - requ ired courst's;

Commun ication Core C(}urses plus: 374 Video Production 375 Fil m Prod uction THEA 1 62 Hist ry of American Film THEA 460 Film Semi nar Plus elective hours from 300- and 400-level courses elected i n consult, li lll1 with advisor. 3. Prilll/Brondcast Journalism - requ ired co u rses: Communication Core c urse plus:

480 In-Depth and I JlVcstigative Reporting 4 C(edit� from: 378 Broadcast Journalism 38'1 Adv a n ced News Reporting Plus lective hours from 300- and 400-level courses selected in consultation with advis r. 4. Public Relations - req uired courses:

Communication Core courses plus: 385 In troduLtion to Public Relations 435 Organiza tio nal Communication 4 credi t ' from: 37c Broadcast Journalism 384 Advanced Nel s Reporting Plus elective hours from 300- and 400-level courses selected in consultation with advisor.

Design/Techllical Emphasis - required courses:

1 5 1 Stage Technology 1 60 I ntroduction to Theatre 225 Theatre Practicum 352 Stage Management 356 Stage Lighting 363 History of Theatre I 364 H istory of Theatre I I 4 credits from: 250 Fundamentals of Acting 454 Play Direction 4 credits from: 452 Scenic Design 453 Costume Design Plus elective hours from 300- and 400-level courses selected in consultation with advisor. In addition to requirements listed above, candidates for the BA degree must meet the College of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirement.

n o � � c: z

o z l> Z o -I :I: m

BACHELOR OF FINE AIITS MAJOR: At least 54 semester hours

in any of the three areas of concentration: Bachelor of Fine Arts in Communication

I . Commun ication and Social Activism - required cou rses: Communication Core Courses plus: 4 credits from: 330 Public Speaking 425 Forensics Practicum 4 credits from: 384 Advanced News Reporting 388 Advocacy Writing 433 Rhetorical and Communication Theory 425 Journalism Practicum or approved research and writing course 4 credits from: 326 Group Communication 334 Gender Communication 440 Conflict and Communication or approved in teraction skills course 1 6 credits from: 328 Argumentation 334 Gender Communication 433 Communication and Rhetorical Theory 436 Persuasion 439 Intercultural Communication ( cannot be double dipped with other requirements) 440 Contlict and Communication (cannot be doubledipped with other requirements) 8 credits from two of the following categories: Speech and Debate, Service Learning, Study Abroad, Foreign Language. M inor in one of the following areas: anthropology, environ mental studies, global studies, legal studies, political science, psychology, social work, sociology, women's studies, or a self directed minor consisting of 3 or 4 hours in economics, 4 hours in research methods or statistics, and 1 2 hours in social science. P

o z oc{ z o � oc{ u

Bachelor of Fine A rts in Theatre

234 Introduction to Research in Communication

I . Aaillg/ irectirzg Emphasis - required cou rses: 1 5 1 Stage Technology 1 60 I ntroduction to Theatre 24 1 Oral I nterpretation of Uterature 250 Fundamentals of Acting 352 Stage Management 357 I n terilledi te Acting 363 History of Theatr I 364 H i story of Theatre I I 454 Play Direction Plus dective hour- from 300- and 400-level courses selected in c nsultation with advisor.

The study of methods of gathering, interpreting, and evaluating data in the study of human communication. Both quantitative and qualitative research methods. ( 2 )

2.. Desigll/Tech nical ElIlphasis

required courses:

I S ! Stage Technology 225 The-1lre Practicum 352 Stag Management 356 Stage Lighting 363 H istory of Theatre I 364 History of Theatre I I 425 Theatre Practicum 4 credits from: 250 Fu ndamentals of Ac ti n g 454 Play Direction 4 credits from: 452 S,enic. Design 453 Costume Design Plus elec.tive hours from 300- and 4()0-levei courses selected in consultation with advisor. All c andidate� f r tl e llPA degree must satisfactorily complete a formal in ternsh ip of 1 -8 semester hours under the supervi sion of a faculty member.

I ntroduces the critical study of mass communication, Surveys how the technical, economic and behavioral elements of media influence its structure and content. Surveys signiticant trends and issues in both domestic and international media contexts. (4) 284 Communication as Process: Spealdng Seminar

Introduces the basic techniques of public speaking. Students complete several speeches and learn the basic skills of speechmaking, including topic selections, research, organization, audience analysis, and delivery. (2) 285 Communication a s Process: Writing Seminar

I ntroduces the process of communication writing, Surveys copy formats and style rules for writing in communication-related careers. Students complete a number of diverse writing assign ments to appreciate the mechanics of writing and the role of audiences. ( 2 ) 32 1 The Book in Society

A critical study of the role of books in our history, societ}', and daily lives. (Crosslisted with ENGL 3 1 1 . ) (4) 322 Publishing Procedures

A workshop introduction to the world of book publishing, involving students in decisions about what to publish and how to produce it. (Crosslisted with ENGL 3 1 2. ) ( 4 ) 324 Nonverbal Communication

Focus on the nonverbal aspects of communication within the framework of interpersonal interaction. Prerequisite: Communi cation core or consent of instructor. ( 2 )

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION:

See Sch ool of Educatioll.

326 Group Communication

MINORS:

I . ,Vlinor ill t.ol/lllllJllicatio/T: 20 seme ter hours, including 1 23 or 1 90; 2 7 1 o r 290; 2I:l4, 285 , plus 1 2 hours from 300- or 400-level

wmmunication courses selected i consultation with advisor. 2. Film: 20 semester hours, including Communication 2 7 1 or 290; 374 or approved production course, Theatre 1 62 and 460, and 4 L"Tedit hours of upper-division electives from either om mun ication or Theatre. 3. Theatre: 20 semester hours, including 1 5 1 , 1 60, 24 1 , 250, plus 4 hours f om communication and theatre course selected in con ultation with advisor. 4. Tile Dance MlIlor is crosslisted with tIle School f Physical Edu cation. 'ee the description of that minor under Physical Ec/rtcation.

5. The Publishing alld Printillg Art Minor is crosslisted with the Department of English. See the description of that minor

Studies how people interact in groups. Introduces theoretical constructs regarding the role of groups in organizational and social settings, Provides experience in analyzing and improving group performance and interaction. ( 4 ) 328 Argumentation

Studies how people use reasoning giving in social decision making. Analysis of genres, forms, and techniques of arguers. Focus is on methods of creating, understanding, and criticizing arguments. (4) 3 3 0 Advanced Public Speaking

Focuses on improving skill in public speaking. Introduces theories and techniq ues for effectively participating in various speaking contexts. Provides experience through writing and delivering a range of different kinds of public speeches. ( 4 ) 334 Gender and Communication - A

under PulJlisi1illg and Printillg Arts.

Attempts to analyze and understand the relationship between gender and communication behavior. Comparison and contrast of male and female communication styles, similarities and differences in language usage, interpersonal dialogues, group discussions and listening in personal and professional arenas. ( 4 )

Course Offerings: Communication 123 Introdu ction to Rhetorical Communication

335 Intercultural Communication Workshop

Intr duces the study of communication and theatre. Surveys the contexts and applications of study in these discipli nes. Intro duce� the usc f rhetl rical theory as a means of understanding commun ication behavior. (4)

Designed to acquaint students with the influence of cultural backgrounds, perceptual systems, social organization, language, and nonverbal messages in intercultural communication. (2)

225 Communication Practicum

336 Communicating in Business and the Profession s

On �ernestcr hour credit rna}' be earned each semester, but only 4 semester hours may be used to meet university requirements. ludents put classroom theory to practical application by individually completing a project relating to an aspect of com m u n ication. An instructor in the area of interest must . ppmV<:' the project an agree to provide guidance. ( I )

2 7 1 Media Literacy

P A C I F I C

Focuses on the nature of communication processes in organiza tional settings. Students deal with interpersonal communication, interviewing techniques, informative and persuasive speaking, working in groups, and basic business writing skills, ( 4 )

373 Audio Production

435 Organizational Communication

Elements of audio production, analysis of program design, scripting, and production tools and techniques. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: Communication core o r consent of instructor. (4)

Studies the role of communication in formal organizations. Provides insight into how organizations use and m isuse com munication techniques in accomplishing their ends. Emphasizes the interrelationship of theory and case studies in understanding the complex nature of contemporary organizations. (4)

374 Video Production

Analysis and application of program design, writing and production tools and techniques. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 378 Broadcast Journalism

echniques of broadcast journalism. Applications of news g thering, writing, and reporting in a broadcast context. Radio, television, and news production assignments using broadcast equipment in the field and studio. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 380 Newspaper Editing, Layout, and Design

436 Persuasion

The study of persuasion as a means of personal and social influence. Examines the theoretical foundations and explores the ethical and social im plications of contemporary persuasion. ( 4 ) Studies the role of communication as the basis for how people interact with each other. [ntroduces the various theories helping to explain the success and fail u re people experience in interac tion. Emphasizes the importance of learning to diagnose and provide solutions to common communication difficulties. ( 4 )

38 1 Media Law an d Principles

439 Intercultural Communication

The theory and application of law in news gathering, publishing, and broadcasting. Will conduct legal research. (4)

Studies the nature of communication among people of diverse cultures. The course examines contemporary theory and research and examines a variety of cultural variables including: cultural backgrounds, perception, so ial organiZation, language, and nonverbal aspects of me ·sages. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instmctor. ( 4 )

385 Introduction to Public Relations

Introduces the theories, methods, and practice of public relations. Emphasizes technical and analytical skills. Prerequisite: Communication core o r consent of instructor. (4) 388 Advocacy Writing

Research and writing of editorials, commentaries, briefs, and other written materials used in social activism contexts. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instructor. (4) 390 Ethics i n Communication

Studies the basic principles of moral philosophy and explores ethical issues involving those engaged in com m unication professions such as journalism, public relations, broadcasting, and advertising. Students use case studies to learn to recognize ethical dilemmas and develop strategics for dealing with them.

Examination of public r lations issues such as campaign planning, crisis management, theoretical foundations, and ethics. Prerequisite: 385 or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

Studies the role o f communication in the development and management of human conflict. Use of the theories of promi nent conflict and peace scholars and significant case studies to develop a method for better understanding the nature and resolution of conflict. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instructor.( 4) 450 Workshop in Effective Public Speaking

Audience analysis, topic selection, organizati(1n of ideas for various audiences, types of speeches, use of visual aids, and delivery. Designed for both novices and those who have had some experience as speakers. ( 2 ) 475 Advanced Media Production

Producing, scripting, directing, perfo rming, and evaluating so phisticated audio and video progra m ming. Prer quisite: 374. ( 4 ) 480 In-Depth and Investigative Reporting - SR

39 1 Communication Abroad: Studies in Culture

Group reporting in depth on a single issue for both newspaper and television . Prerequisites: 378, 380 or 384. (4)

392 Communication Abroad: Studies in Culture

Exploration of communication systems and environments beyond the university in international cultural contexts. ( 1-4) 393 Communication Abroad: Studies in Culture

Exploration of communication systems and environments beyond the university in international cultural contexts. ( 1-4) 425 Communication Practicum

ne semester hour credit may be earned each semester, but only 4 semester hours may be used to meet university requirements. Students put classroom theory to practical application by individually completing a p roject relating to an aspect of com m unication. An instructor in the area of interest must a pprove the project and agree to provide guidance. ( I ) 433 Rhetorical and Communication Tlteory

In troduces the theories and research tools used to study com m u nication from rhetorical and social scientific perspec tives. Analyzes the role of communication theories in facilitating human p roblem-solving. Emphasizes the role of critical research in u nderstanding the rhetorical significance of messages. (4)

» z o

440 Conflict and Communication

(4)

Exploration of com m u n ication systems and environments beyond the university in i n ternational cultural contexts. ( 1-4)

3: c z

o z

438 Advanced Public Relations

Reporting of politics and police, courts and other governmental functions, investigative reporting and writing. Blend of field trips and writing exercises. Prerequisite: Communication core or consen t of instructor. ( 4 )

437 Advanced Interpersonal Communication

Selection and editing of news copy and headline writing. Selection, sizing, and cropping of photos. Functions of layout. Principles of newspaper design and their practical applications. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

384 Advanced Ne.ws Reporting .

n o

485 Communication and Sodal Activism - SR

Provides senior-level commu nication <lnd theatre students the opportunity to apply their study through discovering means of cross-applying theories and practices in contexts involving the need for social activism. As the capstone seminar for the B FA program, students wil! complete a research paper or p roject in their area of interest. (4) 49 1 Independent Studies

Investigations or research in area of special interest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified junior or senior students. A student should not begin registration tiH independent study until the specific area for investigation has been approved by a departmental sponsor. ( 1-4) 492 Independent Studies

I nvestigations or research in area of special interest not covered by regular cou rses; open to qualified junior or senior students. A student should not begin registration for independent study until the specific area for investigation has been approved by a departmen tal sponsor. ( ! -4)

493 Independent Studies

w II: I"'

IoU

:r le z "' z o I

"' u

lnv stigations or research in area of special in terest not covered by regular courses; open to qualitied junior or senior students. A stu den t should not begin registration for independent study until the specitic area for investigation has been approved by a departmental sponsor. ( 1-4) 495 I nternship

Provides junior- and senior-level communication and theatre students with an opportunity to apply curricular theory and practice to external professional and social arenas. Students will work with an internship sponsor to design and complete an intern h ip, its learning goals and contract. ( 1 -8) 499 Capstone: Communication - SR

Capstone course for all BA emphasis areas. Focus is on integrat ing student learn ing objectives with student experience through developm nt and presentation of port folio projects and other assign ments. ( 1 -4)

All of the facets of managing a theat[ical production : planning, scheduling, rehearsal process, documentation, and interpersonal relationships. (4) 356 Stage Lighting - AR

Stage lighting from the development of electricity and lighting instruments to the complete design o f lighting a show. (4) 357 Intermediate Acting. The Actor At Work - AR

Practical experience in the rt of the actor through performance of scenes from plays of the modern theatre, emphasis on the importance of play analysis by the actor, and examination of current acting theory. Prerequisite: 250. (4) 358 Advanced Acting - A R

Study of the work o f an actor; character analysis and embodi ment, using scenes from plays; includes styles of acting as defined by historical period. Prerequisite: 357. (4) 359 Acting for the Non-Actor - AR

500 Effective Communications

A look a t communication processes in organizations with development of specific communication skills; includes public speaking techniques, informative and persuasive communica tion, interviewing strategies, and the role of listening. ( 2 )

Specitlcally designed for those who have nourished a curiosity to explore the art of acting but have been intimidated by a lack of knowledge or p rior experien e . Not open to theatre majors or minors. ( 4 ) 363 History o f the Theatre: Aeschylus Through Turgeniev

596 Research i n Communication

- AR

For graduate students only. ( 1- 4)

Theatre as it evolved from its primitive origin through represen tative societies; Ancient reece, Rome, Renaissance, Modern Europe, and America. (4)

597 Research in Communication

For graduate students only. ( 1-4) 598 Research in Communication

364 History o f t h e Theatre: Ibsen Through to the Present

For grad uate studen ts only. ( 1-4)

- AR

Course Offerings: Theatre

Theatre as it evolved from its primitive origin through represen tative societies; Ancient Greece, Rome, Renaissance, Modern Europe, and America. ( 4 )

1 5 1 Stage Technology - AR

425 Theatre Practkum

Basic theory and procedure of all backstage elements in the theatre, costumes, scenery, props, lights. makeup, and manage ment. (4) 160 Introduction t o Theatre - A R

Exposure to theatre and its numerous offshoots (e.g., film, television, rock concerts) through audience participation and per onal contact. ( 4 )

Development of artistic and technical abilities i n the field of scenic design incorporating many periods and styles as well as preparation of models, rendering, and draftings. (4)

Concentrates on the development and growth of the motion picture in the United States from 1 895 to the present. (4)

453 Costume Design - AR

163 History o f the Foreign Film - AR

Concentrates on the development and growth of international film. ( 4 ) 225 TJaeatre Practicum

ne semester hour credit may be earned each semester, but only 4 se mester hours may be used to meet university requirements. Students put classroom theory to practical application by individually completing a project relating to an aspect of theatre. An instructor in the area of interest must approve the project and agree to provide guidance. 241 Oral Jnterpretation of Literature - AR

The art of communicating the essence o f a piece of literature to an audience; interpretin it experientially, logically, and emo tionally. Individual and group performance. (4) 250 Fundamentals o f Acting - AR

A n examination of the work of actors and actresses, their natural and learned skills; exercises in memory, imagination, and observation; improvisations and scenes from modern plays. ( 4 ) 35 1 Stage Makeup - A R

Sped lized work in planning and application of techniques from straight makeup through aging, three-dimensional, and special effect . (4) P A

L U T

H E R A N

E R S I

One semester hour credit may be earned each semester, but only 4 semester hours may be used to meet un iversity requirements. Students put classroom theory to practical application by individually completing a project relating to an aspect of theatre. An instructor in the area of in terest must approve the project and agree to provide guidance. ( 1 ) 452 Scmic Design - AR

1 6 2 History o f American Film - AR

352 Stage Management - AR

T Y

Development of artistic and technical abilities in the field of costume design incorporating history. patterns, and renderings. (4) 454 Play Direction - AR

The role of the director, historically and critically; an intensive study that is both practical and theoretical in its approach to the art of the play director. Each student is required to direct scenes from plays representative of all periods of theatre history. A fi nal project, consisting of a contemporary scene, will culminate the course. Prerequisites: 1 5 1 . 250, and ju nior status. (4) 458 Creative Dramatics - AR

Designed to acquaint the student with materials, techniques, and theories of creative dramatics. Intended for elementary and junior high s hool teachers or prospective teachers, theatre majors, r ligious leaders, youth and camp counselors, day care workers, social and psychological workers, and community theatre leaders in terested i n working with children. S ( 4 ) 460 Film Seminar: Approaches t o Film Theory - AR

Examination of 1 2 films, incorporating an analytical approach of two film directors' styles ( contrasting and comparable), enhanc ing perception and insight in terms of c inematic comprehension. Prerequisite: 1 62 or inst ructo r's perm ission. (4)

491 Independent Studies

Investigations or rese rcn in area f special interest not covered by regular cou rses; open to qualified junior or senior students. Requi res pre-registration approved by a departmental sponsor.

Computer Science and Computer Ellgineering 120: Comp uterized Information Sys tell/s

Especially appropriate for business majors and other students wishing an introduction to the computer and applications of software packages.

( 1 -4) 492 Independent Studies

493 Independen t Studies

Illtroduction to Comp uter Science

For students majoring in computer science, computer engi neering, mathematics, and most science majors, as well as others wishing a strong experience in computer programming.

For graduate students on I)'. ( 1 -4)

597 Research in Theatre For graduate students only. ( 1-4)

598 Research in Theatre Por graduate students only. ( 1 -4)

computer Science and Computer Engineering 253.535 .7400 www.cs.pllt. edu

Computer Science Comp uter science d <lIs with the theory, design, and application

of com puting systems and the study of the storing and manipu lation of information The pr gram at Pacific Lutheran Univer sity provides a broad base core lIf fundamental material that stresses anal)' IS and design exper iences with substantial labora tory work, including software dt'vd lpment. In addition, students are exposed t a variety of programming languages and systems. Students can choose from a number of upper-division courses which in urI' depth of knowledge and an understanding of current developments in the field. The Bachelor of Science degree in computer s ience has been accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET. Computer Engineering omputer engineering is a r latively

ew engineering specialty t at has grown out of rapidly evolving micro- and mini-com puter technOlogy. The curriculum consists of es�ential and ad vanced elements from computer scienc and electrical engineer ing, developing both hardware and software expertise. Electives permit c( ncentration in areas such as integrated circuit design, micropro essor applications, computer design, application soft ware development, and artificial intelligence. FACULTY: Blaha, Chair; Brink, Hauser, Kai<ar, Murphy,

Spillman, Wolff BEGINNING CLASSES: There art! several beginning-level

clas es in computer science designed for students with various n eds: Computer Science and 'ompllter Ellgilleerillg 1 15: Solve it with the COII/puter

Especially for students with li ttle or no background in com puter science who wi�h an in troduction to the use of the computer for problem solving. Not recommended for students witl1 :trOTlg mathematic backgrou nds. This course also 'atisfles the Mathematical Reasoning requirement.

� � c: ....

m ::II

Comp uter SciCllce alld Computer Ellgilleerillg 270: Data Structures

Investigations or research in area of special interest not covered by regular courses; open to qual itied junior or senior students. Requires pre-registration approved by a departmental sponsor. ( 1-4 )

596 Research in Theatre

n o

Computer Science and Comp u ter Engilleering 1 44:

Inve tigation or research in area of special intere t not covered by regular courses; open to qua lified junior or senior students. Requires pre-regi tration approved by a departmental sponsor. ( 1-4 )

This is the second course i n the major. With departmental approval, students with a strong progra mming background may receive advanced placement into this course.

COMPUTER EQUI PMENT: All students have unlimited access

to the university Com puter Center's user-room facilities. The Department of Computer Science and Computer Engineering also maintains a Solaris server and laboratories of its own. The upper-level lab contains Linux, and Windows workstations. The other lab is used as a teaching laboratory and open lab; it has 1 8 Windows NT workstations and computer projection equipment. All machines are on the Ethernet, are accessible through the campus network, and have full access to the I n ternet. COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJORS: Students majoring in com

m Z n m » z c n o � � c:

puter science may choose to earn either a Bachelor of Arts degree or a Bachelor of Science degree. The Bachelor of Arts program is the minimum preparation suitable for fu rther professional study and is often combined with extensive study or a second major in an allied field. The Bachelor of Science is a strong, scientific degree that contains additional courses in computer science, mathematics, and science and serves both students going directly into employment on graduation and those going into graduate programs. Both degrees are based on the same core courses: Computer Science and Computer Engineering 1 44, 270, 346, 380, 499, Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52, and 245. Students should begin Com puter Science and Computer Engineering 1 44 , 270 and Math ematics 1 5 \ , 1 52 early in their program. A minimum grade of C is required in all courses ( including supporting courses) counted for the major.

....

m ::II

m Z " Z m m ::II z "

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: At least 28 semester hours of

computer science and engineering including 1 44, 270; 346 or 380; and 499. The remaining hours are from computer science and engineering courses numbered above 329 (except 345, 449, and 50 1 -509). Up to 4 hours may be substituted from Math 340, 34 1 , and 356. Required supporti ng: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, and 245. At least 1 2 upper-division semester hours must be completed at PLU. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 44 semester hours in com puter science plus 30 hours of supporting courses in mathemat ics and science. The 44 semester hours of computer science must include 1 44, 270, 343, 346, 3 7 1 , 372, 380, 499, and 12 additional credits of approved elective courses, one of which must be from 367, 420, 436, or 444. Elective courses submitted for approval are to be selected from the computer science courses numbered above 329 (except 345, 449 and 50 1 - 509), or hours from Math 356 not counted toward the 30 hours of required supporting courses. At least 16 upper-division semester hours must be com pleted at PLU. The 30 hours of supporting courses in mathemat ics and science must include: I. Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 245, 230 (or 33 1 ), 340 (or 34 1 ) . 2 . A minimum o f 1 2 hours o f approved science courses which includes a year's sequence of a laboratory science. Physics 1 5 3 , 1 54 with 1 63, 164 are preferred. Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25 and either 232 or 338, Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, Geosciences 1 0 1 , 1 02, or 1 03; and 201 are acceptable.

3. Approved sciences courses are: any Biology except 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 ; any Chemistry except 1 04, 1 05, 2 1 0; any Geosciences; any Physics except 205; Computer Science and Engineering 345. 4. The remaining hours, if any, may be chosen from any Math ematics course numbered above 329 ( except 446) or any ap pmved . cience course. II:. ...

... z � Z IoU II: w I ::::J a. :E o u c z � w

U Z LI.I

U \II

1 3 1 Introduction to Engineering - NS

An introduction to the engineering profession and development of basic skills important to the profession, including problem solving, engineering design, graphics, use of computers, com puter programming, engineering economics, and ethics in engineering. Prerequisite: Completion of college-preparatory mathematics. I, II ( 2 )

M I N OR IN CO MP UTER SCLENCE: 20 semester hours includ

ing Computer Science and Computer Engineering 1 44 , 270, and 8 additional homs of upper-division computer science courses numbered above 329 (except 345, 449, and 50 1 -509) . Required supporting: Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 28, or equivalent.

144

•

MINOR IN INFORMATION SCIENCE: 24 semester hours

including

Introduction t o Computer Science - NS

An introduction to computer science including problem solving algorithm design, object-oriented p rogramming, numerical and non-numerical applications, and use of data files. Ethical and social impacts of computing. Prerequisite: 4 years of high school mathematics or M ATH 140 or equivalent. I II ( 4 )

omputer Science and Comp uteT Engineering 144 and

367, Business 202, at least 4 additi nal hours from computer

199 Directed Reading

science courses numbered above 250 ( except 345, 449, and 50 1 509) , and a t least 8 additional homs selected from Business 320, 37� 376, 378, or 478.

Supervised study of topics selected to meet the individual's needs or interests, primarily for students awarded advanced placement in computer science. Admission only by department invitation. ( l or 2)

SECONDARY TEACHING MINOR: See description under chool of Edllcation.

245 Electrical Circuits - NS

Introduction to the fundamental concepts of DC and AC circuits analysis including Kirchhoff's Laws, circuit theorems, first and second order circuits, and frequency response. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Prerequisite: M ATH 1 5 1 ; PHYS 1 54 or consent of the instructor. I (4)

ELEMENTARY T£AC H l N G MAJOR: See description under School of Education. STATE END ORSEMENT ltHQUI REMENTS:

under School of Edllcation.

ee description

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN COMPUTER EN GINEERING: Computer Science and

omputer Engineering 1 3 1 . 245, 45, 346, 499; Mathematics I S \ , 1 52, 24 5 , 253, 340 or 34 1 and one of 230, 33 1 , or 356; Computer Science and Com puter Engineering 1 44 , 270. 80, 480; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64; Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25; at I st 4 semester hours chosen from Physics 233, 234. 333, 334, 336, or Chemistry 34 1 ; 1 0 additional semester hours from any upper-level Computer Science and Comp uter Engineering course (except 9 and 50 1-509) . MINOR IN llLECTRI CAL ENG] EERING: Computer Science and omputer Engine ring 1 3 1 , 245, 345, 346; and 144. Required supporting: Chemistry 1 2 0 or 1 25; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 , and 245 or 253; Physics 1 25, 1 26, 1 35, 1 36 or 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64. NETWORK SECURITY CERTIFICATION: Students who suc

ce ,fully complete the two summer courses, omputer Science and Computer Engineering 400 and 400b, with a B- or above will be granted ertification in Network Security to acknowledge their work.

270 Data Structures - N S

Study of object-oriented programming techniques and fundamental data structure abstractions and implementations including list, stack, queue, and trees with applications to sorting, searching, and data storage. Prerequisite: a grade of C- or higher in 1 44. [ " (4) 29. Independent Studies - NS

Prerequisite: consent of department chair. ( 1-4) 330 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence - NS

An introduction to concepts of artificial intelligence ( A I ) , in cluding expert systems, natural language p rocessing, image un derstanding, and problem solving techniques. Consideration of the ethical and social dilemmas posed by AI. The programming languages LISP and PROLOG will be taught and used in several projects. Prerequisite: 270, MATH 245. all' ( 4 ) 343 Programming Language Concepts - NS

A study and comparison of features found in different computer languages. Imperative object-oriented, functional, and declara tive languages will be studied. Programs written in several of the languages. Prerequisite: 270. I, II (4) 345 Analog Electronics - N S

Course Offerings

An introduction to analog integrated circuit design techniques, including single and multistage amplifiers, frequency response and feedback methods. Laboratory work is part of the course. Prerequisite: 245 II (4)

A grade of C or higher is strongly recommended in all prerequ isi te cou rses. US Solve It With the Computer - MR, NS

Teaches how computer usc can be combined with mathematical reasoning to solve problems. Spreadsheet package and other computer tools to solve problems from elementary statistics, financi I transactions, and other areas where mathematic and da ta are u ed in every day life. Prerequisite: fulfillment of tJle P LU entrance requirement i n mathematics. [I ( 4 )

346 Digital Electronics - NS

Analysis of digital design techniques. including coverage o f combinational logic, flip tlops, registers, counters, a n d timing circuits. The hardware description language WHDL will be taught and used in several projects. Prerequisite: 1 44. [ II ( 4 ) 348 Modeling and Simulation - NS

120 Compu terized Information Systems - NS

An introduction to the fundamental concepts of mathematical modeling and computer simulation. The course will cover build ing and validating abstract models and simulating them using simulation languages. Prerequisite: 1 44. Recommended: 270 and either MATH 340 or 34 1 . a/y ( 4 )

Introducti n to computers including management information sySti ms development, te1ecommw1ications, operating systems, spreadsheets, graphics, and database management. Includes a computer laboratory component. Prerequisite: MATH 1 28 or 1 40 or equivalent. I II ( 4 )

367 Database Management - NS

An introduction to the fundamental concepts necessaf)' for design, use, and implementation of database systems. The entity relationship and relational models are studied in detail. Indi vidual, organization, and societal concerns related to accuracy and privacy of data. Major small group project. Prerequisite: 1 44 Recommended: 270. I I (4) 58

37 1 Design

d Analysis of Algorithms - NS

Elementary data structures reviewed for efficiency under differ ent conditions. Analysis of problems associated with searching and sorting. This course will also include analysis of advanced data structures i nduding Hash Tables, and Height-balanced trees. It will include the study of algorithms for graph theo ry, heuristic earch, and other topics selected by the instructor. There will be a significant programming component where students will implement and test algorithm. Prerequisite: 270, MATH 245. 1 ( 4)

372 Algorithms, Machines, and Grammars - NS Study of formal models of computation ( finite automata, push down automata, and Tu ring mach ines) . Study of formal lan guage concepts uch as regular expressions and grammars. There will be a significant programming component where students i mplement and text algorithms. Prerequisite: 3 7 1 . " ( 4 )

380 Assembly Language and Computer Organization - NS Fundamentals of assembly language and computer organization. Topics include data and instruction formats, addressing, linking, macro definition, i nterrupt processing, computer a rchitectu re, and interface between assembly language and h igh-level p ro gramming languages. Prerequisite: 270. Strongly recommended: 346. I, " (4)

385 Computer Architecture - NS An introduction to the structure and operation of large com puter systems. Topics include data represen tation, memory structure, 1/0 processing, multiprocessing systems such as paral lel, pipeline, and stack machines. Examples of the architecture of several large systems are analyzed. Prerequisite: 380, MATH 245. aly (2)

386 Computer Networks - NS An introduction to computer networks and computer commu nication protocols from the physical layer through the transport layer. Topics include connection oriented and connectionless networks, error detection and correction, LANs, sockets, and routing. Application layer topics can include HTTP, DNS, and email. Prereq uisite: 144. Recommended: 270, 346; MATH 340 or 34 1 . I (4)

391 Problem Solving and Programming Seminar - NS Designed to improve advanced problem solving and program ming skills, i ncluding advanced data structures. A goal of the course is participation in the regional ACM programming competition. PasslFail only. Students may take this course more than once. Prerequisite: 270 or consent of instructor. I ( I )

400 Topics in Computer Science - NS Selected topic from the l i st below or topic of current interest in the discipline. Frequent topics are: Computer Security, Parallel omputing, Graphical User Interface Programming, Parallel Processing Topologies, Genetic Algorithms, and Neural Networks. J S aly ( \-4)

410 Topics in Computer Engineering - NS Selected topic from the list below or topic of current interest in the discipline. Frequent topics are: Computer Security, Parallel Computing, Graphical User Interface Programming, Parallel Processing Topologies, Genetic Algorithms, and Neural Networks. J S aly ( 1 -4)

412 Computer Graphics - NS A study of the techniques and theory used to generate computer graphics. Both two-and three-dimensional representations will be covered. Cours work includes several programming assignments plus a project. Prerequisites: 2 70 and MATH 230 or 33 \ . aly (4)

420 Software Engineering - NS An engineering approach to the developmen t of large software packages. Topics include software requirements definition, object-oriented design and programming, specifications, and software testing. Consideration of societal and ethical issues surrounding oftware engineering. Major small group projec t. Prerequisites: 270, M ATH 245. all' (4)

436 Pattern Recognition - NS The use of the computer to recognize patterns in data. To p ics include data mining, cluster analysis algorith ms, learning algorithms, and pattern processing. Issues aS5l)Ciated with making de i ions from data analyzed by mJchin and the. societal and privacy implications and ethical concerns involved in those kinds of decision�. Includes ,1 major small group prujec\. Prerequisites: 270, 1"1 AT 1-1 245. a/)' (4)

438 Expert Systems - NS The development of A I systems which operate at the level of a human expert. Students will explor the structure of expert sys tems and use an expert s)rstem development tool. Prerequisite: 3 30 or consent of instructor. all' (4)

VI n m Z n ", » z o

444 Operating Systems - NS

n o

An introduction to computer operating systems induding process sched uling, memory management. and tIl �ys\1·m�. Major small group project. Prerequisitt:: 3XO, i\·I ATH 245. I ( 4 )

s: ." C

446 VLSI D e ign - NS

-t m ;0

An introduction to the design of very large-scale inte ated sy tems using computer-aided design methods. Prerequisi te: 346 . Ii ( 2 )

449 Computer Science in the Secondary School Methods and materials in secondary school com puter science teach ing. LOGO, PI LOT, etc., may be considered. Does not count toward a major in computer science. Prerequisite: 1 44. a/)' I I (2)

455 Compilers - NS An introduction to the organization, specification, and analysis of progra mming lan guages, including scanning, parsing, object code, run-time mach ine structures and optim ization. Pr requi sites: 380, MATH 245. aly ( 2 )

m Z C\ Z

m m ;0 Z G\

480 Microprocessors - NS Study of m icroprocessors and their use in microcomputer systems. Prerequisites: 346, 380. II (4)

491 Independent Studies

Prerequisite: 'onsent of department chair. ( l -4)

492 Computer Science Research Involvement in an ongoing research project in compute scien e under the supervision of a faculty meml> r. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( l-4)

499 Capstone: Seminar - SR Written and oral p resentation of a project in a topic of interest by the stud nt under the supervision of a faculty member. Discussion 0 t h e skills needed for good research and technical com munication of that research. Study of the social impli , tions of computi ng. Completiu n of th is cou rse sati�fies the core requirement for a senior capstone seminar/project. Lasts two semesters beginning in the fall semester; May graduates �hould start the course in the fall of thei r senior year and December graduates should begin the course in the fall of their junior year. Final presentations are given during the spring semester. There are 2 credits given each term for a total of 4 credits. Prerequisite: Senior Comp uter Science or Computer Engineering major or consent of department chair. I II (2)

503 Workshops i n Educational Technology Workshops designed to expand teachers' knowledge about the application of new computer and related technology i n educa tional settings Does not count toward degrees in com puter science. ( 1-4)

Students are required to register for at least 1 credit hour after accepting a co-op position. Throughout an undergraduate academic career a student may receive a maximum of 16 credits in cooperative education .

Cooperative Education Internships III A. :r III Z II:: w I Z z o l e:( V :;) C w w > l e:( II:: w A. o o u

253.535.7324 www.plll.edul-cooped

Cooperative Education is a unique program that offers hands-on job experience. Through internships students weave working and learning together. The program features systematic cooperation between the university and an extensive n u mber of employers in the Puget Sound community, though a student may participate in a co-op experience anywhere in the world. Students gain an appreciation of th relationship between theory and application, and may learn, both early and first hand, about new developments in a particular field. A cooperative education expedence enables students to become aware of the changing dimensions of work. It is a key program in PLU's fabric of investigative learning. FACULTY: Herbert- Hill, Director TWO MODELS: The Cooperative Education Program accom

modates both part-time and full-time work schedules. Part-time work allows students to take on-campus COUIses concurrently. A full-time work experience requires students to dedicate the entire term to their co-op employment. In most cases, students will follow one or the other, but some departments or schools may de dop sequences that combine both ful l-time and part-time work options. THE PROCESS FOR STUDENTS: To be eligible for admission

into the Cooperative Education Program a student m ust have completed 32 semester hours and be in good standing with the u niversity. Students who wish to enroll in Cooperative Education must contact their department faculty or the Director of the Co-op Program to determine eligibility, terms for placement, areas of interest, academic requirements, and internship options. Students are responsible for completing a learning agreement including learning objectives, related activities, and academic documentation of learning during their cooperative education experience. Each student m ust arrange for academic supervision from a faculty sponsor. Faculty are responsible for insuring that the work experience provides appropriate learning opportuni ties, for helping to establish the learning agreement, and for determ ining a grade. Learning is assessed through a Learning Agreement, complet ing an academic project, periodic contact with the faculty ponsor, and an on-site supervisor who acts as a professional role model and mentor. The learnil1g agreement, developed by each student with the assistance of a faculty sponsor, lists learning objectives, a description of how those objectives will be accom plished, and how students will document what they have learned. The learning agreement is signed by the student, the faculty sponsor, the program director, and the work supervisor, each of whom receives a copy. Contact (personal, phone, electronic, etc . ) between the faculty sponsor and the student must be su fficient to allow the sponsor to serve as a resource and provide academic supervision. Site visits may be made by the faculty sponsor or the co-op program director in agreement with the faculty sponsor. Employers are responsible to: ( 1 ) provide opportunities for students to achieve their learning objectives within the limits of their work settings; (2) help students develop skills related to the contextual aspects of the work world ( s uch as relationships with co-workers) ; and ( 3 ) facilitate students' integration into their work setting so that their employment proves valuable and productive.

Course Offe rings 276 Won Expulenc� I

A supervised educational experience in a work setting. Requires the completion of a Cooperative Educalion Learning Agreement in consultation with a faculty sponsor. ( 1 - 8 ) 476 Work Experience I I

A supervised educational experience in a work setting providing for advanced level of responsibility. Requires the completion of a Cooperative Education Learning Agreement in consultation with a faculty sponsor. ( 1 -8) 477 International Work Experience

A supervised educational work experience in another country. Requires a faculty sponsor and an academically approved position. Consultation witht the Wang Center is necessary to facilitate the international process. Students m u st work with the Cooperative Education Oftlce to complete the Learning Agreement for their international internship. ( 1 - 1 2 ) 576 Work Experience III

A supervised educational experience at the graduate level. Requires completion of a Cooperative Education Agreement in consultation with a faculty sponsor and the student's graduate program advisor. ( 1-4)

Economics 253.535.7595 www.plu.edlll-econ "By virtue of excha nge, Olle person's property is bClleficial to all others." -FREDERIC

BAST IAT

Economics is the study of h(Jw people establish social arrange ments for producing and distributing goods and senices to sustain and enhance human life. Its main obje bve is to deter mine an eftlcient use of limited economic resources so that people receive the ma imum benefit at the lo we t cost. The economic ' discipline embraces a body of techniques and conceptual tools that are useful or understanding and analyzing our complex economic system. FACULTY: Reiman, Chair; Hunnicutt, R. jensen, N. Peterson, St.

Clair, Terada, Travis. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR; (A) Minimum of 40 semester

hours, including 1 5 1 , 1 52, 35 1 , 352, 499, 1 2 hours of electives in economics, 4 hours selected from Mdthematics 3 4 1 or Statistics 60

23 1 . and 4 h urs selected from Economics 344 ( i f not used as onomics electives) , Business 202 or 302, Mathematics 348, or up to 4 hour in c mputer science. (8) A grade point average of 2.50 in all classes included in the 40 semester hours toward the e

major. With departmental approval, Ecoll0mics 1 30 may be suhstituted for Economics 1 52 for purposes of major and minor

requirements. Economics 49Y meets the senior seminar/project re uirement. For students planning graduate work in economics or usiness, additi on al math preparation will be necessary. For speCi fic course , consult your major advisor.

CONCE

.RATIONS: The Economics

epartment offers the

following concent rati ons: Domestic Ecol/omic Analysis: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 3 5 1 , 352, 495, 499; 1 2

hours chosen from among: 32 1 , 322, 36 1 , 362, and 3 7 1 ;

l i t ical

Science 345, 346; S tatlsties 23 1 or 34 1 ; 4 hours chosen from am ng Busi ness 202, Comput er 'cience and Computer Engineering l I S, r Math 348.

l S I , 1 52, 35 1 , 352, 495, 499; 1 2 h urs eho, e n from , mong: 330, 3 3 1 , 335, 338, 339, 34 1 ; Political Science 33 1 , 347; Statistics 23 1 or 34 1 ; 4 hours chosen from among B us i n ess 202, Computer Science and Computer Engi neeri ng 1 1 5. or Math 348. International Ecollomic Alit/lysis;

Mathematical Ecollom ics;

1 5 1 , 1 52, 344, 345, 35 1 , 352, 499; 8 h urs of conomi.cs ekcti v S; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Statistics 2 3 1 o r 34 1 . The Modml Ecollolllic Ente rprise: 1 5 1 , 1 52, 32 1 , 3 5 1 , 352, 353,

3 7 1 , 495, 499; 1 2 hours of Busi ness electives (200 level or h igher, 20 I r com me n ded ) ; Statistics 23 1 or _ 4 1 . Business 492 may be substituted for Econo mics 495.

HONORS MAJOR: Outs ' nding

students may choose to pursue graduating i n economic with honors. (n addition to meeting all t her major requir ments, in order to be granted departmental honors a t udem m us t : (A) have an overall university grade point ave ge of 3.50 or better; ( B ) take 4 hours beyond t he stand ard major in 498, Honors Thesi (Sludents apply for admission I th is course in the second semester of their j unior year. The department grants admission to 498, Honors Thesi , based on the studen l's prior work in e onomics and the quality of the general research proposal); (C) present the results of the work completed in 4 8, Hon ors Thesi" at a meeting of Om i cr o n De.lta Epsilon ( the economics ho orary).

MINOR: 24 semester hour . including l S I , 1 52, 35 1 or 352, and 1 2 additional hou

�)f electives. 4 of which may be in statistics.

ECONOMICS HONORARY SOCIETY: T

I' department offers member hip in Omicron Delta Epsilon, the Internalional Econom ics Honorary ociety, to qualified majors. For specific criteria, sec any departmental faculty member.

BACHEWR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: Sc School of Edllcation

321 Labor Economics - S.1 Analysis of labor ma rkets an d labor market issues; wage deter mination: investment in human capital, unionism and collective bargain ing; law and pu bl ic policy; discrimination; labor mobility; earning inequality, unemployment, and wages and inflation. Prerequ isites: 1 30, 1 52, or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

322 Health Economics - S2 AnalysiS of health care markets including hospitals, providers,

and i surer/managed care organizations; demand for care; economics of insurancej role of government and regulation; a ccess to care: non-price competition; impact of new technology; analy sis of re� rm. ( 4 )

m n o z o 3: n '"

330 Environmental and NaturaJ Resolll'ce Economics - S2 The first hal f f the c u rse xamines the theory of externalities, congestion and the common -property basis for environmental degradali n, and the v a l u at i n of environmental amenities. The second part of the c o u rse dt! elops analytical models for the use of renewable and e haustible resour es over time. Prerequisites: 1 30, 1 52, r onsent f instructor. ( 4 )

33 1 Infernational Economics - Sl Regional and international specialization, comparative costs, international payments and e change rates; national policies that promote or restrict trade. Prerequisites: 1 30, 1 52, or consent of instructor. (4)

335 European Economic Integration - S2 An intr duc tion to mtegration theory and its application to the problems and p licy prospect for deepening European i n tegra tjon . Economic analysis of the developmen t of econ omic i nslitutions in the E u ro pe a n Union. Topics include: German unificat ion. en l a rge m e n t , the European monetary system, S n din a v ia n participat ion , and relevance of the European integrat ion IDodel for the develop ing world. ( 4 )

338 Environmental Economic Policy in Europe - S2 An Introduction to the envir nmen tal economic problems and policy prospects of modern Europe. Focus on economic incentives and p lides to solve problems uf air and water pollution, sustainable furestry, global warming, and wildlife management in Auslria, Germa ny, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and I aly. (4)

339 PoUlicaJ Economy of Hong Kong and China - S2 In 1997, the Briti sh returned Hong Kong to China. This course examines the un ique economic relationship that exists between the strongly capitali tic former colony aDd the People's Republic of China. an the se two diverse systems coexist? Will they eventu lIy ( nverge to a common system? Where does Taiwan fit into the pict ure? While in Hong Kong and southern China we will ut ili ze the expert i se of a series of speakers to explore the economy, hi.!tory, an tradition of the area and to enhance the many experiential a tivities of the course. ( 4 )

341 Economic Development: Comparative Third World Suategies - C. S2

Course Offerings 130 Global and Environmental Economic Principles - S2 Analysis of publi c p licy a nd private behavior; appropriate

An al y - is of the th oretical framework for developmen t with applicatio ns to lIernative ecoJlOmic d e velop m cn t strategies used in the newly emerging developing countries. Emphasis on

pricing, res o urc e v<\l u atio n, taxes and subsirues, trade policies, sustainable development , and income growth and distribution. Student cannot tak > both 1 30 and 1 52 for credit. (4)

comparison between c unt ri es.. assessments o f the relative importance f cultural values, historical experience, a n d govern mental p o l ic i s in the development process. Prerequisites: 1 30 or 1 5 1 , o r con -en t of imlructor. (4)

151 Principles of Macroeconomics - S2 t h e e onomy a whole and major issues such as

343 Operations Research - MR

Introdu

inflation, unemploymen t, emil m i c growth, and international tr ade. (4)

Quanti! tivt! methods for decision problems. Emphasis on linear progr nuning and other deterministic models. Prerequisite: STAT 23 1 or equivalent. (Cr sslisted with STAT 343.) (2)

152 Principles of Microeconomics - S2 Introduces t he stu Y elf co nomie decision making by firms and i ndividuals. Economic tools and concepts such as markets, supply and demand, and effici ncy applied 0 contemp rary issues. Studellts cannot take b o t h 1 30 and 1 5 2 for credit. (4) P

ogy with tools of economics analysis. Topic(s) selected by class participants and instructor. Prerequisite: 3 5 1 or 352 ( may be taken concurrently). (4)

344 Econometrics - S2

III U

� o z o u '"

I n tToducti n to the methods and tools of econometrics as the basis for applied r search in (onomics. Specification, estima tion, nd testing i n the dassical l inear regression model. Prer�quisite: STAT 23 1 or equivalent. (Crosslisted with STAT 344. ) ( 4 )

500 Applied Statistical Analysis

An intensive introduction to statistical methods. Emphasis on the application of inferential statistics to concrete situations. (Crosslisted wtih STAT 500 . ) (4)

345 Mathematical Topics in Economics - S2

An introduction to basic applications of mathematical tools used in economic analysis. Prerequisites: 1 30. 1 5 1 . 1 52, or consent of in tructor. ( 4 ) 3 5 1 lntermedhtte Macroeconomic Analysis - S2

520 Economic Policy Analysis

An intensive i ntroduction to the concepts �)f macroeconomics and microeconomics with an emphasis on policy formation within a global framework. (4)

National income determination including policy implications within the institutional framework f the U.S. economy. Prerequisites: 1 30 or 1 5 1 ; MATH 1 28, 1 40, or I S ! . ( 4 ) 352 Intermediate MicroecoDomic Analysis - S2

Theory of consumer behavior; product and factor prices u nder conditions f mon poly. competition, and intermediate markets; welfare e o n o m i cs. Prerequisites: 1 30, 1 52, or consent of instructor; M AT H 1 18. 1 40 , or 1 5 1 . ( 4 ) 353 Strategic Behavior - 82

An introduction to game theory and analysis of i nteractive decision pro esses. T nter ctive game playing, cases, and examples d rawn primarily from economics, but also includes sports, political science, busine. 5 , and biology. Prisoner's Dilemma, sequential games, N h equilibrium, mixed and pure strategies, collective action and bidding strategies, bargaining. ( 4 ) 3 6 1 Money and Banking - 82

The nature and role of money; monetary theory; tools and implementation nf monetary policy; regulation of intermediar ies; b. nking ac 'vity in financial markets; international conse q uences of and constraint on monetary policy. Prerequisite: 1 5 1 or

consent o f instructor.( 4 )

www.plu. edul-edllc

362 Public Finance - 52

Public taxat io n a.nd expenditure at all governmental levels; the inciden e of taxes, the public d bl nd the provision of public goods such as national defense, education, pure air, and water. Prereql isi tc!>: 1 30. 1 52, or consent of instructor. (4)

The School of Education offers u ndergraduate and graduate programs of study leading to certification for elementary, secondary, and special education teachers, administrators, reading specialists, and school librarians. The curriculum is designed to provide graduates with a blend of the liberal arts and a variety of guided field experiences beginning early in the educational sequence. The faculty is committed to the develop ment of caring, competent educational leaders committed to live" of service. A consistent emphasis of all programs is the promotion o f student learning in K- 1 2 institutions.

311 Industrial Organization and PublLc Policy - S2

An analysis of the structure, conduct, and performance of Amcrica n indu try and public pol icies that foster and alter i 11dustrial stTucture and behavior. Prerequisites: 1 30. 1 52, or c(msen t of instructor. ( 4 ) 4 86 Evolution o f Economic Thought - SR, S2 Economic thought from ancient to modern times; emphasis on the period from Adam Smith to J. M . Keynes; the classical economilHs, the socialists, the rnarginalists, the neoclassical economists, and the Keynesians. Prerequisite: 3 5 1 or 352 ( may be lak n concurrently). ( 4 )

FACULTY: Beck, Dean; Leitz, Associate Deall; Lamoreaux, Director of lVIA with Certifiwtioll Program; Barritt, Byrnes,

Chastain, Gerlach, Hillis, Lewis, McGraw, Minetti ( o n leave) , Mulder, Reisberg, Weiss, G. Williams, Woolworth, Yerian, Yetter. PROGRAMS OFFERED: The School of Education is accredited

49 1 lnd pendent Studies

Prerequ isites: consent o f the department and completion of either 3 5 1 o r 352. ( 1 -4) 495 Internship - S2

A research and writing project i n connection with a student's

approved off-campus activity. Prerequisites: sophomore standing plus one course i n econ mics, and consent of the department.

( 1 -4)

498 Honors TIlcsis - S2 I ndependent research supervised by one or more faculty members. Research proposal and topic developed by the student in the juni r year. pplication to enroll is made in the second seme ter f the j u nior year. Prerequisite: economics major and con ent of the departm nt. ( 4 ) 4 99 Ca p tone: Senior Seminar - SR

eminar in economic problems and policies with emphasis on encouraging the student 10 i ntegrate problem-solving methodol62

School of Education 253.535.7272

by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education ( NCATE), the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges, and the Washington State Board of Education for the prepara tion of elementary, secondary, and special education teachers, reading specialists, and administrators, with the M.aster of Arts in Education the highest degree approved. The accreditation gives PLU graduates reciprocity with many other states. The School of Education offers coursework toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstatement of teaching certificates. It offers various options to add endorsements to current certifi cates. It also offers coursework and support to individuals seeking Washington Start' Professional Certificates or certifica tion under the National Board of Professional Teaching Stan dards. Current graduate programs include Ma ter of Arts in Education ( Project LEAD); Master of Arts with Residency and Teachi ng Certification; and Master of Arts i n Educational Adm inistration.

EUGIBLITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO UNDER

GllADU.uE OR CERTIFICATION-ONll' PROGRAMS: All individuals seeking to enter an undergraduate degree/certifica tion or certification-only program must apply to the School of Education. A completed School of Education application, official transcripts of all college/university work, writing samples, official documentation of college admission or other approved standardized test scores, and letters of recommendation must be submitted to the School of Education by the first Friday in March to receive priority consideration for admission to the School of Education for the fall term. Specific requ irements include:

I . Evidence of verbal and quantitative ability as illustrated by a passing score on the Washington Educators Skills Test Basic. Six test dates are available during the year; check the School of Education web site for the dates. 2. Sophomore standing (30 or more semester hours) 3. Cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 4. Psychology 1 0 1 or equivalent: grade of C or higher 5. Writing 1 0 1 or equivalent: grade of C or higher Application forms and procedures for admission to profes sional studies in education are available from the School of Education. Students who do not meet all the requirements may appeal the admission process. Admission appeal forms a re available from the Ad ministrative Manager in the School of Education Office. Continuation in any program of study in the School of Education is subject to continuous assessment of student development and per formance. Students are requi red to demonstrate the mastery of knowledge, skills, professionalism, attitudes, and dispositions required for effective practice. Records will be reviewed at the end of each semester to ensure students are meeting standards throughout the program. BAE and/or CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: Students become candidates for certification when: I . All coursework is completed with a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or above and the student's degree has been posted. 2. All coursework in major and minor fields and all education coursework has been completed with a grade of C or better. (Secondary education students are requi red to earn a grade of B- or better in all education coursework.) 3.AlI additional courses related to and required fo r education programs and teacher certification have been completed with a grade of C or better. For elementary education students these include: Anthropology 1 02 or equivalent; Mathematics 1 23 or equivalent ( m ust be taken prior to Education 406 ) ; Biology I I I or life science equivalent; Natural Sciences 2 0 6 o r physical science equivalent; Physical Education 322 and School of the Arts 341 or Art 34 1 and Music 34 1 . For second ary education students these include: Anthropology/History 2 1 0; or Anthropology 1 02 or equivalent. RESIDENCY TEACHING CERTIFICATE: Students who

successfully complete a program of professional studies i n the School of Education, who meet all related academic require ments for a degree or a certificate, and who meet all state requirements will be recommended by the School of Education for a Washington residency teaching certificate. Additional state requirements include a Washington State Patrol check, an FBI fingerprint check, and a passing score on state entry-to-practice tests. Information regarding all state requirements and proce dures for certification is available from the Certification Officer in the School of Education. State req llirements are subject to immediate chatlge. Students should meet with School of Education

ELEMENTARY CERTIFICATION AND ENDORSEMENT OPTIONS: The basic undergraduate elementary education

program consists of a four-term program starting in the fall term of each year. Professional Education Sequence

Term I

Education 390 Inquiry into Learning I: Investigation into Learning and Development Education 392 Inquiry into Learning II: I nvestigation into Learning and Development Education 394 Technology and Teaching: Laboratory Special Education 480 Issues and Problems of Child Abuse and Neglect

4 4 2

o C n > -I o z

Term II

Education 406 Mathematics in K-8 Education Education 408 Literacy in a K-8 Education Education 424 I nquiry into Teaching I: Diverse Learners

4 4 4

Term III

Education 4 1 0 Science/Health in K-8 Education Education 4 1 2 Social Studies in K -8 Education Education 425 Inquiry into Teaching H: Diverse Learners

4 4

Term IV

Education 430 Student Teaching in K-8 Education or Education 434 Student Teaching - Elementary ( Dual) alld Special Education 438 Student Teaching in Elementary School Education 450 Inquiry into Learning and Teaching: Retlective Practice and Seminar

5 4

The professional education sequence forms the foundation of the program for all students seeking certification as an elemen tary education (K-8) multisubject teacher. Undergraduate students have several options for building a program upon the professional education sequence, including: I .They may earn a residency elementary K-8 teaching certificate. This requires the completion of the professional education sequence for elementary education and 24-semester-hour academic support area. 2.They may earn a residency elementary K-8 teaching certificate and a K- 1 2 special education endorsement. This requires the completion of the professional education sequence for elementary education students, the completion of coursework required for primary endorsement in special education, and the completion of a 24-semester-hour academic emphasis. 3.They may earn a residency elementary K-8 teaching certificate and a waiver in special education through the completion 0 a 1 6-semester-hour program (allowing students to teach special education after graduation for five years under the assum ption that they will complete coursework to earn a primary endorse ment in special education during this time period ) . This requires the completion of the professional education sequence for elementary education students, the completion of 24 semester hours i n a n academic area, and 16 semester hours in special education. Note: Illformatioll about all state eIIdorsements-illciuding those ill special education, readillg, alld English as a second language--ca ll be obtained from the Admillistrative Manager in the School of Educatioll.

SECONDARY CERTIFICATION AND ENDORSEMENT OPTIONS: All undergraduate students seeking secondary

certification in a content area (except those seeking certification in music and physical education) are required to complete the following four-term program of study.

advisors each semester alld the Certification Officer for updates in progra m or application requirements.

Profess i onal Educ-ation Sequence Ter m I

z o ..... < u

:;:)

Education 390 I nq ui ry i n trl Learning I: Investigation into Learn in , and Dcveinpmt'nt Education 92 I n quirl' into Learning II: Investigation i n to Learnino a n d Devel pment Education 3'14 " chno l ngy an d Tea ch ing : Laboratory p<!cial Education 480 Is�u� and Problems o f Child A . use a n d Nl'g kct·

PREPARAT ION FOR TEACHING IN CHRISTIAN SCHOOLS:

4 2

Term II

Educati n 424 In ju i r y i n to Te achi ng I: Div 'rse Learners Educational P�ychl)lot;y J68 Educa tiona l Psychology

4 4

Te rm III

4 4

One cou rs from Ed ucation 440-44( Education 425 Inq u i r y i n to Tcaching I I : Diverse Learners Ten n I F

Education 4 0 Inqulrr i u to Learning and Teaching: Reflective I 'r �lui ce and e m i n a r Education 4 6 St uden t Teac hing - eco ndary ( Dual) ,md Special Eciul:llion 4 3 ':1 <;tudent Teaching in econd;lry 'dwol or Education 468 �tuJellt Teach ing - Secondary

4 7 5 10

The p rofe i on a i duc.tl i o n se q u en ce forms the tcmndation of the program for ,Ill students seeking certification in a content area ( cept musi" a n d p y ical ed u " tion students ) . Undergra uate st uuen t s seek i ng ceftl lcation/endorsement in a content area ( usually II !e a.: h i n grades 4-1 2 ) have everal options for building a pr Ig am upon the professional ducation sequence, including: h ey may e,l rr l a r�iJency secondary teat:hing certificate with a primar . ndor�CJllent i n a con tent area. This requires the completion 0 1 the p rofession al education sequence for secondary r:Jucatioll l udent s and a teach ing major or academic maj Ir th, t meets state endorsement requirements. 2. hey rna)' e.l rn a re�idenLy secondary teaching certificate with pri mary enJor�ement in a c( ntent area and a primary endorsement in special ed uca t i o n . This requires the comple tion of the p rofi!��i\ll1al education sequence fo r secondary education . t ucli: n t s , a teaching major or academic major, and cOLlrs w rk rel! ire d fo r endor ement in special eel uc tion. 3. They may edrn a r �id e!l( s co n d ary tea c h ing certificate with a primary endursement in a content area and a waiver in pedal ed U Lilt i n thro ug h the com pletion of a 1 6-semester hour program (allowing s t u d e n ts to teach speci.ll education after graduat ion f r five 'ears u nder the assumption that they will complete c ) u r' ework to ea rn a primary endorsement in special education d u r i n g t h i s time perio d ) .

Note: SecundJr)' teach i ng majors and minors h ave been designed to align with st,lte en dl)r.�tment requirements and to meet specific depart me ntal standards for majors and minors. Course and hour requi rement:; fur teachi n g and/or academic majors vary according to d e p a rtme nta l requirements. CERTIFI CATION IN MUSIC OR HEAITB AND FITNESS:

U n d ergraduat e� have the option of completing programs that lead to b ( h e l o r's degr ees in music or health and fit ness and reSidency t ach i n g cert i ficates. All indiv iduals wishing tll earn a Bachelor 0 ! \I u sic Fducation or d B a c h t:l o r of Arb in Physical Education � i t h a I 'sidener leach i n g c e r ti fi ca te must apply and be accepted i n to Lhe � cho ol or Education. They must also c mplete th � ti.)lIowin:; Cllllrs I. Musil educ a l i n majors fll U ,t complete Education 3'1 1 ( o ffered every fa l l ) , Ed u ational Psycholog ' 36 1 (offered every sprin g ) , S r I! ·i .! 1 E d u cati o n 480, and aU course require ments specified by t h e Department llf Music.

P A C

2 . Students seeking a Bachelor of Arts i n Physical Education must complete Education 390 and 392, Special Education 480, and all requirements specified by the School of Physical Education.

Students who may be interested in preparing to teach in private or Christian schools will begin their professional preparation by all re4u irements for the Washington State leacher's Certificate. In addition, they will take the Religion m inor ( Teacher Education Option) noted under the Religion department course offerings, and add a private school practicum to their program. EARLY ADVISING OPTIONS: During first or sophomore year,

prospective education students planning to enter the School of Education should meet with the Administrative Manager and/or a faculty member i n the School of Education to discuss the various options listed above and to determine their program of study CERTIFICATION/ENDORSEMENT OPTIONS FOR PERSONS WHO HOLD A BACCALAUREATE DEGREE FROM A RE GIONALLY ACCREDITED INSTITUTION: Persons who hold a

baccalau reate degree (or higher) from a regionally accredited institution and who wish to pursue teacher certification should make an appointment w i th the Coordinator of Admissions and Advising for a planning session. Options for these individuals i n clude:

I . They may apply to a certification-only program. ( Typically classes in such a program would be taken in the undergradu ate program.) 2. They may apply to the Master of Arts i n Education with Residency Certification Program. This 14-month cohort program leads to an MA degree and K-8, multisubject certification with the possibility of content area (4- 1 2) certification ( depending upon previous coursework). Participants move through this full-time program as a cohort. As a part of their program, they complete a yearlong intern ship with a cadre of colleagues i n an urban middle school. 3. If qualified they may apply to PLU's Alternative Routes to Certification Program. ( For I n formation on these options see the School of Education website or contact the Administrave Manager.) PROFESSIONAL TEACHING CERTIFICATE: Certificate

requirements in Washington changed on August 3 1 , 2000. The following guidelines govern certification after that date: I . All teachers ear ning certification in Washington after August 3 1 , 2000 will receive a Residency Teaching Certificate. This certificate is valid for five )'ears. ( WAC I BO-79A- 1 45) 2 . Withi n a five-year period, teachers in Washington must earn a Professional Certificate. ( WAC 1 80-79A- 1 45 ) 3 . Qualifications for the Professional Certificate include: a. To qualify for a Professional Certificate, an i ndividual must have completed p rovisional status as a teacher in a public school pursuant to RCW 28A.405.220 o r the equivalent i n a state board of education approved private school. b. Candidates for the Professional Certificate must complete an approved Professional Certificate program, which has been collaborat ively developed by the college/university and the respective Professional Education Advisory Board ( PEAB). c. The candidate must successfully demonstrate competency in three standa r ds ( i.e. Effective Teaching, Professional Development, and Leadersh ip) and the 18 criteria relevant to the three standards. ( WAC 1 80-79A-206( 3 ) WAC 1 80-78A-500-540) 4. The Professional Certificate is valid for five years. It may be renewed through the completion of 1 50 clock hours. The clock hours must be related to: a. the six state salary c r i teria used to identify appropriate clock hours; b. one of the three standards required for the Professional Certificate.

5. Teacher who held a valid Ini tial Certificate as of Augu ·t 3 1 , 2000 w ill be allowed to have one more renewal of their l.nitial Certificate before they must meet requirements fo r the Professional Certi ficate. 6. Teachers who hold a Continuing Certificate as of August � I 2000 will not be affected by changes in certification require ments.

of study that lead to an endorsement. Ifthere is a llY que'Non about

Note: Infurmation about tire Wa sh illgto l l State Professionlll

Teaching Endorsements

ARTS - VISUAL AlITS

l> -i

Ce r t ifica te and Pacific Lutherall Uni\'ersity's Professiollal Cer tifica t iDll program is Ilvtlilable ill t h e School of Educa tion Office.

Individuals w ish ill g to discuss op t ion s should contact tire A d m i l l is

whether (/ course nut listed helow mn be substitrl ted for tIIr c ll dorsemelr t requ iremellt, the candir/ate must provide el'idence thllt the course covers

a partiwlar ('ssm / ial area ofstudy. Evidence' m ig ht include (but is not lilll ited to) a Clltalog course description, syllabus, letter from the

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL OPTIONS FOR EDUCA

ENDORSEMENT REQUIREMENTS AND UNDERGRADUATE

Secondary tellching major lelldillg to

(all levels)

Note: The fact that the School of Education is authorized to issue certain endorsements does not i ndicate that Pacific Lutheran University has a specified program of study leading to these endorsements. Listed below are general endorsement requirements followed by a list of teaching majors, teaching minors, or programs

o z

endorsement in \lis/wi Arts

36 semester ho urs

Art I (iO; I SO or 1 8 1 ; 1 96, 226, 250, 296, 33 1 , 365, 440 BIOLOGY

( I ) Botanyllab; ( 2 ) Zoologyllab; (3) Genetics; ( 4 ) tvlicrobiology or I'll biology/lab; ( 5 ) � hem i�l ry/ lab ; (ti) Ewl og)'; ( 7 ) Evo lution; ( 8 ) Lab safety, p racti ce , and rnanag me11 t ; ( 9 ) Lab, in quiq'-based experience, ( 1 0 ) Contemporar y, h istorical, technological, and societal issu�� ,1l1d concepts.

Stllte endorsement requirements:

Secondary teaching major leading to iln e ndo rseme n t

- 32 se mester h o u rs

BioI gy 1 6 \ , 1 62 , 323; 328 C he m ist r y 1 05 or 1 20

]48; 332 or 407; 340; 426 or 475;

CHEMISTRY endo rsem en t n�qll irel1lcrz ts: ( I ) General principles of c he m ist r y - inorganic, physical, and analytical/lab; ( 2 ) Organic cheml stryllab; ( ) Quantitat ive analysisllab; ( 4 ) Bi och e mi s tryllab; ( 5 ) Physics; ( 6 ) Laboratory safety, practice, and manage ment; ( 7 ) Lab inqui ry-based experience; ( 8 ) Relat ion 'hip of the concepts of science to contemporary h istori I . technological, an societal issues.

State

PROGRAMS OF STUDY THAT LEAD TO ENDORSEMENTS:

Endorsement requirements are established by the State of Washington. Pacific Lutheran University's School of Education currently is autho rized to offer the following endorsements: English ( 4 - 1 2 ) English/Language Arts (4- 1 2 ) English a s a Second Language ( K- 1 2 ) Elementary ( multisubject, K-S) Health and Fitness ( K- 1 2 ) History (4- 1 2 ) Mathematics ( 4 - 1 2 ) M usic Choral ( K - 1 2 ) General ( K- 1 2 ) I nstrumental ( K - U ) Science ( 4 - 1 2 ) Science, Designated Biology (4- 1 2 ) Chemistry (4- 1 2) Earth Science (4- 1 2 ) Physics (4- 1 2 ) Social Stud ies (4- 1 2 ) . Special Edu c ation ( K- 1 2 ) Visual Arts ( K- 1 2 ) World Languages, Designated Fren - ( K- 1 2 ) German ( K- 1 2 ) Norwegian ( K- 1 2) Spanish ( K- 1 2)

S kills and techniq ues i n multip le m edi a ( painting, sculpture, drdwing, computer, photography); ( 2 ) Co m posi t ion and production using design principles; ( 3 ) Analysis and interpretation o f art; (4) Social, cult ural and h i st or i ca l contexts and connections; (5) Material, equipml!11 t , and fa ili ties safety.

TORS: The School of Education offers professional devel opment

The School of Education also offers certification-only programs in educational admi nistration and programs that will enable teacher� to add additional endorsement in shortage areas such as special education, reading , library and media services, English as a second language, and specific content areas. Detailed information about these options can be found in the Graduate Stu.dies section of this catalog. Information about current and anticipated graduate and professional options can be obtained from the Administrative Manager in the School of Education.

State endorsement requ irelllCllts: ( I )

trative Manager.

programs that allow educators to earn professional and/or National Board of Professional Teaching Standards Certificates. Up to 4 semester h o urs from these programs can be applied to a master's degree p rogram. Current emphasis/option in MA program for edu ca tors includes Master o f Arts in Classroom Teaching: Project LEAD.

ilJStructur, portfoli o, or presentation oIco II rse produ cts.

Secondar), / fil c h i l lg l11ajor leading to an endursemellt

- 62 semester h o u rs Ch em istr y 1 20 or U S ; 2 3 2 , 332; 234, 334; 338, ]4 1 , 342, 343, 344, 403; Physics 1 "3 , 1 54, 1 63. 164; Re q uir ed supporting

cou rsework Math 1 5 1 ; 1 5 2 EARTH SCIENCE State ell dorse ll1 e n t rcqllirenlcl1ts: ( I ) Physical geology; ( 2 )

H istorical geology; ( ) Environ men tal issues related to earth scienc ; ( 4 ) Oceanography; ( 5 ) Astronomy; ( 6 ) Meteorology; ( 7 ) L ab s,1fety. practice, and management; ( 8 ) Lab , i nqu ir y based e. pcrience; (9) Relat ionship nf the concepts of science to contemporary, h istorical, technological. and societal issues. Secondary !tille /l i ng major If<1ding -

a n elldorsclI/wt

48 se mes te r h O llrs

Gens ience 1 02; 1 03 or 1 04; 1 05, 20 I ; Physics 1 1 0, 1 25, 1 35; 4 hours rmm Math 1 40 or higher or (Jne course from Computer Science and Computer Engi neering 1 44 or 220; 1 2 hours from upper-division G eos c ien ce (Our 'es; Chemistry 1 04 or 1 20, ENGLISH

Reading; ( 2 ) Writing; ( 3 ) ommunication - speaki ng, listening, and analyzing; ( 4 ) Lingu istic� o r tTlIcturc o f Language; ( 5 ) Literature American, Br itish , world, multicult ural, and adolescent.

Stat elldorselllclIl req uiremellts: ( I )

Secolldary tca chi ng mOJor Iet/di llg to all en do rsement

- 36 semester hOllrs Students mllst have f(lUr years of high school for ign language in one la nguage or co urs es through 20 I a nd 202 at the university level in one f o r ei gn Ian 1uage; English 2 1 4 or 2 15; 24 1 . 25 1 , 30 1 , 328, 403; Communication 330; 4 hours from 2 1 6, 2 1 8, 230, 233,

343, 4 hours from 2 14, 234, 325. 327, 34 1 , 374. P A C

L U

E R

V E

T Y

ENGLISH/ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Reading; ( 2 ) Writing;

( 3 ) Communication; ( 4 ) Linguistics; ( 5 ) American. British,

world, multicultural, and adolescent literature. Secon dary teaching major leading to a primary endorsemen t

z o l e( U ::J o w

- 40 semester hours

English 2 1 4 or 2 1 5; Communication 284 and 285 or 330; Language 446 or English 403; English 24 1 , 25 1 , 30 I; Theatre 250 or 458; 4 hours from English 224, 225, 227, 326, 328; 4 hours from English 2 1 6, 2 1 8, 230, 233, 343; 4 hours from Engli.sh 22 1 , 325, 327, 34 1 , 374. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL)

State endorsement requ irements: ( I ) Language acquisition theory;

( 2 ) Cross-cultural teaching and learning strategies;

( 3 ) Literacy development ( reading, writing, listening, speaking); ( 4 ) History and theory of ESL; ( 5 ) Instructional strategies for ESL. Illformatioll rega rding specific course requiremellts can be obtained from the Administra tive Mallager in the School of Education. HEALTH/ FITNESS

State endorsement req uiremellts: ( I ) Foundations of health and

fitness; ( 2 ) Safe living, including first aid and CPR; ( 3 ) Scientific foundations for health and fitness (anatomy, exercise physiology, kinesiology/biomechanics, psychomotor maturation and development, and motor learning); ( 4 ) Movement, activities, and application with attention to special needs populations; ( 5 ) Coordinated health education (alcohol and other drugs, diseases, injury prevention, human relationships, nutrition, H IV prevention, and abuse prevention). Please see requirements for Bachelor of Arts in Physical Education ( BAPE) with Certification under Physical Education.

HISTORY

State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Pacific Northwest history;

( 2 ) United States history; ( 3 ) World history; ( 4 ) Civics/ political science/United States government; ( 5 ) Geography; ( 6 ) Economics.

SecOlldary teaching major leading to all endorsement - 36 semester hOllrs

History 30 I , 460; 4 hours from 1 07, 1 08 or 2 1 5; 8 hours from History 25 1 , 252, 253; 16 hours o f electives (at least 4 hours upper-division electives in U.S.lEuropean and 4 hours upper division electives in non-Western history from 335, 337, 338, 339, 340, 344 ) .

MATHEMATICS State endorsement requiremel!ts:

( l ) Geometry ( Euclidean and non -Euclidean); ( 2 ) Probability and statistics; ( 3 ) Calculus (integral and differential); ( 4 ) Discrete mathematics; ( 5 ) Logic and problem solving; ( 6 ) History of math or founda

tions of math. Secondary teach ing major leading to an endorsement

- 40 or 41 semester hOllrs

Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 203 , 253, 3 1 7, 3 2 1 , 3 3 1 , 34 1 , 433; 3 5 1 or 356 or Physics 1 53, 163. MUSIC

Choral music, General music, Instrumental Music See requirements for Bachelor of Music Education under Music.

State endorsement req uirements: ( I ) Assessment and diagnosis of

reading skills and deficiencies; ( 2 ) Strategies of how to teach reading; ( 3 ) Language acquisition/integration; ( 4 ) Social/ cultural contexts for literacy; ( 5 ) Reading process including decoding, encoding. and student response to child and adolescent literature; ( 6 ) Beginning literacy (reading. writing. spelling, and communication) ; ( 7 ) Reading in the content areas; ( 8 ) Literacy for a secon d language learner; (9) Meta cognitive strategies; ( 1 0 ) Risk factors for reading difficulties and intervention strategies for students experiencing read ing difficulties.

Information rega rding specific course requiremellts call be obtained from the Administrative Manger ill the ScilOol of Education. SCIENCE

State endorsemellt requirements: ( I ) a primary endorsement i n

biology, chemistry, earth science, o r physics ( a s described under designated sciences) ; ( 2 ) a minimum of one course from each of the other designated sciences.

Primary endorsement - 40 semester hOllrs ( m inimum)

I n order to qualify for an endorsement in science, an individual must meet primary endorsement requirements in one of the following: biology, chemistry, physics, or earth science. In addition to meeting the endorsement require ments, the student must complete a minimum of one course from each of the other three areas. SOCIAL STUDIES

State endorsemellt requirements: ( I ) Pacific Northwest history;

( 2 ) United States h istory, including chronological, thematic, multicultural, ethnic and women's history; ( 3 ) world, regional, or country history; ( 4 ) Geography; ( 5 ) Political science, civics, or government; ( 6 ) Anthropology, psychology, or sociology; ( 7 ) Economics.

Secondary teaching majo r leading to an endorsement

- 40 semester hours

History 338, 460 or 46 1 ; 4 hours from 25 1 , 252, 253; 4 hours from 1 07, 1 08; 4 hours from 335, 337, 339, 340, 344; Political Science 1 5 1 ; 8 hours, 4 each from two of the following: any anthropology course other than 102 or 2 10; any psychology other than 1 0 1 ; Sociology 1 0 1 or 330; 4 hours from Econom ics 1 30, l S I , 1 52. SPECIAL EDUCATION

State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Exceptionality; ( 2 ) Curricu

lum modification and adaptation; ( 3 ) I nclusion; ( 4 ) Assess ment including behavior analysis, Individualized Education Plan ( IEP) , accommodations; ( 5 ) Legal issues; ( 6 ) Specially designed instruction in all content areas; ( 7 ) Pro-social skills and behavioral problems; ( 8 ) School, family, community partnerships; (9) Transition; ( 1 0 ) Organization and manage ment systems; ( I I ) Methods in early childhood education; ( 1 2 ) Collaboration with para-educators.

P- 12, 32 semester hOll rs above general edllcation req uiremellts

Special Education 30 1 , 350, 355, 404. 405, 407, 408; 438 or 439; 480, 492. Information regarding the Special Edllcation waiver can be obtained from the Administrative Manager in the School of Education.

PHYSICS

WORLD LANGUAGES

State endorsement requirements:

( I ) General principles of physics/lab; ( 2 ) Lab safety, practice and management; ( 3 ) Lab, inquiry-based experience; ( 4 ) Relationships of the concepts

of science to contemporary, historical, technological and societal issues. Secondary teaching major leading to an endorsement - 38 semester hours

Physics 1 53, 1 63, 1 54, 1 64, 223, 3 3 1 , 336, 354; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52. 253. 66

READING

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

V E R S I T Y

( I ) Communication - speaks, u n derstands, reads, and writes in a variety of contexts and situations; ( 2 ) Culture; ( 3 ) Interdisciplinary integration; ( 4 ) Language acquisition theory; ( 5 ) Methodological study.

Chinese - all levels - supporting - 27 semester hOllrs

Chinese 1 0 1 , 1 02, 201 , 30 1 , 37 I ; Language 445. French - Secondary teaching majo r leading to all endorsement - 32 semester hours

French 20 1 , 202, 30 1 , 302, 32 1 , 42 1 , 422; Language 445. erman - Secondary tcncizillg major leading to all endorse ment - 32 semester hours

German 20 1 , 202, 30 1 , 302, 32 1 , 42 1 , 422; Language 445. Spa n ish - Secolldary teaching major leadillg to 11/1 elldo/'semcllt - 32 semester hours p n ' sh 20 I , 202, 30 I , 302, 32 1 ; 8 hours from 42 1 , 422, 43 1 , 432; L nguage 445.

4 1 1 Strategies /or Language/litersq' Development ( Cro ss l iste d \ ith 5 1 1 . ) ( 2 ) 4 1 2 Sodal Studies in K-8 Edu<:ation Focus on d rawi n g connections between the co ntent of social stud ies cu ricula and the l ived experiences of h u m a n l i ves .

205 Mu ltiruJlural Issues in the Classroom - A Exa m i nation llf issues of race, cla s, ge nd er , sexual orientation, etc. as they

relate t o

educntional practices.

(4)

262 Foundation of Education I n troduction to teaching; h istorical, philosophical , -acial, poli tical, e t h i cal and l eg a l fo u n dations. Federal a n d state l egis latinn fo r special popul,ltions. Concur rent with

263 S

263. ( 3 )

5 1 3.) (4)

424 l oquiry into Teaching I : Diverse Learners F(lcus on general pri nc i pl es of i nstructional design and delivery with special emphasis on reading and language, assessment , adaptation, not majoring in m usic or physical education. For elementary srudents, concu rren t with 406 and 408. Taken as Term U Hub. ( 4 )

425 Inquiry into Tea ching I I : Diverse Learne rs Exten ion and cxpans i()n

of ideas

i n t roduced i n

ssessrnent, adaptation, and classroom

Ta ken as Term I I I H ub. ( 4 )

Investigation i nto theories o f learning Jnd development and i n t o

426 Specla.L Topics in Childrm's Literature

historical and current pract ices, values, and beli efs that i n fluence

o p i cs incl ude:

self a ' learner, th eo rie of lea rn i ng, others as l amers, excep ti on alities , techn ology, values, literacy and factors i n fluencing l ea rning ,l nd lit eracy ( fieldwork i ncluded ) . Concurrent with

392

( rosslisted w i th 526. ) ( 2 ) 427 Multicultural ChlIdreo's LiteratuTe (C ros l i s ted with

527. ) ( 2 )

428 Childre,,'s Literature in the K-8 Currkulum

- Term ) H ub. ( 4 )

(Crosslisted with 528.) ( 2 )

39 1 Foundation o f Learning Investigation mto theories of l ea rn i n g a n d develo p m c n t a n d i n to

429 AdoJ

values, and beliefs that i n f1uencc efforts to s h ap e l ea rn i n g in e d u cational setting . . lilpics i n c l u de: self as learn er, Iheories of learni ng , others as learner�, excep tional i t ie�, technology, values li te r acy and factors i n tluenci n g learn i ng and l i teracy. L i m i ted to m u s i c education majors. 0) historical and current practiccs,

392 Inquiry into Learning II: Investigation into Learning and Devdopment Continued i n vesti ga t ion i n to theories of learn ing an d develop ment and i n to historical and current practices, values, a n d

bel iefs efforts to s h a pe lea r n i ng in educational settillgs. To pic include: elf as Ie mer, theories of learni ng, others as learners, exceptionali ties, t echno l o gy, va lu es, l i t e ra cy and factors i nf1 ue n c i n g l ear n i n g and l i teracy ( fieldwork included ) . Concur rent with 3 0 - Term I Hub. ( 4 ) that i n tl uence

394 Technology and Teaching: Laboratory Labor a to ry i n which st udent explore inst ructional uses o f technology and develop a n d apply various skills and competen cies. Concurrent wit h

390 - Te rm I Hub. Pass/ Fai l . ( 2 )

4 06 Mathem.ati<:s in K-8 Education

ma th e matic a l p r i n ciples a n d p ra ct i ce s consistent students. Practicum i ncluded, concurrent with 408 and 424. ( 4 ) ikpl()ration of

with

,TM curriculum standards. For elementary

408 Literaq' i n K-8 Education Pa rticipation in the development of a p p ro p r i J te curricular strategies a n d instructional methods for sup p orti n g the diversit y of learner. . language/li teracy growth. PractiCll I11 i ncluded, co ncurrent with

For elementary students. 406 and 424. ( 4 )

4 1 0 Sdence/Health in K-8 Edu<:ation S t rategies fo r leaching science by using i n q u i r y methods a nd p roblem -solv i ng techniques will be e m p l oyed to ex p lore i n teract ive curricula from an environmental po i n t of view. Issues o f n u tri ti o n and hea lth. Pract i c lI m included, concurrent w i th

4 1 2 and 425. ( 4 )

424. Continued

m ana g e m ent . For elementary and secondary students outside of music and physical education, concu rrent with 4 1 () and 4 1 2.

Development

o z

and classroom management. Por elementary and secondary students

reading and language,

262. ( I )

390 Inquiry into Learning I: lnnstJga tion into Learning and

efforts to shape learn i n g ill educational settings .

" » -i

and lrutruction

e m p h asis on instructional design and delivery with a focus on

001 Observation

Graded obser vat i o n in schools. Concurrent wit h

4 1 3 Language/literaq' Development: Assessment (Crosslisted wi th

Course Offerings: Education

Pr,lcticum i ncl uded, Concurrent with 4 1 0 and 425. ( 4 )

<:ent Literalwe ln the Secondary Currkulum

(C rosslisted with

529.) ( 2 )

430 Student Teach mg in - 8 Edu<:lltion - SR Teaching i n cia sroom of local public schools u n d e r the d i rect

of Educa tion faculty and classroom Prerl!quisite: 'uccessful com pletion of Education Ter m s 1- rn . on current with 450. ( 10 )

super visi on of School teachl!l's. co u rs

�

434 Student Teaching - Elementary (Dual) - SR Designed for per�ons

ho do dual student teach i ng . Ten weeks

of teaching in c1as�roo r n s !Jf local public schools u n der the d i rect su pt' rvi si on of _ cho ol of Educa t i o n faculty and classroom teacher:. Pr

qui. ite: Successful co m pleti on of Education

co urses Terms I-I I I . Concurrent with

450. ( 7 )

436 Alternate level Student Teaching - Elementary D esi g n ed II give some knowledge, understa nd i ng, a n d study of ch ildren, suhject matter tie Ids, a n d materials in the studen t's alternate teach ing l eve l plus s tudent teach i n g on that level. Students who have mpleted seco ndary p referred-level student teach i n g !> ho ul d enroll i n t h i s course.

(6)

437 Alternate Level Student Teaching - Se<:ondary - SR De,'iign ed to gi l'

some kn ow l edge, understa nding, and study of

children, subject matt r fields, and materials in the student's alternate

teaching level

plus student teach ing on that level. Students

who have co m p le t ed elementary preferred level student t eachi n g should enroll

this course. Independent study card requ i red. ( 6 )

438 Strategies for Whole Literaq' Instruction ( K- 1 2) ( rosslisted with 53/l . ) ( 2 ) 440 Art in the Secondary School I nstructional strategies, Illllg- and sh or t - ran ge p l a n n ing, curricu l u m ,

and ot her considerations spec i fi c to

the discipli nes.

(4) 444 English in the Secondary School I n strllcti, nal

curricu lum,

str.1tegies,

l on g- and short-range planning,

and other considerations specific t o the discipli nes.

(4) P

445 Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages and Second Language

English as a

Instructional strategies, long- and short-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the disciplines. ( Required for foreign language endorsement and English as a Second Language minor. ) (4)

z o

446 Mathematics in the Secondary School (4)

l e(

Instructional strategies, long- and short-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the disciplines.

:;)

447 Science in the Secondary School ( 4 )

o w

Instructional strategies, long- and short-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the disciplines. 448 Social Studies in the Secondary School ( 4 )

Instructional strategies, long- and short-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the disciplines. 449 Computer Science in the Secondary School ( 4)

Instructional strategies, long- and short-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the disciplines. 450 Inquiry into Learning and Teaching: Reflective Practice Seminar

A seminar for all education students (except music and physical education) focusing development of professionalism and competence in inquiry and reflective practice ( elementary and secondary). Taken with student teaching Term IV Hub. (4)

A study of the gifted child, characteristics and problems, and school procedures designed to further development. G ( 2 ) 490 Acquisition and Development of Langnagc

Investigation of how young children acquire their first language and what they know as a result of this learning. (Crosslisted with 5 1 0. ) ( 2 ) 493 Effective Tutoring Methods

A practical course for students interested in applying theories of learning to one-on-one tutoring situations and receiving training about group dynamics and communication styles for presenta tions and group sessions. Readings, role-playing exercises, research, student presentations, class discussion, and continuous written reflection. ( I ) 496 Laboratory Worbhop

Practical course using elementary-age children in a classroom situation working out specific problems; provision will be made for some active participation of the university students. Prereq uisites: conference with the instructor or the dean of the School of Education. 497 Special Project

Individual study and research on education problems or additional laboratory experience in public school classrooms. Prerequisite: consent of the dean. ( 1 -4 ) 501 Workshops

456 Storytdling

Graduate workshops in special fields for varying lengths of time. ( 1 -4)

A combination of discovery and practicum in the art of story telling. Investigates the values and background of storytelling, the various types of and forms of stories, techniques of choosing and of telling stories. Some off-campus practice. Demonstrations and joint storytelling by and with instructor. ( 2 )

503 On-Campus Workshops in Education

457 The Arts, Media, and Technology

S05 Issues in Litcracy Education

Students use a variety of techniques, equipment, and materials to explore ways of seeing and expressing how they see and experi ence their environment. ( 2 )

I nitial course required for all students in the master's program in literacy education. Overview of historical and current theory, practice, definitions, and research in language and literacy acquisition and development in and out of schools. Requi red o f a n y track option selected. ( 2 )

466 Student Teaching - Secondary (Dual) - SR

Designed for students who do dual student teaching. Ten weeks of teaching in classrooms of local public schools under the direct supervision of School of Education faculty and classroom teachers ( taken with Special Education 439, 5 hours, and EDUC 450, 4 hours) (secondary students). ( 7 ) 467 Evaluation

Evaluation of school experiences; problems in connection with development, organization, and administration of tests (standard ized and teacher-made). Required of fifth-year students. Prerequi sites: student teaching or teaching experience; 262, 253, EPSY 36 1 . May b e taken concurrently with student teaching. G ( 2)

On-campus graduate workshops in education for varying lengths of time; enrollment subject to advisor's approval.

S 06 Foundations of School library Media Centcr Management

Functions of the school library media center with particular emphasis on the roles and responsibilities of the school library media specialist within instructional and administrative arenas. (2) 507 PrInciples of Information Organization, Retrieval, and Service

Exploration of a b road range of data and information in primary and secondary sources, including document, bibliography, full text, statistical, visual, and recorded formats. (2) S08 Principles of Bibliographic Analysis and Control

468 Stndent Teaching - Secondary - SR

Teaching in public schools under the direction of classroom and university teachers. Prerequisites: formal application; senior standing; cumulative GPA of 2.50 or higher. Concurrent with EDUC 450. ( 1 0 )

The organization and structure of a broad range of information formats with an emphasis on the analysis of standard biblio graphic components prescribed by national bibliographic databases. ( 2 )

470 Curriculum, Materials and Instruction for Teaching Eaglish as a Second Langnage

5 09 Foundations of CoUection Development

Application of language teaching methodology to various instructional situations. ( C rosslisted with LANG 470. ) (4)

485 The Gifted Child

The philosophical bases and parameters of collection develop ment in the school library media center. ( 2)

473 Pan:nt-Teacher RelationshIps

510 The Acquisition and Development of Langnage and Literacy

Issues and skills important in conterencing and parent-teacher relationships. ( 2 )

I nvestigation of how young children acquire their first language and what they know as a result of this learning. (2)

475 Practicum i n Teaching English a s a Second Language

511 Strategies for Langnage/Literacy Development

Extended experience and participation in an assigned ESL setting. Prerequisite: LANG/EDUC 445. Concurrent with LANG/ EDUC 470. (Crosslisted with LAN G 470 . ) ( I )

The developmental nature of literacy learning with emphasis on the vital role of language and the interrelatedness and interde pendence of listening, speaking, reading, and writing as language p rocesses. Prerequisite: 5 1 0. ( 2 )

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

V E R S I T Y

513

Language/Literacy Development: Assessment and

Instruction

Und rstanding of a wide variety of strategies and tools for as essing and facilitating students' development in reading, writing, listening, and speaking. Prerequisite: 5 1 0; highly recommended to be t,tken at the end of the track sequence. (Crossli. ted with SPE 1 3 .) ( 4 )

5 15

Professional Seminar: Co.ntinuing Level, Teachers

The preparation and sharing of selected topics related to the mini m um generic standards needs of the individual participants. Requ ir d for the continuing level certification of teachers. ( 2 )

516

Teacher Supervision

Special Topics in Children's Literature

527 Multicultural Children's Literature

Explor tion f multi-cultural issues in the context of child ren's literature. ( 2 )

528

Children's Literature i n K-8 Curriculum

Adolescent Literature in the Secondary Curriculum

Genre in adole 'cent literature and exploration of strategies for integration of young adult materials across the middle and secondar y 'chool curriculum. (2)

530

Children's Writing

Curr 111 theory and practice in the teaching and learning of writing i n elementary classrooms. ( 2 )

537

Media and Technology fur School Library Media

Specialists

The mallag ment of media and technology services in the school library media center. Special emphasis on emerging technologies u cd in K- 1 2 instructional programs (CD-ROM, interactive video, di tance learning, computer technologies) . ( 2 )

538

Stl'ategies for Whole Literacy Instruction

(K-1 2)

The use of language as a tool for learning across the curriculum, and the roles of language in all kinds of teaching and learning in K- 1 2 classrooms. Strategies � r r adingJwriting in content areas, thematic teaching, topic study, and integrating curriculum. ( 2 ) 544 Research and Program Evaluation

Knowledge of evaluation techniques. including por tfolios, and of research design; ability to interpret educational research; to identify, locate, and acquire typical research and related litera t u re; to u. e the results of re earch or evaluation to propose program changes and write grants.(2)

54S

I nquiry and Actio.n into. Social l ssne8 and Problems

Seminar -ynthe. izing inquiry into social problems in educational and community settings. Critical examination of contemporary ocial issue that affect the success of youth and adults. ( 2 )

S50

Leade

hip I

Introduction to the role and function of the principalship with mphasis un team building and in terpersonal professional relalionships and ethical decision-making. Prerequisite: Admission to Ihe graduate progr.illl or permission of graduate advisor. (3 j

S5 I

Leader hip II

The principal as an instructional leader who oversees curricu lum, stud nl achie ement, and assessment, and supervises tea hers in their work. (4)

Leadership IV

The principal as a developer of personnel. Study of contempo rary federal, state, and local statutes, regulations, and case law related to working with personnel issues, including legal principles in hiring, firing, i n-service and staff development, support services, and contract negotiation. (4) Leadership V

o c: n » -1 o z

The principal as a change agent. Study of current issues i n administration. ( I , I ) Practicum

Guided instructional assistance and tutoring in schools. Designed for MA/Cert Program. ( 2 )

562

Schools and Society

I n d ividual and cooperative study of the socio-cultural and cultural, political. legal, historical, and philosophical foundations of curre.nt practices of schooling in America. Prerequisite: Admission to the MA/Cert Program or consent of instructor. ( 3 )

563

Inv!! tigation of genres of contemporary child ren's literature and development of a p rsonal repertoire for classroom use. ( 2 )

529

553

560

Students explore the various theme� of social issues found in children's literature through discussion groups and the construc tion of text ets and thematic units used i n elementary and middle school classrooms. ( 2 )

Leadership III

The principal as a manager of resources and community relations. Local, state, and federal issues in school finance and communicating with school stakeholders the mission and services of the schoo!. (4)

554

ldenti ficati n and development of supervisory skills for teachers who work with other adults in the classroom. ( I )

526

552

Integrating SemJnar

Students work cooperatively and individually to integrate educa tion course work, field experience, and individual perspective during graduate degree programs. May be repeated for credit. ( 1--4)

564

The Arts, Mind, and Body

An exploration of methods to facilitate creativity and meaning making in the classroom through visual, musical, non-verbal! physical movement, and dramatic arts. ( 2 )

565

The Art and Practice o f Teaching

Through application projects, micro-teaching experiences, and reading representing different perspectives, participants will practice and assess a variety of options for designing, imple menting, and assessing lessons and units that in tegrate math ematics, science, social science, language arts, and physical education ill K-8 classrooms. (6)

568

Internship in Teaching

In ternship in classroom settings. Fourteen weeks of teaching under the direct supervision of cooperating teachers and university supervisors. Designed for students in the MA/Cert program. (6)

585

Comparative Education

Comparison and investigation of materials and cultural systems of education throughout the world. Emphasis on applying knowledge for greater understanding of the diverse populations in the K - 1 2 educational system. ( 3 )

586

Sociology o f Education

Viewing the educational system as a complex and changing social institution. Emphasis on value orientations from diverse human populations and their impact on K- 1 2 education and educational issues. ( 3 )

587

Hi8to ry of Educatio.n

A study of great men and women whose lives and writings have shaped and continue to shape the character of American education. ( 3 )

589

Philosophy o f Education

Philosophical and theoretical foundations of American educa tion as well as the social philosophy of growing diverse popula tions in the K - 1 2 schools. ( 3 )

590

Graduate Seminu

A workshop for all Master of Arts candidates in the School of Education. Candidates should register for this seminar for assistance in fu lfilling requirements. No credit is given, nor is tuition assessed. P A C

E R

I V

T Y

z o I <t

u :;)

C w

595 Internship in Educational Administration

550 Beginning Practicum

Students will register for 2 semester hours in each of two semesters. Internship in educational administration jointly planned and supervised by the School o f Education and public and/or private school administrators in full compliance with state requirements. Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate pr gram or to the credentialing program; completion of educational administration concentration; consultation with advisor. (2, 2)

Learn and practice the basic counseling skills i n a structured and closely supervised environment. Clients used i n this practicum will be relatively high fu nctioning and will usually be seen in an observation room. ( 3 )

596 Graduate Seminar

Students register for \ semester hour in each of two semesters. Professional seminars are scheduled and presented by candidates, their university professors, and professional colleagues in the schools in partnership. Prerequisites: Completion of coursework in educational administration concentration. ( 2 ) 597 Independent Study

Projects of varying length related to educational issues or concerns of the individual participant and approved by an appropriate faculty member and the dean. ( \- 4 ) 598 Studies i n EdUcatiOD

A research paper or project on an educational issue selected jointly by the student and the graduate advisor. Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate program; 544, 545; minimum of 26 hours of coursework leading to the MA; consultation with the stud en t's advisor. ( 2 ) 5 99 Thesis

The thesis problem will be chosen from the candidate's major field of concentration and must be approved by the candidate's graduate com m ittee. Candidates are expected to defend their thesis i n a final oral examination conducted by their com m ittee. (3 or 4 )

In addition to those skills learned in Beginning Practicum, learn and practice various counseling approaches, skills and tech niques with individuals from diverse populations in commun ity or various school settings. Prerequisites: 550 and 56 1 . ( 3 ) 560 Communication i n Schools

The study of the theories and concepts of those helping skills needed to facili tate problem-solving and personal and academic growth with appl ications to the classroom and to interactions with professional colleagues. Prerequisite: Admission to MA/Cert program. ( 3 ) 561 Basic Relationships in Counseling

A study of the theory, process, techniques, and characteristics of the counsel ing relationship. ( 4 ) 563 Practicum i n Group Process and Leadership

A human i n teraction laboratory which explores interpersonal operations i n groups and facilitates the development of self insight; emphasis on leadership and development of skill in diagnosing individual, group, and organizational behavior patterns and i n fluences. Students will co- facilitate a laboratory group. Prerequisite: 5 \ 2. ( 2 ) 565 Advanced Human Development

Course Offerings: Educational Psychology

Consideration of the implications of the theory, concepts, and research from psychology on development, motivation, learning, and instruction. Emphasis will be on exploring ideas and processes that are directly related to classroom teaching. This course will help teachers understand the skills needed for teaching and become more aware of the complexities of learning and instruction . (4)

36 1 Psychology for Teaching

566 Advanced Cognition, Development, and Learning

Principles and research in human development and learning, especially related to teaching and to the psychological growth, relationships, and adjustment of individuals. Prerequisites: EDUC 263; EPSY 26 \ . ( 3 )

The study of principles and current thought and research i n cognition, development, and learning. Prerequisite: Admission to the MA/Cert program or consent of instructor. ( 3 )

368 Educational Psychology

A study of careers, theories of choice, and guidance techniques. (4)

Principles and research in human learning and their implications for curriculum and instruction. For secondary students who are not seeking certification in physical education or special education. ( 4 ) 501 Workshops

Graduate workshops i n special fields for varying lengths of time. ( 1-4) 5 1 2 Group Process and the Individual

A human i n teraction laboratory to facilitate the exploration of the self concept through the mechanisms of interpersonal interactions and feedback. Emphasis placed on the acquisition of skil l in self-exploration, role identification, and climate-making. G (2) 535 Foundations o f Guidance

The focus is on developing an understanding of the services and processes available to assist individuals in making plans and decisions according to their own l i fe pattern. G ( 4 ) 536 Affective Classro om Techniques

Exploration of various techniques designed to facilitate under standing of self and others; methods fo r working with students. Prerequisite: student teaching or graduate status. Laboratory experience as arranged. G ( 2 )

555 Practicum

P A C I

L U T H E R A N

I V E R S I T Y

569 Career Guidance 570 Fieldwork in Counseling and Guidance

A culminating practicum of field experience in schools or agencies using theory, skills, and techniques previously learned. Students incorporate consultation experience following the Adlerian model. ( 4 ) 575 Mental Health

Basic mental health principles as related to i nterpersonal relationships. Focus on self-understanding. Laboratory experi ences as arranged. ( 4 ) 578 Behavioral Problems

Adlerian concepts provide the basis for observation, motivation, modification, and l i fe style assessment. Skills for assist ing people in developing responsibility for their own behavior. Laboratory experience as arranged. (4) 583 Current Issues i n Exceptionality

The characteristics of exceptional students and current issues involving the educator's role in dealing with their special needs. G ( 2-4) 597 Independent Study

Projects of varying length related to educational issues or concerns of the individual participant and approved by an appropriate faculty member and the dean. ( \-4)

598 Studies io Education

3 99 Practicum in Special Education

A research paper or project on an educational issue selected jointly by the student and the graduate advisor. It will be reviewed by the student's graduate committee. ( 2 )

Experience with children and youth who have special needs. I hour credit given after successful completion of 45 clock hours and specific course competencies. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( l or 2)

599 Thesis

The thesis problem will be chosen from the candidate's major field of concentration and must be approved by the candidate's graduat ommittee. Candidates are expected to defend their thesis in a final oral examination conducted by their committee. (3 or 4 )

Course Offerings: Special Education 195 Individuals with Disabilities - A

An introductory course focusing upon persons with disabilities. Intended for students outside the School of Education. ( 4 ) 20J Observation io Special Education Programs

Observation in special education programs, schools, and community settings. ( I ) 2% Educatiog the Physically ChoIlenged and Medically Eragile

M eting the ps}rchological, social, and educational needs of individuals who are physically challenged and/or medically fragile. ( 2 ) 301 A.sse ment and Evaluation in Special Education

Examination of skills and knowledge in assessment and evaluation in special/remedial education. Course topics include norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessment i n a variety of content/skills areas. Covers use of evaluation proce dun�s keyed to essential learning, as well as legal considerations in the assessment process. ( 3 ) 338 Issues io Early Childhood Special Education

I n-depth t!xploration of issues related to identification of and service delivery to this population. Students will be taught the specialized instructional and management techniques to effectively address the needs of these students. The field experienct! component will enable students to practice these skill with children and youth with this handicapping condition. Prerequisite: 30 I. (4) 355 Instruction and Management o f Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders

I n-depth exploration of issues related to the identification of and service delivery to this population. Students will be taught the specialized management techniques that educators need to effectively teach students with behavioral/emotional disabilities. The field experience component will enable students to practice these skills with children and youth with these disorders. Prerequisite: 30 I . (4) 395 Introduction t o Language Development and Disorders

I n t roduction to language diso rders, assessment, and interven tion. Focus on theories of language development and normal language acquisition. ( 2 )

}> -4 o z

405 Teaching Students with Mild Disabilities

Examination of skills and knowledge needed for developing exemplary academic instructional programs for learners with mild disabilities. The tleld experience component will enable students to have hands-on experience in implementing these programs. Prerequisite: 30 1 . (4 ) 407 Curriculum, Instruction, and Technology

Examination o f knowledge and skills needed for teaching academic, social, and adaptive skills to learneTb with special needs. Includes writing Individual Education Plans, data-based instruc tion, task analysis, and computer assisted instruction. Prerequisite: SPED 30 1 , 405, EDUC 390, 393, 424. (4) 408 Transitions from School to Community

Examination of knowledge and skills related to career vocational transition and life adjustment. ( 2 ) 438 Student Teaching in Elementary School

Teaching in special education programs under the direction and supervision of school and university personnel; 8 weeks. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC 434 and 450. ( 5 ) 439 Student Teaching i n Secondary School

440 Student Teaching Seminar

350 Teaching Students with Modente Disabilities

Focus on knowledge and skills necessary for effective collaboration and supervision with parents, professionals, and para-educators. ( 3 )

340 Advanced Strategies and Techniques for Teaching in P-3 Settings

Formal and informal assessment techniques used to meet the needs of children and their families in integrated settings. Prerequisites: 490, 492. (Crosslisted with 54 1 . )

404 Communication and CoUaboration

Teaching in special education progra ms under the direction and supervision of school and university personnel; 8 weeks. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC 450 and 466. ( 5 )

341 Assessment o f Infants and Preschoolers

Methods for communicating effectively with parents of special needs children. ( 2 )

Current issues related to young children with special needs. (Crosslisted with 538.) ( 2 )

Current practices in educational strategies and curriculum modifications to meet the needs of the early learner. Prerequi sites: 399, 490, 492. (Crosslisted with 540 . ) ( 2 )

403 Parent/Professional Partnership in Special Education

A seminar which meets concurrently with student teaching and enhances skills and knowledge required for teaching. ( I ) 475 Supervising Para-Professionals and Volunteers

Emphasis on the effective management of para-professionals and volunteers in the classroom. ( I ) 480 Issues and Problems of Child Abuse and Neglect

Issues and problems of child abuse, neglect, dllmestic violence, substance abuse, and harassment. I ncludes identification and reporting procedures, and the legal and professional responsibili ties of the mandated reporter. ( ! ) 485 The Gifted Cbild

A study of the gifted learner's characteristics and needs. Focus on instructional procedures designed to further development. ( 2 ) 490 Development in Early Childhood Special Education

Impl ications of normal and atypical child development for the learning process, including hands-on experiences in early childhood/ special education settings. ( 2 ) 492 Strategies for Teaching Early Learners

Early childhood methods, materials, curriculum, and techniques for teaching children with special needs. Prerequisite: 490 or consent of instructor. ( 2 ) 494 Computer Application i n Special Education

An introduction into the application of computer technology for learners with special needs. Focus on current issues and uses of computer technology including computer assisted instruction, software evaluation, pupil and data management, and assistive devices. ( 2 )

P A C

z o

497 Independent Study

533 Inclusion and Students with Moderate Disabilities

Projects of varying length related to trends and issues in special education and approved by an appropriat faculty member and the dean. ( l or 2 )

A focus on meeting the academic and adaptive behavior skills of students within the regular education classroom. ( 2 )

SOl Off-Campus Workshops in Special .Education

Off-campus graduate workshop in special education for varying lengths of time. ( 1 -4) 503 On-Campus Workshops in Special Education

On -campus graduate workshops in special education for varying lengths of time. ( 1 - 4 ) S 1 3 Language/Literacy Development: Assessment and InstructioD

Understanding of a wide variety of strategies and tools for assessing and facilitating students' development in reading, writing, listening, and spea · ng. ( Crosslisted with EDUC 5 1 3. ) 520 Teaching Students with Special Needs in Elementary Programs

I ntroduction and overview of services for students with special needs in elementary programs. Includes procedural and substantive legal issues in special education, program modifica tion, and classroom management. ( 2 ) 5 2 1 Teaching Students with Special Needs in Secondary

Programs Introduction and overview of services for students with special needs in secondary programs. Includes procedural and substan tive legal issues in special education, program modification, and classroom management. ( 2 ) 522 The Role of Health Professionals i n Special Education

Introduction of health professionals in the school to learners with special needs. Topics include roles of parents as well as medical concerns, early intervention, teaming, substance abuse, and suicide prevention. ( 3 ) 523 Educational Procedures for Students with Mild Disabilities

An introduction to teaching procedures for students with mild disabilities. Incl udes concepts in characteristics, assessment, and instructional practices. ( 3 ) 524 Educa tional Procedures for Siudents with Developmental Disabffities

An examination of the emotional, social, physical, and mental characteristics of individuals with moderate disabilities. Includes assessment and instruction from medical, psychological, social, and educational viewpoints. ( 3 ) 525 Procedures for Students with Behavior Disorders

An examination of instructional and management procedures for learners with behavior disorders. Includes study of academic and behavioral characteristics of these students. ( 3 ) 526 Advanced Practicum i n Special Education

Experience with children and youth with special needs. Credit given after successful completion of 90 clock hour. and specific course competencies. Prerequisite: 520, 52 1 or equivalent. ( 2 ) 530 Assesm s ent of Studenls with Special Needs

Examines the use of assessment information for making educational decisions about students. Prerequisite: SPED 30 1 . ( 2 ) 53 1 Severe and Profound Disabilities

Introduction to the physical, social, and education needs of individuals with severe and profound disabilities.(2) 532 Education and Training o f Individuals with Severe and Profound Disabilities

In-depth study of educational prescription and programming for learners who are severely and profoundly disabled. Emphasis on teaching strategies and curriculum modification as they apply to this population. ( 2 )

534 Inclusion and Students with Behavior Disorders

A focus on management procedures for students with behavioral disorders in inclusive classrooms. ( 2 ) 535 Inclusion and Student with Mild Disabilities

A focus on instructional procedures for students w i th mild disabilities in the inclusive classroom. ( 2 ) 537 Issues i n Language Acquisition and Disorders

Current issues and approaches in assessing and remediating children's language disorders. ( 2 ) 538 Issues in EarJy Childhood Special Education

Current issues related to young children with special needs. (Crosslisted with 338. ) ( 2 ) 539 Administration o f Early Childhood/Special Education Programs

In-depth study of the administration of early childhood programs. (2) 540 Advanced Strategies and Techniques for Teaching in P-3 Grade Settings

Current practices in educational strategies and curriculum modifications to meet the needs of the early learn er. Prerequisite: 399, 490, 492. ( Crosslisted with 340. ) ( 2 ) 541 Assessment o f Infants and Preschoolers

Formal and informal assessment techniques used to meet the needs of children and their families in i ntegrated settings. Prerequisites: 399, 490, 492. (Crosslisted with 34 1 ) ( 2 ) 555 Supervising Paraeducators i n School Settings

Examines the roles and responsibilites of supervisors of paraeducators and support staff. Emphasis on ethical, professional, and legal responsibilities of the supervisor. Discussion of adminis trative practices that improve teamwork and staff development. (2) 568 Internship i n Special Education

Internship in special education settings. Fourteen weeks of teaching under the direction and supervision of cooperating teachers and university supervisors. Designed for students in the masters with certification program. ( 6 ) 575 Collaboration and Team Building

Examines the communication skills necessary for effective collaboration in regular and special education. Topics include professional teams, co-teaching concepts, staff devel opment, scheduling, coordinating, problem solving, and contlict manage ment in educati nal settings. ( 2 ) 576 Communication SIdlls for Collaborative Consultation in Special Education

Emphasis on the interpersonal skills necessary fo r the consulting teacher in spe ial education. Exploration of the variables involved in developing cooperation between professional educators. ( 2 ) 577 The Inclusive Classroom

Introduction to the principles and practices of inclusive education. ( 2 ) 583 Current Issues i n Exceptionality

The characteristics of exceptional students and current issues involving the educator's role in dealing with their special need�. (2-4) 588 Legal, Ethical, and Administrative Issues in Special Education

Investigation of special education administrative practices, pupil placement procedures, student staftlng, program reimbursement procedures, and federal funding models. ( 2 ) 590 Research in Special Education

Review of current research on selected topics in special education. (I) 72

L U T H E R A N

R S I T Y

595 SpcciaI Education: Internship Projects f varying lengt related to issues in special education. ( 1-4) 596 Technology and Special Education Examines technological advancements as they apply to the cducati n r learners with special needs. ( 2 ) 597 ladepcndent Study Projects of varying length related to trends and issues in special education and approved by an appropriate faculty member and the dean. ( 1 -4 ) 598 Studies in Education A researc.h paper or project on an educational issue selected jointly by the student and the graduale advisor. It will be reviewed by the student's graduate committee. ( 2 ) 5 99 Thesis The thesis problem will be chosen from the candidate's major field of concentration and must be approved by the candidate's graduat committe Candidates are expected to defend their thesis in a final ora! examination conducted by their committee. (3 or 4 )

but students wishing to study chemical engineering may wish to consider the option of obtaining the BA in chemistry from PLU. Occasionally, PLU students choose to transfer to an engi neering school that does not participate in the three-two pro gram. PLU nonetheless recognizes these students as participants in the three-two program and awards them the appropriate BA degree upon successful completion of their program at the engineering school. Individual departments do not provide advice on the dual degree program. All prospective dual-degree students, regardless of their intended engineering subdiscipline, should consult with the three-two director ( in the Physics Department) very early in their academic program. PLU and the participating engineering schools recommend that three-two students use their time at PLU to secure their academic foundations in mathematics, physics, and chemistry. Math skill are particularly important to develop, and poor math skills are th most frequent reason prospective engineering students fail to succeed in the program. PLU REQUIREMENTS: In order to earn a PLU degree in the

dual-degree program, the following requirements must be satisfied: I.

Complet ion of the following science and mathematics courses (44 hours ) : Mathematics ( 1 6 hours) : 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; 351 or Physics 354; Physics ( 1 4 hours): 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 223; Chemistry ( 8 hours): 1 20 or 1 25, 338; Computer Science and Computer Engineering (6 hours ) : 1 3 1 , 1 44.

m Z � Z m m ::II

o c: > o m � ::II m m

2.(a) For the BA in physics: completion of an additional 12 hours of electives in science and mathematics from the following courses: Mathematics 3 3 1 , 356; Physics 233, 33 1 , 333, 334, 336; Computer Science and Engineering 245. Chemistry 3 4 1 may be substituted for Physics 3 3 3 . T h e particular courses chosen will depend on the intended subdiscipline and the engineering school's entrance requirements. Students should consult with the program director before choosing their electives.

Engineering Dual Degree Program W1II1II. 115Ci.plll.ed 1I/3-2program

The engineering dual-degree program at Pacific Lutheran University provides students with the opportunity to combine a lib ral arts education with rigorous study in engineering. Students who complete the program earn two degrees-one from PLU and the other fr m an engineerillg school. For the well prepared student, the total length f study is five years-three years at PLU and novo year ' at the engineering school, and the program is often referred t as the Three-Two Engineering Program. Most ubdisciplines of engineering are available to students in the dual-degree progr m. Formal agreements exist with Columbia University in New York ity and Wash ingt n University in St. Louis. At both schools, three-two students form a community. They share residence facilities and often are enrolled in many of lhe same courses. PLU students who have participated in the three- two program report their rich cultural and academic exveriences at both sch ols and arc routinely very pi sed with th ir decision to have participated in the three-two program. THE PLU PROGRAM : The threc-n"o student is awarded a PLU

degree wh n Ihe PLU requir ments are satisfied and the program

f study at the engineering school is completed. The PLU degree that typically is awarded to three-two students is the Bachelor of Arts in physics. The l> A in physics is well recogn ized by engineer

ing schools and is the most frequently awarded degree by four year sch ols with three-two programs. The physics degree can be selected by three-two students in all engineering subdisciplines,

( b ) For the BA in chemistry: completion of organic chemistry (Chemistry 232, 234, 332, 334) and physical chemistry ( Chemstry 34 1 , 342, 343 ) . 3. Completion of the general university requirements a s speci fied in the catalog, except that the following general require ments are waived for all dual-degree students: ( a ) completion of a minimum of 1 28 semester hours on the PLU transcript; (b) completion of a minimum of 40 semester hours from courses numbered 300 and above; (c) the requirement that at least 20 of the minimum 40 semester hours of upper-division work must be taken at PLU; ( d ) the requirement that the final 3 2 semester hours of a student's program be completed in residence at PLU; ( e ) the requirement that the senior seminar/project be completed at PLU. Senior projects from the engineering school ( a characteristic of ABET-accredited schools) will satisfy the PLU senior project requirement for dual-degree students upon approval of the project by the appropriate PLU department chair. THE ENGINEERING SCHOOL P ROGRAM: The course of

study at the engineering school will depend on both the school and the subdiscipline. Between Columbia University and Wash ington University, approximately 20 different engineering sub disciplines are available to dual-degree students. These include the more common subdisciplines (civil, chemical, electrical, mechanical) and others such as operations research, applied mathematics, geological engineering and systems science. Details are available from the PLU program director. ACADEMIC EXPECTATIONS: For admission to their engineer

ing program, both Columbia University and Washington Univer sity require a cumulative PLU grade point average of 3.0 or higher and grades of B or better in pertinent mathematics and science courses. Students who do not meet these requirements P

... ... iii: 1!1 ... o

are considered on a case-by-case basis. Although students who choose to transfer to another engineering school may be able to gain admission with slightly l ower grades than those required by Columbia University and Washington University, all prospective engineering students are well advised to use the higher standard as a more realistic indication of what will be expected of them in the engineering school.

at the 300 level. Students are encouraged to take Shakespeare early in the major. Courses offered through correspondence, on -line, and inde pendent studies are not accepted to meet the literature require ment. Foreign Language Requirement: All English majors must complete at least two years of a foreign language at the university level, or the equivalent (see College ofArts alld Sciences Foreigll Langllage Reqllirements, Option I).

For //lore informatioll. colltact the dual-degree program director in the Depa rtment of Physics or visit the program website at www. l1sci.plu.eduI3-2program.

Major Requirements: At least 36 and up to 44 semester hours in

.....

iii: ...

... z 1!1 Z ...

English 253.535.8747 www.plu. edlll-engi English offers excellent p reparation for any future requiring integrative thinking, skill in writing, discernment in reading, an appreciation of human experience and aesthetic values, and the processes of critical and creative e�pression. Business. govern ment, technology. education, and publishing are areas where our graduates frequently make their careers. ur program offers emphases in literature and writing, as well as concentrations in children's literature and publishing. The English Department also suppor ts the study abroad programs, and we otfer study tours to such places as Europe, Australia, and the Canbbean. FACULTY: Campb 11,

hair; Albrecht, Bergman, Carlton, Eyler, Jansen, Jones, Kaufman, Lovelace, Distillguished Writer ill Residence; Marcus, D. M. Martin, M i randa, Rahn, Robinson, Seal, B. Temple-Thurston. ENGLISH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE): The

Engli h major with a n emphasis on literature introduces stu dents to the great literary traditions of Britain, North America, and the English-speaking world.. The major in literature places courses organized by historical period at the heart of the student's program, allowing students to read the great works that define the periods, and to explore the ways in which cultural contexts impinge upon the literary imagination. Students who select th emphasis on literature can expect to learn how sensi tive readers engage texts through their own speaking and writing, following their insights into the rich pleasures of literary lan guage and growing more sophisticated in constructing effective literary arguments. They will also be introduced to the ways in which major critical traditions frame our approaches to litera ture and define the issues that keep literature meaningful and relevan t in our lives. Students considering English with an emphasis on literature as a major, but who are still undecided, might begin with a 200level course. Even though no 200-level course is required for majors. students may request that one appropriate 200-level course be substituted for one similar Periods and Surveys course 74

English beyond Writing 1 0 1 , at least 20 hours of which must be upper division. The following course distributions are required of majors with an emphasis on literature: A. Shakespeare (4 semester hours) 30 I Shakespeare B. Periods and SlIrveys (at least 4 semester hours from each of the following lines): I . EARLY 3 5 1 English Medieval Literature 352 Chaucer 353 English Renaissance Literature 2. M I DDLE 36 1 English Restoration and 1 8th-Century 362 English Romantic and Victorian Literature 37 1 Studies in American Literature, 1 820- 1 920 3. LATE 367 20th-Century British Literature 372 20th-Century American Poetry 373 20th-Century American Fiction and Drama 4. LITERATURE AND D IFFERENCE 34 1 Feminist Approaches to Literature 343 Post-Colonial Literature and Theory 374 American Ethnic Literature C. Seminar (at least semester 4 hours) 428 Seminar: Critical Theory 451 Seminar: Author 452 Seminar: Theme, Genre Senior Seminar Project: The capstone: senior seminar project is a general university requirement in all programs and majors. Students will customarily satisfy this presentation requirement in English in their seminar course as a culmination of their undergraduate education, in the senior year. Under certain circumstances, students may substitute an appropriate 300level course taken in the senior year. D. Writing (at least 4 semester hours of any writing course at the 200 to 400 lewIs). E. Electives (8 semester hOllrs) ENGLISH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON WRITING): The writing emphasis at PLU has been designed for a broad spectrum of students, from those wishing to focus on fiction and poetry, to those i nterested in more pragmatic types of writing, to those set on exploring theoretical issues in rhetoric and composition. Foreign Language Requirement: All English majors must complete at least two years of a foreign language at the university level, or the equivalent (See College ofArts and Sciences Foreign Language Requiremellts, Option I). Major Requirements: At least 36 semester hours in English

(excluding Writing 1 0 1 ), distributed as follows: A. Writing (at least 20 semester hours in writing, with at least 12 hours upper division) I . At least 1 2 hours, from at least two of the following lines: a. Imaginative Writing 227 Imaginative Writing I 327 Imaginative Writing I I 326 Writing for Children b. Expository Writing 2 2 1 Research and Writing 323 Writing in a Professional Setting

328 Advanced Composition for Teachers c. Creative Nonfiction 224 Travel Writing 225 utobiographical Writing 324 Free-lance Writing 325 Personal Essay 2. S nior Project/Seminar: The senior project. generally taken in the senior year. includes a capstone presentation consistent with the general university requirements (at least 4 semester hours in the following) 425. 426 Writing on Special Topics 427 Imaginative Writing I I I 428 Seminar: Critical Theory 3. Elective (at least 4 semester hours from lines I or 2 above)

B. Literature (12 semester hours. with a t least 4 hOllrs upper division)

Students are encouraged to take literature courses which contribute to their goals as writers. and which expand their experience with the history and genres of writing. C. Elective (at least 4 semester elective hours in English beyond Writing

101)

CHILDREN'S LITERATURE: Students completing 3 3 3 a n d 8 hours from 326. 334. 335 or other approved courses (all with grades of B or higher) will be recognized for special competence in children's literature. MINOR (EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE): 20 semester hours

(excluding Writing 1 0 1 ). distributed as follows: 4 hours of Shakespeare. 8 hours from Periods and Surveys (see literature Major Requirements). and 8 hours of electives. MINOR (EMPHASIS ON WRITING): 20 semester hours

(excluding Writing 1 0 1 ). with at least 1 2 hours in upper division. distributed as follows: 1 2 hours in writing, 4 hours in literature. 4 hours of elective. MINOR ( EMPHASIS ON PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS): See separate listing under Publishing and Prin ting Arts. PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS: Students preparing to teach En glish in secondary schools should arra nge for an advisor in both English and Education. Please also see the School of Education sectiorl of this cata log. Secondary Education: Students preparing to teach in j unior

or senior high school may earn either a Bachelor of Arts in English with certification from the School of Education. or a Bachelor of Arts in Education with a teaching major in En glish. The English major with an emphasis in literature and the English major with an emphasis in writing may both be pursued by prospective teachers. Secondary education stu dents must fulfill all requirements for the English major: Option I of the Foreign Language Requirements ( two years of a foreign language at the university level. or the equivalent); at least 36 and no more than 44 credit hours in English; and all the specific requirements for the major either in literature or in writing. State certification for teachers also mandates the following requirements. which are an overlay to the major. Courses taken to satisfy the major can also be courses that satisfy the state certification requirements. English literature: one course American literature: one course Comparative literature: one course ( 2 1 4, 2 1 6. 2 1 7. 2 1 8 , 232. 233. 34 1 . 343. appropriate seminar) Linguistics or structure of language: one cou rse (403) Writing/Composition: one course ( 328 is especially recommended) Prospective teachers may take Education 529. Adolescent Literature in the Secondary Curriculum. as an elective in the English major.

Elementary Eduution: Students preparing to teach in

elementary schools following the Language Arts curriculum. must take 24 semester hours minimum in English. and are advised to follow the structure of the English major in satisfy ing state certification requirements. Consult your advisor in the School of Education.

Z � .....

Graduate Program MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN CREATIVE WRITING (Low

\II

Residency): See Graduate Section.

Course Offerings All literature courses fllifill the general ulliversity core requ iremellt in literature. I. Lower-Division Courses

The following courses were designed for students who are not English majors, and for students considering an English major, to satisfy the general university requirement in literature. Upper division courses in literature offered by the Department of English will satisfy the general university requirement in litera ture as well. but the following courses are particularly recom mended. These lower-division courses in literature give primary attention to the act of reading in different contexts and genres. The courses emphasize for students the ways in which framing the reading experience by different kinds of questions reveals different texts. and enriches the imaginative experience of read ing, leading more to insight on the part of the reader than final answers. A. Topics ill Litemtur.: 213 B. Gen res 2 1 4. 2 1 5, 2 1 6. 2 1 7. 2 1 8 C. Traditio rls ill Literature 230. 23 1 . 232, 233. 234. 24 1 , 25 1 II. Upper-Division Courses

Designed particularly for upper-division students. usually but not exclusively with the major in mind. A. British Literature 30 1 . 35 1 . 352. 353. 36 1 . 362, 367 B. American Literature 37 1 . 372. 373, 374 C. Special Studies 333. 334, 335, 34 1 . 343,428. 45 1 . 452. 49 1 .597 Ill. Writing, Language, and Theory

Writing 1 0 1 . English 22 1 . 224. 225. 227. 323. 324. 325. 326. 327. 328, 403. 42 1 , 425, 426. 427. 428 IV. Publishing and Printing Arts

3 1 1 . 3 1 2. 3 1 3, 3 1 4 213 Topics in literature: Themes and Authors - LT A variable-content course that focuses on the act of reading and interpreting texts. (4) 214 Poetry - LT A study of poems and conventions of poetry from the classics to modern projective verse. ( 4 ) 2 1 5 Fiction - LT Examines the development of short fiction. concentrating on themes and techniques of the genre. Stresses the Euro-American tradition. ( 4 ) 216 Fiction: Emphasis on Cross-CuJturaI Perspectives

C, LT ( 4 )

2 1 7 Fiction: Emphasis o n Alternative Perspectives - A , LT ( 4 ) 2 1 8 Drama - LT An introduction to the basic elements o f drama (plot, character. language) and on the traditional genres ( tragedy. comedy). ( 4 ) P

.... CJ Z

IoU

221 Research and Writing - WR

3 1 2 Publishing Procedures

Strategies for writing academic research papers are practiced. including developing appropriate research topics, locating and using a variety of relevant sources, substantiating generaliza tions, and using paraphrase and citation accurately. (2 or 4 )

A workshop introduction to the world of book publishing, involving students in decisions about what to publish and how to produce it. (Crosslisted with COMA 322 . ) (4)

224 TrllVe) Writing - WR

The combination studio course and seminar explores the visual properties of language. (Crosslisted with ART 33 1 . ) ( 4 )

Writing about travel, while traveling or upon return. Students keep travel journals, produce short travel essays, and read se lected travel writers. (4) 225 Autobiographical Writing - WR

Reading autobiography and writing parts of one's own, with an emphasis on how writing style and personal identity comple ment each other. ( 4 ) 227 Imaginative Writing 1 - W R

A beginning workshop in writing poetry a n d short fiction. Includes a study of techniques and forms to develop critical standards and an understanding of the writing process. ( Prereq uisite: WRIT 1 0 1 or its equivalent, Advanced Placement, or consent of instructor.) ( 4 ) 230 Contemporary literature - LT

3 1 4 The Art of the Book I I

Individual projects to explore further typography and fine bookmaking. ( 4 ) 323 Writing i n Professional Settings - WR

Students working in professional settings analyze the rhetorical demands of their job-related writing. ( 4 ) 324 Free-Lance Writing - WR

A workshop in wTiting for publication, with primary emphasis on the feature article. (4) 325 Personal Essay - WR

Students write essays on topics of their choice, working particu larly on voice and style. ( 4 )

Emphasis on the diversity of new voices in American fiction such as Toni Morrison, Leslie Silko, Nicholson Baker, Joyce Carol Oates, Cormac McCarthy, and Amy Tan, from the emergence of post-modernism to the most important current fiction. ( 4 )

326 Writing for Children - WR

23 1 Masterpieces of European Literature - LT

327 Imaginative Writing II

Representative works of classical, medieval, and early Renais sance literature. ( Crosslisted with CLAS 23 1 . ) ( 4 ) 232 Women's Lituature - A, LT

An introduction to fiction, poetry, and other literatures by women writers. Includes an exploration of women's ways of reading and writing. (4) 233 Post-Colonial Literature - C, LT

Writers from Africa, India, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, and the Caribbean confront the legacy of colonialism from an insider's perspective. Emphasis on fiction. ( 4 ) 234 Environmcntal litenture - LT

A workshop in writlng fiction and non-fiction fo r children and teenagers, with an introduction to the varieties of contemporary children's literature. (4) -

An advanced workshop in writing poetry and short fiction. Some attention will be given to procedures for submitting manuscript for publication. (4) 328 Advanced Composition for Teache.rs - WR

Students are introduced to philosophical, social, and pragmatic issues confronting teachers of writing. Required for certification by the School of Education. (4) 3 3 3 Children's Literature - LT

An introduction to a rich literary tradition. with analysis in depth of such authors as H.C. Anderson, Tolkien, ewis, Potter, Wilder, and LeGuin. ( 4 )

Examines representations of nature in l iterature, and the ways i n which humans define themselves a n d their relationship with nature through those representations. Focuses on major texts from various cultures and historical periods. Includes poetry, fiction, and non-fiction. ( 4 )

334 Special Topics i n Children's Literature - LT

239 Environment and Culture

Fairy tales are told and interpreted; in terpretive models and theories fro m several psychological traditions are explored. Fantasy is looked at both as image and as story. ( 4 )

Study of the ways in which environmental issues are shaped by human culture and values. Major conceptions of nature, includ ing n n-Western perspectives and issues in eco-justice. Critical evaluations of literature, arts, ethics, conceptual frameworks, history, and sprituality. (Crosslisted with RELI 239.) (4) 2 4 1 American TradiliODs i n literature - LT

Selected themes that distinguish American literature from British traditions, from colonial or early national roots to current branches: for example, confronting the divine, inventing selfhood, coping with racism. (4) 251 British Traditions in Literature - LT

Selected themes that define British literature as one of the great literatures of the world, from Anglo-Saxon origins to post modern rebellions: for example, identity, society, and God; love and desire; industry, science, and culture. ( 4 ) 3 0 1 Sbakespeare - LT

Study of representative works of the great poet as a central figure in the canon of English literature. (4) 3 1 1 The Book i n Society

A critical study of the role of books in our history, society, and daily lives. (Crosslisted with COMA 32 1 . ) ( 4 )

3 1 3 The Art o f the Book 1

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

I T Y

Content varies each year. Possible topics include genres, themes, historical periods, and traditions. May be repeated for credit with different topic. (4) 335 Fairy Tales and Fantasy - LT

341 Feminist Approaches to Literature - A, LT

Introduction to a variety of feminisms in contemporary theory as frameworks for reading feminist literature and for approach ing traditional literature from feminist positions. ( 4 ) 343 Voices o f Diversity: Post-Colonial Literature and Theo ry - C, LT

Introduces perspectives of post-colonial theorists as a framework for understanding the relationship of colonialism and its legacies to the works of writers from Africa, the Caribbean, and other ex colonial territories. ( 4 ) 3 S 1 English Medieval Literature - LT

A su rvey of the first two periods of English literature: Old En glish, including the epic Beowulf, and Middle English, ranging from the romance Sir Gawaill and the Grem Kllight to the begin nings of English drama in Everyman. (4) 352 Chaucer - LT

A study of Geoffrey Chaucer's major works, especially The Canterbury Tales and Troillls and Criseyde, and of the intellectual, social, and political circumstances of their production in 1 4 th century England. ( 4 )

353 English Renaissance Literature - LT

491 Independent Studies

Studies the Golden Age of English literature. Selected poets from Wyatt to Mar ell, including Sidney, Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne, and Jonson; selected playwrights from Kyd to Webster; selected prose from More to Bacon and Browne. (4)

An intensive course in read ing. May include a thesis. Intended for upper-division majors. (4) 597 Graduate Research ( 4 )

361 Restontion and 18th-Century Literature - LT Surveys the lively drama, neoclassical poetry, gothic fiction, and early novel of a period marked by religious controversy and philosophical optimism. ( 4 ) 362 Romantic and Victorian Literature - LT

A survey of the richly varied writers of 1 9th-century England seen in the context of a rapidly changing social reality-from romantic revolutionari s and dreamers to earnest cultural critics and myth-makers. ( 4 ) 367 20th-Century British Literature - LT

A survey of England's literary landscape from the rise of modernism through mid-century reactions to contemporary innovations. ( 4 ) 371 Studies i n American Literature, 1 820-1920 - LT

The mutual influence of literary traditions and American culture in idealism, realism, and naturalism. ( 4 ) 372 20th-Century American Poetry - LT

Major voices i n American poetry from Frost and Eliot, Williams and Pound, through the post-war generation to recent poets. ( 4 ) 373 20th-Century American Fiction and Drama - LT

Major authors and forms, both conventional and experimental. (4) 374 American Ethnic Literatures - A, LT

Attention to the literatures and popular traditions o f America's ethnic communities. Includes African and Asian Americans, ative Americans and Chicano/as. (4) 403 The English Language

Studies in the structure and hi tory of English, with emphasis on syntactical analysis and issues of usage. ( 4 ) 4 2 1 Thtorial i n Writing - WR

Guided work in an individual writing project. A plan of study must be approved before the student may register for the course. ( 1- 4 ) 425 Writing o n Special Topics- SR, WR

Writing in a wide range of academic and creative genres deter足 mined by their particular educational goals, students will shape their papers to meet the rhetorical demands of publications relevant to their academic or professional future. (4) 427 Im_sinative Writing III - SR, WR

An advanced workshop in writing poetry and short fiction. Some attention will be given to procedures for submitting manuscript for publi . tion. For seniors only. ( 4 ) 428 Seminar: Critical Theory - LT, SR

Issues in literary studies and in rhetorical theory are discussed in relationship to influential movements such as reader-response, cultural studies, feminism, and deconstruction. Recommended for prospective graduate students. ( 4 ) 451 Semlnar: Author - LT, SR

Concentrated study of the work, life, influence, and critical reputation of a major author in the English-speaking world. The course includes careful attention to the relations of the author to cultural contexts, the framing of critical approaches through literary theory, substantial library research, and a major writing project. ( 4 ) ...5 2 Seminar: Theme, Genre- LT, SR

Concentrated study of a major literary theme or genre, as i t might appear in various periods, authors, and cultures. The course includes careful attention to practical criticism, the framing o f critical approaches through literary theory, subs tan足 tial library research, and major writing project. ( 4 )

Engl ish as a Second Language

m Z " r-

253.535.7325 IVwlV.pltl.edu/-aceli

An interdisciplinary minor in Teaching English as a Second Language is available. This program can be used to meet the m inor requirement in Elementary Education and leads to an additional endorsement for elementary or secondary education students. Students majoring in foreign languages in the College of Arts and Sciences may also find this minor a useful addition to their programs. TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

( I 6 hours required) Anthropology 1 02 Exploring Anthropology: Culture and Society - C, S I (4) Language/Education 445 Methods for Teaching Foreign Languages and English as a Second Language ( 3 ) Theories of Language Acquisition (4) Language 446 Language/Education 475 Practicum in Teaching English as a Second Language ( I ) Language/Education 470 Curriculum, Materials and Instruction for Teaching English as a Second Language ( 4 )

II' m n o z c r> z " c: > " m

A,C.E. Language Institute

The A.C.E. Language Institute ( operated by the American Cultural Exchange) is an affiliate of PLU offering intensive English language classes, which are designed to prepare interna足 tional students for studies in U.S. colleges and universities, or for professional work requiring English proficiency. The institute also offers foreign language and TOEFL ( Test of English as a Foreign Language) preparation classes. FACULTY: Billings, Director; Biggs, Haggerstone, Wimsett.

The faculty at A.C.E. Language Institute has extensive training and experience in teaching English as a Second Language, and all hold the terminal degree of Masters of Arts in Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL) or its equivalent. Having lived, traveled, and taught English in many countries throughout the world, both the faculty and staff have gained an awareness of other peoples, their languages, and their cultures. A.C.E. CURRICULUM: The A.C.E. curriculum is an intensive

multi-level program from H igh Beginning to Proficiency. Students study requi red courses for 20 hours per week and can choose an additional 4 hours of classes. The A.C.E. curriculum is based on content and experiential learning which allows students to improve their language proficiency while learning about new topics and exploring the local community. Upon arrival, students take a placement test to determine their starting level. Each level requires approximately 1 0 weeks to complete. CERTIEICATES AND RECOMMENDATIONS: Certificate of Completion: Students who successfully complete

the Advanced Level ( Level S of 6) will be awarded the Certificate of Completion for General English.

P A C

L U T

R A N

I T Y

CertHkate of Graduation: St udents who successfully complete

...

tennis courts, a golf course, a swimming pool, and several gymnasiums give students additional opportu nities for recre ation . Help is also provided to students who want to join groups or take part in volunteer services while in Tacoma.

the Proficiency Level ( Level 6 of 6) will be awarded the Certifi cate o f Graduation for Academic ProficienC)'. Dire,tor's Re,ommendation: PLU's English language profi ciency requirements for admission can be satiSfied with a rewmmendation from t h e A.C.E. director. tudents who main tain g od attendance and earn a grad of A or B in all Profi ciency Level classes qualify for this reco m mendation.

LANGUAGE MENTORS: Language mentors are U.S. students

and adult who are in terested in engaging international students in free c()nversation one-on-one or in small groups. SCHOLARSH IPS: Available a fter the first session for those

students who demonstnlte financial need.

Course Offerings c z o u w VI

The A . .E. Lallgllage Institute is located at J 2002 Pa rk Avenue just north of 12 J st Street. Phol1e: 253. 535. 7325 FAX: 253.535.8794 E-ma il: aceli@plll.edll

Digh Beginning Level

Read ing and Wri ting Commu nication Skills Listening Vocabulary and Sentence Building Intermecllate Level

Read ing and Writing Movie Listening and Vocabulary Grammar Co mmu nication Skill High Intermediate Level ....I 1:1

Z w

Reading and Writing Culture and mmunity In teraction Current Issues Listening and Discussion Pmnunciation dvanced Level

Readi ng and riting Research and Oral Presentation Academic Listening Grammar Pro6dency Level

r a m m a r and Writing PLU Aud i t Audit Revievv Academic Skills

253.535.7556

Credit Courses: Certain preadmittcd, qualified, advanced-level

IYlVw.plll. edlll-envt

Environmental Studies

students may be granted permission to take regular un iversity classes for credit. This o p tion provides studellts a n opportunity to earn credits toward their degree while completing their advanced courses in English as a Second Language. To enhance the formal educational experience, the following are

al'O avail ble to A.C.E. anguage I nstitute students: HOST FAMILIES: A . . E . Language I n .'ti tute has a long established communit),-based host family program for students who wish to live with a U.S. family for one or more scme ·ters. Based on mutual l ikes, dislikes, and preferences, students are placed with the American family mllS! suitable for them. These famil ies-all carefully screened b y the institute-provide students with room or room and meals at rcasonable rates. The rooms are equi pped with a d k, chair, and gond l ighting in addition to standard bedroom furniture. Each host family and their i n ternational stud nt agree u pon the rami l )' rules and sign formal, written statement. Weekend and/or holiday visits with an American fa mily can also be arranged.

FACULTY: com mittee of faculty admin isters t h is program: Swank, Chair; Aune, Bergman, Fole)', Garrigan, Hansen, McKenna, Olufs , St. Clair, Stivers, Teska, Whitman.

COUNSELING: A.C.E. Language I nstitute assists its students with career choices, college placement, immigration mattns, medical and dental referrals, and personal concerns. ACTIVITIES: Special cultural and social activitie� are planned r gularly for studen ts. In addition, field t ri ps add signi ficantly to

cultural enrich ment. Students and staff take trips t(1 Mt. Rainier, local museums, art galleries, zoos, children's day care center , a n d retirement homes. tudents c a n Jbo pa rticipate i n i nt ramural sports activities uch as soccer, volleyball, and basketball. Six 78

P A C

L U T H

A N

N I

The Environ mental Studies Program at PLU examines the rela tion hip between h u mans and th environment through a wide variety of perspectives w i t h i n the university curriculum. The i n tegrative approach of the program, essential to the develop ment of an understanding of the global impact of hU!1lan civili zation on the natural environment o f our planet, encou rages students to blend many perspectives on env i ronmental issues into t heir program of study. The program, in keeping with the broad liberal arts objectives of the university, offers a major or a minor in Environmental 'rudies. Students have the opportu nity to link env i ron mental themes to any area of the curriculum they select in their com ple men tary major or m i nor. The program is overseen by an i n terdisciplinary faculty com m ittee. Students in terested in the Environmental Studies major or minor should meet with the chair of the Environmental Studies Committee.

MAJOR REQ UIREMENTS: 36 scmester hours, cll !1lpleted with grade of C or higher. I, Foundations for Environmental Studies 4 semester hours Select one of the following courses, which i n t roduce students to environmental issues through a multidisciplinary and integrated approach. These courses i nvolve the construction and in terpretation of arguments from a variety o f perspec tives:

Environmen tal Studies/Geosciences 1 04 Conservation of Natural Resources English/Religion 239 Environment and Culture 2. Disciplinary Breadth Students are required to take courses that provide an in-depth study and exposure to environmental issues with i n disciplines. A. The Environment and Science 8 semester hours Select two courses from the following. which emphasize the understanding of scientific reasoning and arguments. the interpretation of data and relationships in the natural world. and the scientific context of environmental issues. The courses must be from different departments: Biology 1 1 6 I ntroductory Ecology Biology 424 Ecology Chemistry 1 04 Environmental Chemistry Geosciences 334 Hydrogeology B. The Environment and Society 8 semester hours

Select two courses from the following. which focus on the understanding of the institutions within which environ mental decisions are made and investigate the implementa tion and implications of environmental decisions. The courses must be from different departments: Economics 1 30 Global and Environmental Economic Principles Economics 330 Environmental and Natural Resource Economics Political Science 346 Environmental Politics and Policy C. The Environment and Sensibility 4 semester hours Select one course from the following. which examine the ways i n which nature exists i n human consciousness. values. and perceptions. Students receive guidance in careful read ing. thoughtful writing. and sensitive attentiveness to nature and to environmental issues: English 234 Environmental Literature English 324 Free-lance Writing* Religion 365 Christian Moral Issues ( Environmental Ethics only)

1 . Environment and Science 8 semester hours

Select two courses from the following which examine the scientific foundations of environmental problems: Environmental Studies/Geosciences 1 04 Conservation of Natural Resources Biology 1 1 6 I ntroductory Ecology Chemistry 1 04 Environmental Chemistry Students majoring in a na tllral sciCllce discipline and who have taken a higher-level Chemistry COLlrse

Z <

(120 or above) will be allowed to

sLlbstitu te allother course in COllsLlltatiol1 with the Environmental

o z

Studies Committee.

2. Environment and Society 4 semester hours Select one course from th e following which pursue the study of institutions where environmental perspectives and policies are applied: Economics 1 30 Global and Environmental Economic Principles Economics 330 Environmental and Natural Resource Economics Political Science 346 Environmental Politics and Policy 3. Environment and Sensibility 4 semester hours Select one course from the following which examine values. perception. and expression as they relate to environmental issues: English 234 Environmental Literature English/Religion 239 Environment and Culture English 324 Free-lance Writing* International Core 241 Energy. Resources. and Pollution Psychology 464 Environmental Psycho'logy Religion 365 Christian Moral Issues ( Environmental Ethics only)

�

....

11\ .... C C m

11\

*Studellts must notify the instructor of their intent to complete a minor ill E'lvirOllmental Studies so that they can fows their illde penden t work in the cotlrse all all environmental theme or issue.

4. Environmental Studies 350 Environmental Methods of Investigation 4 semester hours

*St lIdcllts nwst notify the instructor of their intent to complete a major ill Environmerltai Studies so that they can focus their inde pendent work in the coLlrse on an ellviroll mental theme or issue.

3. Elective Courses 4 semester hours Select one course that integrates and applies environmental concepts within a special topic area. This course should be selected in consultation with their program advisor: Environmental Studies 325 Ecology. Community and Cul ture in Australia Environmental Studies 487 Special Topics in Environmental Studies International Core 24 1 Energy. Resources. and Pollution International Core 242 Population. Hunger. and Poverty Psychology 464 Environmental Psychology or additional approved courses that meet outcomes/ objectives 4. Advanced Integrative Courses 8 semester hours All majors must complete the following courses. It is expected that they will have completed all of the other requirements before these final courses. Environmental Studies 350 Environmental Methods o f Investigation Environmental Stud ies 499 Capstone: Senior Project Ad.ditional Requirements:

A minor or major in another discipline. A n internship is required. either for the capstone project or as a separate experience. Students must receive approval for their internship by the chair of Environmental Studies. A minimum of 20 hours of upper-division credits is re quired in the major. MINOR REQUIREMENTS: 20 semester hours, completed with

grade of C or higher.

Course Offe rings 104 Conservation of Natural Resources - NS, SM

Principles and problems of public and private stewardship of our resources with specifi c reference to the Pacifi c Northwest. (Crosslisted with GEOS 1 04 . ) ( 4 ) 325 Ecology, Community and Culture in Australia

Students live in the community of Crystal Waters, Australia and study permaculture design. participate in community life, and explore Australian cultures and ecosystems. J (4) 350 Environmental Methods of Investigation

Study of a watershed using and integrating techniques and principles of environmental sciences. political science, econom ics, and ethics. Includes laboratory. Prerequisi tes: Lines 1 - 3 completed or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 487 Special Topics in Environmental Studies

Selected topics as announced by the program. Course will address current interdisciplinary issues in environmental �'tUdies. ( 1-4) 491 Independent Studies

Opportunity to focus on specific topics or issues in environmen tal studies under the supervision of a faculty member. ( 1 - 4) 495 Internship in Environmental Studies

An internship with a private or public sector agency, organiza t ion, or company i nvolved in environmental issues. By consent of the chair of Environmental Studies only. (4) 499 Capstone: Senior Project - SR

An interdisciplinary research project of the student's design that incorporates materials and methods from earlier courses and has a focus reflecting the specific interest of the student. A substan tial project and a pubLic presentation of the results are required. Prerequisite: ENVT 350. ( 4 ) P A C

L U T H E

R A N

U N

I V E

T Y

The depa rtment strongly recommends that aU students complete Math 1 40 or higher before enrolling in 300-level and higher courses i n geosciences. Students should also note that upper-division courses are offered on a two-year cycle. Early declaration of majors o r m i n o rs in geosciences will facilitate

VI W U Z 1&.1

development of individual programs and avoid sched uling conflicts.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 44 semester hours in geosciences; courses include: one from 1 0 I , 1 02, 1 03, 1 04 or 1 05; 20 1 , 324, 325, 326, 327, 329, 335 and 425; plus two from 328, 330, 332, 334, or 350; one credit of 390; 498; 2 credits of 499. Necessary supporting courses include: Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25; Physics 1 25, 1 26 ( 1 35 and 1 36 labs ) ( o r Physics 1 5 3, 1 54 and labs); lvlathematics 1 5 1 and either 1 52 or Computer Science 1 20.

u VI o w I.::J

A t least one additional chemistry course is recommended for preparation fo r graduate school. Biology 323 and additional courses are reco m mended when paleon tology is a major interest.

Geosciences

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hours in Geo sciences; courses include: 2 0 1 plus at least two lower-division from 1 0 1 , 1 02, 103, 1 04, 1 05; 8 credits from 324, 325, 326, 327, 329; 8 credits from 323, 328, 330, 332, 334, 335, 350; I credit of 390; I cred i t of 498 and 2 credits of 499. 425 recommended. Required supporting co u rses include: Chemistry 1 04, 1 20 or 1 25.

253.535.7378 www. lIsci.plll. edulgeos The geosciences are distinct from other natural " knees. The study of the earth is i n terdisciplinar ' a n d historical, bringing knowledge fro m many other fi eld: to help solve problems. Geoscientists investigate co nti nents, oceans, and the at mosphere, and emphasize both the processes that have changed and a re p rocesses, such

s rocks and sediments. n

See School of Educatiol1.

lIr fast-rising human

the earth fo r food, water. shelter

MINOR: 20 semester hours of courses in geosciences, completed with grade o f C or higher. Requ i red: 20 1 and at least three upper division courses ( a minimum o f 8 upper-division credit hours).

and energy and mine ral resources. Study in the geosciences requires creativity and the .lbility to i ntegrate. Geologists observe p roceSlje.\ and products in the fi eld

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: I n recogn ition of outstanding work the designation with Departmental HOllors may be granted

and in the laboratory, merge diverse data, develop reaso n i n g skills t h a t a p p l y t h rough geolugic time and e r e te a n d in terpret

to Bachelor of Science graduates by a vote of the faculty of the

maps. The field gn s beyond p u re research science, and inclu des

Department of Geosciences, based upon the studen t's perfor

appl ied topics like the re lationships 11f natural events such as

mance in these areas:

ea rthquakes and vo lc anoes w i th human sl)ciehe,. The Depa rtment of Geoscien ces r'cogn izes that it is no longer s ufficient just to have knowledge ot the facts of the fl etd; suc essful students must have quan titative skills and be able to com mun icate clearly through writing and ,peaking. Laboratory experiences are an integral part of all cour ·es. Many courses i nvolve the u.�e of m icroscopes, including the department's

courses to help students und erstan d fu nda m ntal phenomena, obtain cu rrent informatio n , and commu n icate re sults. Ficld trips are i ncluded i n many courses. acific Lutheran University is located at the leading eJge of western North Am er ica. in the Puget Lowl a nd , between th dramati scenery of the Olympic M ountains and the ascade Range. Pierce County has diverse gEol ogy, w h i ch is rd1ected i n elevat ion s that range from sea level t o more l h a n 1 4,000 fee t. Geo cience gradu tes who eject to work after com pleting a PLU degree are e m p loyed by the U.S. eological Survey, resource companies, govern mental agencies, a n d private-sector Inns. tany graduates are currently e m ployed in geotechnical and envi ron mental fi elds. Graduates who combine geosciences with edue. tion are e m p loyed i n primary and sewndary education. Careers i n geosciences often require post-graduat degrees. Many BS majors have been successful at major r<!Search graduate schools.

wurking in

prepar tion appropriate for the field a n d is best combined with social

iences or the

minor i n Enviro n mental Stud ies.

teach i n g assistan ts h i p work.

4. Other activities: Positive considerations fo r honors i n clude involvement in the department, doing independent research, geoscie nce-related employment, and participation in protes sional organizations.

Course Offerings 101 Our Changing Planet - NS, SM Exploration of earth systems, i n cluding cycles in and connec tions among the l ithosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere and b iosphere. Disucssion o f changes in and human impacts to these systems that have taken place th rough time. I n cludes labs. 1 (4)

102 General Oceanography - NS, SM

I ncludes Jabs and field trips. 1 , II ( 4 )

geoscienc�s. The Bachelor of Arts degree i.. , the m i n i mum 111

participation i n class discussions, seminars, help sessions, and

chemical, biological, climatic, and geological aspects of the sea.

The Bachelor of Science degree is intended a ' a pre-professional

other degrt:e progra ms, such as majors

commun icate effectively as ind icated by the sum of their

Oceanography and its relationship to other fields; physical,

FACULTY: Wh itman, Chair; Benham, Foley, Lowes, McKenn ey. r

I . COllrse work: The grade p o i n t average in geoscience courses must be at least 3 .50. 2. Written work: From the time a student declares a major in geosciences, copies of outstanding work (e.g., laboratory reports, poster presentations, written reports) will be kept for later summary evaluation.

3. Oral commlll1icatioll: Students must evidence ability to

scanni ng electron m icroscope. Computers are u.�ed i n most

degree, for students interested in graduate school

advisor.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION:

changing the earth through time and the results of those population is dependent lip

Op tions reflect a studen t's i n terests and are discussed with an

103 Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Geologic Hazards - NS, SM

332 Geomorphology

Study of the geologic environment and its relationship to

Study of the proc es ses that shape the Earth's surface with

h umans, with emphasis on geologic features and processes that create hazards when encroached upon by human a ctiv it y, i nc l ud in g earthquakes, volcanic r u pt ions , lan dslides and avalandles, and solutions to problems created by these hazards. Includes labs. 1 (4 )

em ph as i s on the effects of rock type, geologic structure, and climate on th e formation and evolution of land forms. aly I

2004-2006. (4) Study of t h e hydrologic cycle, investigating surface and ground

1 04 Conservation o f Natural Resources - NS, S M

water now, resource evaluation a n d devel opm en t, wells, water

Pr i nci p l es and problems o f p ub lic a n d private s tewardshi p of our resour e w i th sp ec i al reference to t h e Pacific Northwest. Includes labs. (Crosslisted with E !T 1 04.) I, I I (4)

quality and geothermal resources. E m p h asi s on water problems i n the Puget Sound area, with additional examples from diverse geologic environments. Includes labs. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consent of i ns tructo r. a/y I I 2003-2005. (4)

105 Meteorology - NS, SM A full, balanced, and up-to-date coverage of the basic prin i p les of meteorology. Examination of the impacts of severe weather on humans a n d the environment. Includes labs.

J (4)

2 0 1 Geologic Principles - NS, SM A survey of geologic processes as they

CI m o .,. n

334 Hydrogeology - NS, S M

a pp l y

to the evolution of

the North American con tine nt , including the i n teraction of humans with their geologic environment. Students p a r t i c ipa te

actively i n classes that integrate laboratory and field study of rocks, minerals, fossil , maps and e nv iron m enta l aspects of geol o gy and emphasize developing basic skIlls of geologic inquiry. This course meets state education certification require ments for content in p hysi cal and historical geology. II ( 4 ) 324 Igneous Petrology - NS, SM Applied and theoretical study of the ge nes i s , nature, and distribution of igneous rocks, at microscopic to global scales. Includes labs. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , 326, or consent of instructor. aly I I 2004-2006 ( 2 ) 325 Structural Geology - NS, SM The form and spatial relationships of various rock masses and an introduction to rock deformation; consideration of basic p rocesses to understand mountain building and continental formation; laboratory emphasizes practical techniques which enable students to analyze regional structural patterns. Prerequi site: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consent of instructor. aly II 2003-2005 ( 4 ) 326 Optical Mineralogy - NS, SM Theory and practice of mineral studies using the petrographic micros cop e , including i m mersion oil techniques, p roduction of thin sections, and determination of minerals by means of their op tical p rope rties . Includes labs. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consent of instructor. aly I 2003-2005. ( 2 ) 327 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation - NS, SM Formational p ri nc ipl es of surface-accumulated rocks, and their i ncor p ora tion in the stratigraphic record. This subject is basic to field m a p pi n g and structural i n te r p reta ti o n . Pre requi srte: 2 0 1 or consent f insturctor. all' I 2003-2005. ( 4 ) 328 Paleontology - NS, SM A system a tic study of the fossil record, combining principles o f evolutionary developm ent , paleohabitats a n d preservation, with prac t ica l experience of specimen identification. I ncludes labs. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , o r consent of instructor. aly I 2004-2006 (4)

335 Geophysics - NS, S M Study of the physical nature of th e earth, its properties and p rocesses, e mp l oyi n g techniques from se ismolog y, heat now, g ravity, m agne ti s m , and electrical conductivity. Emphasis on u nd er st a n d in g the earth's formation, structure, and plate tectonics processes as well as geophysical exploration techniques. Includes labs. P re req u i sit es : 1 3 1 or 20 1 , one semester of calculus, physics ( high - sc hoo l - lev el or ab ove ) , or consellt of instructor. aly I 2004-2006. ( 4 )

m Z n m .,.

350 Marine Geology - NS, SM Study of th e 70% of th e earth beneath the oceans, focusing on the extensive discoveries of th e past few decades. Em p h as i s on marine sediments, s edim en tar y pr o cess es, p la te tectonic processes, and the historical geology of th e oceans. Incl udes labs. Prerequisite: 1 02, 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consent of instructor. aly II (4) 390 Field Trip - NS Field and on-campus study of major g eo lo gi c sites in western U.S. Trips take place during spring break or at end of spring semester. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or co n se nt of instructor. ( 300level geology courses prefe rred . ) ( I ) 425 Geologic Field MBpping - NS. SM Combining a survey of regional field geology with a series o f local mapping p rojects, this course introduces Held tec h n iques of geologic map-making. I ncluded ' re tr ave rsing and data assembly, map construction, section measuremen t , structural analysis, and chronological synthesis. Graphics techniques are also covered. Prerequisites: p rev i o us 300 - l eve l geology courses and consent of in s tru c to r. S ( 5 ) 4 9 1 Independent Studies Investigations or research in areas of special interest 110t covered by regular courses. Requires regular s uper v is io n by a faculty member. ( 1- 4 ) 497 Research Experimental or theoretical inves t iga tio n , in close c oop era ti o n with a faculty member. Open to u p p er-di v i s io n students. ( 1 -4)

498 Seminar - N S Selected topics in geosciences based on l i terature andlor ori gin al research. ( I ) 499 Capstone: SeminBl' - SR Senior experience in library or lab ora tory research and career i n tegrati ng seminar, including presentation of research results. II (2)

329 Metamorphic Petrology - NS, SM C nsideration of the minera logic al and textural changes that r cks u ndergo during orogenic epis des, including physical chemical parameters of t he environment as deduced from exper im e n t I studies. Includes labs. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , 326, or co n se n t of instructor. a/y I I 2004-2006. ( 2 ) 330 Maps: Images o f the Earth - NS, SM Maps as a basic tool for communicating inf rmation. An i n trod u c t i o n to c ompute r- bas ed , eo gra phi c I n formation ystems, Global Positioning Sys te ms , digi tal maps, remotely sensed images and aerial photographs. Includes labs. Prerequi site: p revi o u s sc ie n ce ( geos c i e nce preferred ) , math or computer science course or consent of instructor. a/)' J ( 4 ) P

Trinidad and Tobago - January Term

and Spring semester ( January to mid-May) in Trinidad provide students a unique opportunity to explore the island and learn about the varied heritages of this multicultural society. During January a PLU faculty member accompanies the group to Tri nidad and teaches one course, which varies from year to year. From February to m id-May students take the core course, Caribbean Culture and Society, and choose two additional courses from the regular course offerings at the University of the West Indies. Students earn 18 semester hours credit for the January to May program.

VI ... I Z :l I1:1: o

CONSORTIAL PROGRAMS:

Hosted by the Indepen dent Liberal Arts Colleges Abroad ( ILACA), a consortium of Pacific Northwest colleges, these semester-long programs provide opportunities for study in Granada, Spain or London, England. A faculty director from one of the colleges accompanies each student group. ILACA Granada and lLACA London -

Q. Q.

o z o I et: u :l o w

- In a consortium effort with other colleges and universities of the Lutheran Church, PLU offers a five-month exchange opportunity at the University of Dar es Salaam in Tanzania. Students study Swahili language and select three or four courses from the wide offering of courses at the University of Dar es Salaam. All university courses are taught i n English. This is a fall semester program. Tanzania

Global Education Opportunities 253.535. 7577 www. p lll. edlll-wangctr

PLU is committed to a vibrant array of global educational opport u nities, linked to its mission and vision of educating to al:hieve a just, healthy, and peaceful world. Both on- and off-campus opportunities abound. Academic majors and mi nors provide on-campus study of global issues such as development, global resources and trade, and human rights as well as specific cultures and societies. Departmental courses and multidisciplinary programs are described in detail in their respective sections of this catalog. Please note among others the offerings in anthropology, history, international iusiness ( under iusiness), languages and literatures, political science, and the following multidisciplinary programs: the Americas, Chinese studies, environmental studies, global studies, and Scandinavian studies. Off-campus programs span the globe and the calendar. PLU encourages majors in all fields to participate in off-ca mpus study -for a January term, semester, academic year, or summer term. The following outline suggets the types of programs available to undergraduates; consult the Wang Center for International Programs for comprehensive and more detailed information. PLU PROGRAMS:

January Term - Every January a wide variety of off-campus courses led by PLU faculty take students to destinations ranging from Neah Bay to New Zealand. Approximately 300 students part icipate annually in these intensive learning experiences. The application process occurs during the preceding spring semester. See Wallg Cellter website for current offerings. Democracy, Development, and Peace: Active Learning in Norway - Offered for the first time in fall 2003, this program provides students with the opportunity to study and participate i n orway's democratic model and its successful implementation globally with respect to aid for developing countries and conflict resolution. Based at Hedmark University College, the semester program includes a core course on The Norwegian Approach, a elected topics course, an internship, and a research project. People's Republic of China - Sichuan University Students spend the spring semester at Sichuan University in Chengdu. The curriculum is centered around Mandarin Chinese and Chinese cultural courses. By advance arrangement, students can add a physics course to the spring program or arrange to spend the full year at Sichuan University. Extensive study tours are included. Prior Chinese language study is recommended but not required. -

SPONSORED PROGRAMS:

PLU has agreements with the following program providers and awards academic credit: American Institute for Foreign Study Center for Global Education College Year in Athens Denm ark's International Studies ( DIS) Institute for Central American Devel opment ( ICADS) Institute for Study Abroad Institute fo r International Education of Students ( lES) Living Routes, Findhorn Community Semester School for Field Studies School for I n ternational Training (SIC) Service Learning Programs University of Lancaster, Lancaster, England University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway

• •

•

OTHER PROGRAMS:

Opportunities to study abroad are made available through many colleges and universities in the United States and some U.S. students choose to enroll directly in an overseas university. In these cases, special arrangements need to be made in advance for appropriate credit transfer. PLU financial aid is not applicable. APPLICATION PROCESS:

Applications for off-campus study must be pre-approved. Students submit to the Wang Center for International Programs by the relevant deadline the completed application forms, an official transcript (when required), and letters of recommenda tion. Consult the Wang Center for application forms and deadlines. CREDITS:

PLU awards academic credit for all PLU, consortial, and sponsered programs. Courses taken on these programs will be listed on the PLU transcript with appropriate department nu mbers. Letter grades will also be posted, although they will not be included in the PLU cumulative grade point average. Study abroad grades are calculated for honors at graduation.

PROGRAM COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID: Students eligible for state and federal financial aid may transfer their aid awards (with the exception of work study) to their student accounts for PLU, consortial, and sponsored programs. Students may also apply their university grants and scholarships as well as government loans on selected programs. Tuition exchange benefits do not apply to study abroad. See the Wang Center for International Programs for detailed information on off-campus study costs and financial aid applicability.

Global Studies 253.535.7 1 3 2

D. Experielltial Component

Majors are strongly encouraged to participate in a study abroad program overseas, although local internships related to an area concentration may also be approved. Pre-approved credit equivalent to 4-8 semester hours may be obtained if students participate in a PLU approved study abroad semester-long program. E. Senior Research Project The senior project is a general university requirement in all programs and majors. Students will normally satisfy this requirement by completing a research project or paper in Global Studies 499.

FACULTY: The Global Studies Committee administers this program: Travis, Chair; Batten, Breazeale, Garrigan, Grosvenor, Louie, St. Clair.

GWBAL STUDIES COMPLEMENTARY MAJOR: The Global

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS:

B . /sSlJe Area Concentrations ( 1 6 semester hours) Four courses must be taken from one of the five concentra tions outlined below. Upon approval of the program chair, students may choose to take three courses from one concen tration and one from another. C. LanglJage

Students must demonstrate proficiency in a language relevant to their coursework and at a level consistent with Option I of the College of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirement. This may be accomplished through a proficiency examination or through the equivalent of 16 semester hours of coursework.

C C

a. Reqll ired: Anthropology 360 Ethnic Groups b. Electives: At least two electives must be upper-division courses. Anthropology 336 People of Latin America Anthropology 343 East Asian Cultures An thropology 350 Women and Men in World Cultures Anthropology 375 Law, Politics and Revolution Anthropology 380 Sickness, Madness, and Health An thropology 385 Marriage, Family and Kinship Anthropology 392 Gods, Magic, and Morals (also Religion 392 ) English 2 1 6 Fiction: Cross-Cultural Perspectives English 233 Post-Colonial Literature French 22 1 French Literature and Film of the Americas French 432 Francophone Literature Global Studies 495 Global Studies Internship H istory 1 09 East Asian Societies History 335 Latin American History Languages 272 Literature and Social Change in Latin America Music 1 20 Music and Culture Political Science 38 1 Comparative Legal Systems Religion 1 3 1 Religions of South Asia Religion 1 32 Religions of East Asia Religion 247 Christian Theology Religion 344 Theological Studies Religion 390 Studies in the H istory of Religions Religion 392 Gods, Magic, and Morals ( also Anthropology 392) Spanish 322 Latin American Culture and Civilization

The Global Studies Program is a response to global trends that increasingly affect our lives. The program focuses on the forma tion and emergence of the modern world and its growing eco nomic, cultural, political, and ecological interdependence. By combining academic learning with language skills and practical experience, the Global Studies Program provides students with the knowledge, perspectives, and skills they need to understand and to function effectively in today's world.

A. Global StlIriies Core ( 1 6 semester hours) I . Anthropology/ History/Political Science 2 1 0 Global Perspectives (4) 2 . Select two courses from the following three: a. Anthropology 102 Exploring Anthropology: Culture and Society (4) b. Economics 1 30 Global and Environmental Economic Principles ( 4 ) c . H istory 2 1 5 Modern World History ( 4 ) 3. Global Studies 499 Research Seminar ( 4 )

-I

ISSUE CONCENTRATIONS: I . Comparative Ethniclties

IVlVw.pllJ. edu!-glst

Studies major is termed a complementary major because it is a second major in addition to a regular disciplinary major. Students electing the Global Studies major are required to de clare a traditional disciplinary major before they declare a Global Studies major. The Global Studies major is multidisciplinary, drawing both its courses and faculty from departments of the Divisions of Humanities, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences and from the Schools of the Arts and Business. Because the program is designed to draw on a variety of disci plinary perspectives to explain and understand global trends, no more than two courses ( 8 semester hours) can be taken in any one discipline to fulfill the requirements for the issue concentra tion for the Global Studies major. In addition, students may not apply more than two courses (8 semester hours) from their primary major or from courses taken to fulfill general university core requirements to the complementary major.

II'

m II'

2. Development Issues a. Requ ired: Economics 34 1 Economic Development: Comparative Third World Strategies International Core 245 History and Perspectives on Devel opment b. Electives: Anthropology 3 5 1 Women, Colonization, and Development English 233 Post-Colonial Literature International Core 242 Population, Hunger, and Poverty I n ternational Core 246 Cases in Development History 496 Seminar: The Third World Global Studies 495 Global Studies Internship One area-studies course which focuses on a developing region or country of particular student interest ( for example, French 34 1 , H istory 335, History 338, History 339, Languages 272, Spanish 3 2 2 ) . 3. Global Business a. Required: Business 352 Global Management Economics 33 1 International Economics

b. Electives: Business 355 Global Operations Business 408 International Business Law Business 460 I n ternational Marketing Economics 371 I n dustrial Organization and Public Policy

)0Il: o ďż˝

Global Studies 495 Global Studies Internship Political Science 33 I International Relations Political Science 347 Political Economy 4. Global Environment a. Required:

:r::

Biology 1 16 I ntroductory Ecology or Biology 424 Ecology or Chemistry 1 04 Environmental Chemistry and

Geosciences 1 04 Conservation of Natural Resources or International Core 24 1 Energy, Resources, and Pollution

H istory

b. Electives: Anthropology 354 Geography of World Cultures Biology 424 Ecology ( if not taken as a required course)

253.535.7595

Economics 330 Environmental and Natural Resource Eco-

Through the study of history at Pacific Lutheran University

nomics

students gain an understanding and appreciation of the

Geosciences 34 1 Energy and Mineral Resources for

historical perspecti e. Opportu nities for developing analytical

the Future

and interpretative skills are provided through r

Global Studies 495 Global Studies Internship

earch and

writing projects, internships, class presentations, and study tours.

I n ternational Core 24 1 Energy, Resources, and Pollution

The practice of the historical method leads students off campus

( if not taken as a required course)

to their hometowns, to Europe or China

International Core 242 Population, Hunger, and Poverty

the American West,

and to community institutions, both private a n d public. The

5. International Relations

department emphasizes individual advising in relation to both

a. Required:

self-di rected studies and regu lar course . The u n iversity library

Political Science 331 International Relations

holdings include significant collections in American. European,

b. Electives:

and non-Western history.

Anthropology 375 Law, Politics. and Revolution

arcer outlets for majors and minors

are either direct or supportive in business l aw, teaching, public

Economics 3 3 1 I n ternational Economics

service, news media, and other occupations.

Economics 38 1 Comparative Economic Systems

FACULTY: Carp. Chair; Benson, Erickse n . I-Iames, Kraig,

Global Studies 495 Global Studies Internship History 2 1 5 Modern World History

Manning, Nordquist.

History 356 American Diplomatic History

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 32 seme ter hours, including 4 hours-Amt!ric an field , 4 hours- European fi eld, a n d 4 hours-non-Western field . Students are e peeted t o work closely

Political Science 338 American Foreign Policy Political Science 43 1 Advanced International Relations Note: Students plantling to pursue graduate study in [nternat;on,,1 Rela tions are strongly advised to take Statistics 23 lIMathematics 3 4 I (a course which also satisfies a general university requirement in

with the department's faculty advisors to i n sur

the most

personalized p rograms and in truction possible. Majors are

urged to meet the foreign langu ge requiremen t of the College

Mathematical Reasoning.)

of Arts and Sciences under either Option

MINOR REQUIREMENTS: 20 semester hours, including two core courses (Anth ropology/History/Political Science 2 10 and Global Studies 499); and three courses from the approved list of

ption I I . Those

majors who are preparing for public 'chool teachi ng can meet the state history requirem nt by enrolling in History 460. All majors are required to take 4 hours of historical methods and

courses fo r an issue concentration that appears in the "Major

research and 4 hour of seminar credit. Com ph!tion of he

Requirements" section above. Those seeking a concentration in

seminar course satisfies the core requirement for a enior

Global Business must take Economics 33 1 as one of the th ree

seminar/ project. For the major al least 16 semeste r h lIrs must

remaining electives. Concentrators in International Relations

be completed at PLU, including History 3 0 1 and 494 or 496 or

must take Political Science 33 1 as one of the three remaining

497.

electives.

MINOR: 20 semester hour' with a minimum of 12 hours from courses numbered above 300. The minor in history emp hasizes a program focus and

program plan, which is arranged by the

student in consultation with

49.5 Intenuhip

minor at least 1 2 semester hours must be co mpleted at PLU, including

A project, usually undertaken during a study-abroad experience and supervised by a PLU faculty member, that combines field student's issue concentration in Global Studies. Local internships that involve transnational issues and constituencies will also be considered. Prerequisite: prior consent of the chair of the Global Studies Committee and of the supervising PLU faculty member. (4)

499 Capstone: Research Seminar - SR Required of all students majoring and minoring in Global Studies, this is a capstone seminar that culminates in the writing of an extensive research paper. Prerequisite: ANTH/HIST/POLS

2 1 0. (4) P

8 hours of upper-divi

partmental advisor. For the ion c o urses.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: Se S hool of

experience, research, and writing on issues related to the

Course Offerings

Educatioll.

Course Offerings Courses in the Department of History are offered in the

ollowing field�: AMERlCAN FlELD 25 1 , 252, 253, 294, 305, 352, 355 , 3 56, 357, 359, 38 1 , 45 1 , 460, 46 1 , 4 7 1 , 494 EUROPEAN FJELD 1 07, 1 08, 32 1 , j22, 323, 324, 325, 328, 329, 332, 334, 360, 497 NON-WESTERN FIELD 1 09, 205, 2 1 0, 2 1 5, 220, 23 1 , 3 1 0, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 344, 380, 496

251 Colonial American History - S I The history of what became the United States, from the settle ment of America to the election of Thomas Jefferson as the third President of the United States in 1 800. It will pay particular attention to three periods - the years of settlement, the era of adjustment to an imperial system around the turn of the 1 7th century, and the revolt against that system in the second half of the 1 8th century which culminated in the creation of the American union. Emphasizes certain themes: the origins of racism and slavery, the course of the religious impluse in an increasingly secularized society, and finally, the ideological and constitutional transition from royal government and the rights of Englishmen to republicanism, and popualr sovereignty. ( 4 )

ALL FlELDS 30 1 , 40 1 , 49 1 , 495

252 19th-Century American History - S I From Jefferson to Theodore Roosevelt; interpretation of era from social, political, economic, and biographical viewpoints. ( 4 )

107 History of Weslern ClvUi.z.allon - SI Analysis of institutions and ideas of selected civilizations. Meso potamia Egypt, the Hebrews, G reece, Rome, the rise of Chris tian ity, and Medieval Europe. [ 1 1 (4 )

253 20th-Century American History - S I Trends and events in domestic and foreign affairs since 1 900; affluence, urban growth, and social contrasts. ( 4 )

108 Hi tory o£Western Civilization - S I Anatysi� of instit utions and ideas of selected civilizations. Europe from the Renaissance to the presen t. I II ( 4 ) II)!) Ealit Asian SocietJes - C, S I A historical overv i w of the traditional cultures, traditions, and lives of the people of China and Japan. Discussion of the lives of peasants, emperors, merchants, and warriors in each society. ( 4 ) 205 Isiamil: Middle .East to 1945 - C, S I An introductory surv y cou rse on the history of the Middle East from the time of ivluhammed in the 7th century through World War I I . ( 4 )

210 Global Puspel:tives: The World in Change - C, S I A survey or global issues: modernization and development; economic change and internatiol1, I trade; d iminishing resou rces; war and revolution; peace and justice; and cuhural diversity. (Although crossListed with Ai TH 2 1 0 and POLS 2 1 0, students may receive history credit only when this course is registered as a history c1a�s.) ( 4 ) 21 S Modern World History - C, S I SurVl:ys major features of the pri ncipal existing civilizations of the world since 1 450: East Asia, I ndia and southern Asia, the MiddJe £ast, Eastern Europe, Western civilization, sub-Saharan AfTica, an Latin America. (4 ) 220 Modem Latin American History - C, S I T ntroduction to modern Latin American history, trom 1 8 1 0 to the pre sen t. ( 4 ) 23 1 Wodd War 1\vo in China and Japan, 193 1- 1945 - C , S I An int roduction to the experienc of World War II on the home fro nt in East Asia. What happen ed in China and Japan during the war years? How were the Chinese and Japanese people mobilized fOT war, how did they su rvive the atrocities, and how did the widespread use of mart ial violence affect the development of East Asian ocieties, cultures, and politics? These are some of the questions that will be considered as we reconstruct the history of World War I I in hin and Japan through a variety of media in luding memuirs films, scholarly works and contemporary literature. ( 4 ) 232 Tibet in F ct and Fiction The history of Tibet, emphasizing Tibet's relationship with C h i n a and the West. How have outsiders imagined Tibet, and how have stere types ,l ffected international relationships? Studl'nts will ex:plore th present crisis stemming from China's occupati n of Tib et, and also confront the powers of myth, the emergence of China as a world power, and the agonies of globa lizat ion. ( 4 )

'" -I o :;Q -<

294 The United States Since 1945 - S I Selected topics in recent U.S. history such as the Cold War, the Civil Rights Movement, the Vietnam War, the Women's Move ment, Watergate, and the Iran-Contra Affair. Enrollment restricted to first-year students and sophomores. ( 4 ) 301 Introduction to Historical Methods and Researl:h - S I Focus o n historical methodology, research techniques, a n d the writing of history from a wide range of historical primary sources. Required for all history majors before taking the senior seminar. ( 4 ) 305 Slavery in the Americas - A, S I The comparative history of slavery in Africa, the Caribbean, and the Americas with special attention to the United States. Comparative perspectives on Atlantic slave trade, the origins of slavery and racism, slave treatment, the rise of antislavery thought, the maturation of plantation society, slave revolts, selection conflict and war, and the reconstruction of society after emancipation. ( 4 ) 3 10 Contemporary Japan - S I Major domestic, political, economic, and socio-cultural developments since 1 945. Special attention given to U.S.-Japan interactions. ( 4 ) 32 1 Greek Civilization - S I The political, social, and cultural history of Ancient Greece from the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic period. Special attention to the literature, art, and intellectual history of the Greeks. (Crosslisted with CLAS 32 1 ) ( 4 ) 322 Roman Civilization - S I T h e history of Rome from the foundation of the c i t y t o CE 337, the death of Constantine. Emphasis on Rome's expansion over the Mediterranean and on its constitutional history. Attention to the rise of Christianity within a Greco-Roman context. ( Crosslisted with CLAS 322 ) ( 4 ) 323 The MJddle Ages - S I Europe from the disintegration of the Roman Empire to 1 300; reading and research in medieval materials. ( 4 ) 324 Itmaissance - S I E u rope in an age of transition

1 300 t o 1 500. ( 4 )

325 Reformation - S I Political and religious crises in the 1 6th century: Lutheran-ism, Zwinglianism, Anglicanism, Anabaptism, Calvinism, Roman Catholic reform; Weber thesis, the beginnings of Baroque arts. (4)

P A C I F i e

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R 5 I T Y

327 The Vikings - S I

357 African American History - A, SI

The world of the Vikings; territorial expansion; interaction of the Vikings with the rest of Europe. (Crosslisted with SCAN 327.) ( 4 )

332 England: Tud.ors and Stuarts - SI

Experiences, struggles, ideas, and contributions of African足 Americans as they developed within and strongly shaped the course of U.S. ( and global) history. It focuses simultaneously on major social and legal issues like slavery or Jim Crow segregation and African-Americans' actions and identities framed in the context of systemic white supremacism. It also examines and evaluates aspects of daily l i fe and personal experiences and expressions of individual African-Americans between the 1 7 th century and contemporary times.

Political, social, economic, legal, and cultural developments. ( 4 )

359 History of Women in the United Stales A, SI

334 Modern Germany, 1 848-1945 - SI

A focused, thematic examination of issues and evidence related to women's experiences from the colonial period to the present. (4)

328 19th-Century Europe - S I > II: o I足

III

rhe expansion of European civilization from 1 800 to 1 9 1 4 . (4) 329 Europe and the World Wars: 1914-1945 - SI

World War I; revolution and return to "normalcy;" depression and the rise of fascism; World War I I . ( 4 )

The Revolutions of 1 848 and unification of Germany; Bism arckian and Wilhemian empires; Weimar Republic and the ris of National Socialism; the Third Reich. (4)

335 Latin American History: Central America and the Caribbean - C, S I urvey of the major aspects of Central American and Caribbean history from colonial to modern times. Use of selected case studies to illustrate the region's h istory. Study in inter-American relations. ( 4 )

336 Southern AfriOl - C, S I

360 Holocaust: Destruction of the European Jews - A , SI Investigation of the development of modern anti-semitism, its relationship to fascism, the rise of H itler, the structure of the German dictatorship, the evolution of Nazi Jewish policy, the mechanics of the Final Solution, the nature of the perpetrators, the experience and response of the victims, the reaction of the outside world, and the post-war attempt to deal with an unparalleled crime through traditional judicial procedures. ( 4 )

Examination o f the history o f pre-colonial African kingdoms, Western imperialism, settler colonialism, and the African struggle for independence. Emphasis on the period since 1 800. ( 4 )

370 Environmental History of the United States - SI

3 3 7 The History of Mexico - C , SI

380 Asain American History and Culture - C, SI

An investigation of the complex interrelationship between people and their environment. ( 4 )

B ginning in 1 9 1 1 . an examination of t h e course o f t h e Chinese rev lution, China's liberation, and the changes since 1 949. ( 4 )

Surveys t h e experiances. struggles, ideas, and contributions of Asian American and Pacific Islander (API) people within the context of U.S. history. I t strongly focuses on A P I history i n the three coastal states of the U.S. West ( including Washington State), but includes attention to API people in other regions. Central themes include economic exploitation and contributions of API people, cultural and social connections to Asia and the Pacific that API people shaped, rasism and discrimination against API people, legal studies of API peopel, and recent social and political issues central to API people in the U.S. ( 4 )

340 Modern Japan - C, SI

3 8 1 The Vietnam War and AmeriOin Society - SI

The political, economic, social, and cultural changes that have taken place in Mexico from 1 350 to the present. ( 4 )

338 Modern China - C , S I The beginning o f China's modern history, with special emphasis on the genesis of the Chinese revolution and China's position in an increasingly integrated world. ( 4 )

339 Revolutionary China - C, SI

Study of how Japan became the modern "miracle" in East Asia. Primary focus on traditions that enabled Japan to change rapidly, th role of the challenge of the West in that change. the industrialization of Japan, the reasons for war with the U.S., and the impact of the war on contemporary Japan and its social and economic institutions. ( 4 ) 3 44 The Andes in Latin American History - C, S I

he history of the Andean countries ( Peru, Bolivia, Equador) from the 1 5th through the 20th centuries. ( 4 )

352 The AmeriOin Revolution - S I Study o f the era of t h e American Revolution from the end of the Seven Year's War in 1 763 through Thomas Jefferson's defeat of John Adams in 1 800. Focuses on both American and British political, social, economic. and ideological conflicts tht brought on the Revolution; the m ilitary strategy and tactics that won the war for the Americans and lost it fo r the British; the making of the Constitution and the opposition to it; and the challenges that faced the American people living in the new Republic. ( 4 )

355 AmeriOin Popular Culture - C, S 1 Study of motion pictures, popular music, radio and television programs. comic strips and paperback fiction. Insights into the values and ideas of American culture from watching it at play. (4)

356 American Diplomatic History - SI The practice, function, and structure of American foreign policy with particular emphasis on the twentieth entury. ( 4 )

P A C

L U T H E R A N

E R S I T Y

Through the lectures, assigned readings, films and discussions, the course will explore the Vietnam War from the perspectives of the North and South Vietnamese, American elected officials in Washington. D.C., John Q. Public watching the war every night on TV, and the average GI fighting in the highlands and jungle. The lectures are designed to provide an explanation of the origins and development of American involvement in Vietnam from President Eisenhower's decision to support the French to President Nixon's Vietnamization policy and the peace negotia足 tions. They will also examine the consequences and legacy of America's involvement in Vietnam. ( 4 )

401 Workshops - SI Workshops in special fields for varying periods of time. ( 1 - 4 )

451 American. Legal History - S I D imensions of American law as is relates to changing historical periods. ( 4 ) 460 West and Northwesl - A , S I

T h e American West in t h e 1 9th a n d 20th centuries. Frontier and regional perspectives. Interpretive, illustrative history, and opportunities for off-campus research. ( 4 )

461 History o f the West and Northwest - S I A direct, individualized study in one's hometown i n t h e West or Northwest.

41 1 History of American Thought and Culture- S I

The history f American thuught and culture from 1 60 7 to the present by carefully reading a number of texts and emphasizing trends in religious, political, intellectual, and social thought. [t will focus on Protestantism and Calvinism. the Enlightenment and r publican ism, revivali m and reform, democracy and slavery, Social arwinism, pragmatism, Black social and political thought, Progressivism, the New Deal. and women's liberation. [t will investigate such topics as man's relationship to God , the Protestant ethic and the success myth, human nature, antii tellectualism, America's place in the world, power, shwerr, and democracy. ( 4 ) 491 Jndependent Studies ( [ 4) -

494 Seminar: American History - S I , S R Prerequisite: H [ST

30 1 . ( 4 ) 495 Internship

A research , nd writing project in connection with a student's approved ff-campus work or travel activity, or a dimension of it. Prerequisite: sophomore standing plus one course in history, and consent of the department. ( 1-6) 496 Seminar: The Third World - C , S I , SR

This research seminar alternates its focus from East Asia one year to the aribbean/Latin America the next. Prerequisite: 30 1 . (4) 491 SemInar: European History - S I , SR

Prerequisite: 30 1 . ( 4 )

First Year All entering first-rear honors students take the First year Honors Experience: -

A. Honors Core �equence: Identity, Community, Legacy, and Faith l I S Identity, Community, Legacy, and Faith ( fall; 4 hours) 1 1 6 Identity, Community, Legacy, and Faith (spring; 4 hours) B. Hon ors Critical Convers tion: Experience and Knowledge 1 1 7A Experien c: and Knowledge (fall; I hour) 1 1 7B Experience and Knowledge ( pring; I hour)

% o z o = III

Note: At the end of the first yea r, swdellt; ill the HOllors core choose to eli te,. Core I or Core fl. The 8 aedits in the First-year HOllors Experiel1ce \ViII have equ ivalellcie; in both cores. Sophomore and Junior Years

A. During the sop hom re and junior years students take four I -credit Virtue Semi nar� ( Honors 3 0 1 -308) , or preferably one each semester (or mu ltipl s in a semester to accommodate study abroad or other scheduling conflicts). Continuing the fOCllS on Taking Responsibility, the seminars focus on those qualities necessary to responsibl leadership. Using different virtues as a centering theme, stude!1[s consider each virtue from several perspectiv�, including classical, contemporary, and non-western perspect ives. What does it mean to be a person who acts wisely? courageou Iy? willl hope? justly? Thes seminars provide students with a weekly opportunity to i nteract with their i n tellectual peers around a unifying theme and readings. B. Participation in January term study abroad/off-campus courses i s st rongly encouraged but not required. Most partici pants in the J - term abroad will be sophomores. juniors, and seniors. C. HOllors students t.lke two 4-credil courses usually during the sophomore and/or junior years. ThC}' ma}' take Honors-by Contract cour, , whose added dimensions to convert them to honors a re agreed upon in a con t ract between professor and student, by the following means: I . take a regularly scheduled course which, b}' contract, explores the topic through greater depth or breadth, or 2. do an independent study or research project ( may do only one of these) whose fi nished prod uc is of potentially publishable quality. Senior Year - Seniors take Honors 499 Capstone: Honors Chal

Honors Program 253.535.8648 IVwlV.plu. edul-spaclhonorsllinkl. htm

Students are not being actively recruited for the Honors Program at thi time. The Honors Program at Pacific Lutheran University centers on the theme Taking Responsibility: Matters of the Mind, j'v!atters o f the Heart. I t integrates academic a n d experiential learning opportunities, with the objective of preparing participants for lives of service and servant leadership. The progra mphasizes the i mportance of student-directed learning, and culminates i n an experiential project that students design, implement, and evaluate (with faculty support).

lenge Experience (4 hours ) , offered in January term. This semi nar, including academic analysis and an experiential component, brings a sense of c1osu[C to th program theme of responsibility, and is called Responsibility in Action. Foreign Language - Students completing the program and

graduating with u n iversity honors must have met Option l or I I of the College o f Arts and Sciences language requirement; only music education majors are exempted from this requirement.

Course Offerings 1 15

Identit)'. Communit)', Legacy, and Faith

Social, cultural, intellectual, and spiritual traditions of Europe and North America, with attention to relevant interactions and comparisons between Western and non-Western civilizations. (4)

1 16 Identit)', Community, TOTAL HONORS CREDITS: 26 semester hours (all but 8 of

which fulfill other u niversity requirements) HONORS STUDENTS: Selected o n the basis of grades and scores (h igh school grade point average of 3.80 and 1 2 50+ SAT scores) or 28+ (A T scores), recommendations, and commit ment to program theme. Must complete PLU with a minimum of 3.S0 grade point average.

gacy, and Faith

Social, cultural, intellectual, and spiritual trad itions of Europe and North America, with attention to relevant interactions and comparisons between Western and non-Western civilizations. (4)

P A C

U T

R A N

U N

T Y

301-308 Virtue Seminars

VI til:

o Z o J:

Continuing its focus on Taking Responsibility, the Honors Program offers seminars that focus on those qualities necessary to responsible leadership. ( Each seminar is 1 credit; honors students are required to complete four.) ( I hour each) 30 1 Charity 302 Cou rage 303 Faith 304 Hope 305 Justice 306 Self-Restraint 307 Wisdom 308 Compassion 499 Capstone: Honors Challenge Experience: Responsibility in Action SR -

This culminating element of the Honors Program presents the opportunity to take responsibility by emphasizing the signifi cance of bringing together habits of scholarship and habits of committed citizenship-of linking the academic components of research, study, and writing in applied experiences in public venues. ( 4 )

Division of Humanities

253.535.7321

The Humanities faculty at Pacific Lutheran University are excellent teachers and scholars who model the possibilities of the life of the mind. The Humanities cultivates an intellectual and imaginative connection between a living past, embodied in the diverse array of cultural traditions, and the global challenges of our contemporary worlci The Divi ion of Humanities at PLU invites students to develop critical and flexible minds as part of their becoming persons of commitment, vision, and action in the world. Drawing on the rich traditions of religion, philosophy, languages and literatures, students and faculty work together to explore complex perspec tives on a variety of human concerns. Students in the Humani ties are encouraged to develop the critical and reflective ability to:

embrace complexity and ambiguity engage other peoples and perspectives • appreciate the living past in the present and future engage traditions creatively and critically link theory and practice, and the public with the private seek connections among d iverse cultures and academic disciplines • lmderstand themselves and consider what makes life worth living In short, study in the Humanities teaches ways of living, thinking, and being in the world. It helps students to situate their beliefs withi n a wider frame o f reference and to understand and critically analyze assumptions, traditions, truths, and histories. Study in the Humanities assists students to see their responsibility for the quality of the lives they lead. It challenges students to realize the i mportance of participating in a larger and broader service to the common good. •

•

• •

FACULTY: B. Temple-Thurston, Dean; faculty members of the Departments of English, Languages and Literatures, Philosophy, and Religion. As a division within the College of Arts and Sciences, the

Division of Humanities offers programs i n each constituent department leading to the BA degree. Course offerings and degree requirements are listed under: English Languages and Literatures Philosophy Religion 88

P A C I F

L U T H

E R A N

V E R S I T Y

Committed to the interdisciplinary nature of knowledge, the Humanities supptlrts and participates in the following programs: Chinese Studies, Classics, Environmental Studies, Global Studies, Honors Program, the International Core: In tegrated Studies of the Contemporary Wor l d, International Programs, Legal Studies, Publishing and Printing Arts, Scandinavian Area Studies, and Women's Studies.

Individual ized Major

253.535.76 1 9

Supervised by the Faculty Council for Individualized Majors, this p rogram offers j unior and senior students the opportunity to develop and complete a personally designed, interdisciplinary, liberal arts major. The course of study culminates in a senior thesis, to be agreed on by the council, the student, and his or her advisor. Successful applicants to this program will normally have a cumulative grade point average of 3.30 or high er, although in exceptional cases, they may demonstrate their potential in other ways to the Faculty ouncil for Individualized Majors. Admission to the program is granted by the council on the basis of a detailed plan of study, proposed and written by the student, and submitted to the council any time after the beginning of the second semester of the student's sophomore year. The proposal must outline a complete plan of study for the time remaining until the granting of a degree. Study plans may include any of the traditional elements from a standard BA or BS degree program. Once approved by both the faculty sponsor and the Faculty Council for Individualized Majors, the study plan supplants usual degree requirements, and, when completed, leads to conferral of the BA degree with Special Honors. STUDY PROPOSALS MUST INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

I. A Statement of Objectives, in which the student describes what the degree is expected to represen t and why the individu alized course of study is more appropriate than a traditional degree program. 2. A Program of Study, i n which the student describes how the objectives will be attained through sequences of courses, reading programs, regular course work, independent study, travel, off-campus involvement, personal consultation with faculty members, or other means. 3. A Program of Evaluation, in which the student describes the criteria to be used to measure achievement of tht: objectives and specifies the topic of the senior thesis. 4. A Statemellt of Review, in which the student describes how previous course work and life experiences have p repared him or her for the individualized study program. 5. Letters of Recommendation. The study proposal must be written in close consultation with the chair of the Faculty Council for Individualized Majors and with a faculty member who agrees to act as primary sponsor and advisor to the student throughout the course of study. The faculty sponsor must comment on the feasibility of the proposal and on the student's ability to carry it out. It is strongly recommended that a secondary faculty sponsor be asked to co-sponsor and endorse the proposal . All subsequent changes i n the study plan o r the senior thesis must be submitted in writing to the Faculty Council for I ndividualized Majors for approval. Further information is available from the Provost's Office.

The International Core: Integrated Studies of the Contemporary World 253.535.8648 lVl\fW.pi,l.edul-spadilltcore

The In ternational Core: Integrated Studies of the Contemporary World is designed as an alternative way to satisfy core curriculum requirement . Consisting o f interdisciplinary and frequently team-taught courses, the pr gram explores contemp rary issues and Iheir historical foun alions using an integrated pproach. The program stresses critica! thinking and writing.

FAClJIl'Y: Selected from disciplines including Anthropology, Art, Biology, Earth Sciences, d ucation, English, History. Languages, Philosophy, Physics, Political Science, Psychulogy, Religion, and Sociology. lntematiollai Core COII/mittee: R. Brown, Clrair; Albrecht, Alexa der, Gr svenor, Higginson. Torvend. INTERNATIONAL CORE COURSE REQUIREMENTS: (7 courses, 28 hours) I . International Core 1 1 1 - 1 1 2: Origins of the Contemporary Vorld (8 semester hours) Normally taken in the first year. Explores from a global per 'pective the roots of contemporary values and traditions, with n emphasis on Europe. 2. Four 200- level Internationa! Core courses ( 1 6 semester hours) Normally taken in the second and third years. May include one 30 I modern language course ( hinese. French, German, Norwegian, Spanish) and/or one study abroad course, subject to the chai r's approva l. The Trinidad Program' Carribean Culrure and (Kiety course carries prior approval as the equiva!ent of a 200-leve! course. 7-8 of the following courses, or similar ne\v courses, are offered each year: 22 1 The l:xperience of War 2 2 2 Pro 'peets for War and Peace 23 1 Gender, Sexuality, and Cul1ure 232 Topics in Gender 233 Imaging the Sel f 2 4 Imaging the World 24 l Energy, Resources, and Pollution 242 Population, Hunger. and Poverty 245 lIistory and Perspectives on Development 246 Case ' in evelopment ( to be taught J-Term in Cuba) 247 Cultures of Racism 3. One 300-1 vel cours (4 s mester hours) normally taken after or with the last 200-level course. 326 The Quest for Global Justice: Systems and Reality

POLICIES AND GUIDELINES FOR CORE II: I. To a cqui re a common background, International Core/Core I I students usually take the required 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 sequence in their fin,t year, before taking 200-level cou rses. Excep tions can be made for students with heavy Erst-year loads, for transfer students, r � r students who shift from Core I. 2. Students in th International Core are strongly encouraged to study abroad. With prior approval, an appropriate combina tion of cour es abroad slrpplemented in some cases with an integrative project may take the place of one of the 20U-level Tnternational ore cou rses. 3. All l n Lernati nal Core C() u r es are open to Core 1 students as space i s available. (Core 1 I students have priority in enrollment.)

Course Offerings I I I Authority and Discovery - I I Considers new social and political ideas, the renewal o f the arts, religious reform, and the emergence of modern science up to and d u ring the Renaissance, the Reformation, the Scientific Revolution, and the Enlightenment. 1 (4)

-I :r: m

1 1 2 liberty and Power - I I Developments i n literature, science. po!itics, and industrializa tion are explored through the Enlightenment, the American and French Revolutions, the Ind ustrial Revolution, Romanticism, Darwinism. Socialism, and Imperialism. 11 ( 4 ) 221 The Experience o f War

Z -I m ;Q Z ,. -I

An international survey of 20th-century warfare, drawing on poetry. novels, war memoirs, art, music, and tIIm, and stressing the experiences and decisions of people who have participated in war as combatants or civilians. ( 4 )

o z ,.

222 Prospects for War and Peace 12 A study of the international institutions and situations ( political, economic, religious, psychological, historical) that keep the modern world on the brink of war and make a stable, just peace so elusive. II (4)

/"\ o ;Q m

23 1 Gender, Sexuality, and Culture - A, 12 Use of interdisciplinary, multicultural. international, and feminist perspectives to examine issues such as socialization and stereotypes. relationships and sexuality, interpersonal and institutional violence, revolution and social change. A strong focus on U.S. contexts complemented by selected comparative examples from international contexts. (4)

232 Topics in Gender - 12 Current topics in feminist studies of gender centering on U.S. contexts with selected comparative examp!es from international contexts. (4)

233 Imaging the Self - 12 A series of exercises in the visual and literary arts drawn from different cultures that reveal how the self is discovered and constructed through images, d reams, costumes, and songs. (4)

234 Imaging the World - 12 An exploration of how humans in different parts of the world perceive, interpret. and shape their own worlds. 1 1 ( 4 ) 241 EBergy, Resources, and Pollution

Considers worldwide usage of energy and natural resources, and the degradation caused by pollution using scientific, social scientific, and ethical approaches. ( 4 )

242 Population, Hunger, and Poverty - 12 Examines population growth. food supply, and poverty as they relate to global environmental problems. (4)

244 Post-Colonial Issues - 12 Explores post-colonial issues such as political instability, relationships to land, media and publications procedures and access, development of racial stereotypes, and formation of national identity in selected regions of the world. ( 4 )

245 History and Perspectives o n Development - C , 12 Traces the origins, models, perspectives, and contexts in interpreting this phenomenon. (4) 246 Cases in Development - C, 12 How people in the Developing World think and act to bring about social change, and the value. they give it is the focus in this course. (4)

247 The Cultures of Racism - A, 12 Examines different forms of racism and their man ifestations in two countries with troubled histories: the United States of America and the Republic of South Africa. ( 4 )

326 The Quest for Global Justice: Systems and Reality - 1 3 Uses systems ( holistic) models t o comprehend the search for justice by humankind in the past, in the present, and for the future. ( 4 ) P

selected Web sites, as well as to work as assistants in the center, gaining computer expertise while accelerating their language skills.

PLACEMENT IN LANGUAGE CLASSES: Students are encour aged to obtain as much high school preparation in languages as

VI w II: ::l I <

possible. To determine appropriate course placement at PLU, all students with previous experience in a language take the placement examination, administered during first-year student registration, orientation week, and throughout the year by s p ec i al arrangement. Students qualifying for advanced placement may be allowed to waive certain major or minor requirements.

II:

w I-

SENIOR PROJECT: Students majoring in a foreign langu age

..... c z < VI W " < ::l " Z < ....

enroll in 499 concurrently with another upper-level course in the

m ajo r. The instructor of the latter course normally supervises the student's senior project: a research paper. internship, or other approved project. The student presents a summary of the completed assignment at an open departmental forum. I " ( 2 )

Languages and Literatures 253535.7220 www.plll. edul-Ia l1g

An un dersta n ding of world cultures and an abi l i ty to sp ak la n g u ages other than one's own are hallmarks of today's college graduate and of a successful career per on . Language study at PLU is a s er i ou s academic c nte rpri e. While gaining p roficiency in a l ang uage , students develc,p critical, aesthetic, and creative sensibilities necessary for global citizenship, and appreciation of their own l an g ua ge and culture. The department offers a wide range of courses, not only in languag at all levels, but al '0 in cultu re , lit e ral u re s , and lingui ·tics, both in the original language and in English translation. I nstruction is also given in American Sign La n g uage . Language students are strongly encouraged to participate in the numerous study abr ad cour 'e5 offered during the January term 5 well as fall and spring semesters. For further i n forma tion, see the International Programs section of this catalog.

FACULTY: M. Jensen. Chair; Berguson, R.

B rown, Holmgren, Lacabe, L ig h t n er, Manfredi. M a r t i n e z- Ca r baj o , E. Nelson, Newcomb, Predmore, . nee, So ulski, Toven, T. Williams, Wi lli am s-G i ns b e rg, Yaden; assisted by Ariessoh n , Curtis, Davidso n, J. Li, and Lo ucas .

Perspectives on Diversity, Cross-Cultural Perspectives - C: All

lan gu age courses nu be re d 20 1 and above ( two . emesters) and all first-year courses of a foreign languag not previously stu ied ( two semesters ) , as well as Chinese 3 7 1 . hench 34 1 , and Languages 272 meet this r q uirement.

Perspedives in D iversity, Alterlliltive Per pectives - A: Spanish 3 4 1 and Si gn 1 0 1 and 1 02 meet this requirement.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJORS AND MINORS: The depart ment offers m aj ors i n Chines Studies, lassics, French, German, Norwegi an , Scandinavian Area Studies, and Spanish. M inors are offered in Chinese, Chinese Studies, French, German, Greek, Latin, N rweg ian . and Spanish . All major.'> must complete a Ca ps to n e: eniar Project within the d e p a r tm ent. Majors must complete at lea�t 12 semester hours in residence at PLU, 4 of which must be taken either in the senior year or upon return from a st u dy abroad program. ivl inors must com pl e te at least 8 hour in res i de nce. Specific r qu ir e me n ts (and variations from the ab ove ) for spe ific maj o rs and m i no rs a re l is ted b el ow. at all levels features lise of PLU's state-of-the-art multimedia Language R oun:e ,en ter, 10 'ated in the MOTtvedt Library. Advanced students have the opportunity to conduct research at

CULTURAL HISTORY A. In English Classics 250 Classical Mythology Classics 3 2 1 Greek Civilization Classics 322 Roman Civilization Scandinavian 150 Introduction to Scandinavia Scandinavian 322 Scandinavia and World Politics Scandinavian 324 The Emigrants Scandinavian 327 The Vikings Spanish 34 1 The Latino Ex pe rie n ces in the U.S. B. In Respective Language French 32 1 French Civilization and Culture erman 3 2 1 German Civilization to 1 750 erman 322 German Civ i l i zat i o n Since 1 750 pan ish 3 2 1 ivilization and Culture of Spain Spanish 322 Latin American C i v i li zat i on and Culture

LITERATURE A. In English Chinese 37 1 Chinese Literature in Translation Classics 23 1 Maste r p i eces of European Literature Classics 250 Classical Mythology French 22 I French Literature and Film of the Americas Languages 27 1 Literature and Society in Modern Europe

LANGUAGE RESOURCE CENTER: The language curriculum

coopera

tion w i th the School of Education, the department offers a minor in E n g li s h as a Second Language. Prospective teach e rs as well as students who may teach English abroad, through Fulbright Awards or service opportunities, are strongly encour aged to pursue this opportunity. The two required departmental courses are Languages 445 ( Methodologies) and Languages 446 (Theories of Language Acquisition). See the School of Education section for a full description of the minor.

Courses in the Department of Languages and Literatures are offered in the following general fields in addition to elementary, intermediate, and advanced language:

courses, offered both in the original language and in English tr a n slatio n , meet this requirement.

MINOR IN ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: In

Course Offerings

COURSES THAT MEET CORE I REQUIREMENTS: Literature Requirement - LT: All departmental literature

PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS: Students preparing to teach in a junior or senior high school may earn either a Bachelor of Arts de gree i n French, German, Norwegian, or Spanish along with certification from the School of Education, or a Bachelor of Arts in Education degree with a teaching major or minor in French, German, Norwegian, or Spanish. Secondary teaching minors are a l s o available in hinese and Latin. Elementary teaching majors are available in all of the above languages. All students are required to take Languages 445 ( Methodologies) for certifica tion. See the School of Education section of this catalog for certification requirements and the Bachelor of Arts in Education requirements.

Languages 272 Literature and Social Change in Latin America Scan 250 Masterpieces of Scandinavian Literature Scan 4 2 1 Ibsen and Strindberg Scan 422 20th-Century Scandinavian Literature B. In Respective language French 42 1 , 422 Masterpieces of French Literature French 43 1 , 432 20th-Century French Literature German 42 1 German Literature from the Enlightenment to Realism German 422 20th-Century German Literature Spanish 325 Introduction to Hispanic Literacy Studies Spanish 4 2 1 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature Spanish 422 20th-Century Literature of Spain Spanish 423 Special Top i cs in Spanish Literature and Culture Spanish 4 3 1 Latin Amt:rican Literature, 1 492- 1 888 Spanish 432 20th-Century Latin American Literature Spanish 433 Special Topics in Latin American Literature and Culture Course Offerings: Languages

27 1 Literature and Society in Modern Europe - LT

Reading and discussion of works in English translation by authors like Flaubert, Ibsen, and Th. Mann often enriched through selected film adaptations. Emphasis on social themes, including life i n industrial society, the changing status of women, and class conflict. ( 4 )

Course Offerings:

Classics and Classical Languages

Classics

The major in classics is described in this catalog under Classics.

Representative works of classical, medieval, and early Renais sance literature. ( Crosslisted with ENGL 23 1 . ) I (4)

CI c: �

250 Classical Mythology - LT

A study of mythology originating in the texts of such Greek and Roman authors as Homer, Hesiod, Virgil, and Ovid. All readings are in English, but students with other language abilities are encouraged to use them. ( 4 ) 321 Greek Civilization - S I

CI m VI � z o

The political, social, and cultural history of Ancient Greece from the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic period. Special attention to the literature, art, and intellectual history o f the Greeks. (Crosslisted with H IST 3 2 1 . ) ( 4 ) 322

....

�

231 Masterpieces of EUl'opean LiteratUl'e - LT

Roman Civilization - S I

The history of Rome from the foundation of the city to CE 395, the death of Theodosius the Great. Emphasis on Rome's expansion over the Mediterranean and on its constitutional history. Attention to the rise of Christianity within a Greco Roman context. (Crosslisted with H IST 322. ) ( 4 )

....

-I m :lO � -I c: :lO m VI

499 Capstone: Senior Project - S R ( 2 )

272 LiteratUl'e and Social Change in Latin America - C, LT

Readings in English translation of fiction from modern Latin America. Discussions focus on social and h istorical change and on literary themes and forms in works by authors such as Carlos Fuentes and Gabriel Garcia Marquez. ( 4 ) 445 Methods for Teaching Foreign language5 and English as a Second Language

Theories and related techniques for teaching languages K- 1 6 within their cultural context, including direct methods, content based instruction, proficiency orientations, and the integration of technologies. Attention given to variations in approach for those teaching English as a second language. No prerequisites. Required for teacher certification in a language and for minor in English as a Second Language. Strongly recommended for elementary major in a language. II (4)

Greek Minor in Greek: 20 semester hours, which may include 1 0 I - I 02.

1 0 1 , 1 02 Ekmentary Greek

Basic skills in reading classical, koine, and patristic Greek. 1 1 1 (4, 4 ) 201 , 202 Intermediate Greek

Review of basic grammar, reading in selected classical and New Testament authors. I II (4, 4) 4 9 1 Independent Studies ( 1 -4) 492 Independent Studies ( 1-4) 499 Capstone: Senior Project - SR (2)

446 Theories of langu.age Acquisition

Principles of language acquisition with specific classroom applications. Special attention given to the needs of different language groups in acquiring English. Comparison of sound sy tems and structures of languages ESL teachers are most likely to encounter. Required for minor in English as a Second Language. (4) 470 Curriadum, Materials and Instruction for Teaching English as a Second Language

Application of language teaching methodology to various instructional situations. (Crosslisted with EDUC 470. ) ( 4 ) 475 Practicum in Teaching Eogllsh as a Second Language

Extended experience and participation in an assigned ESL setting. Prerequisite: LANG/EDUC 445 ( Concurrent with LANG/EDUC 470 ) . ( I )

Latin Minor in Latin: 20 semester hours, which may include 10 I-I 02.

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Latin

Basic skills in reading Latin: an introduction to Roman literature and culture. I II (4, 4 ) 201, 202 Intermediate Latin

Review of basic grammar; selected readings from Latin authors. I II a/y (4, 4) 4 9 1 Independent Studies ( 1 - 4 ) 492 Independent Studies ( 1 - 4 ) 499 Capstone: Senior Project - SR ( 2 )

49 1 Independent Studies ( 1 -4 ) 492 lndependent Studies ( 1 -4)

Course Offerings:

Modem Languages

598 Non-thesis Research Project ( 1 -4) Chinese Minor ill Chil/cse: 20 semester hours which may include \ 0 1 -\ 02.

The major and minor in Chillese Studies are described in this catalog under Chillese Swdics.

P A C

L U T

R A N

T Y

101, 102 Elementary Chinese Introduction to lvlandarin Chinese. Basic skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Laboratory practice required. I II (4, 4 )

321 Civilization and Culture Development of French society from early times to the present. as portrayed in art, music, politics, and l iterature, within their socio-historical context. Prerequisite: 202. (4)

20 1 , 202 Intermediate Chinese Develops further the ability to communicate in Mandarin Chinese, using culturally authentic material. Laboratory practice required. Prerequisite: 1 02 or equivalent. I II (4, 4 )

341 French Language and Caribbean Culture in Martinique See 1 4 1 . May be counted towards French major or minor. Prerequisite: 30 I or permission of instructor. ( 4 )

301, 302 Composition and Conversation Review of grammar with emphasis on idiomatic usage; reading of contemporary authors as models of styl ; and conversation on topics of student interest. Conducted i n hinese. Prerequisite: 202 . I ( 4 ) o z cs:

43 1, 432 201h-CentUJ'y French Literature - LT Social and aesthetic importance of selected 20th-century writers from France and other francophone countries. May include Gide, Camus, Sartre. Beckett, Aimee Cesaire, M i riama Ba., Ousmane Sembene. Prerequisite: 352. I II aly (4, 4)

3 7 1 Chinese Literature in Translation - C , LT An introduction to the most important works and writers of Chinese literary traditions, from early times to the modern period. Poetry, prose, drama, and fiction included. Film presentations supplement the required readings. No knowledge of Chinese required. ( 4 )

491 Independent Studies ( 1 - 4 )

49J Independent Studies ( 1 - 4 )

492 Independent Studies ( 1-4)

499 Capstone: Senior Project

French

1 02, including 20 1-202, 30 1 -302, 32 1 , 499, and three 400-Ievel ourses, one of which must be completed in the senior year. Mitior in Frellch: 20 semester hours, excluding 1 0 1 - 1 02 and including 20 1 -202, 30 1 , and two additional upper-division courses. 101, 1 02 Elementary French Essentials of pronunciation, intonation, and structure; basic skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Lab attendance required. I II (4. 4) 1 4 1 French Language and Caribbean Culture in Martinique Offered on the campus of the Universite des Antilles et de la Guyane in Martinque. includes daily intensive language study, a homestay, excursions and activities related to the history and culture of the French West Indies, meetings with writers and p litical figures. and a fieldwork project. May not be counted towards Frnech major or minor. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 or permission of instructor. ( 4 )

24 1 French Language and Caribbean CultUJ'e i n Martinique See 1 4 1 . May be counted towards French major or minor. Prerequisite: 20 I or permission of instructor. ( 4 )

1 0 1 - 1 02. including 20 1-202, 30 1 -302, 3 2 1 -322, 499. and two 400-level courses Minor ill German: 20 semester hours, excluding 1 0 1 - 1 02 and including 2 0 1 -202. 30 I, and two additional upper-division courses. 101,102 E1eJ1Wllary German Basic skills of oral and written communication in classroom and laboratory practice. Use of materials rcnecting contemporary German life. I II (4, 4 )

3 2 1 German Civilization to 1750 From the Middle Ages to the Enlightenment. A survey of German culture and its expression in creative works of art, music and literature, with particular emphasis on Martin Luther and the Protestant Reformation. Prerequisite: 202. I aly ( 4 ) 322 German Civilization Since 1750 From the Enlightenment to the present. This survey covers representative works and trends in German politics. philosophy, literature. art and music, with emphasis on the Age of Goethe and Beethoven. Prerequisite: 202. II aly ( 4 ) 4 0 1 Advanced Composition and Conversation Emphasis on idiomatic German using newspapers and other current sources for texts. Strongly recommended for students planning to obtain a credential to teach German in public secondary schools. Students should take this course in the junior or senior year. Prerequisite: 302. (4) 421 German Literature From the Enlightenment to Realism 足 LT Representative works of German literature from about 1 750 to 1 890, including Sturm and Orang, Classicism and Romanticism. Reading will include such authors as Goethe. Schiller, Buchner, and Keller. Prerequisite: 352. I aly ( 4 )

301 , 302 Composition and Conversation Advanced grammar, stylistics, composition, and conversation within the historical context of Francophone culture, history, and literature. Prerequisite: 202. I II (4, 4 )

Major ill German: A minimum of 34 semester hours beyond

301 , 302 Composition and Conversation Intensive review of grammar with emphasis on idiomatic usage; use of contemporary authors as models of style. Conversation on topics of student interest. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. I II (4, 4 )

221 French Llteratnre and Film o f the Americas - C , LT Through literature and film, a study of the experience of migration, integration, connict, and ethnicity in the Americas fro m a Francophone perspective. To include today's geographical areas of Quebec, Nova Scotia, United States, Haiti, Martinique, and Guadeloupe. Special attention given to issues of gender, color, historical heritage, language, and economic status of French and Creole speakers in the Caribbean and North Am rica. Class conducted in English. All literature translated into English; films with English subtitles. ( 4 )

SR ( 2 )

201, 202 Intermediate German Continued practice in oral and written communication in class足 room and laboratory. Use of materials which renect contempo足 rary life as well as the German cultural heritage. I II (4, 4 )

201, 202 Intermediate French Review of basic grammar, development of vocabulary and emphasis on spontaneous, oral expression. Reading selections which renect the cultural heritage and society of the Francophone world. Lab attendance required. I II (4, 4 )

German

Major ill Frellch: A minimum of 34 semester hours beyond 1 0 1 -

421 , 422 Masterpieces o f French Literature - LT Social and aesthetic importance of works representative of major periods from the Middle Ages through the nineteenth century. lvlay include Christine de Pizan, Rabelais, Montaigne, Moliere. Pascal, Voltaire, Rousseau, Hugo, and Baudelaire. Prerequisite: 302. I II aly (4, 4)

422 2Oth-CentlU'}' German Literature - IT Representative works from Naturalism to the present, including Expres:>ionism and Socialist ealism. Works from both east and west, and �vill i nclude such author as Brecht, Kafka, Thomas Mann, R il ke. an Seghers. Prerequi ite: 302. II aly ( 4 ) 49 1 l ndependent Studies ( 1-4) 492 Independent StucUes ( 1 -4)

42 1 Ibsen and StriJJdberg - IT The great dramatists of 1 9th-century Scandinavian literature Henrik Ibsen and August Strindberg-are studied against the backdrop of their time and the work of other authors who contributed to the breakthrough of modern forms and themes. Class conducted in English; readings in translation for non majors. aly (4)

Norwegian

422 20th-Century Scandinavian literature - LT Recent trends in Scandinavian literature are illustrated by lead ing writers like Isak Oinesen, Tarjei Vesaas, and Par Lagerkvist. Emphasis on prose fiction and poetry. Class conducted in English; readings in translation for non-majors. aly (4)

Major in No rwegiml: A minimum of 34 semester hours, includ

491 Independent Studies ( 1-4)

499 Capstone: Senior Project - SR ( 2 )

ing 1 0 1 - 1 02, 20 1 -202., 30 1-302, and Scandinavian 42 1 or 422. Minor ill Norwegian: 20 semester hours, which may include 1 0 1 - \ 02.

101, 102 Elementary Norwegian Introduces th students to t h e pleasure of speaking, reading, and writing a fore ign language. Th e skills are developed through a conversational approach, using (lng ' and other cultural materials. I II (4, 4) 201 , 202 IntermecUate Norwegian Develops a command of the language while further acquainting students with the Norwegian cultural heritage. Reading selec tions introduce Norwegian � Iki or and daily life. I II (4, 4) 301 Conversation and Composition Increa!>c� student a ility for sel f-expression, both orally and in writing. Contemp rary materials are selected as models of style and usage. Prerequisite: 202. 1 ( 4 ) 302 Advanced Co Dversatioll and Composition Emphasiz s the finer p in ts of !>tructure, style, and good taste. rerequisite: 301 . II (4) 491 Independent Studies ( 1-4) 492 Independent Studies ( 1 -4) 499 Capstolle: Senior Project - SR ( 2 )

Scandinavian Major in Scafldi,wl/ia n Area Srlldil!s: 40 !>cmester hours: A cross

di. ciplinary approach t the study of Scandinavia. See also the section of this talog on Scalldinavian Area Studies.

1 50 Introduction to ScandJJJavia n overview of th Nordic countries, highlighting contributions in art and music and the cultural life of Den mark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, a d Sweden. The road� to parliamentary demo cracy and current issues in the five nations are also outlined. ( 2 ) 250 Masterpieces of Scandioavian Literature - IT survey of aj r a ut h o r and wor . from the Scandinavian coun tries, begi nning wi th the pr se and poetry of the Viking Age. All re�ding in English translati n. (4) 322 Scandillavia and World Politics Beginning with a h istorical survey of candinavia's development from poor, eJlil:\erent co untr ies to modern welfare states, this course tudies the "Nordic Model" and its adaptation to recent challeng ·S. Di�cussion of toreign relations and of the European Union as well liS peace negotiati � and aid to developing coulltrie�, with comparisons to other countries. In English. aly (4) 324 The Bmlgrants The mass emigration from candinavia to North America; r sons for the exodus; l ife in the new homeland. In English. ( 2 )

L ,...

:. z CI c :. CI

...

11'1

:. z c

492 Independent Studies ( 1- 4) 499 Capstone: Senior Project - SR I II (2)

,...

Sign Language

101, 102 Sign laJJ guage - A A n introduction to the structure of American Sign Language and to the world of the hearing impaired. Basic signing skills and sign language vocabulary; fingerspelling; the particular needs and problems of deaf people. I II (4, 4)

Spanish Major ill Spallish: A minimum of 34 semester hours beyond 20 1 ,

including 202, 30 1 , 32 1 , 322, 325 and three 400-level courses. In addition, students must complete Languages 499. At least two 400-level courses-one focusing on Spain and another on Latin America-must be completed at PLU. One 400-level course must be completed in the senior year. Majors are strongly encouraged to pursue at least one semester of study in a Spanish-speaking country on a program approved by the Spanish faculty. Majors may not normally fulfill the require ments for the major through the election of 300-level courses during their senior year. Minor ill Spallish: 20 semester hours, including 202, 30 1 , 325, and two additional upper-division courses.

101, 102 Elementary Spamsh Essentials of pronunciation, intonation, and structure; basic skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Lab attendance required. Students with more than two years of high school Spanish must enroll in !o2. I, II (4, 4 ) 201, 202 Intermediate Spanish A continuation of elementary Spanish; reading selections which reflect the Hispanic cultural heritage as well as contemporary materials. Lab attendance required. I, II (4, 4 ) 2 3 1 , 3 3 1 Intensive Spanish i n latin America - C An intensive Spanish course offered in a Latin American country and geared to students at the intermediate (equivalent to 201 or 2(2) and advanced (equivalent to 30 1 ) language level. Course includes four and a half hours of class per day for a four-week period, a homestay, a service project, excursions, and guest lectures on a variety of topics related to the history and culture of the host country. Placement at the 231 or 331 level is deter mined by the student's background and experience in Spanish. Prerequisites: Spanish 1 02. J (4) 301 Advanced Grammar and Composition Advanced grammar, stylistics, and composition; conversation based on everyday situations, current events, and pertinent literary selections. Prerequisite: 202. 1 (4)

327 The Viking - S I The world of th Vikings; terri to ri I xpansion; interaction of the Vikings wit the rest of Europe. In English. (Crosslisted with HIST 327.) ( 4 ) P

321 Civillzatloll arui Culture of Spain Development of Spanish society from early times to the present as reflected in architecture, painting, and literature, within their socio-historical context. Prerequisite: 30 I (or concurrent enrollment). I (4)

Legal Studies 253.535.7660 www.plu.edul- legalstdl

322 Latin American Civilization and Culture Historic, artistic, literary, sociological, and geographic elements shaping the development of the Latin American region. Prereq uisite: 30 I (or concurrent enrollment). II (4) 315 Introduction to Hispanic Literary Studies - LT

Q Z 00( � 1&1

" 00( ::;)

" z 00( �

Acquaints students with techniques of literary analysis, as applied to examples of narrative, poetry, drama, and essay in the Spanish and Latin American literary traditions. Reading, writing, and speaking-intensive. Ongoing review of advanced grammar. Prereq uisite: 30 I . II (4)

341 The Latino Experiences in the U.S. - A, LT Exploration of the histories, experiences, and contributions of the Latino peoples in the United States as they appear in Latino literature and film. Course content is enriched through related service learning experience. Readings are in English. May count toward major, but not toward minor in Spanish. (4)

Legal Studies is an interdisciplinary minor program of study focusing on the nature of law and judicial process. Consistent with the purposes o f the American Legal Studies Association, the Legal Studies Program at PLU provides alternative approaches to the study of law from the academic framework of the Divisions of Social Sciences and Humanities and the Schools of the Arts, Business, and Education. The faculty teaching within the pro gram emphasize the development of a critical understanding of the functions of law, the mutual impacts of law and society, and the sources of law. Students completing a minor in Legal Studies pursue these objectives through courses, directed research, and internships in offices and agencies involved in making, enforcing, interpreting, and communicating "the law" in contemporary American civil society.

FACULTY: Jobst, Chair; Anderson, Dwyer-Shick, Hasty, Kaurin, Klein, Lisosky, MacDonald, Menzel, Rowe.

401 Advanced SpanJsh Grammar Study of Spanish at the most advanced level with an emphasis on syntactical differences between English and Spanish. Strongly recommended for those who plan to teach panish a t the secondary level. Prerequisite: 30 I (4)

421 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature - LT A concentrated study of major writers and mo\'ements in Spanish literature from its origins to 1 898. Prerequisite: 325. (4)

422 20th-Century Literature of Spain - LT Drama, novel, essay, and poetry of Spain from the "Generation of 1 898" to the present. Prerequisite: 325. (4)

MINOR: 20 semester hours, including Philosophy 328, Political Science 1 70, and 1 2 additional semester hours, selected in consultation with the program's chair. Anthroplogy 375 Law, Politics, and Revolution - C, S I Business 400 General Business Law Business 405 Law of the Financial Marketplace Business 406 Law of the Workplace Business 407 Law of the Marketplace Business 408 International Business Law Communications 38 1 Media Law Economics 3 7 1 Industrial Organization and Public Policy - S2 History 45 1 Legal History S I Philosophy 328 Philosophical Issues in the Law Political Science 1 70 Introduction to Legal Studies - S I Political Science 3 7 1 Judicial Process - S I Political Science 372 Constitutional Law - S I Political Science 373 Civil Liberties - S I Political Science 374 Legal Studies Research - S I Political Science 38 1 Comparative Legal Systems - C, S I Political Science 4 7 1 Internship in Legal Studies - S I Psychology 4 7 1 Psychology and the Law - S2 Sociology 35 1 Sociology of Law - S2 -

423 Special Topics in Spanish Literature and Culture - LT An opportunity to pursue an in-depth study of a specific aspect o r topic in Spanish literature, such as Spanish women writers or the relationship of film to other types of cultural production. May be repeated for credit with different topic. Prerequisite: 325. (4)

43 1 Latin American Lita-sture, 1492-1888 - LT A study of representative genres from the colonial period to the end of the 1 9th century. Prerequisite: 325. (4)

432 20th-Century LatiD American Literature - LT Development o f the literature of Mexico, Central and South America fro m the Modernista movement ( 1 888) to the present. Prerequisite: 3 25. (4)

Marriage and Family Therapy

433 Special Topics in Latin American Literature and Culture

253.5 35.8782

- IT

An opportunity to pursue an in-depth study of a specific aspect or topic in Latin American literature and culture, such as Latin American women writers, Latino narrative, or Latin American film and literature. May be repeated for credit with different topic. Prerequisite: 325. (4)

499 Capstone� Senior Project - SR ( 2 )

www.plll. edul-mftClltr

The Marriage and Family Therapy program is a graduate program leading to the MA in Social Sciences. 45 semester hours are required in the program. For further information, see the Graduate Studies section of this catalog. The Marriage and Family Therapy program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for Marriage and Family Therapy Education of the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy ( AA M FT).

FACULTY: Storm, Chair; York

Clinic Director; and practica supervisors: Callison, Fitzpatrick, Lewis, Tschimperle, Vincent.

Course Offe rings 500 Human Development Individual personality development, normal and abnormal manifestations, over the life span. ( 4 ) 94

S03 Systems Approach to Marriage and Family Therapy An introduction to the systems paradigm and post-modern ideas for treatment strategy and intervention. (4) 504 FamDy Development

Exploration of how family life cycle stages are affected by divorce, remarriage, ethnicity, fem inist issues, and other unplanned events. (4) 505 Research Methods in Marriage and Family Therapy Basic research concepts including formulating research questions, research design, analysis of data, and theory construction. Emphasis on understanding and evaluating rather than conduct ing research. (4) 507 Comparative Marriage and Family Therapy Intensive comparative study of the theoretical rationale of the prominent schools of thought within the field of marriage and family therapy. Prerequisite: 503. (4) 510 Human Sexuali ty and Sex Therapy An overview of the nature of sexual health and the treatment oi common sexual dysfunctions. Prerequisite or co-requisite: 503. (2) 511 Psychosocial. Pathology: Relationship t o Marriage and the FamUy Exploration of the treatment techniques and assumptions of leading family therapists regarding such psychosocial dysfunctions as divorce, family violence, delinquency, psychosomatic symptoms, drug addiction, and disturbed adolescents. Prerequisite: 503. (4) 512 Professional Studies in Marriage and Family Therapy Study of professional ethics and Washington State laws which affect clinical practice, including family law, legal responsibilities, and in terproiessional cooperation. ( 3 ) 519 Practicum 1 (2 ) Prerequisite: 507 and 5 1 2 ; may b e taken concurrently when schedule allows. 521 Practicum II ( 2 ) 523 Practicum III (2) 525 Practicnm IV (2) The four semesters of practica are part of a continuous process toward developing specific therapeutic competencies in work with individuals, couples, and families. The practica present a competency-based program in which each student is evaluated regarding: I ) case management skills; 2) relationship skills; 3 ) perceptual skills; 4 ) conceptual skills; 5) structuring skills; and 6 ) professional development skills. Practica requirements include 1 00 hours of supervision of 500 client contact hours. Faculty are AAMFT-Approved supervisors and use live supervision and video tapes of student sessions as the primary methods of clinical supervision. 527 Enended Practicnm V For students who wish to complete their required practica in five rather than four semesters. This course is an extension of the previously described practica courses. ( 2 ) 520 Theory I ( 2 ) 522 Theory I I ( 2 ) 524 Theory III (2) The three semesters of theory taken in conjunction with 5 1 9, 52 1 , and 523 constitute an in -depth study of one approach toward marriage and family therapy with an emphasis on applying theory in practice. 526 Development of a Personal Integrated Theory The fourth semester of theory taken in conjunction with 525 is an in depth study of the student's preferred ideas, style, methods, and values. Students develop an integrated personal approach to marriage and family therapy that synthesizes their learning in the program. (2)

Mathematics 253.535.7400 www.plu.edli/- math

Mathematics is a many-faceted subject that is not only extremely useful in its application, but at the same time is fascinating and beautiful in the abstract. It is an indispensable tool for industry, science, government, and the business world, while the elegance of its logic and beauty of form have intrigued scholars, philoso phers, and artists since earliest times. The mathematics program at PLU is designed to serve five main objectives: ( I ) to provide backgrounds for other disci plines, ( 2) to provide a comprehensive pre-professional program for those directly entering the fields of teaching and applied mathematics, (3) to provide a nucleus of essential courses which will develop the breadth and maturity of mathematical thought for continued study of mathematics at the graduate level, (4) to develop the mental skills necessary for the creation, analysis, and critique of mathematical topics, and ( 5 ) to provide a view of mathematics as a part of h umanistic behavior.

n VI

FACULTY: C. Dorner, Chair; Benkhalti, B. Dorner, Heath, Meyer,

Sklar, Stuart, Wu, Zhu. BEGINNING CLASSES: Majors in mathematics, computer science and engineering, and other sciences usually take 1 5 1 and 1 52 (calculus ) . Math 1 5 1 is also appropriate for any student whose high school mathematics preparation is strong. Those who have had calculus in high school may omit 1 5 1 (see Advanced Placement section) and enroll in 1 52 after consulta tion with a mathematics faculty member. Those who have less mathematics background may begin with 1 40 before taking 1 5 1 . I I I and 1 1 2 provide preparation for 1 40. Business majors may satisfy the requirement for the business degree by taking 1 28, IS I , or 1 52. ( Math I I I provides prepara tion for 1 2 8 . ) Finance majors who have already taken 1 5 1 may want to take 230. Those who have already taken 1 52 may want to take 3 3 1 . Elementary education majors may satisfy the requirement for the education degree by taking Math 1 23. ( Math I I I provides preparation for 1 23 . ) For students w h o plan only one mathematics course, a choice from 10 5, 1 07, 1 23, 1 28, 1 40, 1 5 1 is advised, depending on interest and preparation. PLACEMENT TEST: A placement test and background survey are used to help insure that students begin in mathematics courses which are appropriate to their preparation and abilities. Enrollment is not permitted in any of the beginning mathemat ics courses ( 105, 1 07, I l l , 1 1 2, 1 23, 1 28, 1 40, 1 5 1 ) until the placement test and background survey are completed. MATHEMATICS AND GENERAl UNIVERSITY REQUIRE MENTS (see General Univeristy Requirements): All mathematics courses (except 099) will satisfy the mathematical reason ing requirement (line 3 of the general university requirements). At least 4 hours are needed. All mathematics courses (except 099) will satisfy line 2e of Core I: The Distributive Core. At least 4

hours are needed. A course cannot simultaneously satisfy line 2e and line 3. In fulfilling the Math Reasoning Requirement, students with documented disabilities will be given reasonable accomodations as determined by the Coordinator for Students with Disabilities and the appropriate faculty member in consultation with the student.

598 Research Project (4) 599 Thesis ( 4) P

MATHEMATICS AND THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENT (see College of Arts and Sciences

MINOR IN ACTUARIAL SCIENCE: A minimum of 24 semester

Requirements): All mathemati s courses ( except 099 ) will satisfy the logic, mathematics, computer science o r statistic part of Option I I I of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement. A course cannot sim ultaneousLy satisfy Option I I I of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement and the general university requirements.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT: The pol icy of the Mathematics Department regardin" mathematics credit fOT students who have

Students who have takcn calwltls in h igh school but do not have credit for 1 5 1 do not nced to take 151 for thc mathematics maJor or minor. Howe ver, they still nced to complete the n umber of hours in mathema tics stated in the req uirements.

taken the AP Calculus exam is as follows: EXAM

SCORE

CREDIT

Course Offerings

lSI'

4, 5

151

A grade of or higher is required in all prerequisite courses. A placement test and background survey are required before registering for beginning mathematics courses if prerequisites have not been completed at PLU.

4, 5

1 5 1 and 1 52

99 Intermediate Algebra A review of high school algebra; solving linear equations and quadratic equations, factoring, simplifying expressions, expo nents, and graphing. Designed for students whose mathematical preparation is in, deq uate for ivlath I l l . Does not count toward graduation. Available through M iddle College only. I ( 4 )

'Consult with instructor if planning to take 1 52. If a student has taken calculus in high 'dlOOI and did not take an AP exam, then the student may enrol! in 1 52 after c nsultation with a mathematics faculty member. In this case no redit is given for 151. MATHEMATICS MAJOR: The foundation of the mathematics

program for majors is the three-semester sequence of calculus ( i 5 1 , 1 52, 253 ) , introduction to proof ( 3 1 7 ) , and linear algebra ( 33 1 ) . Students with a calculus background in high school may receive advanced placement i n to the appropriate course in this sequence. Upper-division work includes courses in introduction to proof, linear algebra, abstract algebra, analysis, geometry, differential equations, statistics and numerical analysis. See the descri ption of the courses and the major (either Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) for more detail. Students majoring in mathematics shuuld discuss scheduling of these cou rses with their advisors. For example, 499 extends over two semesters beginning in the fall semester; May graduates begin this capstone course in the fall semester of the senior year, while December graduate, must begin this Cllurse i n the fal l semester of their junior year. BACHElOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 34 semester hours of

mathematics, 4 hours supporting. Re qu ired: 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253, 3 1 7, 3 3 1 , 34 1 , 433, 455, 499. Required supportillg: Computer Science and Computer Engineer ing 1 44. Also strongly recommended is one of the following: Computer Science and Computer Engineering 3 7 1 ; Economics 345; Physics 1 53, or 1 63. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 42 semester hours of

mathematics, 8 o r 9 hours supporting. Required: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253, 3 1 7, 33 1 , 34 1 , 433, 455, 499. 8 more hours frol//: Math 32 1 , 342, 348, 3 5 1 , 356, 38 1 , 480. Required supporting: Comp uter Science and Computer Engineering 1 44 and one of the fol lowing: Computer SciCI1ce and Computer Engineering 348, 3 7 1 ; Economics 345; Physics 1 53, o r 1 63. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of Educa tioll section of this catalog.

MINOR IN MATHEMATICS: 20 semester hours of mathematics

courses, including 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253 or 245 and 8 hours of upper division mathematics courses excluding 446. MINOR IN STATISTICS: A minimum of 16 semester hours to

include Computer Science and Computer Engineering 1 20 or 1 44; Statistics 34 1 , and at !east 8 hours from among the other statistics courses ( 342 and 348 are strongly recommended) . See the Sta tistics section of this catalog for more detail.

hours chosen from the following courses: Business 302, 335, 342, 405; Economics 1 52, 322, 343, 352; and Math 33 1 , 342, 348, 356. Also strongly recommended: Math 253. At least 12 hours must be from mathematics and at least 4 from economics.

105 Mathematics of Personal Finance - MR, NS Emphasizes financial transactions important to individuals and families: annuities, loans, insurance, interest, investment, time value of money. Prerequisite: PLU math entrance requirement. J ( 4 ) 107 Mathematical Explorations - MR, NS Mathematics and modern society. Emphasis on numerical and logical reasoning. Designed to increase awareness of applications of mathcm tics, to enhance enjoyment of and self-confidence in mathemati s , and to sharpen critical thought in mathematics. Topics selected by the i nstructor. Prerequisite: PLU math en trance requirement. ( 4 ) I I I College Algebra - MR, NS

A rev iew of algebl cmp asizing problem solving skills. Appro p riate as preparation for 1 1 2 or 1 28 ( and then 1 40 ) . Prerequi sites: two years of h igh school algebra. I II ( 2 ) 1 12 Plane Trigonometry - MR, NS 1hgonometric, inverse trigonometric, logarithmic and exponen tial functions, identities, graphing, solution of triangles. For students who ,Ire proficient in algebra but do not know trigo nometry. Prerequisite: I I I or at least two years of high school algebra. I II ( 2 ) 123 Modern Elementary Mathematics - MR, NS Concepts underlying traditional computational techniques; a systematic analysis of arithmetic; an intuitive approach to algebra and geometry. Intended for elementary teaching majors. Prerequisite: a qualifying score on the math placement test or a grade of C or higher in I I I . I I I ( 4 ) 128 Linear Models and Calculus, An Introduction - MR, NS Matrix theory, linea r programming, and introduction to calculus. Concepts developed stressing applications, particularly to business. Prerequisites: two years of high school algebra or I l l . Cannot be taken for credit if 1 5 1 (or the equivalent) has been p reviously taken with a grade of C or higher. I I I ( 4 ) 140 Analytic Geometry and Functions - MR, NS Different types of functions, their properties and graphs, espe cially trigonometric functions. Algebraic skill, problem solving, and mathematical writing are emphasized. Prepares students for calculus. Prerequisites: I I I and 1 1 2 or equivalent high school material. I I I ( 4 ) 151 Introduction to Calculus - MR, NS Functions, limits, derivatives and integrals with applications. Emphasis on derivatives. Prerequisite: Math analysis or pre calculus in high school or 1 40. I II ( 4 )

1 52 Calculus II - MR, NS

348 Applied Regression Analysis and ANOVA - MR, N S

Continuation of 1 5 1 . Tech niques and applications of in tegrals, i mproper integrals, ordinary di fferential equations and power series, with a plications. Prerequisite: 1 5 1 . 1 1 1 ( 4 )

Linear and m ultipl regression with inference a n d diagnostics; analysi ' of variance; experimental design with randomization and blocking. Substantial use of statistical software and emphasis on explorato T)' data analysis. Prerequisite: 34 1 or consent of instructor. aly II ( C rosslisted with STAT 348.) ( 4 )

203 History of Mathematics - MR, NS A uldy in the v st adventure of ideas that is mathematics from

anCIent cultures to the 20th century. The evolution of the concepts of number. m . . rement, demonstration, and the various branches of mathrmati<."S in th contexts of the varied cultures in which they arose. Prerequisite: 1 5 1 r consent of instructor. aly II (4) 230 Matrix A lgebra - MR.. NS

A survey of matrix algebra with applications, such as linear programmin . I first look at abstract methods including some techniqu of proof Prerequjsite: 1 5 1 . I I I ( 2 ) 245 D iscrete Structures - MR, N S

Set , relations. function combinatorics, and graph theory and their relation to topics i n computer science and engineering. Tech niques for logical rc soning includ ing methods of quanti �ied logic, ded cli n. in duction, and c ntradiction will be taught and applied. Prerequisite: 152. II (4) 253 Multivariable Calculus - MR, NS

An in Lroduction to vectors. partial d rivatives, multiple integrals, and vector analysis. Prerequisite: 1 5 2. I II ( 4 ) 2 9 1 Directed Study

Supervised study of t pics selected to meet the individual's needs or interests; primarily for students awarded advanced placement. Admission only by departmental invitation. ( l or 2 ) 3 17 Introduction to Proof in Mathematics - MR, NS

Intr duces the logical methods of proof and abstraction i n modem mathematics. Critical logical analysis a n d expression emp asized while investigating a variety of topics in discrete mathematics. Prerequislt ; 1 52 . 1 (4 ) 321 Geomet

- MR, NS

Foundations of geometry and basic theory in Euclidean, projective. and non- Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: 1 5 2 or consent of instructor. I ( 4 ) 33 1 Linear Algebra - MR, NS

Vectors and abstract vector spaces, matrices. inner product spaces, l inear transformations. Proofs will be emphasized. P rerequisite: 1 5 2 and one of 230. 245, 253, or 3 1 7. I II ( 4 ) 340 A Brief Introduction to Prubab ility - MR, NS

Concepts from probability and statistics that are particularly r levant to computer science and engineering. Topics are com binatorics. cond itional probability, independence, discrete and contin OUS distributions, mean and variance. 340 cannot be taken for credit after 34 1 . Prerequisites: 1 52 and CSCE 1 44. Recommend d: Math 245. II ( 2 ) 34 1 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics - MR, NS

Data descripti n, probability, discrete and continuous random variables, expectation, special distributions, statements of law of large numbers and central limit theorem, 'ampl ing distribut ions, the ry of point estimators, confidence intervals, hypothesis tests, re re sion (time permitting) . Prerequisite: 1 52. I (Crosslisted with ST T 4 1 . ) ( 4 ) 342 Probability and Statistical Theory - MR, NS

ontinuati n f 34 1 . Topics may include: joint and conditional distributions. correlation, functions of random variables, moment generating functions, inference in regression and one-way ANOVA, Bayesian and non-parametric inference, convergence of distribu tions. Pr requisite: 34 1 . aly II (Crosslisted with STAT 342.) ( 4 )

35 1 Differential Equations - MR, NS

An in troduction to differen tial equations emphasizing the applied aspect . First and second order differential equations, systems of differential equations, power series solutions, non linear differential equations, numerical methods. Prerequisite: 253. II aly 20G2-2003 (4) 356 Numerical Analysis - MR, NS

Numerical theory and application in the context of solutions of linear, nonlinear, and differential equations, matrix theory, interpolation, approximations, numerical differentiation and integration and Fourier transforms. Prerequisites: 1 5 2 and CSCE 1 44 . aly II 2003-2004 ( 4 ) 3 8 1 Seminar in Problem Solving - MR, NS

Designed to improve advanced problem solving skills. A goal is participation in the Putnam Competition. PasslFail only. May be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisite: 1 52 or consent of instructor. I ( I ) 433 Abstract Algebra - MR, NS

The algebra of axiomatically detined objects, such as groups. rings and fields with emphasis on theory a nd proof. Prerequisite: 3 1 7, 33 1 . I ( 4 ) 446 Mathema tics in the Secondary School

Methods and materials in secondary school math teaching. Basic mathematical concepts; principles of number operation. relation, proof. and problem solving in the context of arithmetic, algebra, and geometry. Prerequisite: 253 or 3 3 1 . I (Crosslisted with EDUC 446. ) ( 4 ) 455 Mathematical Analysis - MR, NS

Theoretical tre;tlment of topics introduced in elementary calculus. Prerequisite: 253. 33 1 ; 3 1 7 or 433 (with consent of instructor 433 may be taken concurrently). 1 ( 4 ) 480 Topics in Mathematics - MR, N S

S h:cted topics of curr n t i nterest or from: combinatorics, complex analysis. dynamical systems chaos and fractals, graph theo ry, group representations, number theory, operations res arch, partial differential equations, topology, transform methods. abstract algebra. analysis. May be taken more than once for credit. Pren:quisites vary depending on the topic. Il ( 1 -4 ) 4 9 1 Independent Studies

Prerequ ' ' i te: consent of department chair. I 11 ( 1 -4) 499 Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR

Oral and written presentation of information learned in individual research under the direction of an assigned instructor. Disc ussion of methods for communicating mathematical knowledge. Lasts two semesters begi nning in the fall semester; May graduates should start the course in the fall of their senior year and December graduates should begin the cou rse in the fal l o f their junior year. Final presentations given during spring semester. Prerequisite: senior (or second semester junior) math major. I II ( 2 ) 598 Non-thesis Research Project Open to mast r's e ree candidates only. Prerequisite: consent of

department chair. I I I ( 1 -4 )

R A N

V E

T Y

These courses are prerequisite to Theory 124. All first-year students should register for 1 1 1 and 1 1 3. A placemellt test will be given during the first class meeting, alld, based all tire test olltcome, studellts will he placed i n either 124, / 1 3 or retailled ill 1 1 1.

u J

Half-semester courses. Class size limited.

MUSIC MINOR: General; 22 semester hours, including Music 1 20; one of the following: Music l i S , 1 1 6, 1 2 1 , 1 22 or 202 ( I credit ) ; 1 24, 1 25. 1 26; 4 hours of Private Instruction (Music 202-2 1 9 ) ; 4 hours of Ensemble ( Music 360-384); one of the following: Music 1 0 1 - 1 06. 234, 333, 334; 0 - 1 hour of music elective. Specialized: 32 semester hours, including courses required in the General Minor ( 22 hours) plus 4 additional hours of Private Instruction (Music 401-4 1 9 ) and one of the Concentration Modules (6 hours) l isted under the Bachelor of Music in Performance degree (see listing next page) or in jaz7. (see below ) .

Music 2 5 .3 . 535.7602 877.254.700 1 lVwlV.plll.edll!-mllsic

JAZZ STUDY AT PLU

The music program at PLU strives to provide every student at the university with a meaningful and enriching arts experience, ranging from non-major private lessons or ensemble participa Ii n to ore courses to four distin ctive academic majors and two academic minors. Nearly one qua.rter of the undergraduates at PLU participate in music annually. The program is ful l y accred ited by the National ssociation of S hools of Music and its graduates go on to distinguished and sati�fying careers in teach ing and performing. Facilities for exploring the musical arts are outstanding. The Mary Baker I ussell Music ,enter, with its exquisite Lagerquist 'oncert Hall, p rovides �tate-of-the-art focus to music study at PL . Media-rich classrooms and labs augmen t studios and individ ual pructice spaces. Private study in keyboard is available in piano, organ, nd harpsichord. Other private study includes voice and a l l string, wind, and percussion instruments, taught by regularly performing musicians. Profes�i nal-quality experience is available l ) qualified performers in band, orchestra, choir, jazz, and h"mber ensembles.

Students interested in pursuing the academic study of jazz at PLU have three options: I. Specialized Music Minor ill Jazz; 32 semester hours, including courses i n the general minor (22), 4 additional hours of private instruction, and 6 additional hours including 103, 224, and 427. Jazz students may fulfill the ensemble require ment in the University Jazz Ensemble ( 3 7 5 ) , Vocal Jazz Ensemble (378) or combos ( 38 1 ) . 2. Jazz study ill combination with all outside, 1100lmusic field (Bachelor ofMusical Arts degree): 62 semester hours. Jazz students may major in music under the BMA degree while combining music studies with a nonmusic academic minor or second major. 3. Jazz study in combination with nonjazz (classical) performance study (Bachelor of Music degree); 80 semester hours. Instru mental jazz students may major in performance (see Bachelor of Music below) in which up to half the studio instruction and recital literature can be in jazz (see academic p rogram contract for details).

FACUlTY: Robbins, Chair; Bel l - Hanson, Bradley, Farner, Frohnmay r, Cr i haber, Hoffman, Joyner, Lehmann, Nance, Poppe, RlIlll ning , Tegels , Vaught Farner, Youtz; assisted by Agent, An de rson, Baldwi n, Bliss, Bloomingdale, Boughten, Box, Buchanan, Ca mpos, Chung, Cripe. Erickson, Fukashima, Geronymo, Grinsteiner, Habedank, Harty, Houston, B. Johnson, M . Joyner, S. Knapp, Kopta, Larsen, McDonald, Ott, F. Peterson, Phill ips, Rine, Seeberger, Scutt, 'ielert, Spicciati, Terpenning, Vancil, Wetherington, Winkle, Wooster. For introductory courses to the field of music, see the descrip tions of Music 1 0 1 , 1 02, 103, 1 04, 105, 1 06, and 1 20. Students intend.ing to major in music should begin the major music sequences i n the first year. Failure to do so may mean an extra s mester or year to complete the program. ollowing is the program for all entering first-year students who intend to major in music: SPRING

COURSES:

Music u ndamenl.ils' : I l l . 1 1 3 Musk and Cult ure: 1 20 \ Theory: 1 -4 Ear Training: 125, 1 2ti Kc>'boarding: 1 1 5. 1 1 6. 1 21 , I.:l2

4 3

A C I

L U T H

R A

ENTRANCE AUDITION: To be admitted to a music major program, prospective students must audition for the music faculty. Music majors should fill out a declaration of major fo rm during their first semester of enrollment in the program and be assigned to a music faculty advisor.

DECLARATION OF MAJOR: Students interested in majoring in music should complete an academic program contract declaring a music major during their first semester of enrollment in the program. They will be assigned a music faculty advisor who will assure that the student receives help in exploring the various majors and in scheduling music study in the most efficient and economical manner. Majors can always be changed later.

ENSEMBLE REQUIREMENT: Music majors are required to participate every semester in one of the music ensembles specified in their major. ( Exception: semesters involving study abroad and/or student teaching.)

KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY: Basic keyboard skills are required in all music majors (BM, BME, BMA, BA). Attainment of adequate keyboard skills is a) adjudicated by the Keyboard Proficiency Jury, administered each term and b) a graduation requirement. Students are strongly encou raged to complete this requirement by the end of their sophomore year.

(per placement )

Undergraduate Music Major Degrees:

V E R S I T Y

LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT: Vocal performance majors are required to take at least one year of language study (two regular semesters) in French or German (see department handbook).

Required Components

GRADES AND GRADE POINT POLICY: I ) Only grades of C or higher in music courses may be counted toward a music major. Courses in which the student receives lower than a C must be repeated. unless substitute course work is authorized by the department. 2) Majors must maintain a 2.5 cumulative grade point average in academic music courses (private lessons and ensembles excluded ) to remain in the program (see department handbook) .

MUSIC MAJOR ASSESSMENT: Students pursuing Bachelor of Music ( B M ) . Bachelor of Music Education ( B M E ) . Bachelor of Musical Arts ( BM A ) or Bachelor o f Arts in music ( BA ) degrees will have their progress and potential assessed at the end of the first. sophomore. junior. and senior years. Assessments are made by the music faculty via progress reviews. juries. and public presentations. Outcomes are pass/fail; students who fail an assessment will not be a l lowed to continue in the music program (see department handbook ) .

MUSIC CORE: T h e fol lowing core is required in all music degree programs: Music and Cul ture: 1 20 Keyboarding: 1 2 1 . 1 22 Theory: 1 24. 223. 224 Music History: 234. 333. 334 Ear Training: 1 25. 1 26. 225. 226

4 2 7 9 4

26 semester hours The Music core is fundamental to the pursuit of the music major and should be completed in the following sequence: YEAR 1

Fall

1 1 1 / 1 1 3 Fundamentals - prerequisite to 1 24 1 1 5/ 1 2 1 Keyboard Class ( I ) per placement 1 20 Music and Culture ( 4 ) (if preferred. call

take 1 2 0 Musie alld Cultllre sprillg semester)

1 25 Ear Training I ( I ) Spring 1 1 6/ 1 2 1 Keyboard Class ( I ) per placement 1 24 Theory 1 (3 ) ) 26 Ear Training I I ( I ) YEAR 2

121 223 225 Sprillg 1 22 224 226 234

Fall

Keyboarding I ( I ) per placement Theory I I ( 3 ) Ear Training I I ( I ) Keyboarding I I ( I ) per placement Jazz Theory Lab ( I ) Ear Training IV ( I ) History 1 ( 3 )

YEAR 1

Fall

333 History 1 1 ( 3 )

Sp ring 334 20th Century Music ( 3 )

Music Core requirements must b e fulfilled b y enrollment i n specific courses a n d may n o t b e taken b y means of independent study.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Maximum of 44 semester hours including music core (26 hours). plus 4 hours of ensemble; 6 hours ( two courses) from 336. 337. and/or 338; 4 hours of private instruction from 202-2 1 9; 2 hours of private instruction from 40 1 4 1 9; 499 (2 credits). Keyboard proficiency required. I n addition to requirements listed above. candidates for the BA degree must meet College of Arts and Sciences requirement (Option I, I I , or I I I ) .

BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION:

Music Edllcation Core: All BME degrees include the following music education core courses: 240 Foundations of Music Education 340 Fundamentals of Music Education 343 Materials and Methods for Seco ndary General Music 345 Conducting I 346 Conducting " 347 Adaptive Music 348 Practicum in Music Education 445 Conducting I I I 446 Conducting I V 4 6 9 Student Teaching Seminar

3 2 2

3: c: VI n

Music Education Core: 1 5 semester hours School of Edllcation Sequence: In addition to the music courses listed below, all music ducation majors are required to take the following courses in the School of Education: 3 3

Education 391 Foundations of Learning Educational Psychology 36 1 Psychology for Teaching Special Education 480 Issues in Child Abuse and Neglect Education 468 Student Teaching

School o f Education Sequence: 1 7 semester hours

Music Education Curricula K- 12 Clroral (Elementa ry or Secondary Emphasis) 26 Music Core 6 Music 360-363 Large Ensemble Music 204/404/499** Private Instruction Voi ce(6 semesters)6* Musi Education ore 15 I Music 248 o r 3(i(i Guitar Lab o r Opera Wo rkshop Nlusic 42 1 Advanced Keyboard ( private study) 2 Music 440 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music I 2 Music 443 Methods for Secondary Choral Music 2 Music 44 1 or 444 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music " or Materials for Secondary Choral Music 2 62 semester hours Keyboard pmficiency requ i red. First-year, Sophomore. Jllllior and Sellior assessments reqllired. Comp letion of all mllsic reqlliremcllts reqllired prior 10 stlldellt tcacilillg. Scilool of fdllca tinll Sf'lllfllee rel/llired. *

Consecutive fall/sp ring semesters.

Senior Project: Half recital.

K-12 lnstrumental (Band) Music Core Music 370, 37 1 , 380 Large Ensemble"" Music 202-2 1 9, 402-4 1 9, 499** Private Instruction: (6 semesters) Principal Instrument Music Education Core Music 24 1 String Lab Music 243/244 Woodwind Laboratory ( I , I ) Music 24 /246 Brass Laboratory ( I , I ) Music 247 Percussion Laboratory ( I ) Music 447 Methods for School Band Music Music 448 Materials for School Band Music

}

26 6 6* 15

4 2 2

62 semester hours Keyboard pro{lcie'lty re'l u i red. First-year, Sophomore, Jllllinr al1d Swior aSSeSSI1ICllts reqll ired.

COII/pleti"" v(all llllJsic requirements reqllired prior to studei'll teach illg. Sclwol of Educa tio" se'll/eller req llired.

LOllsCClItivc jilll!sp ri"g semesters.

U â&#x20AC;˘â&#x20AC;˘.

cllior Project: Iralf recital

,\;[i II i 1/1/1 11/ fOl l r selllesters vf 370.

371

Bachelor of Music Education: K- 1 2 Choral Bachelor of Music Education: K- 1 2 Instrumental ( Band) Bachelor of Music Ed ucation: K- 1 2 1 nstru mental (Orchestra)

P A C I

L U T H E R A N

I T Y

K- 12 Itlstrumental (Orchestra)

Music Core Music 370, 3 7 1 , 380 Large Ensemble'" Music 202-2 1 9, 402-4 1 9, 499" Private Instruction: (6 semesters) Principal Instrument Music Education Core Music 24 1 /242 String Lab ( 1 , 1 ) Music 243/244 Woodwind Laboratory ( 1 , 1 ) Music 245 Brass Laboratory ( 1 ) Music 457 Methods and Materials for Elementary Strings Music 458 Methods and Materials for Secondary Strings

26 6 6' 15 2 2 1 2 2

62 semester hours Keyboard proficiency required. Completion ofall lllusic requirements requ ired prior to studellt tcachillg. School ofEducatioll sequence reqllired. • Consecutive f al1!spri llg semesters. .. Senior Project: half recital

. . . Millilllllm fOllt semesters of 380

26 8 (4 semesters) 4' (2 semesters) 4· 3 3 3 4 4 3

Music Core Music Large Ensemble Music 202-2 1 9 Private Instruction Music 40 1-4 1 9 Private Instruction Music 336 Making Music Music 337 Analyzing Music Music 338 Researching Music Music 390/391 Intensive Performance Study Music 499 Senior Project" Music Electives

62 semester hours Keyboard praficiellcy reqllired. First-year, Sophomore, lunior and Senior assessmellts req uired. Collscctuil'e fall/spring selllesters.

*" Senior Project: preselltatioll ill a public forum ill a cognate field

outside of music, an academic millOr or second major required.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE: Music Core 26 Music Private Instruction (see concell tratiollS below)( 8 semesters) 22· Music Ensemble (sec cOllwttrat;otl' below) 8 3 Music 336 Making Music Music 337 Analyzing Music 3 3 Music 338 Researching Music Music 390 or 3 9 1 Intensive Performance Study 4 Music Concentration Module (see below) 6 Music Electives 5 80 semester hours Keyboard proficiellcy required. First-year. Sophomore. lullior and Swior assessments required. For I'ocal performallce: language study req uired (see above)

Coacentrations: Instrtlmental - private instruction: 205-2 19/499 (Senior Project:

full recital) ( 1 2), 40 1/405-4 1 9 ( 1 0 ) , including 499 (Senior Project: full recital); ensemble: 370, 37 1 , 380; module: 345, 346, 358, 38 1 ( 2 ) , music elective ( I ). Organ - private instruction: 203/403/499 (Senior Project: ful l recital ) ( 2 2 ) ; ensemble: including 38 1 ; module: 2 1 9, 345, 346, 352, 358; music elective ( 1 ). Piallo - private instruction: 202/402/499 ( Senior Project: full recital ) ( 1 2 ) , 20 1 /40 1 /402 ( 1 0); ensemble: large ( 2 ) , 35 1 (2), 383 ( 2 ) piano elective ( 2 ) ; module: 2 1 9, 358. 430, 43 1 , 45 1 , 452. Voice - private instruction: 204/404/499 ( Senior Project: full recital) ( 2 2 ) ; ensemble: 360-363; module: 353, 358, 366, 453. Compositiol1 - private instruction: 327/499 (Senior Project) ( 1 6); principal instrument 202-2 1 9/40 1 -4 1 9 (8); ensemble: large (4); module: 345, 346, music electives (4). l U

T H E

R A N

Survey of America's unique art form: jazz. Emphasis on history, listening, structure. and style from early developments through recent trends. " (4)

V E

Survey of the impact of technology on the musical arts, from the evolution o f musical instruments and the acoustic space through the audio/video/computer technology of today. I ( 4 ) l O S The Arts of China - AR, C

Exploration of a number of Chinese art forms. primarily music but also including calligraphy, painting. tai chi, poetry, Beijing opera. film and cuisine. a/y J ( 4 ) 1 06 Music of Scandinavia - AR, C

Survey of Scandinavian music from the Bronze Age to the present. with primary focus on the music of Norway, Sweden, and Denmark. a/y ( 4 ) III

Musk Fundamentals I - A R

Beginning skills i n reading a n d notating music. Rudiments o f music theory: key signatures, defs. a n d major scales. Requires n o previous musical experience a n d partially fulfills the general university requirement in arts; may be combined with 1 1 3 in a single semester to complete the general university requirement in arts. I ( 2 ) 1 1 3 Music Fundamentals II - A R

A continuation o f 1 1 1 . Minor scales, intervals, triads and diatonic 7th chords. Partially fulfills the general university requirement in arts; may be combined with 1 1 1 in a single semester to complete the general university requirement in arts. Prerequisite: 1 1 1 or consent of instructor. 1 1 ( 2 ) l iS Introduction to Keyboarding - AR

Beginning skills in keyboard performance. Requires no previous keyboard experience. Prerequisite tor Music 1 1 6; intended tor music majors or minors in preparation for keyboard require ments in the music core. Consent of instructor required. I ( 1 ) A continuation of 1 1 5. Prerequisite: 1 1 5 or consent of instructor. II ( 1)

throughou t the progralll req uired.

F i e

Introduction to the musical arts through exploration of melody as a primary musical impulse in a variety of musical styles. Designed to enhance the enjoyment and understanding of all music through increased sensitivity to melody. Not open to majors. " (4)

1 16 Basic Keyboarding - AR

,. Consecutive fall/spring semesters; colltillllOUS 11011-jazz study

P A C I

102 Understanding Mu.sic Through Melody - AR

104 Music and Technology - AR

BACHEWR OF MUSICAL ARTS:

1 00

101 Introduction to Music - AR

Introduction to music literature with emphasis on listening, structure. period, and style. Designed to enhance the enjoyment and understanding of music. Not open to majors. I (4)

103 History oOazz

First-year, Sophomore, lunior and Senior assessments req uired.

•

Course Offerings

S I T Y

120 Music and Culture - AR, C

I ntroduction to ethnomusicological considerations of a variety of music traditions. tocusing on calypso. European court music, and Chinese court music. Requires no previous music experi ence. Required for music majors and minors; prerequisite course tor MUSI 1 24; corequisite ( fall term): 1 1 1 / 1 1 3 or consent of department chair, (spring term ) : 1 24 or consent of department chair. I / I I ( 4 ) 1 2 1 Keyboarding 1 - AR

Development of keyboarding skills. including sight-reading, group performance. and harmonization of simple melodies. Prerequisite: 1 1 6 or consent of instructor. I ( 1 ) 122 Keyboarding II - AR

A continuation of 1 2 1 . Prerequisite: 1 2 1 or consent of instructor. II ( I )

U4 Theory [ - AR

234 History I - AR

An introdu lion to the workings of music, including common practi e narm ny, jazz the ry, and elementary formal analysis. Prerequisil : 1 1 , 1 20, or consent of instructor. II ( 3 )

The evolution of Western music from the early Christian era through the Middle Ages, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. Prerequisite: 223 or consent of instructor. II ( 3 )

) 25 Ear 'fiaining I - AR

240 Foundations 0 1 Musk Education

eveJopment of aural skills, including interval recognition, sight-singin " rhythmic, melodic and harmonic dictation. I ( I )

Introduction to the basics of teaching music, including philoso phy, content, student characteristics, and the nature and organization of musical learning. For students preparing to become music specialists ( m usic education majors only) . 1 ( 3 )

126 Ear Training II - AR Continuation of 1 25. Prerequisite: 1 25 or consent of instructor. U (I)

Instructioo: Jau. - AR Prerequisite: two s me ters of non-jazz study ( 202-2 1 9 ) or permissi n o the Di rector of Jazz Studies. ( l or 2 )

201 Private

202 Private Instructjon: Piano - AR 203

( 1 -4) Private Instrnctiont Organ - AR ( 1-4 )

( 1 -4) Private I nstruction: ViolinlViola - AR ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Cello/Bass - A R ( 1 -4) Private Iustruction: Flute - AR ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Oboe/EngUsh Horn - AR ( 1-4 ) Private lostruction: Bassoon - AR ( 1-4) Private Instruction: Clarinet - AR. ( 1-4) Private I nstruction: Saxophone - AR ( 1 -4) Private I nstruction: 'fiumpet - A R ( 1-4) Private Instruction: French Horn - AR ( 1 -4 ) Private I n truction: Trombone - AR ( 1-4) Private lost ruction: Baritone/Tuba - AR ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Percussion - AR ( 1 -4) Private and Class Jnstruction: Guitar - AR ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Harp - AR ( 1 - 4 ) Private Instruction! Harpsichord - AR ( 1-4)

204 Private and C 1 a s Instruction: Voia: - A R 205 2 06 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219

I credit

Fall and Spring Semesters; ne h alf-hour private or two one hour class lessons per week ( 1 2 weeks) in addition to daily practice. Janu ry: Two 45-mi nute I ·�lnS per week in addition to daily practi e. Summer: hours (}f instruc tion to be announced in addition ttl daily practice. tud nts in piano, voice, and guitar may be as-signed to cI ss instru tion at the discretion of the music faculty. 2-4 credits

Fall and Spring Sem ·ters, Two hal f-hour lessons per week ( 1 2 weeks ) in addition to daily practice. Summer: 1 2 hours of i nstruction t be announ oed in addition t ) daily practi e. Specialfef in addition to t!litiol/. 221 Keyboard Pr06dency - AR

Development of keyboard literacy and skills requisite for majoring in music; focused preparation for department keyboard p r ficiency examinati n. Private lesson; special fee in addition to tuition. ( 1 ) 223 Theory 11 - AR

A continuation of 1 24. Prerequisite: 1 24 or consent of instructor. 1 ( 3) 224 Jazz Theory Laboratory - AR

Lntroduction to Jazz hamlOny, structure, style, and improvisa ti n. Prerequisite: 223 or consent of instructor. 11 ( I )

Ear Training UI - AR A continuation of 1 26. Prerequisite: 1 26 or consent of instructor. I (i) 225

226 Ear Training IV - Alt

A continuation of 225. Prerequisite: 225 or consent of instructor. 1I ( I)

3: c: II' n

241, 242 String Laboratory

Methods and materials of teaching and playing string instru ments in the public schools. aly I II ( 1 , 1 ) 243, 244 Woodwind laboratory

Methods and materials of teaching and playing woodwind i nstruments in the public schools. aly I II ( 1 , 1 ) 245, 246 Brass Laboratory

Methods and materials of teaching and playing brass instru ments in the public schools. aly I I I ( I , I ) 247 Percussion Laboratory

Methods and materials of teaching and playing percussion instruments in the public schools. a/y ( I ) 248 Guitar Laboratory

Methods and materials of teaching and playing guitar in the public schools. I ( I ) 327 Composition - AR

A systematic approach to contemporary musical composition; students create and notate works for solo, small and large ensembles. May be repeated for additional credit. Private instruction; special fee in addition to tuition. ( 1-4) 333 History I I - AR

The evolution of Western music in the Classic and Romantic eras. Prerequisite; 234 or consent of instructor. 1 ( 3 ) 334 20th-Century Muic - AR

The evolution of Western art music in the 20th century in response to new theoretical constructs, new technologies, and popular and cross-cultural influences. Prerequisite: 333 or consent of instructor. 1 1 ( 3 ) 336 Making Music - AR

Continued study, development and application of music skills through composition, counterpoint, improvisation, conducting, and orchestration. Prerequisite: 224, 226, or consent of instruc tor. aly 1 (3) 337 Analyzing Music - AR

Application of theoretical knowledge toward developing analytical skills in a variety of musical cultures, styles, and genre. Prerequisite: 224 or consent o f instructor. a/y 1 (3) 338 Researching Music - A R

Introduction to the main research tools available for gathering information about music. Applications in formal research, criticism, program and liner notes, and verbal presentations explored. Prerequisite: 1 20, 1 24, or consent of instr!lctor. aly 1 (3) 340 Fundamentals o f Music Education - AR

Detailed planning of cunicula for various musical skills at different grade levels, including improvisation laboratory. Prerequisite: 240. I I ( 2) 34 1 Music for Classroom Teachers

Methods and procedures in teaching elementary school music as well as infusing the arts in the curriculum. Oftered for students preparing for elementary classroom teaching ( non-music education majors ) . II ( 2 ) 343 Methods and Materials for Secondary General Music

Methods and materials for teaching general music in the secondary school. ( 2 )

101

345 Conducting I - AR

368 Cho.raJ Union - AR

Introduction to basic patterns, gestu res, a nd conducting tech niques. I ( I )

Rehe<trsal and performance of major works in the choral/ orchestral reperroirt!. pen to the com m u n i t y as well as PLU stude n ; membership b y aud ition. Special fee in addition to tuition. ( I )

346 Conducting 1 1 - AR u

Contin uation of 345; observation of advanced con ducting students i n laboratory ensemble. II ( I )

370 Wind &.semble - AR

' tudy and performance of selected wind and percussion l i terat ure U5illo various siLe ensembk�. Membership by audition. (1)

347 Adaplive Music

Techn iques and s r r ate gies to meet the needs, i nterests, l i m i l,l lions, and apaci lles of students who have restrictions placed on their musical activi ty. a/y ( I )

37 1 Concert Band - AR

Study of selected band l i terature through rehearsal and perfor mann:. Designed for the general u niversit}' student. Prerequisite: having played inst ru nu:nt t h rough al least junior year of h igh sc ho o l or consent of i n st ructor. ( I )

348 Practicum in MWiic Education F i el d e x p e r i e n ce te a c h in g in elementary, middle or junio r h igh

school; provides laboratory experience in teaching prior to full student teaching experience. Prerequisite: 340; reco mmended : em II fal l st'mester preced ing stuJ n t teaching. I ( I )

375 University Jazz EnsenlbLe - AR Study nf selected big band l iterature through rehearsal and

349 Electronic Music Practicum - AR

Application of electronic techniques to c mposition' I process. Assigned studio time on a regul r basi�. Special fee i n addition to tuition. Prerequisite: consent of i n st r uct o r. ( I ) 35 1 Accompanying - AR

Practice in accompanying representative vocal and instrumental solo l i terature from all periods. peda l fee i n addition to t u i ti o n . ( I or 2) 352 Organ Improvisation - AR

performance. Members h i p

by audition. ( J )

376 Jazz Laboratory En emble - AR St u dy of the bJ$ic styl tlf playing jazz through rehearsal and per Qrmance. Membership by audition. ( I ) 378 Vocal Jazz Ensemble - AR

Study o f st:Iected vocal jazz l i terature t h rough rehearsal and performan ce. Mli:m ership by audition, concurrent registration in 360, 36 1 , 362 or 363 required. ( I )

Basic techniques of i mprovisation, particularly as related to hym n tu nes, Private instruction: special r e in addition to tuition. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( I )

380 University Symphony Orchestra - AR Stud ), of elt'Lied orchestral l i t ratme through rehearsal and performa nce. ;vle mber- hip by audi tion. ( I )

353 Solo Vocal Literature - AR

381 Chamber Ensemble - AR Readi ng, rehearsa l , a nd performance of selected inst rumental chamber music. Prerequisi te: consent of instructor. ( I ) Section A - -S t r i ng ; Section B - Brass; Section C - Woodwind; Scction D - Cui tar

Survey of solo vocal l i terature. a/y II ( 2 ) 354 History of Music Theatre - AR

general survey of the evolution of "Drama per Musica" from opera to musical comedy i ncluding i n -depth s tudy of selected scores. a/y I ( 2 ) A

383 Piano En emble - AR

Tech n ique, and practice in the performance of two-piano and piano duct literat ure; includes sight reading and p rogram planning. ( I )

358 Early Music Laboratory - AR

Exploration of s(llo and small ensemble l i terat ure from the Baroque period and earlier, focusing on range of repertoire, perfor mance practices, and period instruments. Rehearsal and performance augmented by list en i n g , research, and w rit i n g . Prerequisite: 333 or consent of i nstru tor. a/y II ( I )

390 lntensive Performance Study: Ensemble Tour - AR

Intensive study and rehearsal of your repertoire; off-cam pus tour of major performance venues; special fee i n addition to tuition. Pr requisite: c nse n t o f instru ctor. 1 ( 4)

360 Choir of the West - AR

39 1 lntensive Pedormance Study: Conservatory Experience AR

A study of a wide variety of choral literature and tech nique through rehearsal a n d performance of both sacred and sc<: ular music. Auditions a t the beginning of fall semester. ( I )

intensive study and practice of solo repertoire; special fee in addition t o t uition. Prerequisite: consent of i n s tru ctor. I ( 4)

36 1 University Chorale - AR

study of cho I literature and l chnique through rehearsal and performa nce of both sacred and secular m u s i c . Auditions at the beginning of fal l semester. ( I ) A

362 University Men's Chorus - AR

The study and performance of repertoire for men's vlliccs. Emphasis on i nd ivid al vocal and musical devd opme DI. ( I )

395, 396, 397 Music Centers of the World Exploration of music and other arts in environments off campus.

Offered January Term to facilitate study abroad, o r i n cultural enters of the Unikd Sta tes. 40J Private Instruction: Jazz - AR

Prerequisite: two semesters of non-jazz study (202-2 1 9) or permission of the Director of Ian Studies. ( 1 -4 )

363 University Singers - AR

The scudy and performance of repertoire for women's voices. Emphasis o n individual vocal and musical development. ( I )

402 Private Instruction; Piano - AR ( 1-4 )

365 Chapel Choir - AR

404 Private Inst ruction: Vol

403 Private lnstruclion: Organ - AR ( j -4) e

- AR ( 1 -4 )

4.05 Private In truction; Violin/Viola - AR ( 1 -4 )

Rep rtoire experience with appropriate l i tera t u re tln ongoing church music programs of a liturgical nature. Reg u l a r perfor mances for un iversity chapel wors hi p . Participation w i t hout credit available. ( I )

406 Private Instruction: CellofBass - A R ( 1-4)

407 Private In lruction; Flute - AR ( 1 -4 ) 408 Private Instruction: Oboe/English Horn -A R ( 1 -4 j

366 Opera Workshop - AR

409 Private lnslruction: Bassoon - AR ( 1-4)

Production of chamber opera and opcra s ce nes. Pa rticipation i n all facets o f production. Prerequisite: co n s e n t of instructor. ( I )

410 Private Inst ruction: Clarinet - AR ( 1 -4) 4. 1 1 Private Instruction: Saxophone -AR ( 1 -4 ) 4. U Private InsLruction: Trumpet - A R (

1-4)

4 1 3 Private Instruction; French Horn - AR ( 1 -4 ) 1 02

P A C

F i e

L U T H E

A N

V E ll S

414 Private Instruction: fiombone - AR ( 1-4)

4 5 I Piano Pedagogy I - AR

4.5 Private instruction: Baritone/Tuba - AR ( 1 -4)

Teaching techniques for prospective teachers of piano, including techniques for individual and group i nstruction. Methods and materials from beginning to intermediate level. all' 1 ( I )

416 Private Instruction: Percussion - AR ( 1 -4) 417 Private instruction: Guitar - AR ( 1-4) 418 Private Instruction: Harp - AR ( 1-4 ) 4 1 9 Private Instruction: Harpsichord - AR ( 1-4) 1 credit

452 Piano Pedagogy I I - AR

Teaching techniques for prospective teachers of piano, including techniques for individual and group instruction. Methods and materials from intermediate to advanced levels. all' I I ( I )

Fall and Spring Semesters: One half-hour private lesson per week ( 1 2 weeks) in addition to daily practice. January: Two 45-minute lessons per week in addition to daily practice. Summer: 6 hours of instruction to be announced in addition to daily practice.

Physiological, psychological, and pedagogical aspects of singing. aly I ( 2 )

2-4 credits

457 Methods and Materials for Elementary Strings

Fall and Spring Semesters. Two half-hour lessons per week ( 1 2 weeks) in addition to daily practice. Summer: 1 2 hours of instruction to be announced in addition to daily practice. Special fee in addition to tuition.

421 Advanced Keyboard Skills - AR

Focu ed study of specialized keyboard skills required in various music major programs. Private instruction: special fee in addition to tuition. May be repeated for additional credit. Prerequisjte: Successful completion of Keyboard Proficiency Jury and BM or BME Ju ry. ( I ) 427 Advanced OrchestrationlArranging - AR

Continuation of 336 on an individual basis. Prerequisite: 336 or consent of instructor. May be repeated for additional credit. Private instruction: special fee in addition to tuition. ( l or 2 ) 430 Piano Literature I - AR

Study of representative piano repertoire from the 1 8th and early 1 9th century. aly I ( I ) 431 Piano Literature II - AR

Study of representative piano compositions of the late 1 9th and 20th century. aly II ( I ) 440 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music I

Study of skill acquisitions, music concepts, and analyzing the range of available resources, including ethnic music and computer assisted instruction. Offered for music education majors only. Prerequisite: 340. I ( 2 ) 441 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music I I

Continuation of 440, including emphasis on Orff-Schulwerk and Kodaly techniques. Offered for music education majors only. Prerequisite: 440. II ( 2 ) 443 Methods o f Secondary Choral Music

The organization and administration of the secondary school choral program. Prerequisite: 340. aly I ( 2 ) 444 Materials for Secondary Choral Music

Survey of choral literature appropriate for the various age and experience levels of students in grades 4- 1 2, including sources and research techniques. Prerequisite: 340. aly II ( 2 ) 44S Conducting I I I - AR

Refinement of patterns, gestures, and conducting techniques; application to appropriate vocal and instrumental scores. Prerequisite: 346 or consent of instructor; Section A-Instru mental; Section B-Choral. I ( I ) 446 Conducting IV - AR

Continuation of 445; application and development of skills in laboratory ensemble. Prerequisite: 445 or consent of instructor; Se tion A - Instrumental, Section B - Choral. II ( 1 ) 447 Methods of School Band Music

The organization and administration of the secondary school band program. Prerequisite: 340. aly I ( 2 ) 448 Materials for School Band Music

Survey of wind-percussion literature appropriate for the various age and experience levels of students in grades 4 - 1 2, including sources and research techniques. Prerequisite: 340. aly II ( 2 )

453 Vocal Pedagogy - AR

z > � c: :II >

The organization and administration of the elementary school string program. Prerequisite: 340. all' I ( 2 )

Z /"\

458 Methods and Materials for Secondary Strings

The organization and administration of the secondary school orchestra program. Prerequisite: 340. aly I ( 2 ) 469 Student Teaching Seminar

Student teaching experiences shared and analyzed; exploration of related issues regarding entering the public school music teaching profession. Concurrent enrollment with Education 468 required. ( 2 ) 491 Independent Studies

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be repeated for adcL tional credit. ( 1-4) 499 Capstone: Senior Project - SR

A culminating project of substantial proportions, presented in a public forum, undertaken in the senior year. For the Bachelor of Arts degree, the project integrates musical studies with a broader liberal arts context; for the Bachelor of Musical Arts degree, the project integrates musical studies with the cognate field; for Bachelor of Music Education and Bachelor of Music degrees, the project consists of a juried recital. Private instruction; speciaJ fee in addition to tuition. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1 -4)

Division of Natural Sciences 253.535.7560 www. llsci.plu.edu

The D ivision of Natural Sciences ful.fills a two-fold purpose, preparing its majors for careers as science professionals and providing all students grounding in the scientific awareness vital for being a citizen in the modern world and participating in a democracy. To meet the first purpose, the six departments in the division offer rigorous programs in biology, chemistry, geosciences, physics, mathematics, and computer science and computer engineering. Inquiry-based learning is emphasized in laborato ries, research courses, and capstone projects. The division-wide undergraduate research program supports one-on-one investiga tions with faculty in which students are immersed in all aspects of actually "doing" science. To meet the second purpose, both major and non-major courses address the basic philosophy and methodologies of science. This encourages an awareness of the limitations of science as well as an appreciation for its benefits. Courses also attempt to place science and technology in its larger socio cultural context, connecting developments in one discipline with those in another and with influences outside the sciences. Regardless of their major, students will find in the Natural Sciences Division a faculty devoted to teaching. Opportunities for close interactions abound, and the development of the whole person is a central concern.

103

FACULTY: Carlson, Dean; faculty members of the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, Computer S i nce and Computer Engi neering, Geosciences, Mathemat ics, and Physics. III W U Z w

U III .....

As a division within the College of Arts and Sciences, the Divi sion of Natural Sciences offers major programs in each depart ment leading to BA and BS degrees, m inor programs, and core courses that ful fi l l general university requirements. The depart ments provide supporting courses for interdisciplinary programs within the sciences and for other schools f the university. Courses for BA in Education degrees with majors and minors in the natural sciences are available; �ee the EdllCtltiol1 section of this catalog for specific degree requirem niS. Se also the sec tions on Envirollmental Studies and on the Health Sciences (under Pre-Professiollal Progra ms) for related programs. Descriptions of specific course offerings and degree require ments offered w i thin th e Natural ciences are listed under: Biology hemistry Computer Science and Computer Engineering

Geo ciences Mathematics Physics

Course Offerings The following course is offered under , t ural Sciences. ther courses suitable for sa . fying gen Hli un iversity requirements or Core I requirements may be found in the listings for each of the departments in the division. 210 Natural History of Hawall - NS, SM

The Hawaiian Islands arc an active museum of geology and tropical island plant and animal life. The islands, the most iso lated in the world, have nati plants and animals-95 percent of which occur nowhere else. tudent� are expected to participate actively in daily lectures and fieldwork involving the geologic formation of Hawaii and its subsequent population by plants and ani mals, stressing the impact of human i n tervention. J ( 4 )

ronment that encourages inquiry, diversity, lifelong learning, and spiri tuality as vital elements in the human quest for wholeness. Its co ntinuum of educational programs employs d namic learn ing opportunities that challenge students to develop skills, atti tudes, values, and roles which facilitate individuals, families, and co mmunities to meet their health and wellness needs. Degree programs within the School of Nursing include the Bachelor of Science in Nursing for basic nursing students and licensed practical nurses, the R to MSN program for registered nurses, and the Master of Science in Nursing with Care and Outcomes Manager and Family Nurse Practitioner areas of concen tration. An entry-level MSN for non-nursing baccalaure ate graduates will begin summer 2003. A program leading to Educational Staff Associate certification is available for school nurses through the Center for ontinuing Nursing Education. Course work is offered in collaboration with the Office of the Washington State Superintend 11 of Public I nstruction. Workshops and short courses for nu rses and others involved in health care are also offered through the cent r. Also integral to the School of Nursing is a Well ness Center that includes a nurse-managed, practitioner-staffed clinic. The center provides nursing services to the community as well as serves as a practice site for undergraduate and graduate students.

FACULTY: T. Miller, Dean; Aikin, Bell, Bradshaw, M . Carr, Culbertson, Culp, Dybbro, Gaspar, George, Labuhn, Maloney, Mariella, J. Miller, Mize, Robinson, SchaffJer, 'chultz, To mko, Wood, Zaichkin. ACCREDITATIONS AND AFFIUATIONS: The School of Nursing a t Pacific Lutheran University is a member of the American Association of Colleges of Nursing. The BS program is approved by the Washington State Nursing Com mission and accredited by the National League fo r Nursing Accrediting Com mission, 6 1 Broadway, New York, NY 1 00 1 4 (800.669.9656, ext. 227; fax 2 1 2. 8 1 2.(390 ) . The MSN program also is accred ited b)T the NLNAC. The School is part of Psi hapter-at-Large of Sigma Theta Tau I nternational, the honor society of n u rsing. Undergraduate Programs

The Basic undergraduate program is designed for students who do not hold licensure in practical or registcre nursing. The LPN to BSN program is designed for persons h iding LPN licensure. Graduates who successfully complete either program will have earned the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degrt:e, and are eli gible to sit for the NCLEX examination for l icensure as registered nu rses. They are prepared for begi nning professional nursing positions in hospitals and other health agencies. A special se quence of study is available that provides credit by examination options for certified nursing assistants (CNAs ) . The undergradu ate programs provide a foundation for graduate study in nurs ing. Under the d irect supervision of its faculty members, the school uses hospitals, health agencies, and schools i n the com munity, as well as the PLU Wellness Center, to provide optimal clinical learning experiences for its students.

HIGH SCHOOL PREPARATION: I t is strongly recommended

School of Nursing 253.535.7672 www.pll• . cd [II- Il ll rs The School of Nursing is a professional school that combines nursing science with a strong foundation i n natural sciences and the liberal arts. It prepares undergraduate students for general ist nur ing practice; builds up n undergraduate nursing educa tional experiences to prepare nurses for advanced practice in specific specialties; and responds 10 education needs of practic ing nurses to remain current, competeut practitioner · ()[ to revise the focus of their practice. The school exemplifies the universi ty's mission of educating for lives of service in an envi104

P A C

that applicants complete a program i n high school that includes: English, four years; mathematics, two years ( preferably algebra and geometry); social sciences, two years; one foreign language, two years, laboratory sciences, two years ( i ncluding chemistry); electives, th ree years.

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY: Applicants must be ac cepted by the university before consideration for acceptance by the School of Nursing. Pacific Lutheran University welcomes applications from all students who have demonst rated capacities fo r success at the baccalaureate level. Students who present appropriate academic records and personal qualities are admit ted either fall or spring semester. Appl ication procedure and other details are fo und elsewhere i n this catalog.

ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF NURSING: Students seek ing admission t o tht: Uasic program, the LPN to BSN sequence, SN sequence must make formal application to o r the RN to both the university and the School of Nursing. Applications for admission to the nursing major are available from the School of Nursi ng. All applicati n materials, including official transcripts, are reviewed by the chool of Nursing Recruitment, Admission, and Progressi n Committee and e 'aluated according to stated admission criteria. Underg duate students desiri ng admission to summer, fall. January term or spring semester of the following year should submit their applications by March 1. The nu mber of available spaces ach emester in the School of Nursing is limited; there fore, the selection of students � r admission is competitive. Students who have applied by the March I deadline are notified in earl April. Students arc admitted to the term of their choice insofar as i t is possible. I f there are more applicants for any term than can be accommodated, qualified candidates are placed on a waiting llsl, as well as may be admitted to a later term. Individuals whose applications have been received after the priority deadli ne, March I , for all semesters, will be considered on a space available basis. Applications for placement must be received no later than: summer - April 1 5; fal l - August 1 5; January Term - December 1 5; �pring -. January 3. All p mspective or pre-nursing students are urged to seek early aead mic advisem nt in order to enroll for appropriate prerequisite courses and avoid unnecessary loss of time. The School ofNu r.;'lg reserves the righ t o(ClIrriCIIllim and program modificatioll mltl revision.

ADMISSION CRITERIA BasicfLPN

li nimum criteria that appl icants must meet to be considered for admission to the Basic or LP f/BSN programs of study in the Schooi llf Nursing include the following ( RN applicants should refer to infonnation provided under M N Sequellce for Licensed Registered Nurses) : 1 . A mission to Pacific Lutheran University. Applicants must have been admi tted to Pacific Lutheran University before consideration of admission to the School of Nursing. A(lll1issiol1 to the LII l il'ersity does 110t imply o r guarantee admission to the School of Nursing. 2. Satisfactory completion, or pending satisfactory completion, of specified prerequisite courses at PLU, an accredited community college, or another accredited u n iversity. 3. C mpletion, or pending completion, of at least 30 semester credits (or 45 quarter cr dits) at the college level, and class standing f ophomore or higher. 4. Grade Point Averages: A. A minimum grade of 2.0 on d 4.0 scale in each nursing prerequisite course. B. A mi nim um cumulative grade point average of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale in the prerequisite courses. C. A mi nimum PlU cumulative grade point average of 2.5 on a 4.0 cale. ( For transfer students who matriculate to PLU an th School of Nursing simultaneously, the cumulative transfer grade point average as determined by the Registrar's Office is used.) D. Because admission is competative the grape point averages in A, B, and above are lL 'ually significantly higher. 5. No more lhan on repeat of any single prerequisite or corequisite course. '. Completion of the university math entrance requirement, ( intermediate algebra a t the college level with a minimum grade of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale, or completion of two years of college preparatory [high school ] algebra with average grades 01' 2.0 on a 4.0 scale) . 7. Physical health and emotional stability sufficient to meet the demands of nursing and provide timely, safe patient care. 8. Fluenc), in speaking, reading, writing, and comprehending univt:r ity-level English.

9. Civil, admini trative, and criminal history clearance in all states as well as any other appUcab le territory or count ry. 1 0 . Submission o f all req uired application documents to the School of Nursin g by the designated deadlines.

CONTINUATION POLICIES 1. Completion of app roved PR class before beginning nursing classes, with documented yearly updates. 2. Completion of approved first aid course before beginning nursing classes. 3. All the Nursing courses have prerequisites and mus t be taken in sequence and/or concurrently as identified in the curricu lum plan as well as the catalog. 4. A minimum grade of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale (C) must be achieved in all required nursing courses. A student receiving a grade of less than 2.0 in any course that is a prerequisite to another nursing course may not continue in the nursing sequence until the prerequisite course is repeated with a grade of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale or above. 5. Incomplete grad in nursing cou rses must be converted to a passing grade ( 2.0 on a 4.0 scalI" or above) before the first day of class of the su bsequen t term. 6. Students taking approved withdra\ s from nursing courses may return to the School of ursing i n accordance with poli cies listed in the Undergraduate Nursing Student Handbook on a space-available basi , noting that they may be subject to new program requirements. 7. The School of Nursing reserves the right to withdraw nursing students who fail to demonstrate academic or clinical compe tence or who fa il to maintain professi nal conduct. Unsafe and/or unethical pm lice constitu tes grounds for immediate dismissal from the clinical component and/or the program, 8. Other policies regardi ng progr.:ssion/continuation can be found in the Undergraduate Nursing Student Handbook.

z c: � VI z CI

HEALTH: j ursing students are re:-ponsible for maintaining optimal he,l lth and are teachers of health. Physical examinations, X-rays, and immunizations are requlrcd before beginning the program, and periodically thereafter. All students must carry comprehensive personal health/accident insurance. It is the responsibilit}, of each student to provide appropriate and timely documen tation a ' required. Failure to comply with any of these requirements will result in the canc lIation of the students' registrations in nursing courses regardless of their progress in the term.

ENGLISH PRO FICIENCY: A certain level of English proficiency is necessary for ilCademic sucee s in nursing and for patient safety. Students who n rc identified by the university as needing the Engli h as a Second Language (ESL) sequence of courses will be required to take the ESL COllI' es before consideration for admission to the chool of N ur ing and/or to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language ( T EFL) and score at least 550. In addition, all students for whom English is not their first language must also take and pass specific tests of English pronunciation, comprehen-ion, grammar, and Huency. Guide l i nes and policies can be obtained from the School of Nursing. All students for whom English is n t their first language should also be aware that they may not be able to complete the program of study within the usual time frame.

NON-MAJORS ENROLLED IN NURSING COURSES: Students who have not been admitted 10 the nW'sing major but who wish to enroll in nu r iog cours s must obtam permission of the School of fursing Recruitment, Admissions, and Progression Committee, the course instructors, and/or the dean.

ADDITIONAL COSTS: In addition to regular university costs, students must pro ide their own transportation between the u n iversity campus and the clinical areas beginning with the first nursing (Ollr e. Public transportation is limited, so provision fo r private transportation is essential. Students are required to carry professional liability insurance in specified amounts during all P

I V E

105

11'1 = � z

periods of dinical experience. For Basic students, this insurance is available under a group plan at a nominal cost to the student. Physical examination fees, student uniforms and any necessary equipment are also the responsibilit), of the student. A fee of $ 1 00 per semester is charged to cover assessmen ts, practice, and computer laboratory materials, equipment, and supplies. he fee is iden tified with specific courses and is payable to the Business Office along with university tuition. Programs of Study

PREREQUISITE AND COREQUISITE COURSES TO THE NURSING MAJOR: Each prerequisite and corequisite course listed below must b completed with a minimum grade of 2.0 on

a 4.0 scale in order to be considered successfully completed. Basic students must successfully complete Biology 205, 206, Chemistry 1 05, and Psychology 1 0 1 before beginning the nursing program. Basic students must also successfully complete Biology 201 and Psychology 320 before progression to second semester sophomore- level n ursing courses; i n addition, they must also successfully complete Statistics 23 1 before enrollment in Nursing 360. LPN stl/dents must successfully complete Biology 20 1 , 205, 206; hemistry 105; Psychology 1 0 1 and 320 before beginning the nursing program. LPN students must also successfully complete Statistics 2 3 1 before enrollment in Nursing 360. RN stu dellts m ust successfully complete Biology 20 1 , 205, and 206; Chemistry 1 05; Psychology 1 0 1 and 320; and Statistics 23 1 before beginning the nursing program. ( For addi tional prerequisite policies for RN students, please refer to informa tion provided in this section under MSN Sequence for Licensed •

•

Registered Nurses. )

IlltrSillg (wd ulliversity requiremellts.

( PTe-Nursing)

First Semester

Biology 205 Human Anatomy and Physiology I Ps),chology ! O I I n troduction to Psychology Writing 1 0 1 Inquiry Seminar: Writing P hysical Education 100 Personalized Fitness Program Physical Education

4 4 4

G U R/Core (First-Year Residency Requirement)

Ja nuary Te rm

Nursing 220 Nursing Competencies I

(if IlOt completed in previolls first semester) Second Semester

Nursing 260 Professional Foundations Nursing 270 Health Assessment and Promotion Nursing 280 Pathological Human Processes GUR/Core Physical Education

4 4 4 4

Third Year

First Semester

Nursing 320 Nursing 330 Nursing 340 Nursing 350

Nursing Competencies I I Pharmacology a n d Therapeutic Modalities Situations with Individuals: Adult Health I Situations with Individuals: Mental Health

2 4 4 4

january Term

4 4 4 4 4

Nursing 420 Nursing 430 Nursing 440 Nursing 4 4 1

Leadership and Resource Management Situations with Communities Situations with Individuals: Adult Health I I Situations Seminar

5 4

GUR/Core

Second Semester

Nursing 460 Health Care Systems and Policy Nursing 480 Professional Foundations I I Nursing 499 Capstone: Nursing Synthesis GUR/Core

2 2 6 4

A minimum of 1 2 8 semester credit hours is required for the baccalaureate degree. The sequence of required nursing courses comprises 70 semester credit hours. BSN SEQUENCE FOR LICENSED PRACTICAL NURSES: The

Licensed Practical Nurse/Bachelor of Science in Nursing (LPN/ BSN) sequence of study is designed to provide career mobility for the experienced licensed practical n u rse desiring the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The program validates the prior knowledge and clinical competence of the LPN, enabling progression through the BSN curriculum within five semesters, following completion of prerequisite courses. LPN students are strongly encouraged to make maximum progress toward completing university requirements before beginning the nursing sequence. Prerequisite Courses

jmwa ry Te rm

4 4 4 4

ja nua ry Term

BSN SEQUENCE FOR BASIC STUDENTS: The curriculum plan for the basic student ( those who hold neither practical nor registered nursing licensure) is designed to foster growth and professional accountability on the part of students. Nursing courses m ust be taken concurrently and in equence as indicated in the following sample curriculum, and, if enrolled full time, normally extend over six semesters. Basic students who have completed transferable credit from another accredited institution and/or hold licensure as certified nursing a 'istants, should seek advisement from the Admissions Coordinator regarding the possibility of completing the sequence within five semesters and one January term. Currently licensed certified nursing assistants are eligible to complete Nursing 220 through credit by examination.

Biology 20 I Introduction to Microbiology Psychology 320 Development Across the Lifespan Statistics 23 1 I ntroductory Statistics Nursing 220 Nursing Competencies I Physical Education

Fourth Year

etc. For the BSN degree to be awa rded, all students mllst meet both

First Semester

respective departmelZts in rega rd to scheduling, evaluatioll, grading,

Second Year

Nursing 360 Nursing Research and Informatics Nursing 365 Culturally Congruent Healthcare Nursing 370 Situations with Families: Childbearing Nursing 380 Situations with Families: Childrearing

All courses /larned above are offered ill academic units other than the School of Nu rsing, an d are thereby administered by those

4 4 4

Second Semester

Biol ogy 2 0 1 I ntroductory Microbiology Biology 205 Human Anatomy and Physiology I Biology 206 Human Anatom)' and Ph),siology I I Chemistry 1 05 Chemistry of Life Psychology 1 0 1 Introduction to Psychology Psycholog)' 320 Development Across the Lifespan Statistics 23 1 I ntroductory Statistics

106

Biology 206 Human Anatomy and Physiology I I Chemistry 1 05 Chemistry o f Life GUR/Core Inquiry Seminar: GUR or Core

GUR/Core

Prerequisite and corequ isite courses:

First Year

Second Semester

Biology 20 1 Introductory M icrobiology Biology 205 Human Anatomy and Physiology I Biology 206 Human Anatomy and Physiology I I

4 4 4

C h e mistry 105

hemist r y of Life Psychology I ) I Intr duction to Ps yc ho l o g y P:,y hology 320 Development Acros. th e L ifesp a n

Pirst Year irsl emester Nur i ng 260 Professional Fo u ndations Nurs i n g 270 Health As essment ,tnt! Pr o moti o n N urs i n g 280 Pa t h o logica l Human Proces$cs Statistics 23 1 Introductory Statistics

4 4 4

Nu s i ng Competencic\ I I Pharmacology and T he ra p e u t i c Modalities Situati ons with I n divid ual "; Adult Hea l th I Situations with I n d ividuals: '!ental Health

Second Year First Semester Nursi n g 360 Nu rsing Research and Informatics N u rsi n g 365 Cult u ra ll y ' ongrue n t H althcare N u rs i n g 370 S i t uati o ns with Families: C h i l d h enr i ng urs i n g 380 Situations with Families: h i ld rea ri n g

4 4 4 4 2

4 4 4

4 4 4 4

Sf ,Olld Scmfstrr

Nurs i ng 420 Leadership and Re ource Man gement

ursing 430 Si tu a tio ns with Communi tie� N u rs i n g 440 Situations with I n d ividuab: Adult Health I I N u r i n g 4 4 1 Si t u a t i o n s Seminar

4 I

Third Year Fillal Semester Nursing 460 H ea l t h Care Systems and Po l icy Nursing 4 80 P ro fes s io n a l Foundations I I

Nursing 4 G R/Core

Capstone: N u rsi n g Syn t he s is

2 2 6 '-I

G en e ra l u n i v e rs i ty and other specific requir ments needed for

f the b acca l a u re a te degree are n t l i ste d here. Applicants 1 0 the LPN t, B N sequence are tron g l y encou raged tn 'eek ad v ising from the L N to BSN oordinator fo r assistance w i th t h e i r com p l et e programs of study. comple ti n

MS SEQUENCE FOR LICENSED REGISTERED NURSES ( FIRST YEAR COURSE OF STUDY ) : Th ADN to M S

scale)

4 4

Literature P h i l osop hy (excludes logic or critical thil/king) P hys i ca l Eoucation - Four different activity courses, including PE 1 00 (See Schoo l of Nursing jin specific exemp tiol/s to the PE

4 4

Social Science, Line 1 - H i s t o r y, Anth ropology, Political Science Writing

Prereq uisite 'ursin CO flrSeS

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

z c � VI z "

req llirelllell t.) or

4 4

For cOllside l'll l io l l for admissioll, applicallts II1l1st have:

l . Ach i e v ed a m in i m u m ( unde rg rad u ate ) cu mula tive GPA o f 2 . 8 0 on a 4.00 sc Ie for admission to u nder gradu ate st u dy ; mi n imum cumulative PLU GPA of 3.00 on a 4.00 s ca le for conti nuation to graduate st u dy. 2 . C o m r leted each nursing p rerequ is i t e cou rse w i th a mi n im u m PA (If 2.50 on a 4.00 scale; cumula tive GPA average in all pn r q u i s ite and C(') requisite courses must be a m i n imu m of 2 .50 on a 4.00 scal e. 3. Achieved j u n i o r class status (accumulation of 60 or more semester hours ) , 4, For continuation t o graduate study, a chieved ac cep ta b l e GRE scores taken w i t h i n the laM five years ( m inimum score combined from an}' t wo scores must be 850; preferable that one of the scores used be i n the ver bal c a tego r y ) . 5 . O b t a i Ol: 1 unrestricted l i ce n s ure as a regi s te re nurse in the state of Wa sh i ngto n , 6. MLnimum of one year of direct p atie n t care experience as a regi tered n urse. 7. Fur continuation of grad u ate study, com p leted a preadmission inlerview .... ith selected fa cul t y or staff. First Year: BSN Course of S t u dy only (See Graduate tudies for MS Course Sequences.) Prior

to first

semester ill progmll1

R Ii iou.'> Stud i e s

program begins with t h e fo un datio n 0 t h e k nowledge, s k i l ls and expe ri en l. e of the registered nurse and builds an , panded fr mework for advanced n u rs in g practice in today's h ea l t h care deliver sy terns. D es i gn ed for t he registered nur ' c w i t h at l east o n year of d i rec t care n u rsi n g ;perienct', this program enables students t earn both a ba che l or 's degree and a master's deg ree in nU I'sing. In the first }'ear of the ADN to M SN p ro gra m , students e n ro ll in co urses n ecess a r y for co m pl e t io n of t h e BSN degree. Du r ing this fir t year, studenu; may earn up to 30 upper-division c red i t s Ihrough the Professional Por t fo l i o Workshop co u r� e , designed to uide the st u de n ts in ea rn i n g college credits by d ocumenting regi s te red nurse employment l'Xper i ellLcs . Upon successful completion of the first year () the A D N to MSN progr. m, s tu de n t s <'am the llS N d g ree . Foll'1wing �ucces fu l completion of the Graduate Record Exam ( eRE) and b ' m a i nt ai n mg a 3 . ) PLU grade p o i n t ' ver,lge, the , tu ci e n L may progress to the MSN sequence, ( See Gradllate Studies.) B i logy 20 I Introductory M i c mbi ol gy Biulng)' 205 H uma n Anatomy and Physiology I Bio l o g y 206 Human Anatomy and Physiology I I Chen is t r y 1 05 Chem i s t ry o f Life Psy h o l o gy l O t I nt rodu ctio n to Psychol o g y P 'ych olog}' 3 20 D evel o p m en t Acrnss th e Li fes pa n Statistics 2 3 1 I n t ro d u cto ry Stallsti cs

Math Entrance Requirement (lIIinilllll/ll GPA of 2. 0 0/1 a 4.0

F re ig n Language E n t r an ce Re qu ire m en t Fine A rts - Art, M usi c , or Th ea t er

Secolld emest,'f

Nursing 320 ursi ng 3 30 N ur s i ng 340 N urs i ng 350

Prerequisite General University Requirement Cou rses

First Semester

N u rsing 399 Pr o fe s iona l Portfolio Wo rk sh o p

4-6 4 4

Nursing 420 Intmducti n to Lea de rsh i p and Management Nur mg 430 ursing Si t uati o n s with Communities lall llary Term

Nu rs i n g 365 Culturally Congruent Healthcare

Secolld Semester

N u rs in g 360 Nursing Research and I n formatics N u r ' i n g 460 Health :are Systems and Po l icy N u rs i n g 4') Nur "ing yn t hesis R l i .-i u u s S tu dies (if /lot completed prior to begil111 illg program)

4 2 6 4

MINOR IN BEAll'B SERVI CES: Health care is a complex ,),stem, wh ich now r epresen t ' 1 6% of t h e Gross National Product. Many disc i pl i nes outside of n ursi ng req uire fam ilia ri ty with systems ,md issues within health care. The health services minor is de�igl1ed to support !Hl n-nursing m ajors, i n cl u d i ng social work, c h emis t r y. b iology, business, etc. Students seeking a health serv ices mi nor mW.1 receive approval a n d advisement from the School of Nursing prior to declaration, Requiremell ts: M i nimum 18 semester h ours , i n cl u di n g N u rsi n g 1 00, 460, and P h i l oso p hy 323, and at least three courses from Diversity ( A n th ropo l ogy 1 02, 380, Health Education 265, N u rsi ng 365, and Phy, i,a1 Education 362 ) ; Ad mi nist rat i o n ( Economics 322, Nu rs i n g 420, and 530); P hysio l og ic Fu n ctio n i n g ( Nurs i ng 280, 330, and P h ysi ca l Education 480); A p pl i ed Health Care ( Heal t h Education 266, 28 1 , N u rsing 270, and Physical Education

38 1 ), No more than 8 cred i t s from any one de partm e n t .

P A C

U T

E R

T Y

1 01

320 Competencies I I

Graduate Programs

Focuses on t h e core knowledge and competencie of advanced tech nical skills associated wilb health managemen t. Prerequi

MASTER OF SCmNCE IN NURSING: Consult the graduate

sites: 260, 270, 280. Junior I ( 2 )

section o f this catalog for details of the program leading to the

" z III Ill: ;:)

degree of Master of Science in Nursing and/or contact the School

330 Pharmacology and The1'll peutic Modalities for NUrsing

of Nursing Graduate Program ( 253.535.7672) .

Focuses on pharmacological principles of major dr ug classifica

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING-ENTRY-LEVEL

cal interventions. Prerequisi te: 280. junior I

tions, therapeuti modalities, and a l ternatives to pharmacologi

MASTER'S: A cohort program designed fo r those who have

(4)

340 Nursing Situations with Individ ual : Adult Health I

previously earned a baccalaureate or higher degree in an

Focuse� on the core kno\ ledge and competencies necessary to

academic discipline other than n u rsing. The program will begin summer 2003. Those i nterested are strongly advised to seek early advisement from the Graduate Coordinator i n the School of

apply the nursing process to ituations with individuals experi encing selected alterations in health .. Prerequisites: prior or

con curren t with 320 and 330. j u n ior I ( 4 )

Nursing a t 253. 535.8264. See Gradllate Studies section of this

350 Nursing Situations with Individuals : Mental Health

catalog for fu rther details.

Focuses on the core knowledge and competenci

necessary to

apply the nursing process to situations w i th individuals experi

SCHOOL NURSE CERTIFICATION: Contact the School of

encing mental health issues. Prerequisite: prior or concurrent

Nursing Continuing Nursing Education (253.535.7683 ) .

with 330. Junior

WORKSHOPS AND SHORT COURSES: Contact the School o f NUTsing Continuing Nursing Education ( 253.535.7683 ) .

1 (4)

360 Nursing Research and Informatics Examines principles of nursing and health care r search,

The infonftllfioll cOnla/ned herein ref1l!CfJ un I,(fllm't picture of

technologies, and databases that support eviden ce-based nursing

,he progrtlms Of srudy II:ading '0 11 Badldor of cienee ill Nursing deprfrom PAcific Luthrrlln U"iYrrrity at 'h� time of publi Il,jon.

practice.. Prerequi iles: prior or concurrent with 340 or 350 and

"umgu In procedulY$, policies, colendQr. curriculum. lind com.

365 Culturally Congruent Health Care - A

STAT 23 1 . junior II ( 4 )

HOll'nlrT, thr un ll'rrsiry reurves 'he Tight t(J make n�,usary

Far sludenfJ admill"d to We nursing mojor, regulAr SlOIIU

err

,ro"isional, ull nuning taurus Qre S4Ufuentilll. Sucunful comple';all of wi wursts ;11 one semutrr is prrrtlfubile tu tnroDmen. in " It flal

semester', COUTUS. All S.udlltlts ildmiNed to the nur�;ng "'Iljor must Qdhtrt to Ihe curriculum sequena /U outlilild by their upprovrd

Focuses on core knowledge and competencies necessary to give culturally congruent care to people from diverse populat.ions. Compares beliefs, values, and practices pertaining to health, care expressions, and well .. being. Open to non-n ursing students. Prerequisite for major : 270. Junior I I ( 4 )

QCQdemk program (OnIrA(I$..

370 Nursing Situations with Families: Childbearing Focuses on the core knowledge and competencies necessary to

Course Offerings

apply the nursing p rocess to situations with childbearing fam i lies. Prerequisites: 320, 330, 340, 350. Junior n (4)

100 Medical Terminology Provides sound basis for individuals in health care to learn important words, their origins, derivatives, and abbreviations. Focuses on utilization of terms as applied to anatomical, physiological, and pharmacological topics. Pronunciation of terms emphasized. Knowledge from this course can be applied to any health care profession. Open to non-nursing majors, required for

380 Nursing Situations with Families: Childreadng Focuse:; on the core knowl dge and competencies necessary to apply the nursing process to situations with infants, children, adolescents and their families. Prereq uisites: 320, 330, 340, 350. junior I I ( 4 )

health services minor. ( l or 2 )

395 Culture and Health in Jamaica - C Exploration of the role of culture and health of the people of

203 Ethics and Health Care

Jamaica. Students will have the

Designed to expand students' abilities to iden tify ethical dilem

issues as they relate 1 0 culture and health. Leaming activities

non-majors. ( l or 2)

include lectures, discussions, field experiences and clinical

220 Competencies I

services. Evaluations will be based on class participat ion,

Focuses on the core knowledge and competencies of therapeutic

examinations, course journal and a wri tten paper. ( 4 )

communication, and technical skills associated with health

399 Nur. ing Portfolio Workshop

management. Prerequisite: BIOL 206. (4)

Portfolio writing designated to prepare registered nurses to com

260 Profeso.onal Foundations Focuses on nursing as a profession and discipline. The nursing process is i ntroduced as a framework for crit ical thinking and caring. Open to non-nursing students with permission of instructor. Prerequisite: 220. (4)

plete a portfolio documenting prior 'xperiential learning acquired in nursing practice. Open to RN to MS in Nursing Focuses on core knowledge and competencies related to beginning leadership and re Ou rce management skil ls. Prerequi

Focuses on the core knowledge and competencies necessary to

si tes: 360, 370, 380. Senior I (4)

perform health assessments and promote health across the l ife span. Prerequisites: prior or concurrent with 260 a n d 280.

430 Nursing Situations with Communities

(4)

280 Human Pathological Processes Focuses on human responses to major forms of pathophysiology. Prerequisite: B I O L 206. (4) 3 1 2 Perioperative Nursing surgical, and post-surgical nursing care as well as the role of the

client. Prior or concurrent enrollment in 420. Senior I ( 5 ) 440 Nursing Situations with Indivlduals: Adult Health I I

encing complex alterations in health. Prerequisites: 360, 370, and

380. Senior I (4) A

necessary to

apply the nursing process to situations w i th individuals experi ..

perioperative surgical nurse. (4) e

Focuses on the core knowledge and competenci

apply the nursing process to situations with the community as

Focuses on the core k n wledge a n d competencie� necessary to

Focuses on the theory and practice related to pre .. surgical,

candidates only. (4)

420 Introduction to Leadership and Resource Management

270 Health Alises8lD£llt and Promotion

portunity to co ntemplate

l i festyle, social, political, religious, educational, and economic

sis on cases related to the allocation of scarce resources. Open to

108

views o f the peoplt i n this r gion in addressing the environment,

mas and participate in the identification of resol utions. Empha

460 Health Care Systems and PoUcy Analysis of the social, political, legal, and economic factors that i ntluence health care induding trends in health policy and ethical issues relevant to health care delivery. Open to non nursing students with permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: 260. Senior " (2)

471

ursing Synthesis Seminar Critical evaluation of roles as professional nurses using empiri cal, aesthetic, personal, and ethical knowledge of social and political realiti . Prerequisites: prior or concurrent enrollment in 475 and 476. ( I )

476 Nursing Synthesis - SR

Synthesis of nursing knowledge, critical thinking, decision making, and technical and leadership competencies in nursing situations mentored by a professional nurse preceptor. Prerequi sites: 425, 454 , 46 1 , 464. (6) 478 Elective CUBical Experience

An exploration and application of nursing knowledge and roles in a selected clinical environment. Pass/fail option. Open to students who have completed their junior-level nursing courses or permission of the faculty. ( 1-4) 480 Professional Foundations II

Critical evaluation of role transition into professional nursing. Prerequisite: prior or concurrent enrollment in 499. Senior " ( 2 )

532 Care and Outcomes Practicum II

Direct care or indirect clinical management, supervision, or education to achieve client goals by implementing approaches, interventions, outcomes, and evaluation method. Pre- or co requisite: 538. Variable credit with School of Nursing approval. (3)

:;III

533 Infonnadcs in Nnrsing

Enhancing clinical practice, research and education through the integration of computer science, information science and nursing science. ( 2 )

550 Curriculum and Instruction

Examination of the theory and practice of curriculum planning, development, implementation, and evaluation. Theoretical and philosophical principles of the teaching/learning process. Analysis of adult teaching strategies and the process of self and student evaluations. ( 3 ) 580 Advanced Pathophysiology

Prerequisite: permission of the dean. ( 1-4)

582 Advanced Health Assessment

Synthesis of core knowledge, competencies, professional values, and leadership skills in nursing situations mentored by a professional nurse preceptor. Prerequisites: 420, 430, 440, 44 1 and prior or concurrent enrollment in 460 and 480. ( 6 ) 523 Role of the Advanced Practice Nurse

Facilitates the development and transition into the advanced practice role through the analysis of legal, ethical, professional, social and practice perspectives. Roles of consultant, researcher, administrator, and expert clinician are explored. (3)

Development and performance of the skills needed for advanced health assessment of individuals, families, or communities throughout the lifespan. Prerequisites: Basic health assessment skills. (2-4) 583 Clinical Pharmacotherapeutics

Focuses on the pharmacokinetic basis for and pharmacothera peutic management of simple and complex disease processes. Includes ethical, legal, and procedural aspects of prescriptive authority. Pre- or co-requisite: 580. ( 2 )

Identification of health risks and protective strategies for diverse populations. (2)

584 Family Nurse Practitioner I Application of theory and research in the management of health problems across the lifespan. Demonstration of diagnostic reasoning related to health care conditions. Seminar and clinical. Prerequisites: 582 and 583. (6)

525 Theoretical Foundations

585 Family Nurse Practitioner II

5 2 4 Health Promotion

Preparation for critique, evaluation, and use of a range of relevant theories that provide guiding perspectives for the provision of client-centered, clinically measurable advanced n ursi ng practice. ( 3 ) 526

orsing Leadership and Management Introduction to policy, organization, and financing of health care. Preparation for provision of quality cost-effective care, participation in the design and implementation of care, and assumption of the leadership role in managing resources. ( 3 ) 527 Evaluation and Outcomes Resea.rdl

Preparation for the critique and use of new knowledge to provide, change, and evaluate advanced nursing practice focused on client-centered, clinically demonstrable care. ( 3 ) 530 Resource Management

Management of resources in the planning, coordination, and/or delivery of health care with an outcome perspective at the system level. Financial and human resources and systems management will be examined from a quality perspective. ( 3 ) 53 1 Care and Outcomes Practicum I

Dire t and/or indirect care given in a defined speciality setting with focus on evaluation and outcomes. Prerequisite: 523. Variable credit with School of Nursing approval. ( 5)

z CI

Integrate theoretical models, clinical parameters, and program planning principles through the construction of a detailed program for care and outcomes management. Clinical compo nent present. Pre- or co-requisite: 530 and prerequisite 53 1 . ( 3 )

493 Internship Abroad ( 1- 4 ) 499 Capstone: Nursing Synthesis - S R

538 Program Development

Focuses on normal physiologic and pathologic mechanisms of disease. Primary components of the foundation for clinical assessment, decision making, and management. ( 3 )

491 Independent Studies

z c

Application of theory and research in the management of increasingly complex health problems across the lifespan. Demonstration of diagnostic reasoning for a wide range of acute and chronic conditions. Seminar and clinical. Prerequisite: 584. (6) 590 Role of the Nurse Practitioner

Facilitates the transition into the advanced nurse practitioner role through the analysis of legal, ethical, professional, social, and practical perspectives. Completion and submission of paper for publication or of a practice-related project. Co-requisite or prerequisite: 584. ( 2 ) 590A Seminar i n Advanced Practice Nursing Integration of theory, research, and leadership in advanced practice nursing. Capstone course for nurse practitioner concentration. Co-requisite or prerequisite: 585. (2) 592 Independent Study

Opportunities for advanced study in selected topic related to student's area of interest. Consent of instructor required. ( 1-4 ) 593 Advanced Specialty Practice Application of advanced practice nursing in clinical specialty practice. Prerequisite: completion of all core requirements. (variable credit)

P A C I

L u T

I V E

I T Y

109

596 Scholady Inquiry in Nursing Practice

MINOR: 1 6 semester hours uf approved philosophy courses; for

Development and submission of prufessional paper or project related tu one's area of specializatiun based on an evaluation and uutcomes model. Capstone course. ( 2 )

transfer students. at least 8 hours must be taken at PLU Students considering a minor should discuss their personal goals with departmental faculty.

5 99 Thesis

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: M inimum of 32 semester hours. including 233, 499, and two from among the following five courses: 33 1 . 333 ( m ust take at least one of those two). 335. 336. or 338. On approval of the department. one course (4 hours) in another field uf study may be used for a double major in philosophy if it has a d i rect relationship to the student's philosophy program. Transfer students will normally take 1 6 or more of their 32 hours at PLU. Students intending to major in philosophy should fo rmally declare this with the department chair and choose a departmental advisor.

Faculty-guided application of the research process. May involve replication of previous study. secondary analysis of research data. an eval uation project. or an original investigation. Prerequisites: completion of core courses. approval by S hool of Nursing. Minimum program requirement is 4 credits. nce enrolled. must continue to enroll for at least I credit each semester of the academic year until thesis is completed. (4)

Ph i losophy 253.535.7234 wlVw.plll.edlll-p hii

Philosophy is the parent academic d iscipline that gave birth to today's variety of arts and sciences. It examines basic issues in all fields and explores connections among diver,e areas of life. In philosophy the most fundamental and enduring of questions are addressed: How can numans gain knowledge about their world? \"'hat limits are there to that knowledge? What is the ultimate naturt! of the universe? In particular. what is the nature of the humall person. and what role or purpose is ours? How should we live? Are there moral. aesthetic. and religious values thal can be adupted rationally and used to guide our decisions? Study i n phil sophy acquaints students with major rival views o f the world. encourages them to think precisely and systematical ly. and helps them to see l i fe critically. appreciatively. and whole. fACULTY: McKenna. Chair; Cooper. G. Juhnson, Kauri ll. USES O F PHILOSOPHY: Course in philosophy help students who ( I ) recognize philosophy as a central lement in a quality lib ral arts education; (2) wish to support their undergraduate work in other fields. such as literature. history. political science. religion. the scknces, education. or business; (3) plan to use their study of philosophy ill preparation for graduate study in law. theology. or medicine; or (4) are considering graduate work in phi losophy itself. usually with the i ntention of teaching in

1 25 Moral Philosophy - PH

2 2 0 Women a n d Philosophy - A , PH

Undergraduate study in philosophy is not meant to train specifically for a first job. Instead. it serves to sharpen basic skills in critical thinking, problem solving. research. analysis. interpre tati m . and writing. It also provides critical perspective on and a deep appreciation of ideas and issues that have intrigued huma nity throughout the ages. including those central to the We'tern intellectual heritage. This prepares students for a great vanety of positions of responsibility, especially when coupled with specialized training in other disciplines. Those with the highest potential for advancement generally have more than just specialized training; rather. they bring to their work breadth of per ·pective. intellectual flexibility and depth. and well honed skills in critical thought and communication. UNIVERSITY CORE REQUI REMENT: The Core I requirement

of 4 hours in philosophy may be satisfied with any course offered except for 233 Formal Logic, 323 Health Care Ethics. and 328 Philosophical Issues in the Law. The initial course in philosophy is custumarily 1 0 1 . 125. or a 200-level course that provides a more focused topic but is still at the introductory level ( 220. 223. 228. 253). The 300-1 vel courses arc� suited fOT students with particular interests who are capable of working at the upper division level. Courses offered through correspondence. on-line, and indep ndent studies are not accepted to meet core require ment in phil sophy. A

101 Philosophical Issues - PH

Major moral theories of Western civilization, including contem porary moral theories. Critical application to selected moral iss ues. (4)

the field.

Course Offerings Perenn ial philosophical issues, systems. and thinkers. Emphases vary depending on instructor. but include the study of ethical values and the nature of rationality. and development of skills in critical and systematic thinking. (4)

Menzel.

1 10

HONORS MAJOR: In addition to the above requirements for the major: I. 493 Honors Research Project. including an honors thesis written under the supervision of one or more faculty members and presented to the department. 2. Completion of the departmental reading program of primary sources. Honors majors in philosophy are expected to com plement their regular courses by reading and discussing three or four important works under the personal supervision of department faculty. The reading list should be obtained at an early date from the department chair. I t is best that the reading program not be concentrated into a single semester, but pursued at a leisurely pace over an extended period. 3. At least a 3.3 grade point average in philosophy courses. including at least a B in 493.

An examination and critique of historically important theories from Western philosophy concerning women's nature and place in society. followed by an examination and critique of the writings of women philosophers. historic and contemporary. (4) 223 Biomedical Ethics - PH

An examination of significant controversies in contemporary biomedical ethics. of major moral philosophies. and of their interrelationships. J (4) 228 Social and Political Philosophy - PH

An examination of major social and political theories of Western philosophy ( including Plato. Hobbes, Locke. Rousseau, M ill, Marx). Includes feminist and non-Western contributions and critiques. (4) 230 Philosophy, Animals, and the Environment

Examines issues such as resource distribution and consumption. obligations to future generations and the nonhuman life. Various moral theories are examined and applied to ethical issues such as preservation of endangered species. animal experimentation. factory farming. resource consumption. pollution. population growth. Concepts such as wilderness. nature/natural. and consciousness are also addressed. (4)

233

Formal Logic

Principles of sound reasoning and argument. Development and practi al use f formal logical systems, with a focus on symbolic logic. I ncludes an introduction to inductive and abductive reasoni n . Not for philosophy core requirement; counts toward Option I I I of the College of A rts and Sciences requirement. ( 4 ) 253

Creadon and Evolution - PH

Examination of t h e controversy surrounding the origin of l i fe. Includes a h istorical introduction to the controversy; investiga tion into the nature of science, faith, evidence, and fac ts; and critical evalu.Hion of three major origin theories: creationism, theistic evolution , and nontheistic evolution. (4) 291 Directed 323

Studies ( 1 -4 )

Health Care Ethics and Policy

Detailed examination of selected topics in health care ethics and ethics-related health policy, such as informed consent to therapy and experimental treatment, end-of-life decisions, and allocation of carce resources. Not for philosophy core requirement. ( l or 2) 32S

Business Ethics - PH

Application of moral theories and perspectives of relevance to business practices. Examination of underlying values and assumptions in specific business cases involving, e.g., employer employee relations, advert ising, workplace conflict, and environ mental and social responsibilities. Pass/fail options does not apply to business majors either declared or intending to declare. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission of instructor.( 4 ) 328

Philosophical Issues i n the Law

An examination of philosophical issues in law using actual cases as well as p hilosoph ical writings. Topics include the nature of law, judicial reasoning, rights, l iberty, responsibility, and punishment. ( 4 ) 3 3 1 Andenl

Philosophy - P H

The development o f philosophical thought and method from the

Presocratic period to the end of the fourth century CE Emphasis on Plato and Aristotle. ( 4 ) 333

Early Modern Philosophy - P H

The development of European and British philosophy from the 1 7th through the early 1 9t h centuries. Figures may include De cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. (4) 335

The Analytic Tradition - PH

The development of Anglo-American philosophy from the late 1 9th century to the mid-20th century. Figures include Moore, Russell, Ayer, and Wittgenstein. Prerequisite: one philosophy course. ( 4 ) 336

Pragmatism and American Philosophy - PH

An examination of such fi gures as Peirce, James, and Dewey, as well as extensions and critiques of pragmatism ( such as Alain Locke, Jane Addams, Josiah Royce, Alfred N. Whitehead). Links with current fem inist and continental thought will be explored. (4) 338

Existentialism and Continental Philosophy - PH

Focus on main themes of Existent ialism ( including the thought of Kierkegaard) and contemporary Continental philosophy. "rheir relati nship to other philosophical traditions, as well as to theology, l i terature, and psychology. ( 4 )

350

Philosophy o f Religion - PH

Classical and contemporary views of traditional issues regarding the nature and rationality of religious belief, with a focus on monotheistic religions and a unit on religious pluralism. Prerequisite: one course i n philosophy or religion. ( 4 ) 353

" ::I:

Special Topics - PH

Focus on one particular area of philosophy such as value theory, aesthetics, metaphysics, epis temology, or logic, or on i m portant philosophical issues, major thinkers, or developing trends. Topic to be decided in consultation with students. (4) 491

1"\ > .-

Independent Reading and Research

Prerequisite: departmental consent. ( ! -4) 493

Honors Research Project

The writing of an honors thesis and final completion of the reading program in primary sources required for the honors major. Presentation of thesis to department majors and faculty. (4) 499

1"\ > -I

Capstone: Advanced Seminar in Philosophy - SR

Exploration in a seminar format of an important philosophical issue, thinker, or movement. Topic to be annou nced at the time course is offered. Prerequisite: three philosophy courses or consent of instructor. May be repeated once for credit. (4)

School of Physica l Education 253.535.7350 wlVw. p lu. edlll-phed The university's physical education program seeks to ingrain i n each student a fundamental r spect fo r t h e role o f physical activity in living. Instruction is offered in approximately 30 different physical education activities. The activit), program is uniquely character ized by a timely response to student interests in recreational opportunities available in the Pacific Northwest. The school's professional programs prepare prospective leaders for careers in physical education, health, recreation, athletics, and therapeutics. Outstanding modern sports facilities include an all-weather 400 meter track, an Olympic-style swimming pool. six lighted tennis courts, a n ine-hole golf course, two gymnasiums, racquetball and squash courts, a fitness center, and an all purpose astro-turf field house.

FACULTY: Hoseth, Dean; Evans, Hacker, McConnelL McGill, Moore, TannehiLl, F. Westering; assisted by Ci notto, Freitag, Harshman, J. Johnson, Loomis, McCord, NicholsoIl, Noren, Rigell, Thomas, Scott Wcstering, Susan Westering. UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENT: Four I -hour courses ( 1 00259), induding 1 00, are required for graduation , Eight I -hour activity courses may be counted toward graduation. Students are encouraged to select a variety o f activities at appropriate skill levels. All physical education activity courses are graded on the basis of A, Pass, or Fail and are taught on a coeducational basis.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (BSPE): Exercise Science Concent.ration: 62 semester hours

The general character, fundamental concepts, methods, and

including Biology 1 6 1 , 205, 206; Chemistry 1 05; Health Educa tion 366; Math 1 28 or 1 40; Physical Education 277, 324, 326, 344, 383, 384, 478, 480, 486; 495 and/or 499 (8 credits); Statistics 23 1 .

significance and limits of science, with a focus upon the natural

Health and Fitness Management ConcenlTBlion: 6 3 semester

340

Philosophy of Science - P H

sciences. Implications of science and scientific methodology for value systems. ( 4 )

hours including Biology 205, 206; Chemistry 1 05; Health Education 266, 327, 366; Physical Education 277, 293 , 324, 326, 344, 383, 384, 386, 480, 486; 495 and/or 499 (8 hours ) ; Recre ation 330, 483.

U T

111

Pre-Physical Therapy Concenlration: 76 semester hours

z o I < u :) o IoU ...

< u

including Biology 1 6 \ , 1 62, 205, 206, 323 or approved alternate; two from Chemistry 1 05, 1 20, 232/234; Health Education 2 8 1 , 382; Math 1 28 o r 1 40; Physical Education 277, 480, 486; 495 and/ or 499 ( 8 hours); Physics 1 25/ 1 26, 1 351 1 36; Psychology 1 0 i , 352; Statistics 23 1 . Pre-Alhletic Training Concentration: 5 2 semester hours

HEALTH AND FITNESS MANAGEMENT MINOR: 19 semester

hours, including Physical Education 293, 334, 344, 360 (2 hours ) , 383, 384, 495 (4 hours ) , a n d Recreation 296. Designed primarily for busi ness, biology, BAPE, and BAR students. First aid and CPR certificate required.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN RECREATION (BARec): 45 semester

hours including Business 305; Communication 336; Physical ducation 277, 279, 324, 326, 344, 360, 389; Recreation 296, 330, 483, 495 and/or 499 (8 hours) ; plus 2 hours of approved elec tive In addition to the requirements listed above, students are strongly encouraged to complete a minor in a related field. Students must have a current First Aid and C P R certificate before their intern 'hip. Candidates for the 1IA Recreation degree must meet the College of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirement.

PHYS]CAL ACTIVITY MINOR: 17 or 1 8 semester hours, including Physical Education 279, 324 or 478; 334, and 386; plu three courses from Physical Education 275, 293, 294, 297, 298, 322 ( 2 hours) , 326 or Recreation 296. RECREATION MINOR: 17 semester hours, including Physical Education 279, 334; Recreation 296, 330, 483, and 495 (4 hours ) . First aid a n d C P R certificate required. SPORT PSYCHOLOGY MINOR: 19 semester hours, including

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (BAPE) WITH CERTIFICATION: To meet the state endorsement in

Health and Fitness, 61 semester hours including Biology 205, 206; Health Education 266, 295, 327, 366; 367; Physical Educa Lion 2 75 or 298; 2 77, 279, 293, 294, 297, 322 (4 hours), 326, 386, 478, 480, 486, 490; and Re n�ation 296. Initial K- 1 2 teacher certification in Health nnd Pit ness must meet the requirements established by the School of Education for Teacher Certification in addition to the .tbove requirements for the BAPE with certification. 35 hours including Anthropol ogy 1 02/2 1 0; Education 390, 392; Education/Physical Education 468, 450; Psychology 10 I; Special Education 480; Writing 10 I; plus a valid first aid card. Students receiving a BAPE with certification are not required to ful fill the College of Arts and S iences foreign language requirements. All courses in the major and minor fields are used for teacher certification must have grades of C or higher. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (BAPE) WITHOUT CERTIFICATION: Health and Fitness, 61 semester

hours including B iology 205, 206; Health Education 266, 295, 3 2 7, 366; 367; Physical Education 275 or 298; 277, 279, 293, 294, 297, 322 (4 hours), 326, 386, 478, 480, 486, 490; and Recreation 296. In addition to the requiremen ts listed above, candidates for the BAPE degree without teacher certification must meet the College of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirements Jnd a Senior Seminar ( Physical Education 499 - 4 hours).

Education 279, 334, 344, 360 (2 hours) or 370-379: 390, 4 1 0, and Health Education 28 1 ; plus 2-4 hours from Physical Education 308, 360 (2 hours) or 3 70-379, 386, 4 1 4, or 478. First aid and CPR certificate required. DANCE MINOR: 1 7 or 18 semester hours including Physical

Education 222, 225, 232, 2 50, 462, Theatre 356, and Music 1 20. Electives: 3 or 4 hours from Physical Education 223, 360 ( l or 2 hours), 362, or 49 1 ( 1 -4 hours ) . First aid and CPR certificate required.

including Health Education 292; Physical Education 344, 386, 4 1 0, 495 (8 hours ) . Students must have a major in business, communication, or economics.

Course Offerings: Health Education 262 Big Fat Lies - A

Investigation of body weight as both a source of social prejudice and as a health issue. Issues of body image, social expectations and ideals, and discrimination are addressed in the first half and topics such as metabolism, dieting, heart disease, diabetes and cancer are addressed as they relate to obesity i n the second half. (4)

2 8 1 Injury Prevenlion and Therapeutic Care

COACHING MINOR: 1 7- 1 9 semester hours, including Physical

SPORTS ADMINISTRATION MINOR: 1 6 semester hours,

Examination of the role of dietary choices in the maintenance of health and prevention of disease. Topics covered include: basic nutritional science, food selection/menu planning, l i fespan nutrition, energy balance, sports nutrition, and nutritional analysis tools. I, I I ( 2 )

Education 2 1 6, 275, 3 3 1 , 334, 495 (4 hours), and Recreation 483; plus 2 credits from the following: Physical Education 200-2 1 9 or 360 ( 2 hours). First aid and CPR certificate required.

Physical Education 234, 366, 386, 390; 4 hours from Psychology 350, 352, 3 54; 4 hours from Health Education 262, 365, Physical Education 308, 3 1 5, 324, 362, 4 1 0. Psychology 10 I is required as a prerequisite to Psychology 350, 3 52, and 354.

266 Food and Health

AQUATICS MINOR: 1 7 semester hours, including Physical

HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 1 8 semester hours, including

Health Education 266, 3 2 7, 366, and 367. Electives: 8 hours from Physical Education 3 1 5, 324, 362, Health Education 1 90, or other courses approved by program coordinator (selected from anthropology, nursing, psychology, philosophy, or sociology).

including Biology 1 6 1 , 205, 206; Chemistry 1 05; Health Educa tion 266, 28 \ , 327, 382; Physical Education 277, 326, 480, 486; 495 and/or 499 ( 8 hours ) ; Psychology 1 0 1 ; Statistics 23 1 . I n addition to the requirements listed above, candidates for the BSPE degree must meet the College of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirement.

112

EXERCISE SCIENCE MINOR: 1 9 semester hours, including Physical Education 360 (2 hours), 383, 384, 480, 486, and 495 (4 hours). Designed primarily for biology majors and BAPE students. Not designed for education or BSPE majors. First aid and CPR certificate required.

Prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation of all common injuries sustained i n athletics; physical therapy by employment of electri city, massage, exercise, light, ice, and mechanical devices. I II ( 2 ) 292 First Aid

Meets requirements for the American Red Cross Standard First Aid and Personal Safety. I II ( 2 ) 295 Scbool Health

. amination of the integrated nature of comprehensive school health programs. Attention is given to curriculum development and teaching strategies for health content, as well as the impor tance of creating a healthy school environment for learning. I I (2) 327 Substance Use and Abuse

Evaluation of the impact of substance use and abuse on individual health and performance. Substances addressed include alcohol, nicotine, ergogenic aids, prescription medica tions and illegal drugs. J ( 2 ) Y

360 Professional Practkum Students work under the supervision of a coad , teacher, recr ation supervisor, or health care provider. Pre re q ui s it e : departmental approval. I II ( l or 2 ) 365 The Aging Experience: Worlds o f Difference - A The way in h ich people's location in the s l'al s�tem, the historical periods they live d u ring, and their person(ll biogra phies shape the aging experience. Students will learn how these influences may effect their lives and those with whom they work. J (4) 366 Health Psychology Integration of the study of biological functioning of the h u m a n body with the psychology of human b e h a v i o r. T()pics to b e covered include: stress and illness, pain perception Jnd m a n age ment, emotional factors in the prevention, deve l op m en t a n d treatment of chronic disease, mental health, a n d death a n d dying. 1 ( 3 ) 367 Health and Society

Examination of how individual health choices are made w i t h i n a social context. Topics to be covered include: i n terpersonal relationships/conflict resolution, sexual and r productive heal t h , environmental health, a n d health care utilizationl consumer health issues. II ( 3 ) 382 Injury Prevention-Advanced

An advanced study in the recognition and t reatment of specifu: athletic injuries and vulnerable body structures, with emphasis on evaluation, modalitie� f treat me nt , rehabilitation, a nd current issues. Prerequisite: 28 1 . II ( 2) 425 Health Promotion/Wellness Intervention Strategies

Examination of strategies for improving the state of wellnt'ss through healthier lifestyles. ( 2 ) 491 In.dependent Studies

Prerequisite: consent of the dean. I I I S ( 1 -4 )

49S Internshi� - S R

Pre- professional experiences closely related t o student's c,lreer and academic interests. Prerequisites: declaration of m aj o r, sophomore status, a nd 10 hours in the major. ( 2- 8 ) 4 99 Capsl.one: Senior Seminar - SR ( 2 - 8 )

Course Offerings: Physi ca l Education 1 00 Personalized Fitness Programs - PE To stimulate student interest in functional pcr. onally designed programs of physical activity; assessment of physical condition and skills; recommendation of specific programs for mainta ining and improving physical health. Should be taken as ' firs t - ye a r student. I I I ( I )

ISO Adaptive Physical Activity - PE A n individualized activity program designed to Illcet th e needs interests, limitations, and capacities of students who have had restrictions placed on their physical activity. 1 51 -199 Individual aod Dual Activities - PE 1 5 1 ( Beginning Golf), 1 53 ( Archery), 1 5 5 ( Bowling ) , 1 5 7 ( Personal Defense), 1 62 ( Beginning Te n n i s ) , 1 6 _ ( Beginning adminton), 1 64 ( Picklcball), 1 6 5 ( Racquetball/Squash ) , 1 66 ( Racqlletbal!/Pickleball ), 1 6 7 ( Roller Skating), 1 68 ( Ice Skating), 1 70 (Skiing ) , 1 7 1 (Canoeing), 1 72 ( B'lckpacking), 1 73 ( B' sic Mountaineering), 1 74 ( E quitation) , 1 75 (Snow-boarding), 1 77 ( Weight Training), 1 78 ( Body Toning), 1 80 ( Bicycl ing), 1 8 2 ( Low-Impa t Aerobics ) , 1 83 ( Power Aerobics), 1 84 ( Water A erobics), 1 86 ( Step Aerobics), 1 9 1 ( Intermediate Golf) , 1 92 ( Intermediate Tennis), 1 9 3 (Intermediate Badminto n ) , 1 94

(Intermediate Equitation) , 1 95 ( I ntermediate Ra quetballl Squash), 1 97 (Advanced Weight Training).

200 -2 1 9 Aquat i cs _ . PE 200 ( r n divid u,1 I i 7ed \v i m in s l t uLl ipll ) , 20 1 (Swimming for Non s wim m c rs) , 203 ( Synch ron i Y d S\\" i llllll i ng), 205 (Skin and Scuba Divin"), 207 ( Basic Sa i l i n ) . ::! 10 ( I n termediate Swimming), 2 1 2 ( Conditi n i ng w i nlI l i n g ) , 2 1 4 ( A dvanced ,-w i m m i ng ) , 2 1 6 ( Li feguard Tr a i n i n g 1 2 t:rCtliL ] ) , 2 1 1\ ( K.lya k i n g ) . 220-240 Rhythms - PE 220 ( Movement '[cchn ili lle [ ) , 2 2 1 ( l �l i C h i ) , 222 (Jazz Dance Leve l l ) . 223 ( YOgit ) , 224 (ClJ rrcn I D:U1ce ) , 225 ( B all ro o m ance ) . 226 ( Fo l k a nd . (Ki,l l U;,Jn c c ) . 2 2 7 ( Li ne Dance), 230 ( Moven lcn t Tech n iq\le I 1 ) . 2 .' 1 ( G r l l ll p C ha l l c n ge Outdoors ), 2 3 2 ( ) aa. Dance level I I ) , 2 3·1 ( lk l;na t i o n Tech n i q ue s ) .

'V :t. 0(

\II

n >

.... m

o c: n > -I

24 1 -259 Team Activities - PE 24 1 ( Basketha l l and Sllfth,d l ). 2 n ( Soc ,.' r a n d Vol l e rbal l ) , 2 4 4 ( Co-ed Vo l leybal l ) , 1 4 5 ( rea m I la n d b a l l ) , 2 4 7 ( Lacrosse) , 2 5 0 ( J ) i r�Lled Sporb r' l I tid put i 'l 1 ) . 2:'9 ( I n d ependent Studyl

Activity ) .

o z

275 Water Safety Inslructlon - P E The Ameri .H I R e d Cru. � Va ter , I f. 1)' I n s t r uc tor 's course. Pr requ i s i te: , wim test req u ired. ( Fufills I c red i t towards PE R.) II ( 2 ) 277 Foundation of Physical Educatio The relationship ( If ph, sical etlucution h) education; the biolo-gical, suciol< gical, p�y h I lgical , '1\ d .nech<lllical p r i nc ipl es underlying ph)':ical education ami a t h l e t i c . %Illt ld he the in itial professional course taken i n the School of Physical Education. n ( 2 ) 279 Teaching Phy i cal Act iv ity G neric tea hing and l1 l ,l n agt: l1lt' n t strategies, d e s i gn of instruc t i o n a l mater ials a n d tcdl Jl iqllcs lor illl p l e m e n t i n g t h e m , and st r a te .gi � for \Y O king \'lith d iverse I arner� i n p h )'s i c al activity sett i n gs. Th is l I ll fse i� a p rerel l l l i � i t e tm all teach ing methods courses and s hou l d he t.1kc.n I' r i m {(I j )( in co nju n c t i o n with t h e

Education Hub. ( 2 )

293 Tcaching Meth ods: Fitnes Activities Overview, a pplk, t illl! and t'l'al uuliutl tl f fi t ne� activites, such as: i1ero!, ics (wal r, hi Ih- lnd l uw-i m pad, ' tC:P, s l id e ) , weight t r a i n ing, c a l islhen i <.:S ci l � u i h, wnti l1l1ollS i n terval t ra i ning. i'rereq ll i s i tt:.: 27 9 . II ( 2 ) 294 Tellclting Method.: I nvosion GIJme Game� i n w h i c h J tea m trie.� l(l i n vn d � t h e o t h er team's side or territory by putting an implt:me ll t i n tl) a g( il l . Activitie will i n cl ude: ba ket baJ l , soccer. lacTnsst', h(lLkc)" a n d foo tba l l . Prerequisite: 279. I ' ) 297 Teaching Methods: Net Gomes

Players attempt to send an objt'ct i n t o the p l a )' i ng a rea on the other side r .1 Ilet or ha r i er. I.l i v it ies i n c l ude vol leyball, tennis, b a d m i nton, p icklt'h.tll. a nd r,I l:quc t J , l l l . Pre requi s it e : 2 79 . 1 ( 2 ) 298 Teaching Methods: Target and Fielding Games Pa rticipant s st ri l< ' , h i t . k i �k . l!r t I t ml\' at t , l f gd s <>r objects. A tivit ies i n d ud � gol f. b ow l i ng . aR hery, softball, kickball, a n d track and fi e l d . Prcrcq 'l i� i t a:: 2 7 \1. I I ( 2 )

308 Sport Motivation Con cepts i n cl ude: 1T1Iltiei s

( , ( w i n n i n g . closing the potential perform,l nct' gap, bUilding w i n n i n g ,ltt ill lcies, a n d setting goals.

Fu l fi ll s co,ICh i n g m i n or rClj ll i r.? l l 1t'll t . J ( 2 )

3 10 Socioeconomic l nOuencc o n Dealfh i u America - A

Exa mll1at ioo "f I h <.: cult ure,

that create

1" .. 11 Cn\irllO ment. and pressures heal t h v lI l nCf,l hi l i t r w i t h t h e A m e r i c a n population.

) (4) Tea m Building for High Performance Teams t\ ti v i tie� desig ne tll t�l\. i li t;I t�' t l te leve lupl l 1 e n t o f team ca m a ra d e r i e and effec t iven ess. Cleallve, l u n , c h a ll e ngi n g , a nd applied t a m buil J l n g ;l t i \ i lt'�, w l llhi ned with traditional t ra i n i n g tools to hdp Lrt'alt' le.t r I l i n!! t''(re r i e n 'e, for students to a c t ive l y en h a n c e tc:a m -phe illll a mi �\"() l I l' p nlductivily. (4)

314

113

z o l e( U ::::I o w

�

e( u VI

> :r: III..

3 1 5 Body I mage - A

384 Foundations of Health and Fitness Management

Topics include: the connection between women and food, cultu ral defi nitions of beauty, eating disorders, n utrition, and biosocial factors affecting weight control. , (4)

Provides students involved in the promotion of physical activit), with the basic knowledge necessary to ullderstand how health and fitness are managed in a variety of communit), settillgs. Topics will include: historical and philosophical basis of community-based health and tit ness management; organiza tional assessment and evaluation issues; strategies for behavioral change; strategies fo r program development. implementation and marketing; specific examples of different community-based health and fitness management programs. I ( 3 )

3 19 Tramping the fucks of New Zealand - PE

Backpa king several of New Zealand's world renowned tracks and Iliking up ancien t volcano craters, to glacial mountain lakes, and along sandy ocean beaches. ( Fu fills I credit towards PE G It) J ( 4 ) 322 Physical Education in the Elementary School

rgan ization and administration of a deve.lopmental program or grades K-6; sequential and progressive programming; large repertoi re of activities. Observation and/or practicum in public schools required. 1 ( 2 ) ; J ( 2 ) ; I I ( 4 )

390 Applied Exercise and Sports Psychology

324 Physical Activity and Lifespan

The emphasis in this course will be on the role that physical activi ty plays in successful aging. An understanding of the i nfluence of social learning on physical activity behavior through the lifespan and effective strategies for health promotion and activity programming with adult populations will be addressed. (4)

A practical, individually-oriented course designed to teach athletes, trainers. coaches, and teachers a comprehensive variety of skills and techniques aimed at enhancing sport performance. Psychological topics incl ude: managing anxiety, imagery, goal setting, self-confidence, attention control, injury interventions, self-talk strategies. and team building. I I ( 4 ) 4 0 1 Workshop

326 Adapted Physical Activity

Emphasizes the theory and practice of adaptation in teaching stra tegies, curriculum, and service delivery fo r all persons with psychomotor problems, not just those labeled "disabled." II (3) 3 3 1 Aquatics Management

Workshops in special fields fo r varying periods. ( l-4) 410 Coaching-the Person and the Profession

Personal and professional requisites of successful sports programs. I II ( 2 )

Topics include training and supervising personnel, financing, programming, pool main tenance and operation, swim meet management, and safety and emergency procedures. Study of pool chemistry, filter operations, and maintenance. Visitation to local pools. a/y ( 2 )

462 Dance Production

334 Scientific Basis for fuining

Provides basic theories, research, and practical implications for motor learning, motor control, and variables affecting skill acqu isition. I ( 4 )

Presents physiologic and kinesiologic applications to physical training. Topics include the development of muscular strength and endurance, and the relationship of nutrition, environment, sex, age, and ergogenic aids to athletic performance. I ( 2) 344 Legal Aspects of Physkal Activity

Role of law in sport and physical activity, negligence. tort and risk management as it relates to legal issues in school, sport, and recreational settings. I II ( I ) 360 Professional Practicum

Students work under the supervision of a coach, teacher, recreation supervisor, or health care p rovider. Prerequisite: departmental approval. I II ( l or 2)

An advanced choreography course combining choreography, costume design, staging, and publicity techniques for producing a major dance concert. II ( 2 ) 478 Motor Learning and Human Performance

4 80 Exercise Physiology

Scientific basis for training and physiological eftect of exercise on the human body. Lab required. Prerequ isite: BIOL 205, 206 . I (4) 486 Applied Biomechanics/Kinesiology

Opportunity to increase knowledge and understanding about the human body and how the basic laws of mechanics are integrated in efficient motor performance. II ( 3 ) 490 Curriculum, Assessment, and Instruction

An i n tegrated and instructionally aligned approach to curricu lum design, assesment, development and implementing instructional strategies consistent with Washington Essential Academic Learning Requirements. Intended as the final course prior to a culminating internship, a practicum in the school setting is required in conjuction with this 6-credit course. I I ( 6 )

361 Coaching Practicum

Students work under the supervision of a coach. Prerequisite: departmental approval. I II ( l or 2) 362 Healing Arts of the M ind and Body - A, PE

Designed to introduce alternat ive therapies of mind-body processes. History. roots, practice, and cultural signi ficances of severJJ therapies and practices. ( Fu fills I credit towards PE GUR.) ( 4 ) 370-379 Coaching Theory

491 Independent Studies

Prerequisite: consent of the dean. I I I S ( 1-4) 495 Internship - SR

Pre-professional experiences closely related to student's career and academic interests. Prerequisites: declaration of major, sophomore status, and 10 hours in the major. ( 2-8)

Techniques, systems, training methods, strategy. and psychology of coaching; 370 ( Basketball), 3 7 1 ( Football). 372 ( Cross oun try/Tra k and Field). 374 (Soccer), 378 (Softball/Basebal l ) . I I I aly ( 2 )

4 99 Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR ( 2-8)

383 herd e Testing and Prescription

Course Offerings: Recreation

Provides students involved in the promotion of physical activity with the basic knowledge necessary to safely conduct exercise, health and fitness assessments in a variety of community settin gs. Topics will include: history of assessment and its role in phy i al activity promotion; purpose and methods for pre evaluation and screening; assessment and evaluation techniques; pre 'criptive program development for health and fitness; bio psycho-social implications of assessment and evaluation. I I ( 3 ) 1 14

386 Sodal Psychology o f Sport and Physical Activity

Questions of how social psychological variables int1uence motor behavior and how physical activity affects the psychological make up of an individual will be explored. I I ( 3 )

P A C , F

U T H E

R A N

V E

T Y

296 Teaching Methods: Recreation Activities

Learning to plan and implement a variet), of recreational activities, including outdoor education. Prerequisite: PHED 279. I (2)

330 Programming and Leadership in Sport and Recreation

Exami nes the principles. procedures, techniques, and strategies essential to successfully program and lead experiences for diverse populations in sport, fitness, recreation and leisure service organi7ations. Prerequisite: PH ED 277 or consent of instructor. I (4 )

A typical BS physics major program is Physics 1 53, 1 (13 First-year Math 1 5 1 , 1 52

483 Management in Sport and Recreation Examines the principles. procedu res, techniques. and strategies essential to successfully manage human resources, finances and marketing in sport, fitness, recreation and leisure service organizations. Prerequ isites: 330, 360. PHED 344 ( for majors and minors ) . J (4 )

follows:

Physics 1 54, 1 64, 223, 354 Math 253 Physics 3 3 I. 332, 3 36. 356 Chemistry 120 Physics 333. 40 1 , 406, 499A. 499B

Sophomore Junior

360 Professional Practicum Students work und r the supervision of a coach, teacher, recreation s upervisor. or health care provider. Prerequisite: departmental approval. I II ( 1-2 )

Senior

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Physics 153 or 1 25; 1 54 or 1 26; 1 63 or 1 35; 1 64 or 1 36; 223, 499A. 499B, plus 8 additional, upper-division hours i n physics. Required s u pporting courses: Math 1 5 I . 1 52. 253.

MINOR: Physics 1 53 or 1 25; 1 54 or 1 26; 1 63 or \ 35; 1 64 or 1 36; plus 12 additional hours i n physics (excluding Phy ics 1 10 ) , of which at least 8 must be upper division.

491 Independent Studies

Prerequisite: consent of the dean. I l I S ( 1 -4 )

495 Internship - SR

Pre-professional experiences closely related to student's career and academic interests. Prerequisites: declaration of major. sophomore status. and 10 hours in the major. (2-8 )

499 Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR ( 2-8 ) 501 Workshops ( 1-4 ) 560 Practicum ( I or 2 ) 591 Independent Studies 595 Internship

( 1--4 )

( 1 --4)

Physics

Also available is a major in Applie d Physics, which includes a substantial selection of courses from engineering ro prov i d e a challenging and highly ver 'alil .. degree. A p pli e d Physics can lead to research or advanced study in such are� as robotics-with application in space exploration or joint and l imb prosthetic ; growth of single-crystal metals, which would be thousands f times stronger than the best steels now available; mechanics of material failure, such as metal fatigue and fracture; turb u l nce in fluid flow; photovoltaic cell research for solnr energy develop ment; or applications of fluid flow and thermudynamics to the study of planetary atmo pheres and ocea Jl currents. While many Applied Physics graduates p ursue professional careers in industry i mmediately after graduation from P L , the program also provides excellent preparation for grad uate study in nearly all fields of engineering.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS:

253.535.7534 www.plll.edul-phys

Physics is the scientific study of the material u niverse at its most fundamental level: the mathematical description of space and time, and the behavior of matter from the elementary particles to the u n iverse as a whole. A physicist might study the inner workings of atoms and nuclei, the size and age of the universe. the behavior of high-temperature superconductors, or the life cycles of stars. Physicists use high-energy accelerators to search for quarks; they design new laser systems for applications in medicine and communications; they heat hydrogen gases to temperatures higher than the sun's core in the attempt to develop nuclear fusion a' an energy resource. From astrophysics to nuclear physics to optics and crystal structure, physics encompasses some of the most fundamental and exciting ideas ever consid ered.

FACULTY: Louie.

Applied Physics

Physics 1 53, 1 54. 1 63, 1 04, 223, 3 3 1 , 334. 354, 356. 499A, 499B; Computer Science 1 3 1 plus t(JU T (()urses, ne of whi h mu t be upper division, selected from: Computer Science 245. 345. 346, Physics 233, 234, 333. Physics 336 may be substituted t'O r Physics 234; Chemistry 3 4 1 may be substituted for Physics 333. Required supporting cou rses: Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25; Comp uter Scit'nce 1 44 or 240; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253. A typical applied physics program is as follows: First-year

Physi � 1 53, 1 63 Computer Science 1 3 1 Math 1 5 1 , 1 5 2

Sophomore

Physics 1 54, 1 64, 2 33, 234. 354 Math 253 Physics 223, 333, 356 Chemistry 1 20 omputer Science 1 44 Physics 33 1 . 334, 499A, 499R Computer Science 245

Junior

Senior

Chair; Greenwood, Louie, Starkovich, Tang,

Yi u .

Course Offerings Physics

The physics major offers a challenging program emphasizing a low student-teacher ratio and the opportunity to engage in independent research projects. There are two introductory cour e 'equences, College Physics and General Physics; the ,eneral Physics sequence incorporates calculus and is required for the Bachelor of Science major.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: Physics 1 53 , 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 223. 33 I. 332, 333, 336. 354, 356, 499A, 4998. Strongly recom mended: Physics 40 I and 406. Chemistry 3 4 1 may be substituted for Physics 333. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253.

1 10 Astronomy - NS, SM

Stars and their evolution, galaxies and larger structurc5, cosmol ogy. and the solar system. Emphasis on observational evidence. Evening observing sessions. Prerequisite: M ATH I I I . I ( 4 )

125 CoUege Physics

NS,

An introduction to the fundamental topics of physics. It is a non-calculus sequt!l1c�. involving only the use of trigonometry and college algebra. Concurrent r >gistration in (or previous completion of) 1 3 5 is required. Prerequisite: MATH 1 40 (or equivalent by placement exa m ) . I (4 )

115

VI U

126 CoHege Physics - NS, SM

333 Engineering Thermodynamics - NS

An introd uctio n to fundamental topics of physics. I t is a non calculus sequence, involving only the use of trigonometry and college alg bra. Concurrent registration in (or prevjous comple tion of) 1 36 is required. Prerequisite: 1 25. I I (4)

Classical, macroscopic thermodynamics with applications to physics, engineering, and chemistry. Thermodynamic state variables, cycles, and potentials; flow and non-flow systems; pure substances, mixtures, and solutions; phase transitions; introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Prerequisites: 1 54 and MATH 253. 1 (4)

135 College Physics Laboratory Basic laboratory exp riments are perform ed in conjunction with the College Physics sequence. Concurrent registration in 1 25 is required. I ( I )

136 College Physics Laboratory

Basic laboratory experiments are performed in conjunction with the College Physics sequence. .. oncurrent registration in 1 26 is requ ired. II ( I )

153 General Physics - NS, SM A calculus-level su rvey of the general fields of physics. including classical mechanics, wave motion, .:1 ctricity and magnetism. and optics. Concurrent registration in (or previous completion of) 163 is required. Prerequisite: MATH 1 5 1 . 1 1 J (4)

154 General Physics - NS, 8M A calculus-level survey of the general fields of pbysics, including classical mechanics. wave moli n, electricity and magnetism, and optics. Concurrent registration U1 (or previous completion of) 164 is required. Prerequisites: MATH 1 52. PHYS 1 53. I I I (4)

Fundamentals of engineering materials including mechanical, chemical, thermal, and electrical properties associated with metals, ceramics, polymers, composites, and semiconductors. Focus on how useful material properties can be engineered through control of microstructure. Prerequisites: 1 54; C H EM 1 20 or 1 25. I I ( 4 )

336 Classical Mechanics - N S Foundations of classical mechanics with an emphasis o n applications t o astronomy and celestial mechanics. Topics include applications of Newton's laws to particle motion in inertial and noninertial frames; systems of particles and rigid body dynamics; calculus of variations, lagrange's equations and the Hamiltonian formulation of mech,U1ics. Prerequisites: 1 54, 354 or MATH 3 5 1 (or consent of instructor) . II (4)

354 Mathematical Physics I - NS

Basic laboratory experiments ar e performed in conjunction with the General Physics sequence. Concurrent registration in 1 53 is r qui red I II ( I )

Ordinary differential equations, laplace transforms, functions of a complex variable, and contour integration are developed i n the context of examples from the fields of electromagnetism, waves, transport, vibrations, and mechanics. Prerequisites: 1 54 and MATH 253. I I (4)

164 General Physics Laboratory

356 Mathematical Ph)'llics 11 - NS

163 General Physics Laboratory

Ba ic laboratory experiments are performed in conjunction with the General Physics sequence. Concurrent registration in 1 54 is required. I II ( I )

223 Elementary Modern Pb)'llics - NS A sele ted treatment of various physical phenom na which are inadequately described b}' cl sSlcal methods of physics. Interp re tations which have been developed for these ph nomena since approximately 1 900 are presented at ,1l1 elementary level. Prerequisite: 1 54 and MATH 253. II ( 4 )

233 Engineering Statics - NS Engineering stati using vector algebra; conditions for equilib rium, resultant force systems. centroid and center of gravity, methods of virtual work, friction, kinematics of particles. Prere uisite: 1 53. 1 (2 )

234 Engineering Me.chanics o f Solids - N S defor mation, stre Mechanics of de� rmable solid bodi constitutive equations for elastic materials, thermoelasticity, tension, flexure, torsion. stability of equilibrium. Prerequisites: 1 54, 233. 1 1 ( 4 ) I

321 Introduction t o Astrophysics Application of physics to the study of stellar structure, galactic astronomy, and cosmology. Introduction to observational techniques. Qualified students may wish to combine this course with observational w rk at PlU's W. M. Ke k Obs rvatory. [)rerequisites: 154 and M ATH 253. Concurrent enrollment in 223 is r co mmended. a/y ( 4 )

3 3 1 .Electromagnetic Theory - NS Electrostatics, dipole fields, fields in dielectric materials, electromagnetic induction, magnetic properti s of mauer, in conjunction with the development of Maxwell's e uations. Prerequisites: 1 5 3, 1 54 Jnd MATH 253. I (4)

332 Ele.ctromagnmc Waves and Physical Optics - NS Proceeding from Maxwell's equations, the generati n and propagation of electromagnetic waves is developed with particular emphasis on their :1pplication to physical optics. Prerequisite: 3 3 1 . II a/y (4)

1 16

334 Engineering Materials Science - NS

P A C I F

L U T

R A N

V E

T Y

Fomier analysis, boundary-value problems, special fu nctions, and eigenvalue problems are developed and illustrated through applications in physics. Prerequisite: 354. I ( 4 )

401 Introduction t o Quantum Mechanics - NS The ideas and techniques of quantum mechanics are developed. Corequisite: 356. a/y I (4)

406 Advanced Modern Physics - NS Modern theories are used to describe topics of contemporary importance such as atomic and sub-atomic phenomena, plasmas, solid-state, and astrophysical events. Prerequisite: 40 I. a/y II ( 4 )

491 Independent Studies ( 1- 4 ) 497 Research ( 1 - 4 ) 498 Research ( 1 - 4 ) 499A Advanced Laboratory I Selected experiments from both classical and modern physics are performed using state of the art instrumentation. With 4998 meets the senior seminar/project requirement. Corequisite: 33 1 . I (I)

4998 Advanced Laboratory II - SR Continuation of 499A with emphasis on design and implemen tation of a project under the guidance of the physics staff. With 499A meets the senior seminar/project requirement. Prerequisite: 499A. I I ( I )

Pol itica I Science 25 .535.75 5 IVww.plll.edtll-pols The ludent

of poli lics . eeks

RESIDENCY: A m inimum of 1 2 semester hours for the major and 8 semester hours for the m inor must be taken in residence. MINOR IN THE AMERICAS: See AmeriCils. MINOR IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS: 24 semester hours. including

undt'[Sland how governments are organized and structured, how politi I pro esses are employed. and the rela tionshi p of structures and proces�es to societal purpose . Sine p<)litical ac\-jvity may embody and rel1ect the fuU range of human valm's, the study of politics includes realities of politic while al th� 'ame time a king how well political systems wo rk, what purp s s are and ought to be served. and what effects r ult from political phenom ena. Political science encou rages a critical under:tanding f g vernment and politics in the belief that a knowledgeable. interested. and aware citizenry is needed in a democratic society. I

FACULTY: Spencer. Chair; Dwyer-Shick. 'rosvenor. Kelleher. Olufs. Courses i n olitical cience explore various topics in American government and politics. international relations and foreign policy, comparative government and area studies, political philosophy and theory, and public p{,licy and law. The depart ment provides pre-professional training leading to careers in teaching, law. government. and related fields. The study of politics touches upon other disciplines which inqu ire into human behavior and development, ranging from h' tory and philosophy to psychology, communication. and cm. s-cultural studies. Students of political science have the pportull i ty to combin the academic study of government and po litics with practi cal experience by participation in one of the intern fli pr gram po nsored by the department. T he departm ent spon ors or otherwise encourages active studen t participation in poli tical life through cia activities and through uch campus orga nizat ions as the Young Democrats and the Young Republicans. There are no prerequisites for political science courses. except as n t d. PriM consultation with the instructor of any advanced course is invited. Students wishing t pursue a major or m inor i n oIitical science are requested t o declar the major or minor with the department chai - a.. , soon as possible.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester hours. Required courses: 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 , 325, 499 ( 1 6 semester hours). Distributiollal requirement: One cou rse from each of Group A and Gr() p B (8 semester h urs ) . Group A - American G vernment and Public Pol icy: 345, 346, 354, 36 1 . 363. 364. 368. 37 1 . 72, 373 . roup B International Relations, Comparativ Government. and Politica l Thought: 326, 33 1 , 38. 347, 38 1 , 382. 383. 38 , 3 87. Electives: M inimum of 1 2 semester hours selected from the Political Science curriculum. Major programs �hould be planned in nsultation with a depa rt ment al advisor. In some instances, an i n ternship (450. 458. 464, r 47 1 ) may be substituted for 499; h wever. students must plan this option with the appropriate tac Ity intern supervisor, in con:uitation with the departmental chai r. -

MINOR: Minimum of 20 semester hours including 1 0 1 and l S I . Minor program sh uld be planned i n consultation with a departmen tal ad visor.

ON CURRENT ATTAINMENT: No more than 8 semester hours taken to satisfy other major or minor requirements may aJso be applied to the political science major. No more than 4 such semester hours mal' also be applied to the political science minor.

345 ( required) and 2 0 hours from economics, political science, sociology, or statistics. This minor offers an interdisciplinary study designed to support many major programs whose content has implications for public affairs and is particularly useful to students contem plating careers in public service or graduate study in public administration, public affairs, and related programs. The Public Affairs minor includes the following requiremen ts: ( 1 ) Political Science 345. Government and Public Policy; ( 2) at least five additional courses from three of the following groups (courses which are taken as part of a major program may not also count toward the Public Affairs minor) : Political Science ( minimum o f 8 hours if this group is selected) 1 5 1 American Government 354 State and Local Government 363 Politics and the Media 364 The Legislative Process Economics (minimum of 8 hours if this group is selected) 1 5 1 . 1 5 2 Principles of Macroeconomics and M icroeconomics (or 1 30 Global and Environmental Economic Principles) 3 2 1 Labor Economics, Labor Relations, and Human Resources 362 Public Finance 3 7 1 Industrial Organization and Public Policy Sociology ( m inimum of 4 hours if this group is selected) 240 Social Problems 386 Equality and Inequality 4 1 3 Crime and Society Sw tistics (4 hour ) 2 3 1 Introductory Statistics On approval by the Public Affairs advisor, up to 8 hours may be earned through participation i n an in ternship program as a substitute for courses listed above (except Political Science 345 ) . Internship opportunities are offered through several depart ments, and through the Cooperative Education Program, and provide students with actual work experience in diverse public and private agencies. Students interested in internships are urged to consult with their academic advisors and with intern faculty advisors at an early date. Students interested in the Public Affairs minor should declare the minor in the Department of Political Science and consult with the department's Public Affairs advisor.

"'II

o I"'"

n � I"'"

III n m Z n m

MINOR IN LEGAL STUDIES: 20 semester hours. For additional information. see Legal Studies.

PRE-LAW: For information, see Pre-professional Programs. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: For information, see School ofErillCiltion.

Course Offerings 1 0 1 Introduction to Political Science - SI An introduction to the major concepts, theories, ideas. and fields of study relating to politics and governmental systems. ( 4 ) l S I American Government - SI

A survey of the constitutional foundations of the American political system and f institutions. processes. and practices relating to participation. decision-making, and public policy i n American national government.

170 Introduction to Legal Studies - SI An examination of the nature of law, judicial process, and participant roles in the legal system. ( 4 ) P

I F

U T

I T Y

117

2 10

Global Pel'Spectives: The World

in Change - C, S 1

372

A su r ve y of glob I i s ue s ; od rn L/.Alt iun and development; ec:oDll m ic c h an gt; and i n ternat ional trade; d im in i s hi n g resources; wa r and resolution; peace cmd j u sti ce; and cult ural d iversity. w V

23 1

2 1 0. ) ( 4 )

T H 2 1 0 a nd H l

(Cros lis ted wi th A

survey co u rs e in i ntemation31 rdalions w i t h e m phasis o n c ur re n t e en! . (4)

282

11\

A cum p a ra t iv e weii' of t h e con te m porar y pol i ti c s of t h e weste-rn

-I

"'"

325

C U T rent

contl ict and cooperation.

w ri ti ng.

(4)

381

382

pflht: major ideologies of thl:' modern world . (4)

338

383

cultures of key European stat es, i n c l u d i n g F r a n ce , n i led Kingdom. ( 4 )

The governmental s ys t e m and pol i ti c al life of Canada, with special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e consti t u t ion, po l it i ca l p ar t ies , national ism and sep ara tis m in Q u e bec , s el f- go ve r n m e n t of native peop l es, and c o m p a ra t i ve study of Canadian and U.S. political c ul tures. (4)

Environmental PoUties and Polley - S J

386

the rea l i ty o f European domi nance a n d its l ega cy, the fo rmation

Political .Economy - S 1

p res e n t Arab s ta te, and Israel. ( 4 )

o f th

oi n ci de . To p i c s i ndude the development

of c a p i ta l is m , socialist approaches. i n t ernat i onal issues. regio na l e x a m p le s , a n d methods of stu d y. P rereq u i s i t e: 1 0 1 ; ECON 1 5 1 , 1 52; (or 1 30 ) . ( 4 )

401

Wor:ksbops and Special Topics - 51 ( 1 - 4)

43 1

Advanced Interoational Relations - S I

Exami nes various theo ries of internat i nal conflict manilgement, i ncl u ding in-depth analy s is o f h istor ical exa m ples . The d vel o p

State and Local Governme.nl - S I

ment of i n te rn ationa l I a\\' and i nte rnational gove r n men tal organizations are also considered. Prerequisite: 33 1 . ( 4 )

liovernment::d t ruct ures, pro esses, and pol i c y at state, local, and re g ional lt·vels o f the A me r i c an system. (4) Political Parties and Elections - 5 1

St udy of par t y and electoral sy.terns

with par ticul a r em p ha s is on Mneric n p a rt i ts ,1 I1.d electio ns. Examination o f party ro les in el ecti ons a nd govern m en t ; party fi n anci ng; i n terest groups a n d J'olit i ca l action comm i l tee�; and vo ting beh av i or.

(4)

450

Intern.ship in Politic. - S I

458

lDtemship in PubBc Administration - 5 I

In tern sh i p in the pu l i t i cal d i men s i ons of non -governmen tal organizations. By de p a r t men tal consen t on l y. ( 4- 1 2)

An i n te rn s h ip w i t h a g over n m en t depa r t m ent Or a g ency. B)' depart men tal co nsen t onl)'.

Politics a n d the Media - 5 1

( 4- 1 2 )

in A me r i ca n government, polit ics, a n d polj( . t t e n tio n t o P' li l i cal culture , p ubli c opinion, po l l s and s urveys, press freeliom and responsibility. and governmental

464 Internship i n the Legislative Process - 5 I

r gula ti on , secrecy. and m a n i pulation.

level.

'Lhe role of m a s : media

An o pp o r t u ni t y to stu d), the process fro m the insid e by work in g

with legi s l a tive pa r t icipants at the na t i onal, state or local By de part men t consent only. ( I n ternships with the Wa s hi ng ton State Legis lat u re are o p en only to j u ni\)rs and seniors w i t h at least one yea r at Pl.U who h ave \ en or take con c u r ren tly 364. ) (4- 1 2 )

d i rectly

(4)

The Legislative Process - S I

A s t u d y of th e o r y, o rg.l I1 ization, a n d pro ced u re of the Congress and other l e g i�hl iv\:! bodi ' i n the United States. ( 4 )

47 1

368 Th e American Presideney - 5 1 po l iti c a l nffice i n t er m s o f t h e roles ;mu expect at ion s of the 0 ICe, �tyles of leadership, presiden t ial deciSIOn-makin g, po we r s and l imitat ions, and t h e interaction of

Study o f t h e n a t ion's h ighest

Internship in Legal Studies - S I

An i n ternship with a p r ivat e or p ubli c sector agenc '

371 JueUdal Process - 5 1

By de p art men t consent o n l y. ( 1 -4 )

·al proccs

in var iou s adjudicatory

499

Independent Stud1es Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR

I n tensive study i n to to p i c s, concepts, issues, and methods o f inl(uiry in polit ical sc i e n ce . F m p has i s o n student research,

writing, and pre s e nta t ion . P A C

L U

A N

o ffice

departmental consent onl y. ( 4 )

491

e t ti n gs. PrimJ r}, attention g i ve n to j udic i a l processes fo c usi ng Oil A merica n c i v i l a n d c r i m i n a l law. ( 4 )

engaged in legal resea rch, l i tiga t io n , or bw enforcemc·nt. By

personal ity and in st i tut io n. (4)

An e.xa m i na t il�n of Ie

1 18

The Middle East - C, S I

Con tra�ts the hi st o ry a n d a s pi rat ions of the Ara b Nations with

A n exa minat ion o f the ways t h a t po l i tic s a n d economics

364

r ma ny, I tal y,

385 Canadian Government and Politics - S I

An ex a m i nat ion o f envirOllllental probl e ms from polit ical perspe d iVc!�, i n c l u di n g i n t r n a t i nnl an d domestic political conte t, and method, f ev a l u a t i n g policies. (4)

363

p ol i cy. ( 4 )

Modern European Politics - SI

a n d the

intcgr,lted approach to th e n a t u re of public poliC)!, with em p h as is on su bs t a n t i e pro b l em s , the deve l op ment of pol icy re sp o n ,es by p ol i t i cal institutions, and the i mpacts of policies. ( 4 )

36J

Com pa ra t ive themes include

n � t i t u t i () n s and institutio ns, p o l i ti ca l

and a n exam i nat ion o f the governmental systems and pol i tical

354

A s tud y of the origins and devel op m en t of the European Union

American foreign Polley - 51

345 Government and Public Policy - S I

347

Malaysia, Indonesia, and Vietnam.

c u l t ure, p o l it ical power, and eco n o m i c and so c i a l

a n a l y s is o f the i n t e r n ationa l s yst e m h igh li ght i ng (4)

fhe rol e of the lln i ted t a tes i n i n ternational a ffa i rs. An a nal ys is ()f lh� m aj o r factors in the fo rmu lation and e ec u t ion of t he Uniled S \,l tcs fo reign policy and i t s i mpa c t on other powers. (4)

346

East As ian Politics - S I

A com parative a nalysis of tht: polit i c� Df Japan, 'hina, Korea, the regional context,

in 'tate in t e rac ti o n .

pattern

legal system s around the world as the)! actually work within (4)

their respective political, economic, social, and cultural contexts.

33 1 Int erna tional Relations - S I A sy�te matlc

(4)

Comps1'8tive Legal Systems - C , S 1

Study of

Recent Political Thought - 5 1 ·aminati

Legal Studies Research - S I

I n troduction to various methods of l ega l a n a lysis. resea rc h , a n d

Political Thought - S I

A aitical

sp ecia l e m p h a s is given to freed om of express ion and association, r el ig io u s free dom , right s in n i m i n a l p roceedings , due process, and eq ual protection. ( 4 )

374

A survey of the or ig i n , nd evolution o f major pol i t ical concepts i n ancient, m ediev a l , and early modern ti m e s . ( 4 )

326

Civil Rights and Civil Uberties - S1

States w i t h

Politics in the: Americas - 5 1

background to

com merce, and pol i ti cal and constitutional res t ri ct i ons on gove r n me n tal power. (4)

The con s t i t u t ional basis o f r ig h ts and l iber ties in the United

h em is ph re, cove rin g the united States, Canada, l.a t i n America, and the Ca r i bbe a n . Key themes are govern mental systems, pol i t i c a l c u l t u re , ec nomic deve! pment, and the h istorical t-

States with s pec i a l emphasis given to j u dici al review, se par a t ion of powers, federalism, i n terstate

373

Current International Is!lUes - 5 1

Constitutional Law - SI

The constitutional basis of govern men tal powers in the United

By depart m e n t a l consent on ly. ( 4 )

Pre-Professional Studies Tile followillg pre-professional studies do /lot constitute academic majors, but are programs of study designed to fa cilitate further graduate or professiOlzal work after completiol! of a disciplinary major at PLU.

Health Sciences wWlv. nsci.plll. edulhsc

The Division of Natural Sciences health science committee advises students aspiring to careers in the health sciences. Stu dents having such interests are encouraged to obtain a health sciences advisor early in their program. Summarized below are pre-professional requirements for many health science areas; additional information is available through the health science comm ittee. Catalogs and brochures for many schools and pro grams are available to students in the Rieke Science Center. DENTISTRY, MEDICINE, AND VETERINARY MEDICINE:

The overwhelming majority of students entering the professional schools for these careers have earned baccalaureate degrees, securing a broad educational background in the process. This background includes a thorough preparation in the sciences as well as study in the social sciences and the humanities. There are no pre-professional majors at PLU; rather students should select the major which best matches their interests and which best prepares them for alternative careers. In addition to the general university requirements and the courses needed to complete the student's major, the following are generally required for admis sion to the professional program: Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323; Chemistry 1 20 (or 1 25 ) , 232, 332, and 338 (with all laboratories ) ; Mathematics 1 40; Physics 1 25 a n d 1 26 o r Physics 1 53 a n d 1 54 ( with appropriate laboratories). Check with a health science advisor for exceptions or for additions suggested by specific professional schools. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY: The university no longer offers a

medical technology degree, but continues to provide academic preparation suitable for admission to medical technology, hematology, and clinical chemistry programs. Minimal require ments include: Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323, 328, 407, 448; Chemistry 1 20, 232, 234, 332, 3 34, 338; Mathematics 1 40. Recommended courses include: Biology 332, 348, 44 1 ; Chemistry 403; Physics 1 25, 1 26, 1 35, 1 36. OPTOMETRY: Although two years of pre-optometry study is

the minimum required, most students accepted by a school of optometry have completed at least three years of undergraduate work. A large percentage of students accepted by schools of optometry have earned a baccalaureate degree. For those students who have not completed a baccalaureate degree, completion of such a degree must be done in conjunction with optometry professional studies. The requirements for admission to the schools of optometry vary. However, the basic science and mathematics requirements are generally uniform and include: Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323; Chem istry 1 20 ( or 1 2S ) , 232, 3 32, and 338 ( with all laboratories) ; one year of college mathematics, including calculus (at least through Mathematics 1 5 1 ) ; Physics 1 25 and 1 26, or Physics 1 53 and 1 54 ( with appropriate laboratories). In addition, each school of optometry has its own specific requirements; check with a health science advisor. PHARMACY: Although the pre-pharmacy requirements for

individual schools vary (check with a health science advisor), the fol lowing courses are usually required: one year of general chemistry; one year of organic chemistry, with laboratory; col lege-level mathematics (often including calculus); one year of English composition. Other courses often required include

microbiology, analytical chemistry, and introductory courses i n communication, economics, and political science. For example, the University of Washington School of Pharmacy has approved the following courses as being equivalent to the first two years of its program leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy degree: Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 20 1 or 328; Chemistry 1 20 (or 1 25 ) , 232 (with labora tory 234 ) , 332 (with laboratory 334 ) , and 338 ; Mathematics 1 28 or l S I ; Statistics 23 1 or Math 24 1 ; Writing 1 0 1 and a second course in writing; electives from humanities and social sciences. Total credits should not be fewer than 60 semester hours. PHYSICAL THERAPY: Acceptance to schools of physical

therapy has become increasingly competitive in recent years, and students interested in physical therapy are strongly encouraged to meet with a health science advisor as early as possible to determine prerequisites for specific schools. All physical therapy programs are doctoral programs. Therefore, potential applicants should plan on completing a baccalaureate degree in conjunction with satisfying admission requirements. The requirements for admission to schools of physical therapy vary. However the basic science and mathematics requirements are generally uniform and include: Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323: Chemistry 1 20, 232; Mathematics 1 40; Physics 1 25 and 1 26 (with laboratories). I n addition to the principles of biology sequence, applicants must complete courses in anatomy and physiology. This admission requirement is met by either the combination 205 and 206 or the combination 36 1 and 44 1 ; biology majors should take 36 1 and 44 1 , the clear preference of several schools of physical therapy. In addition to the science and mathematics requirements, the various schools have specific social science and humanities requirements. Check with a health science advisor regarding these requirements.

"'\I ;It!

... m VI VI

o z > r-

VI -i C o

m VI

Law 253.535.7595 www.plu. edu/�legalstd

Preparation for law school at PLU is an advising system rather than a curriculum of prescribed major/minor or otherwise organized courses. The primary reason for such an approach is that the admissions committees of U.S. law schools generally recommend that applicants be well and broadly educated. They tend to seek applicants who are literate and numerate, who are critical thinkers and articulate communicators. In essence, they value exactly what a sound liberal arts education provides indeed, requires. Therefore, regardless of their declared majors and minors, students considering law school are encouraged to demonstrate proficiency in courses selected from across the disciplines and schools while undergraduates at PLU. An appropriate curricular program should be structured from a mix of the students' personal academic i nterests, their professional inclinations, and coursework aimed at developing intellectual skills and resources apt to generate success in legal study and practice. Recent successful PLU applicants to law schools have taken such diverse courses as those in the anthropology of contempo rary America, social science research methods, American popular culture, English Renaissance literature, newswriting and argumentation, recent political thought, international relations, free-lance writing, intermediate German, animal behavior, neuropsychology, public finance, logic, and moral philosophy. Diversity and challenge are crucial to preparation for the study of law. However, pre-law students are also advised to take courses, chosen in consultation with the pre-law advisor, that will help them to identify, develop, and explore perspectives on the character of U.S. law. Courses in U.S. government and h istory, judicial and legislative p rocesses, research materials and methods, and internships may be particularly useful in this

P A C

U N

T Y

119

rega rd. Fin, lIy, studen s with an interest in the law are encour aged 10 participate in the ac tivities of PlU's chapter of Phi Alpha

Delta Fraternity Internati nal, a professional service organiza

\II loll

c( z o \II \II

loll ...

o a: Q. Ilol a: Q.

I I I , 1 1 2 I ntroduction to Military Science

tion composed of law and pre-law students, legal educators, att rneys, j udges, and government officiaL;. Regardles of th ir major or minors, students inter �ted i n pre-law advising a n d activities a r e invited t o register with th e Pre-Law Center in the Department f Political Science.

An introduction to the United States Army. Includes an intro duction to military science and its organization, leadership, land navigation, map reading, operation orders, and the traditi ons of the United States Army. Provid 5 a look at the military a a profession and its ethi al base. ourse includes Army Physical Fitness Test a nd training. ( 2 ) 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 Introduction 10 Leadersbip A continuation of basic officer skills. f rea s of emphasis are team

Military Science (Army ROTC)

building, squad tactics, 0 erations orders, land navigation, ethics and professionalism, total fitne s and military fi rst aid. ( 2 )

253.535.8740 IVww.plu.edu!-rotc

The objective of the military science instruction within Amly ROTC ( Reserve Officer Training Co r ps) is to prepare academi cal l y and physically qualified coli ge women and men for the rigor and challenge of serving as an officer in the United States Army-Active, National Guard. or Re-erve. To that end, the pro gram st ress s service to country and community through the development and enhancement of leadership competencies which support and build n the concept of service leader hip_ Army ROTC is offered to PlU students on canlpus. The lower-division cou rses are open to all ludents ,lIld are an excel lenl ource of leadership and ethics training for any career. They do not require a m ilitary ommitment for non-scholarship students. 111C upper-division courses are open to qual i fied stu dents. ROTC is traditionally a four-year program; however, an individual may complete the program in three or two years. Contact the PLU Military Science t:partment for details. Participation in the introductory Military Science courses at PLU is open to all students. -tudents may choose to continue in the adva nced courses with the go.d of recei ing a commission aft r uccessful completion of the program and receiving a university degree. Student� e king a commission are often recipients of an R: TC scholarship_ Being commissioned i n the m ilitary and/or receiving a scholarship involves meeting requirements establ ished by the United States military. For specific requirem�nh' in contracting or scholarship eligibility, students may contact the M i l i tary Science Department. Department of Defense policies ar not consistent with PLU's 111cl us i n of sexual orientation in the appliccltion of i ts Non Discrimination f EqU:ll Ed uca 'onal Opportunity policies. The u niversity is reviewing methods of attemp ting to mitigate those inconsistencies. Financial assistance in the form of two-, three-, and four-year s h larships i vailable to qualified a pp li c a n ts. cholarships al rded are for $ 1 7,000 for tu ition pl us a b o k allowance o f $600 a nd a monthly stipend o f $250- 400. Stud nt i n upper division cOUJses not on scholarship also receive a 5350-3400 s t i p nd. To be commissioned an officer in the United States Army, a gra uate must complete the military science curriculum, induding S11cces ful completion of a four-week advanced camp during the summer before the senior year. Additional informa tion on th Army ROTC program may be obtained by writing rmy ROTC, Pacific Lutheran Univer,ity, Tacoma. 'VA 98447. FACULTY: Lieutenant

olone! Brown, Chair

The b sic course consists of two hours of academ ic instruction

alld military trainl tlg per week each semester ot the first Jnd ophomore years. Students beginning the course <ill s(}phomon:� can compress the basic course by attending additional olcademi c i n truction. There i ' no military comrnilm llt o r non-scholar ship stude-nts in the basic course. The advanced course consists of additional academic in truction and physi -.J! conditioning plus a four-week advanced summer camp at Fort I.ewis, Washington. Students are furnish ed with uniforms and selected textbooks for military science courses. 1 20

I F i

Course Offerings: Basic Course

Course Offerings: Advanced Course 3 1 1 , 3 1 2 Leadership and Management

A survey of leadership/management and motivational theories. An orienwti n n the competencies required for the small unit leader. Includes ta ti s, communications, and land navigation. ( 3 ) 4 1 1 , 4 12 Professionalism and Ethics Covers Ar ly values,

thics. and pr lfussionalism, responsibilities to subordinates, sel f, and country, law of land warfare, and the resolution of ethical/va l u d ilemma.s. Also covers logistic and justice s}'stems and the interaction of special staff and command functions. ( 3 ) A maximum o f 24 semester hours earned i n ROTC programs may be applied toward a haccalaureate degree at PlU. Students receiving more than 1 2 semester hours of ROTC credit toward a PLU degree are required to take one of the following: Note:

History 23 1 World War Two in China and lapan, 1 93 1 - 1 945 - C, SI

(4)

History 329 Europe and the \"'orld Wars, IlJ 1 4- 1 945 - S I ( 4 ) History 352 T h e American Revolution - S I ( 4 ) History 356 A m e r i can [ ip!omatic Hist ry - S I ( 4 ) Histoq' 3 8 1 T h e Vietnam War a n d American Society - S 1 ( 4 ) International Core 22 1 The E ' p er i e n c of War - 12 ( 4 ) International Core 222 Prospects for \Var and Peace - 1 2 ( 4 ) Ph i losophy ! 25 �'!oral Phi l os ophy - P H Ph ilos o p hy r3 Special Topics: Focus on Military Ethics or War - PH ( 4 ) Religion 365 Christian Moral Issues - R2 ( 4 )

Theological Studies Pre-theologi aJ students hould complete the requirements for the Bachelo f Arts d 'gree. He. ide t he general degree require ments, the Association of Theological Schools recommends the following: Ellglish: literature, composition, speech, and related studies. At least six semesters. History: ancient, m odem European, and American. At least three semcstas. Philosophy: orientation in h i. tory, content, and methods. At least three seme ters. Na tural Sciences: p referably physics. chemistry, and biology. At least tw scmI' ters. Social Scie11ces: psychology, sociology, economics, political science, and ucation. At lea I six �emesters, including at least one semester of ps}'chology. Foreign Languages - aile o r lIlore of the fol/owing: Latin, Greek, Hebrew, German, F rench. Students who anticipate post graduate studies are u rged to undertake these disciplines as earl), as possible ( a t least four semesters ) . Religion: a thorough knowledge o f B iblical content together with an introduction to major religious traditions and theological problems i n the context of the principal aspects o f human

cu lture a.� o u t lined above. At l ea�t t h ree semest eT . Stud nts

hour requ irement, then it must be Statistics 2 3 1 taught by a

may well ,e k coun el from t h

memb r of the psychology department.

seminary of their choice.

Of the po ssi ble majors, English, ph ilo. ophy, rel i g i o n nd the ocial science are regarded � the must desirable. ther areas are,

however. accepted .

A facul ty advisor w i l l assist students in the sele lion of cou rs , necessar y t

m e t the re q u ir e men t� of the tht:ological

school of their choice. At the present time, increaS i ng n umbers of wo men are enrolling at selected Protest

semina ries in pursuit

of the Master f D ivin it), degr e. Cnnsult the Religion men!

epart

hai r fo r fu rther i n t(Hmation.

The m i nor

1Il

psychology is designed to supplement another

major in the l iberal art. o r a degree program i n a professional school, such as busi ness, education,

n ursing. "

Psychology 1 1 0 , 1 1 1 , and 1 1 3 do not co u n t toward the major or

m i nor.

COURSE PREREQUISITES: A grade of C- o r higher must have been earned in a course in order fo r i t to qualify as a prerequisi te.

'" :I: o ,...

CAPSTONE: Psychology majors are required to complete a

capstone project and present this project at the Psychology

Research ConfeTence held every spring term. The capstone

project may be a project adapted from an uper-division psychology course compl ted by the st udent or an i n dependent

Psychology

advanced research project ( see the department's handout on the capstone fo r more details and project options). Note that the

253.535.7294 Psychology is a scientific discipline that ee ' to llIlderstand human and nonhum n behavior. Psychology is als(} a profess ion that seeks to change behavior for the betterment of humankind. Through its

curriculum. research activities, and

use

of community reso urces, the

Depart ment of Psychology provid4:Sstudents wit h a bal;mced

exposure to psychology as

scientific discipline and profession.

The m. j r in psychology ( a ) int roduces students to s ien tific mcth ds ( p ychology, to theories and ruea rch findings from the core areas of ps)'chology, and to the history of psycholo�y; (b) pI vides students with opportunit ie ' to explore advanced topics in scientific and profe sional psychology, conduct psychological

criteria faculty will use to evaluate the capstone are i n all l i k li hood more stringent than those used to evaluate a project with i n a class. The fac ulty ex pects that when you adapt a project

from a particula r course you w i l l put considerable additional work into that project. The capstone project cannot be a project

completed in Psychology 242 or Statistics 2 3 1 , with the exception of a 242 or 23 1 p roject that is also presented at a professional meet tng.

Course Offe rings

research, and gain exposure to the practice of psychology i n

101 Introduction to Psychology - S2

community settings; a n d (c) h l p � prepare tudents fo r postgradu

An i n troduction to the scientific study of behavior a n d mental

ate work in psychology or in relat ed pro fe s iOIlS, su h ,1S so ial york,

proces

education, m dicine, law, and busine�s. The major is an excellent

thi nki ng, devel op ment, emotio n, personality, mental i l l ness, and

general prepara ti n fGr employm nt in a variety of settings.

social behavior. I I I

The psychology program is des i gn e d to meet the nt"tds of a

v riety of student·. To this end, tl Bachelor of Arts provid

majors are offered: the

nd the Bachelor of Science. Either degree

a solid foundalion in psychology, and either can serve as

pre pa ra ti o n for p

tgraduate study or employmcmt. However, for

those students who intend to p u rsue the doctorate ill psychology

fol lowing gradU.!tion from PLU, the BJchelor of Science degree is likely to provide an e�pecially strong prepa ration. The Bachelor of

Science degree is also an excellent pre- p rofessional degree for those stude nt who pl.tn to 'nter th

field:. ,f dentistry, medicine

(all branches, including psych iatry ) , public health, or veterinary

medicine. Many in busi ness, educati on . n u rsing, and social work find a ltouble major with psychology to he a valuable addition to their training.

FACULTY: 'h

re,

Cha ir; Anderson, R.M. Brown, Goedert, ose l l , Toyokawa.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 31l semester hOUTS in psychol ogy including 1 0 1 i 242; 493; one of J40, 34 2, 346, 348; tine of

350, 352, 354; pl us 16 h o u rs o f elect ive psyd1010gy courses. In addition to the 36 hours in psychology, Statistics 23 1 ( p sychol ogy sec t ion) and accompanying lab are required.

BACHELO R OF SCmNCE MAJOR: 40 semester hours in psychology including 1 0 1 ; 242; 340 or 342; 346

r 348; 4Y3; one

lab section selected fTom 34 1 , 343, 347, 349; ()Ile

f 350, 3 52, 354;

48 1 ; plus 1 2 hours of elective psycholc)gy cour es. I n a d d i t i o n to the 40 hours in psychol ogy, Statistics 23 1 (psychology section) and accompiUlying lab and at least 20 semester hours in mathematics and natural s icnce are requ i red. Of thl! 20 hours, a t least 4 hours must be in mathematics and at least 8 hours in bi o l ()gy. Th se students wh , .Ifter graduatin<> (TOm PLU, plan to en ter schools of dentistry, medicine, public he Ith, or ve ter i n a ry med i in !o.hould

note the specific pre-professi onal mathemati

and sciente

requirements in the app ropriate sec.l ion� of this

talog.

MINOR: 20 semester hours, of which at least 1 2 hour) I11 U · t be re

Topics include learni ng, memory, perception,

(4)

1 1 0 Study Skills Effec tive techniques for colle ge study. Note- making. study methods, exami nati on skills, time management, educational plann i n g. Class work supplemen ted by individual counseling. ( May not be a p p l ied to core, language, or psycholog)' major or m i nor requirements.) [ I I

(I)

I I I College Reading Improvement of college-level read i ng skills. Previewing, skimming, sca n n i n g, rapid reading, cri tical reading, and study read ing. (May not be ap plied to core, language, or psychology major or minor requirements.) [ n

(I)

1 1 3 Career and Educational Planning: Finding Your Way Persona.! decision-making process applied t

Han 'vick, Moon, MoritslIgu,

taken in

e '.

i ence. If a statistics course is used as part of the 2()-

care r and

educational choices, .elf-assessment, exploration of the world of work, educational planni ng, reality testing, and bu i l d i ng career related experience. Does not meet general u niversity require ments or psychology major or m i nor requirements.

(I)

221 The Psychology of Adjustment - S2 Problem in personal adjustment to everyday issues. Exploration of possible coping so ltlti on . Prerequisite: 1 0 1 .

(2)

242 Advanced Statistics and Research Design A conti nu ation of Statistics 2 3 1 and accompanying lab taugh t by members of the p ychology department. Topics include single and multi-factor experimental designs and an alyses of variance, m u l t i ple regres ion, quasi -experim ents, surveys, and non par.mletTic s ' t istical techniques. Students w i l l learn to use computer p rogra ms

carry out statistical analyses and w i l l have

the opportu n i ty to d �ign and conduct their own research study. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: STAT 2 3 1 and accompany ing lab taugh t by Il1cmhers of the psychology department. ( 4 )

3 10 Personality Theories - S2 Strategies fo r the study of personali ty. Review of theories a n d research. Discussion of implications for cou nseling. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) P

121

320 Development Across the Lifespan - S2

4 1 5 Abnormal Psychology - S2

Biological, cognitive, social, and emotional development from conception through adulthood to death. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . (4)

Models of psychopathology. Diagnosis and treatment of abnormal behaviors. Prerequisite: 1 0 I ; STAT 23 1 or consent of unstructor. ( 4 )

330 Social Psychology - S2 > I.!) o ....I

o ::t: U > VI A.

The Study of how an individual's thoughts and behaviors are influenced by the presence of others. Research and theory concerning topics such as person perception, attitudes, group processes, prejudice, aggression and helping behavior are discussed. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

420 Adolescent Psychology - S2

Physical development, mental traits, social characteristics, and interests of adolescents; adjustments in home, school, and community. Prerequisite: 320. ( 2 ) 430 Peace Psychology - S2

Theories and practices for development of sustainable societies through the prevention of destructive conflict and violence. Focus upon nonviolent management of conflict and pursuit of social justice by empowering individuals and building cultures of peace. Prerequisite: 3 1 0, or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

335 Cultural Psychology - S2

The study of the relation between culture and human behavior. Topics include cognition, language, intelligence, emotion, development, social behavior, and mental health. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . (4) 345 Community Psychology - S2

Intervention strategies which focus primarily on communities and social systems. Particular stress on alternatives to traditional clinical styles for promoting the well-being of communities and groups. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . (4) 360 Psychology o f Language - S 2

The study of language as a means of communication and structured human behavior. Topics include: biological founda tion of language, psycholinguistics, speech perception and production, sentence and discourse comprehension, nonverbal ommunication, language acquisition, bilingualism, language disorders. Prerequisite: 1 0 I . (4)

Introduction to basic methods of counseling and psychotherapy, and examination of the theories from which these methods derive. Prerequisites: 3 1 0, 345, 4 1 0, or 4 1 5; or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 440 Human Neuropsychology - S2

Study of the neuroanatomical and neurophysiological mechanisms of behavior and mental function. Topics include perception, voluntary action, spatial processing, language, memory, emotion, social behavior, and consciousness Prerequisite: 1 0 I , 242. (4) 441 Experimental Research Laboratory in Neuropsychology

370 Gender and Sexualtiy - S2

Study of the social, biological and cultural factors that contribute to human sexuality and gender-related behavior. Topics include sexual identity, typical and atypical sexual behavior, reproduc tion, communication, intimate relationships, masculinity and femininity. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . (4) 375 Psychology of Women - A, S2

Exploration of psychological issues pertinent to women. I ncludes such topics as sex differences; psychological ramifications of menarche, child bearing, menopause, sexual harassment, and rape; women's experiences with work and achievement, love and sexuality, and psychological disorders. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . (4) 380 Psychology of Work - S2

Experiments and demonstrations related to neuropsychological phenomena. Emphasis on methodology in research on the brain and behavior. Prerequisite: 440 (or concurrent enrollment in 440) . aly (2) 442 Learning: Research and Theory - S 2

A critical overview of the research data on human and animal learning, and of the theoretical attempts to u nderstand those data. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , 242. ( 4 ) 443 Experimental Research Laboratory i n Learning

Experiments and demonstrations related to conditioning and learning in humans and aninlals. Emphasis on methodology in learning research. Prerequisite: 442 (or concurrent enrollment in 442). a1y (2) 446 Perception - S2

Integrating career planning into the study of human behavior in work settings. Application and extension of psychological principles to the individual operating within an organization context-including measuring and facilitating job performance, worker motivation, human factors, and group processes. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . (4)

The study of our interactions with the physical world and the nature of our understanding of it. Includes such topics as color vision, dark adaptation, hearing music and speech, taste, smell, pain, and sensory physiology. Prerequisites: 1 0 1 , 242. ( 4 ) 447 Experimental Research Laboratory in Perception

Experiments and demonstrations of perceptual events. Emphasis on methodology in perception research. Prerequisite: 446 (or concurrent enrollment in 446) . aly ( 2 )

385 Consumer Psychology - S2

Social psychological principles applied to consumer attitude formation and decision-making-e.g., perception of advertise ments, influence of reference groups and opinion leaders, and learning effects upon repeat purchasing. Emphasis on audience, message, and media factors. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

448 Cognitive Psychology - S2

The study of h uman thought. Topics include attention, percep tion, memory, knowledge and concept formation, language, problem-solving, and reasoning. Prerequisites: 1 0 I , 242. (4)

395 Research Laboratory

Experience in evaluating and conducting research in a desig nated area of psychology; may be offered from t ime to time as an elective to accompany various 300-level courses. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 2 )

449 Experimental Research Laboratory in Cognition

401 Workshop

481 Psychology Research Seminar - SR

Selected topics in psychology as announced. ( 1-4) 405 Workshop on Altet'nstive Perspectives - A, S2

Selected topics in psychology as announced which help fulfill the university requirement in alternative perspectives. (2 or 4 ) 4 1 0 Psychological Testing - S2

Survey of standardized tests; methods of development, standard ization; limitations and interpretations of tests. Prerequisites: 1 0 1 , STAT 2 3 1 ; or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 1 22

435 Theories and Methods o f Counseling and Psychotherapy - S2

Experiments and demonstrations related to h u man cognition. Emphasis on methodology in research on cognition. Prerequi site: 448 (or concurrent enrollment in 448 ) . aly ( 2 ) An advanced course providing students the opportunity to design and conduct ongoing research and review current re search in psychology. Directed toward helping students perform research studies that may be suitable for submission to journals or presentations at conferences. Strongly recommended in the j unior year for students with an interest in graduate studies. To maximize the effectiveness of the course, students are encour aged to give advance consideration to areas and designs for possible research. Prerequisites: 1 0 1 , 242, and consent of instructor. ( 2 )

483 Seminar - 52

S jected topi s i n p ythojogy as a n nOUI ced. Prerequ isi te: c ment of i ll tructor. MolY be repeated for cre di t. ( 2-4)

Marketing/ManagemC'nt: A p p roved co ur�e' in Bus i n �s ' ( 203,

308, 309, 3 1 0, 365, 467, 468) or Co m m u nication ( 3 H 1 , 385, 390, 438). Design/Prodllctioll: Approved cou rses i n Art ( 2 26, 326, 370, 396, 398, 426, 496) , English (3 1 4 ) , or om m u n i ca t ion ( 38 0 ) .

49 1 Independent Study A sup ervised adi ng, fi eld , or re arch project of special i n terest � r ad vanced u nderg raduate students. Prereqlli'it : consent of u per vi si. ng fac u l t y. ( 1 -4) 493 History and Systems of Psychology - SR

Historic I devel opmen t , contemporary forms , and basic major psychol ng i ca J theories a nd t radi ti ons.

assum p t i on. of th

ne of 440, 442, 446. 44H: one of 3 1 0, 320, 330. (4)

Prerequ is ites:

495 Internship

A practi um experience in Ihe c

Ol mu ll i ty

in the c l i n i cal, social,

and/or experime nt a l areill . Classro m f(lClL� on case

U p t o two courses ( 8 hou rs ) c a n b e l:Olln ted toward both

:::0 m r-

P PA m i no r and o th�r requirements, such as gcner<l l uni vers i t)" requi rem en ts , another m i llO!', or

major.

To earn a m i nor in Pu b li sh i ng a n d P r i n t i n ' Arts, students m ust demon trale word - p rocessing skills a nd kn owled

of page'

o z

layo u t software, a n d m u s t acqui re some for m of p ractical experi ence i n p u hlis h i ng-related

r' gained uuts ide the

c lassroom .

concept u,1liZ3lion Jnd presentation. Prerequisite: sophomore s tandi ng pl u one cou

in psychology and consent of t he

-6)

depar t men t. (

Rel igion

496 Re earch Practicum Resear h e. peri e n.:e under the di rect su pervision of a facul ty mem bt: , t udelHS may design a.nd/or conduct research i n a design,ued are a of p · yciHll o g y. Prerequisite: const:: n t of instruc tor. May be repeated fo r u p to 8 creJ i ts. ( 1 -4 ) Co rse O fferi ngs Pr r qu L � i te: 1 0 ! . ( 4 )

253.535.7776 II' WII'.plll . cd 11/-reli Religion is an attempt

u nd erst a n d the meani ng of hum an

existence. For Ch 'stian. mea n i ng i. re veal ed in th� love )f God in Jesus Chri t. The D p a rtm nt of Religion stands w i t h i n and a ffi rms this Christian context. I n a u niversity sett i n g thiS m eans t he serious academ ic st ud ),

Publ ish ing and Printing Arts

tions a n d seeks to unders t a n d

books i nto an excit i ng prolessi onal career i l l publi ' h i ng. One of o n l y a fe\v such p rograms i n t h e countr)', this til. t i n cl i ve interdiJ,d p l i nary curricultll IS c

in Publ i sh ing a n d Pri nt i ng Arts

highly respec t d by em ployers around the cou n t r y i t combines pre-professional skills a n d experience w i t h

t h e s l id tou ndation of a li beral ar ts education. T h i s 'ix-cou rse m i n r i ' desi gned t

give students w i t h t tents and i n terest i n

raph ic d si gn, com m u n ications, or b US i ness a head

wri tin .. ,

sta rt i n t o the world uf publish i n g and a b road variety of rel ated pr � � i ns. rhe PI' as

Criti cal study

c om m l J n h u m a n i t y as each

constructi ve i n terchange w i t h co n temporal')' s ociety. Fi n ally, i t calls for a shar i ng o f insights with o ther disciplines i n the 11l1iwr si ty as each sheds l igh on the human con d i tion. To these ends t h e Department of Rel igi on

offe r ' a

wi dl' range

of courses a n d oppor t u n ities. Furt hermore it cal l < stu dent , majors and non-majors a l i k

, to

consider que�tion: of mea n i ng,

p urpose, and va l ue in a societ y which all too often neglec ts the e questi on s.

FACULTY: K il l en , Chai,.; Batlen , B re az eal e , Cra wford , C ross, I ngra m, Oakman, Stivers,

llrven d, Trelstad, Tr udingcr.

UNIVERSITY CORE REQUmEMENTS: II sem ester hours for pm ram i s a n especial l)f valuable com plement to

maj rs cuncern d w i t h languaoe and the w r i tten word, majors such

. •

tra d i t io n adds its u n ique co n t ribution. It calls f r . � critical yet

For more than 25 yea rs Paci fi c Lutheran Un i versi ty's D epar tmen t () Engl ish h a s offered a war t o h e l p st u dents t ransl ate a love o f

( P PA)

Chri:tian tr a di ti o n , of Ch ris

f th

t i an th eol og y, and of world religious t rad i ti on

calls for open and aut hentic d i a lo gue with otht:: r religious tradi

Y .53 5.724 1 WWW.pll l. erill/-ppa

becau

of the Bible, of t h e h istory

E ngli h, Ian uage ', c.:ducali

public relations, jo urnal

students entering

ti rst-yea st udents or sophomor

Four

lower-division hours sh ou l d be taken before I he end of t h e sophomore year. The second 4 hour� may h . el (ttd from most

ism . market i ng, an

of the ot her offeri ngs i n the rel igion curTi u l um . Tran fer Stu

wiJe ,pectrum

dents entering as j u n i ors or sen iors

g ra phi c des ign . Bul st u dent s m ajori ng i n a f disci pl i n es-from biology to m llsic to

a nt hropology-have discovered t h e value of a P PA m i nor, too. It both helps

con ec t t hem to pu bJ ish i n , (IIr'er oppor tu nities i n

,Ire

requi red

lake 4 semes

ter h ours of rel igion (from l i n s l u r 2), un less pre enting H tra nsfer hours of reli gion from ot her regi onally ,.H.. c redite

col

t ho se ' ld. and p rovi des a richer u nderstanding of the com plex

leges or u n i v rsi t ies . . lu rses offered th rough correspondence,

roles th.lt written coml1l 11 n i c. tions of all .

on-li ne, and mdependen t stud ies arc not aece lted to meet th e

rt · play in our lives

and in vur modern world.

core req u i r ment i n Reli gious S t ud ies .

FACULTY: S. Robinson, Cilair.

fies that 4 hou rs must be taken from e ac h of two l i nes, as fol lows:

The Core I req u i remen t in R eli gious Stud ies (8 hou rs ) speci

PUBUSHJNG AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR: Three core CO l l r nglish

are req u i ed:

I I /Communi · .l ti on 3 2 1 Th� Book i n Soci ety

E ngl i. h 3 1 2/Coml1111 n icarion 322 Publ is h i ng Procedu rt:s [ngl i!'h 3 1 31 rl 33 1 T1 e A rt of the Bonk I In addition to this cours

�

12-hollr Cl

rc, students take th ree eiective

( 1 2 hour ) elected from at least two of the fol l owi ng

categories: writi ng/edit ing, marketing/management, and de�ign/prod ucti on.

Wrifing/ ;ditll1g:

II E ngl i sh w r i t i n g

Cllu rSt:�

b eyond Wri t i ng

1 0 I . i n cl ud i ng 403; appnJVed cou r St!s in Commu n i cation ( 2115. 3H4, 480 ) .

1. Biblical S tudies ( R I ) - 2 1 I , 2 1 2, 330, 3 3 1 , 332. 2. Christian Th ou gh t, IIi tory, and E x p rience (R2) - 1 2 1 , 22 1 . 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 360, 3b l , 362, 64, 365, 367, 3�8. 3. I ntegrative aJld Compllrat ive ReligiOUS S tudie ( R3) - 1 3 1 , 1 32, 230, 23 1 , 232, 23. , 234 , 235, 237, 239, 390, 39 1 , 392. PERSPECTIVES ON DIVERSITY REQUIREM ENT: I .� I, 1 32,

232, 233, 234, 235, 237, 247, 34 1 , 44, 347, and 392 ful t lll the cross-cultu ral l i ne. 257, 35 1 , 354, 357, a d 36H fulfill the a l terna tive l i ne .

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJ OR: 32 �el11ester hou rs w i th at least

4 hours i n each of the three li n

pl u s 499. 16 Df the 32 hllurs for

the major must be t a ken i n upper-division courses ( n um b e r d

F I e

123

z o

.... w ac

23 1 Myth, Ritual. and Symbol - R3

300 or higher). Transfer majors will normally take 20 hours in residence. Majors should plan their program early in consulta tion with departmental faculty. Closely related courses taught in other departments may be considered to apply toward the reli gion major in consultation with the chair of the department.

The nature of myth and its expression through symbol and ritual. (4) 232 The Buddhist Tradition - C, R3

I n troduction to the history and practice of Buddhist tradition in its South Asian, East Asian, and Western cultural contexts. ( 4 )

MINOR (TEACHER EDUCATION OPTION): 24 semester h urs; at least 4 hours in each of the three tines. Transfer minors

233 The ReUgions o f China - C . R3

u nder this option normally take 1 6 hours in residence. I ntended primarily for parochi I school tcachers enrolled in the School of Education.

Introduction to the major rel igious movements of China. ( 4 ) 234 The Religions o f Japan - C , R3

MINOR: 16 semester hours with no more than 8 hours in one of

the lines listed above. Transfer m inors under this option must take at least 8 hours in residence.

I ntroduction to the religious traditions of Japan. ( 4 ) 235 Islamic Traditions - C . R3

An introduction to the history, teachings, and practices of Islam. (4) 237 Judaism - C, R3

Historical development of Judabm's faith and commitment from early Biblical times to the present. ( 4 )

Course Offerings

239 Environment and Culture - R3

1 2 1 The Christian Tradit ion R2 The study of selected the logical questions and formulations examined in their social and historical contexts. ( 4 ) -

Study of the ways ill which en ironmental issues are shaped by human culture and values. Major conceptions of nature, includ ing non-western perspectives and issues in eco-justice. Critical evaluations of literature, arts, ethi s, conceptual fra meworks, history, and spirituality. ( Crosslisted wit h ENGL 239. ) ( 4 )

1 3 1 The Rel igions of South Asia - C , R3

Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Sikhi rn - their origins and development, expansion, and contemporary issues. ( 4 )

330 Old Testament Studies - R I

1 3 2 The Religions of East Asia - C , R3

Confucianism, Taoism, Chinese and Japanese Buddhism, Shinto, and the "new religions" of Japan - their origins, development, and contemporary issues. (4) 211 ReUgion and Literature of the Old Testament - R I

Literary, h istorical, a n d theological dimensions of t h e O l d Testa ment, including perspectives on contemporary issues. (4)

2 2 1 Ancient Church History - R2

The church in human service: the congregation, the church related college, contemporary contexts of world mission. (4) 361 (34 1 , 351) Church History Studies - R2

Selected area of inquiry, such as American-Scandinavian church history, religious experience among American minority commu nities, and the ecumenical movement. ( 4 )

222 Modern Church History - R2

B ginning with the Peace of Westphalia ( 1 648), interaction of the Christian faith with modern politics, science, and philoso phy; expansion in the world, modern movements. (4)

362 Luther R2 The man and his times, with major emphasis on his writing and creative theology. (4) -

223 American Church History - R2

Interaction of religious and social forces in American history, especially their impact on religious communities. (4)

364 (344, 354) Theological Studies - R2

Selected topic or movement within Christian theology. (4)

224 The Lutheran Heritage - R2

365 Christian Moral Issues - R2

Lutheranism as a movement within the church catholic: its history, doctrine, and worship in the context of today's pluralis tic and secular world. ( 4 )

In-depth exploration from the perspective of Christian ethics of selected moral issues such as peace and violence, the environment, sexuality, political and economic systems, hunger, and poverty. (4)

225 Faith and Spirituallty - R2

367 (347, 357) Major Religious Thinkers, Texts, and Genres - R2

Reflection on Christian li festyles, beliefs, and commitments. ( 4 ) 226 Christian Ethics - R2

In-depth study of major figures, texts, or genres in Christian and non-Christian religious traditions, focusing especially on the theology and religious thought of these traditions. Fulfill s either line 2 or 3 as appropriate. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 4 )

Introducti n to the personal and social ethical dimensions of Christian life and thought with attention to primary theological positions and specific problem areas. (4) 227 (247, 257) Christian Theology - R2

368 Feminist and Womanist Theologies - A, R2 A study of major theological themes and issues through global women's perspectives on gender. (4)

Su rvey of selectcd topics or movements in Christian theology designed to introduce the themes and methodologies of the discipline. (4)

390 Studies in History of Religions - R3

230 Religion and Culture - R3

Explores the interrelation and interaction of religion and culture in a variety of world religious t raditions. I ncorporates recog nized methodologies in academic religious studies. ( 4 )

- RI

360 Studies i n Church Ministry - R2

Origins, thought, and expansion of the Christian Church; rise of the Papacy, expansion in Europe and the growth of Christian involvement in culture, to the end of the Papacy of Gregory I ( 604 CE). ( 4 )

Major areas of inquiry: intertestamental, synoptic, Johannine, o r Pauline literatur� or New Testament theology. ( 4 ) Historical survey of "Life of Jesus" research; form and redaction criticism of the gospel tradition; the religious dimensions of Jesus' life and thought. Prerequisite: one lower-division RELI course or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

Literary, historical, and theological dimensions of the New Testament, including perspectives on contemporary issues. ( 4 )

3 3 1 New Testament Studies - R I

3 3 2 The Life o f Jes

2 1 2 ReUgion and Literature o f the New Testament - R I

1 24

Major areas of inquiry: the prophets, psalms, wisdom literature, mythology, theology, or biblical archeology. ( 4 )

H istorical study of specific non- hristian religions such as the traditions of India and Chma, Judaism, and Islam. (4)

391 Sociology of Religion - R3

SCANDINAViAN COURSES

Multi-cultural investig lion of religious experience, belief, and ritual in relation to their social settings with particular attention to new forms of digion in America. (Crosslisted with SOCI 39 1 . ) (4)

La IIgu ages:

392 God, Magic:, and Mora.l.s - C, R3 Anthrop logy of religion. (Crosslisted with ANTH 392) . (4) 491 Independent Studies

orwegian 1 0 1 , 1 02 Elementary Norwegian 20 1 , 202 In termediate Norwegian 30 I Conversa tion and Composition Norwegian 302 Advanced onversation and Composition Scandinavian 1 50 Introduction to Scandinavia Scandinavian 322 Scandinavia and World Politics Scandinavian 324 The Emigrants Scandinavian 327 The Vikings

Inte nded for religion majors, a anced and graduate students; consent of the depJrtment i ' required. ( 1-4) 499 Capstone: Research Seminar - SR

Discussion of common readings nd a major research and writ ing project with publ ic presentation around the student's area of interest. (4)

Scandinavian Area Studies 253.535.73 1 4 WlVw.pl ll.edli/-sca ll

II' o "

Culluml History:

II' "

Literatllre:

Scandinavian 250 Masterpieces of Scandinavian Literature - LT Scandinavian 421 Ibsen and trindberg - LT Scandinavian 422 20th-Century Scandinavian Literature - LT

m Z " m II'

CROSS-DISCIPLINARY COURSES SOMETIMES APPLICABLE TO THE SCANDINAVIAN AREA STUDIES MAJOR: onsult with the program director to determine

applicability. English 3 1 3/ Art 3 3 1 The Art of the Book I Engli I 334 Sp ial Topics in hildren's literature History 323 The Middle Ages I History 325 Reformation - S I Music 1 06 Music of S andinavia - AR, C Ph ilosophy 338 Existentialism and Continental Philosoph}' - PH Political Science 3 3 1 International Rela tions - S I Pol itical Science 38 Modern European Politics - S I Religion 224 The Lutheran Heritage - R2 Religion 36 1 Church H istory Studies - R2 -

Scandina ian Area Studies is a flexible program which draw on many un iversity departments. It offers a broad perspective on Scandinavia past and pres ' nt, while developing useful analytical and communicative kills. The program reflects both the Scandinavia heritage of the university and the dynamic profile of Scandinavia within the world community today. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES COMMITTEE: Toven, Chair al1d

B guson, Hegstad, Myrbo, C. Nelson, Ringdahl, 0nning.

Program Director;

Students enrolled in the Scandinavian Area Studies program are expected to d mOllstrate the equivalent f two years of Norwegian, Swedish, or anish language instruction ( 1 6 hours). To gain a basic understanding of the region, they also take 6 hours ill Scandinavian cultural history and 4 hours in candinavian literature. Majors choose additional Scandinavian and cross-disciplinary cour es in accordance with per onal inter ts and goals and in consultation \ ith the program director (4 hours in cross disciplinary course, 2 h o u rs in a senior project, and 8 bours of electives ) . A total of 40 semester hours is required. With the approval of the Scandinavian Studi ' director, selected lanuary term, summer, an d experimenta l cou rst: may be included in the major program. No more than 8 semester hours may be offered to meet both the Scandinavian Area Studies major and general uni ersity requirements or requirements for second m jor. Such cross-application of cour e must be approved by the Scandinavian Studies director. The cross-disciplinary course l ist u below offer an pportu nity to view the Scandinavian countries in comparison with oth r world regions. They are regular departmental offerings in which students enrolled in the Scandina ian Area Studies major focus their reading and work assignments to a significant extent on Scandinavia. Students must consult with the pr gram director c ncerning registration fo r these cou rses. Swdel1ts are cllCollraged, tho ugh /lot required, to stlldy itl Scal/dinavia

part of their progra m. Study opportun ities are

available at a variety of institutions in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark. Appr priale coursework completed abroad should be submitted to the Scandinavian Studies director for app roval toward the major. Students interested s pe c ifi lly in Norwegian language study are referred to tbe description of the orwegian major under the Department of Languages and Lit ratures. All core Scandinavian courses are taught out of this department.

Course Offering SR A research paper, internship, or other approved project. For Scandinavia n Area Studies majors. I II ( 2 )

499 Capstone: Senior Project

Division of Social Sciences 253.535.7664

The faculty within the Division of Social Sciences seek to provide a challenging education in the so ial sciences that critically analyzes the past and the present social history and structures of human interaction. Instruction is vibrant and relevant to the time and world in which we live and encourages responsible citizenship for today and tomo rrow. Through classroom learning and applied settings su h as sup rvised internships, students in the social sciences acquire an understanding of society while developing the analytical tools \vith which to provide solutions to a diverse range of soci I problems. The Division of Social Science fu lly supports interdiscipli nary programs. The programs in he Americas, Global Studies, and gal Studies are housed within the division. In addition, Social Sciences fa ulty also participate actively in other interdis ciplinary programs including Chinese Studies, Women's Studies, and Environmental Studiell . Also administered witl1in the div ision, the Center for Economic Educa ion serves to broaden knowledge of economic princi ples among K - I 2 teachers and their students in the Pacific Northwest. . Huelsbeck. Dean; faculty members of the Depart ments of Anthropology, Economics, History, Marriage and Family Therapy, Politi I Science, Psychology, Sociology and Social Work, and programs in Legal Studies, Global Studies, and the Americas. FACULTY:

125

11'1 loll U Z loll u '"

u o 11'1

As a division w i t h i n the Colkgc of Arts and Sciences, the D ivision of Soeial S i nee offers programs in each constituent departme nt lead ing to the I3A degree. Additionally, a BS degree is £feted in psychology and an MA degree is offered in marriage and family therapy. ,ourse offerings and degree requirements are l isted u n de r Anthropolo"'y Economi !. Hi ·tory Ivlarriage and Family Therapy Polit ical . cience Psyc hol o gy Sociology and Social W(lrk See also section, pecific tu affiliated degrees and programs for Chi nese Studks , Global Studies, and Legal Studi s.

Social Work See

Sociology and Social

Work

immediately following.

The faculty is attentive to the individual needs of students in their efforts to provide academic excellence to a diverse student body.

BACHELOR OF ARTS: Gelleral Major: 40 semester hours, including 10 1 , 240; 330 or 362; 397, 496, 499, plus 1 2 semester hours in sociology approved by the department at the 300 and 400 levels; and Statistics 23 1 , for Sociology and Social Wo rk majors. Major with COllcelltratiolr ill Family/Gellder: 40 semester hours including 10 I ; 330 or 362; 397, 440, 496, 499; plus 12 semester hours in sociology chosen in consultation with the department; and Statistics 23 1 , for Sociology and Social Work majors. Major with COllcelltratioll ill Crime/Deviance: 40 semester hours including 1 0 1 , 336, 397, 4 1 3, 496, 499; plus 12 semester hours of sociology chosen in consultation with the department; and Statistics 2 3 1 . for Sociology and Social Work majors. Revised requirements for those majorillg ill botlr sociology alld social work: 80 semester hours including Social Work 275, 323, 380, 385, 472, 473, 475, 476, 485, 486, and 499; Sociology i O l , 397, 496 , 499, plus 1 6 elective credits (recommended courses include Sociology 240, 296; 330 or 362; and 462 ); Statistics 23 1 for Sociology and Social Work majors; Biology I I I ; and Psychol ogy i O l .

MINOR: 2 0 semester hours, including 1 0 1 and 1 6 semester

Sociology and Social Work

hours of sociology chosen in consultation with the department. Statistics 23 1 may be included in the mi nor. Sociology minors are required to attain a minimum grade of C- in sociology classes.

253 .53 5 . 7294 www.plll.edu/-soci

Sociology and �ucial work, a · distinct disciplines, are concerned \ jth und r:tanding contemporary social issues, policies, and 'olu tions. \Vh i le sociology emphasizes research, i nterpretation, and analysis, social w(lrk emphasizes intervention and practice. The disciplines share an i n te rest in human relationships and experi ence. contemporary fa mi l)' life and fa mily policies, ethnic div rsity and race relations, poverty and social stratitication, so ial justiee and community organization. Both disciplines encourage hands-on learning thruugh field placements, intern ships, and service I c a rn i n projects. Students may major in either sociology or social work, minor in so -j(llogy, o r cumplele a dou bl e major in sociology and social w rk . Social work majors are encouraged to minor in sociology.

FACUlTY: Leon-Guerrero, Chair; Biblarz, Higginson, Jobst, Kcllo :r, M... Dade, Russell (Social Work Progra m Director).

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of Edllcation.

TRANSFER STUDENT POLICY: The department accepts, for transfer credit from another college o r university, only those courses equivalent to Sociology 1 0 1 (American Society or Intro duction to Sociology) and Sociology 240 (Social Problems). If students wish to have additional courses considered for transfer to either their major or minor requirements, they must first meet with the department chair. The student should bring to this initial meeting the following: I . college/university transcripts 2. college catalogs 3. course syllabi and other supporting materials Declared majors/ minors will be required to fill out one petition per transfer course.

HONORS IN SOCIOLOGY: Departmental honors are awarded by vote of the sociology faculty to outstanding majors. Criteria for selection include a high grade point average, election to Alpha Kappa Delta, the sociology honor society, and exceptional performance in senior semi nar.

Sociology Sociology examines the processes and structures which shape cial groups of all izes, including fr iends, families, workplaces, and natiolJ s. The study of sociology provides students with unique interpretive tools for understanding themselves and oth�rs in a changing world. Sociology ha broad appeal to those who are interested in develop ing practical skills and analytical talel I . Some of the practical pursuits enabled by sociological tr a i ning are in the areas of program development, counseling, re�earch, criminal justice, management, and marketing. The acad mic prepaTat ion is Vi lu ab l e to those interested in pursuing degrees in law, administration, socia.! work, theology, or the �ocial sciences. The d partment's 'urricu l u m offers a variety of courses in �uciol()gical an.ll),si . while permitting an optional concentration in lhe peciali/ed areas o f family/gender or cri me/deviance. The curriculum is deliberately tlexible to permit students to study i ndi rjdual subject an�a� , or to pursue majors or minors in the field. S tudents majoring in business, nursing, education, and comp ute r science find the so iological minor particularly useful for broa cning t heir unde rstanding of social rules and relation ships, programs and solutions, and continuity and change. 126

U T H E

R A N

U N

V E

R S I T

PREREQUISITE NOTE: 1 0 1 or consent of instructor are prereq uisite to all 300- and 400-level courses.

Course Offerings 101 Introduction to Sociology - A, S2

An introduction to the discipline of sociology. Features an analysis of contemporary American society with emphasis on the interconnections of race, class, and gender. Sociological concepts include socialization, social roles, stereotypes, power, and stratitlcation. ( 4 ) 240 Social Problems - A, S2

Critical examination of poverty, discrimination, drugs, crime, homelessness, violence, family breakdown. Course addresses contemporary social problems, an analysis of their social roots, and an evaluation of the policies designed to eradicate them. ( 4 )

296 Social Stratification - S2

4 1 3 Crime and Society - S 2

A n examination of c r i m i n a l behavior i n contemporary societ y i n

exa m i nation of the forms, causes, and consequences of social

stratification. [he course focuses on i n equality based on class,

relation to social structure a n d t h e criminal ization process with

race, and gender, exploring how and why individuals have

particular attention to the issues of race, gender, and class.

different access to society's valued resources, services, and

Prerequisite: 10 I , 336, or consent o f instru ctor. ( 4 )

po i ions, and the consequences of these opportunities (or blocked opportun ities) for d i fferent groups of people. Prerequi

site: 1 0 1 or 240. ( 4 )

4 1 8 Advanced Data Applications - S2

o n

An opportunity for advanced majors to conduct i ndividual research and data analysis projects. Focus on quantitative or

3 10 Jamaican Society - C , S2

qualitative data collection and analysis. Prerequisites: SOC! 397

This is n off-campus course offered during January term. Students

and STAT 23 1 , departmental consent. ( 2- 4 )

spend approximately three weeks in Jamaica applying sociological principles I

Jamaican society. The course focuses on Jamaican

institutions such as the family, the economy, government. and

o ,...

o G'I -<

440 Sex, Gender, and Society - A , S2 An analysis of . xuality and gender from individual and cultural perspectives. Gender stereotypes and socialization; transexuality sexual attit udes, behaviors, and l i festyles; work and fam i l y issues;

> Z o

326 Delinquency and Juvenile Justice - S2

violence; gender strati fication and femi n ism. Prereq uisite: 1 0 1 ,

An exam ina ti n of juve n i le delinquency i n relation to the fam ily, peer group , co l m u n i ty and institutional structure. Includes consideration of proce�s i ng of the del in quent by formal agencies

WMST 1 0 1 , or consent of instructor. Core course for Women's

education. Race, class and gender stratification are examined i n a Jamaican context. Instructor consent is required. (4)

of con trol. Prerequi ite: 1 0 1 or consent of i nstructor. a/y ( 4 )

and cross-gender systems; com m u nication and relationships;

Studies m i nors. ( 4 )

o n

462 Suicide - S2

> ,...

A n examination of the different aspects of suicide and suicidal

330 T h e Family - S 2

behavior. Begi ns with a cross-cultural and historical overview.

A n exami nation of the institu tion of t h e ta mil), from historical,

looking at variations and changes in attitudes toward suicide.

multi-cultural, and con te mporary perspectives, with emphasis

Review of the scope of the problem and careful analysis of

on hO\ families and family l i fe are affected by social fo rces such

theories that attempt to explain why people commit suicide.

as the economy, race and ethnicity, religion, and law. Topics

Discussions of i n terven li n i n suicidal behavioral and the

i n clude: relationships, love, authority, conflict, sexuali ty, gender

question of the right to suicide. Prerequisites: 1 0 ! and consent of

issues, c h i ld reari ng. com m u n ication patterns, and violence in

instructor. ( 4 )

the context of fa m i l y l i f . Prer quisite: 1 0 1 , PSYC 335, or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

Readings or fieldwork in specific areas or issues of sociology u nder supervision of a faculty m ember. Prerequisite: departmen

336 Deviance - S 2 A general i n troduC{ion to a variety of nonconform ing, usually secretive, and illegal behavior. such as corporate crime, drug dealing, prostitution, i n d ustrial spying, child abuse, a n d suicide,

em p h a

is o n the contl i c t of values a n l i fe-experiences within a society. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 M consent of instructor. ( 4 ) with

491 Independent Studies

tal consent. (

1 -4)

495 Internship Students

receive course credit

fo r working in com m u n ity

organi zations and i n tegra ting their experiences i n to a n academic project. Placements arc usual l y arranged by the student and may

3 5 1 Sociology o f Law - S2

include the p u blic school system, p rivate and p u b l ic social

An examination of th

service organizations, criminal justice system agencies, local and

cial C()ntrol of law and legal i nstitu

tions; the i n fl uence of culture a nd social organization on law,

state gover n m ental agencies, and businesses. Departmental

legal change, and the adm in istration of j ustice. I ncludes

consent is required. ( 1 - 4 )

examples of how law functiOn> within the major theoretical model . Prerequisite: 1 0 1 o r consen t of instructor. ( 4 )

496 Major Theories - S2 An an alysis of i n fluential sociological theories of the J 9th and 20th centuries with attention to the classic theories of Marx.

362 Families in the Americas - A, S2 A cross-cultural examination of fa mily life in the United States,

Durkheim, and Weber, to the recent contemporary schools. and

Canada, Central and South America, and the ,aribbean, with a

to the u nderlying patterns of thought which both u n i te and

special empnasi on how social forces such

divide the sociological tradition. Req ui red for senior majors.

the economy,

culture. and religion shape family life. Includes discussions of

Prerequisite! 1 6 hours of sociology including 1 0 1 and 397. senior

race/ethni c i ty, sod I class, a nd sexual or ientation . Prerequisite:

status, declared major or m i nor. ( 4 )

I 1 0 1 , AN1'H 1 02 or consent of instructor.

(4)

499 Capstone: Senior Seminar - S R

387 Specia Topics in Sociology - S2

Students design a n d carry through an independent research proj

Selec ted topics as annou nced by the department. Prerequ isite:

involving the collection of data and the analysis of findings.

departmental consent. ( 1 - 4 )

Students demonstrate their mastery of the field by relating their

3 9 1 Sodology o f Religion - S2 An investigation of the American religious scene with particular emp hasis on the ne\ reub>1OuS move ments, along with attention t social setting> and processes which these new religions renect and produc Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , one religion course, or consent of i nstructor. (Crosslisted with RELl 39 1 ) . a/y ( 4 )

397 Researdl Methods - S2 An overview of the methods to explore, describe, and analyze the social world. General issues in the design and implementation of research projects, as well as specific issues that arise in conducting interviews and field observations, constructing and administering surveys, analyzing existing data. and planning program evaluations. Required for junior sociology and social work majors. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , junior status, or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

research to the existing body of sociological literature and knowl edge. Req uired for senior majors. Prerequisites: 397, 496 ; STAT 23 1 ; senior status; declared major or minor. ( 4 )

Social Work Within a program that is fi rmly based in the liberal arts, the social work major is designed

prepare students for begi n n i n g

professional social work practice. Social work has both a heavily m u l tidisc i pl inary-based body of knowledge and its own continu ously developing knowledge base. The complexity of social issues and social problems that con front the modern-day social worker requi re this broad theoretical perspective. Social workers are involved in areas that are i n t1uenced by political, economic, social, psychological, and cultural factors. To that end, the pro gram st resses an u nderstanding of social science theories and P

1 27

methods. The eu ricul u nl J1 rnv iJt'�

li l U nda t i o f l for u nd rs tand (lmm u n i t y sys tems, a, the hJsis lor gCllera l i >1 pt 'Iltice. S I u de ms l ea rn <l m u l ti method ap proach tu . lId..d W( 1 1 1.. prdd i(t: t h a i ena b le. I h em tl) address a wide fa ile ' o t i n ti 1 \ i d ua l , ret m i l I', grou p, and o rn m u n i ty needs. S t u de n ts ",nh.wet· t hei r LIIIlH t l i t meI1t 10 i n f,) rm ed action to remove im.:q u i l l � h,"l'J 11 1 .ll�. d h n i c ity. c u l t ure. gend T, so c i a l cia,s. se 'Llal o rien ta t ion . d i � b il i t )". and age. The social work fac:ult) pl .Il t: il h igh v,I l ut' n t h in re g r, tiun of ,J

ing the i n teractiun o f i nd i v i d ll ,t 1 . f.un i l y, Jnu

"'" '" u o \II c z '" > Cl o -'

o u o \II

aead mic and experien t ial l l!<l1 l1inj;. The prugram provides field

wOTk experience in wm m u n lty ,cl l ll1gs. ( ) d work m;.l j or: have access to a rich va r i e t )" 1)1' \ol i.tl .'ervice .lgt·nci 's in Tacoma and Pierce Cou n t y th a t prov ide tic l d h'd r n i llg sitc�. Studen r� work with experienced, caring Sl1 p .'r\ hnt .� wh" hdp make these pl acements valua bl e lea rn i n g e:-.penCIILl:. , 'Il IldL'nt' ,I n. prep.lred tll w o rk in a vari t)' of sett i ngs . i n c l u d i n g L h i ld wc.lfarc, heJlJ h. mental hea lth, corrections, aging, il l d � II1l1 1 l Ll n i t ) -h cd J.gendt!�. So ial work m .. j r� �h()uI J cumu l i w ith a d epar t men tal ad i,or to pl.m their cuur ,,; 01 � t ud . Ti l t: !�ll: ul t y I!nc u ge tudents to tak e a dvan t.d g� ot k.lrll i llg llppor t u n i l i s that en phn size multicultur.11 awa l e ness <l nd d i v�l :.i t , The social work pr Ig

arn

i . .. rlld i tcLl by the

2.75 gr ade point average in social 2.50 overall grade poi n t average; and 2)

studen t m ust: I ) maintain a work c<nuses and a

demon strate behavior which i� consistent with the of Eth ics and University

ASW Code

,ode of Conduct.

BAC H ELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester h o urs i n social wo rk , in cl ud i ng and

275, 323, 380, 385, 472, 473, 475, 476, 485, 486 499; 1 2 semester h o urs in sociology, including 1 0 1 , 397 and

4 elective credits. Additional

requirements include Anthropology

3 4, H i olo gy I I I . Psychology 10 I , Statistics 23 1 ( must o m p l e te the sodolog)' section at PLU).

1 02

SOCIAL WORK MINOR: 18 ,emester hours including either 1 9 0 o r 20 I ; 8 h o u rs from the following: 275, 323, 380, or 385; 4 h OlUS from t he following: Sociology 330, 362, 397 or Statistics 2 3 1 ( 5(Kiology); and 2 hours of 375.

Course Offerings 1 0 1 Introduction to Social Work - S2 An intr duction to th e field of social work. Provides an overview

:ou ncil on

Social Work Edu a l i o n .

of the p ractic

ADMISS ION TO THE 0 IAL WORK PROGRAM: t u de nb seeking the Bach elor of A r l � tlegr '( i f ! ""L i a l Work m u s t fi rst apply and be .lc cc pt d i n tll t he progr.llll . t'h ' social work progTJm wekom.:s d i\'el �i t y ami i nv i tes i nll're t a n d a p pl ica t i o n s from per�l>n who � ('k t (l P,l r L iU p'l k i n .1 p r f . Si(1I1 co m m i t ted to helping peopl e . now dnd ill the t Lltllr.:. Students may begin taking social work co II ,e� hefort: h ' i n g Jlirn i l ted to the progra m , b u t only admitted s t u Ji.'Il" jr� al lownl lt1 take 400-lel'<:I (()urscs. Students \ ill he a d l l 1 i l ted to l h �n<:i.)1 Wo rk Program for a l l pril 1 0. semester on l y. The prior i t } !.i.lt,' l or a p lie. t il1ns i though a p p l ications w i l l be acu:: p tcd u n t i l <lvailabl e posi tions are filled. E n ro l l men t i � Cl IInpe l i t h e. Admissiotl is determined h} IUl. t i l t ) cv.ti uOl t i o n of student applications ()1l the bas l � of t h t I "UI ,w m g L rite 1,\:

several differe nt st'ttings and meet w ith current social work

I. transcript that dIlClI lIll! l1 t � t h e (om p ld i o n of <It l ea�t 40 seme.ster h o ur s ( ) t p r '��rilll)d

C l I III'M':

grade p o i n t a\!erage of 2 . 75. I n

w,) [ k wi l h

a d d it i on.

practitioners. A volunteer experience in the field is a required component of the course.

1 (4)

20 1 January o n the HilI - A , S2 AIl intense experience of community work on Tacoma's Hilltop District andl r Tacoma's east side where students learn first hand

about poverty and p,lTtic ipate in community projects. ( 4 )

275 Social Policy I: History o f Social Welfare - S2 Sucial pol'cy cours required of all social work m aj ors . Explora tio n of i n terdependence of social, cultural, political, and

economic factors in the history, theory, and practice of social welfare, with special reference to the development of the social work protes ' i n i n response to social problems. Examination of the rel a tio nshi p Jmong the s oc ia l welfare s)'stems, the problems

rn i n itTllHll

and i,slIe, addressed by social services, and the role of the

the st u d el l t tIl ust

p r o fess i o na l social worker in servi ce areas and set t i n gs such as a g i n g, c h i l d welfare, health and mental health, income mainte

1 0 1 , \"-'riting I () I , a n d tht: P I U l1I;Jth cntr,ln ct: req u i re m m t.

meet with practitioners in the field.

bd( )\\ c- .11 1 n . l t

nance

t . ' Ils fer ) ;

2. a pers o na l es�ay wh i L h J d d r", � (.1) i n terest i n so c i a l work a s a career, ( b ) l i ft' � x pt' riel l ,'S , hilfl i n g i t ll i n terest in s o cin l work, (c) p rofes� i ( ) n a l so 'ial l\tJrk l;.llJ I � , JnJ ( d ) a n cvailliition of personal st r e l lg t h s and l i n l !t ,\ l i(}n� ( details may he obtained fro m Social Work Pmgra m ) ; 3 . a s u m m ary o f wo r k and Vul u llkcr t:\�,er i l' l1ce; 4. two let ter , of recomm Ih.latil1tl t ltdt eval uate Jnd oc u m e n t t h e ap p l ica n t's P ) t 1 1 1 ;,,1 (" I SIIC 'SS i n �ll( i ll l work e d u ca t i o n a n d practice;

ri.r dJm i��iotl is !:\ f( unds for not a d m i l l ed to

may be requested by (ai l i n g

253.535.7294.

mod e ls of practice. Assists students toward mastery in

assessment, go al setti ng. ctintracting, development of interven

Completion of a m i n i m u m of

50 h o u rs of work in a community

setting. Th rough written work, students reflect on their experi

20 1 , o r 380. ( 1 )

Application mate r i a ls .Ire ava tl.Jble d ' rcd l y f' ( H1 \ the SociJI

i n te n tional i n terviewing skills and apply those skills within

variolls

be repeated fo r credi t up to

candidac), fo r the degll:c m.ly r<:u ppl)' w i t ho u t pr judice. or

practice. Provides students with the opport u n ity to l ea rn

ences, t he i r personal growth, a n d the m ission of the agency. May

ro!:\ra l l l J ,

7. persona! in te rV iew ( ' /III), IlL rC ' l Lll!. led ) .

Wor k Program in X.Il' i�r I ial i ,

the con -epl ll,ll framework of generalist social work practice. App l ica tio n o f the ecological systems perspective to direct

375 Sodai Services in the Community

SocL! Workers' Code ( 11' . t h i e � ( ,\ l.. U P), o f whi ' h i s ava ilable

Any falsification i n t he "pp l i � 1 1 ; 11

323 Social Work Practice I: Interviewing and Interpersonal Helping - S2 An i n trodu t f)' practice cour,e which provides students with

sites: 275. 380. \ I (4)

6 . wri tten agreem cn t tll w m p l ) W i l h t h e , ,l l l o n a l As:.o -iAr io n o f

d ism issa l from the p rogralll . A p p l ka n t s \\ho

I (4)

evaluatiun, and termination. Must also complete lab. Prerequ i

p ro s p e cts for rcg istcr t n � ;\., il �" u llst'l l > r nr 1,lter bei n g l ice n -ed as a social w() fk r w i t h t h e St.llt.' l i t W<I\ i t i nglo n ) ;

from t h e S o .ial Wu r k

and services to women and m i norities. Opportunities to

tion plans based on theory and assessment i n formation,

5. Was h ington S ta t.: Pa l nll ( :1 i tn i l l.. l l li �ll r} k a ran ce ( Ap p l i cants w i th a cri m i n a l l"eLord \"i l l be u rged to explore their

settings, theoretical models, and value base of the

p rofession of social work. Students have the opportunity to visit

show slIe c sflll WIl1 I 'I('t i ( ) I l o f I h., follow ing p rcret1 ui:.it s: A n th rop o l og y HE. Hi ,llog) I 1 1 , 1',)' I ulogr 10 I , S oc i o l o g y ( Note: grad ,

1 28

CONTINUATION POlICIES: To remain in the program. a

2 semester hours. Prerequisites: 1 0 1 ,

380 Human Beb vior and the Social Environment - S2 f the biological, psychological, cultural, and social

Exami nation

personal and professional experiences and p rior coursework. The product of t his final synthesis is presented to the class and is

i nt1uences on h u man developmenL An ecological perspect ive for

open to o t hers within the un iversity community. Prerequisites:

·tudy i n g the the ry and development of in dividuals, fa milies,

472, and 475. 1 1 (4)

groups. institutions, organizations, and communities with imrli ation

'" -I » -I

for generali�t social work practice. Special emphasis

on gender, ethllicity, and other spects o f human diversity. Impa t of Qcial and economic fo rces on i ndividuals and social system.

tI.

well as ways in which systems enhance or hi nder

healthy human development. Vol u nteer experience is a required component of the cou rse. I

(4)

385 Social Policy I I : Social Policy Analysis - S2 An in-depth exam in ation

social welfare structure, fu nctions,

policy. t1nd p nlg ra ms. Th e i n t1uence that economic, political. and cultur I systems have upon sucial policy and the way i n whi h the values operating in thes

systems i mpact social policy. An

exam i na t ion of the impact of ad m i n istrative and organizational structures at various governmental levels on social policy implementati In,

ecially as they affect services to vulnerable

populat ions. Inlr duces stu de n t s to applications of theoretical frameworks to social work policy in such areas as income maintenance, health, mental h

and homelessness. Prerequisite:

lth, child welfare, and housing

275. II (4)

472 Sodal Work Practice II: Families and Grollps - S2 m

",or

practice course which teaches theoretical

dels and practice skills for intervention with families and groups.

Includes an understanding of culturally sensitive practice. Explores

diverse family fomls. I ntroduces students to group dynamics and group development Prerequisites:

323, 380, 385. 1 (4)

A conceptual framework b, sed on eth ics and values (()nsider alions and requisite skill ' for s cia I work practice with groups, organizat i ons, and commu n i t ies. Emphasis on macropractice

assess ment, intervention, and change strategies at the organiza tion, community, and larger system level. Prerequisites: 323. 380,

385. II (4)

to make inferences under conditions of uncertaint),. Statistics plays a fu ndamental role in the social and natural sciences, as well as in business, industry. and government. Statistical praclice includes: collection, exploration. summari zation, and display of data; design of experiments and sampling sur ers; drawing inferences and making decisions based on data and asses ing the uncertainty of such i n ferences and decisions; and the construction of mat hematical models fo r analysis of random processes. Probability fo rms the conceptual foundation and math ematical language for the i n ferential aspects of

Departments of Economics. Mathematics, Psychology, and Sociology. The program is administered by an Interdisciplinary Stat istics Committee headed by the Statistics Program director, who is appointed by the dean o f the Division of Social Sciences. The statistics minor is admin istered by the Department of Mathematics. Students in terested in a statistics minor are encouraged to discuss course selection with a statistics fac ulty member from any discipline. Selected faculty from the Departments of Economics,

l'vlathem atics, Psychology, and Sociology. minimum of 1 6 semester hours to 34 1 , at least 8 hours from among the other statistics courses ( S tatistics 2 3 1 and Statistics 24 1 cannot both be

STATISTICS MINOR: A include Statistics

counted toward the m i n o r ) , and Computer Science and Computer Engineering

St�ld nts ar as:igned to a social service agency and participate, u n der supervision, i n the delivery o f social work services.

323, 380, 385; to be taken concurrently with 472 a n d 485; requires consent o f instru ctor. I (3) Prerequisites:

476 Field Experience II Continuation .of 475. Students n:ceive more advanced field a

social service agency sdting. Must be taken

concu rrently with

144 or 220.

The statistics courses chosen fo r a statistics minor will vary

475 Field Experience I

·s ignmcl.l ts in

n '"

FACULTY:

473 Sodal Work Practice Ill: Macropractice - S2

Statistics, a branch of applied mathematics, studies the method ology for the collection and analysis of data and the use of data

The �tati stics program is offered cooperatively by the

as ann()u nced by th departm nt. To pics releva n t to curren t trends and issues in tbe field o f social work. (2-4) --

The se(ond soci, I

'" -I

statIstics.

387 Spedal Topics in Social Work Sel cted topi

Statistics

253.535.7598

473 and 4 '6. I I (3)

with the interests o f the student. Some typical programs lead i n g t o a l3.tistics m i n o r a r e listed below; a computer science course must be lidded to each list.

For students illterested ill mathematics, gradllate o r p rofessional work in statistics, or an actuarial career: Statistics

34 1 , 342, 348

For students ill tercsted in eco nomics or business: Statistics

23 1 or 24 I ; 34 1 , Economics 344 or Statistics 34 1 ; 342, 344

Economics

For studellts in terested in other social sciences:

485 Field Experience Seminar I

23 1 or 24 1 ; 3 4 1 ; Economics 344 or Statistics 2 3 1

This seminar provide, students with the opportunity to learn

Statistics

about the intake and assessment process a t various social service

( Psychology students should take designated sections of

agencies. Enabl

students to monitor their progress in their field

experience setting. M u st be taken concurrently with

475. I ( I )

S tatistics

486 Field Experience Seminar II Student. learn al)out the strengths pe rspt'ctive social

Statistics

23 1.)

For students in terested ill natural sciences:

34 1 , 342, 348 or Statistics 23 1 or 24 1 , 34 1 , 348

as it relates to

work practice and present a case from their field sett i n g .

Students v i I I c n t i n u e t o develop s k i l l s in evaluating their own pract ice and learn about the applic ability of research to social work practice. M ust be taken concurrently with

476. n ( I )

49 1 Independent Studies Prerequisite: Consent of instTuct Jr.

( 1 -8)

499 Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR tudents exa m i ne th

.:volution of their own personal style of

social work pract ice, the theori s

nd m ' dels for practice which

rhey have develop ed, t he ethical and val ue f()undation which und rlie� �()cial w(\fk, and how these are i n tegrated with their P A C

L U T H E

U N

V E

R 5

T Y

1 29

Course Offerings

Women's Studies

23 1 Introductory Statistics - MR II'!

I « I OIl

253.535.7296 ( fall, January ter m ) 253.535.72 1 3 (spring)

Descriptive statistics: measures of central tendency and disper sion. Inferential statistics: generalizations about populations from samples by parametric and non parametric techniques. M thods covered will include estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation analysis, regression, chi square, and A NOVA analysis. Includes a required computer lab. Students should register for the lab correspondmg to their lecture section. ( May not be taken for credit after 3 4 1 has been taken. ) I II ( 4 )

1VlVw.plu. edul-womcllstu

Women's Studies is a multidisciplinary program that enriches the traditional liberal arts curriculum by adding new perspective. on women's lives and accomplishments. Based on the study of women in culture, society, and history, the program incorporates gender into other basic categories of analysis including the dynamics of social change, the creation and transmission of culture and the arts, the legacy and cultural construction of o u r physical and intellectual characteristics, and the origins and nature of current theories and social issues. Women's Studies broad ns the educa tion of both male and female students and enhances their career preparation and professional opportunities wherever there is need to understand women and the new role that thq play in society.

3 4 1 Introduction t o Mathematical Statistics - M R

Description of data (univariate and bivariate), introduction to pc bability (axioms, discrete and continuow random variables, expectations), special distributions (binomial, Poisson, normal, gamma), statements of law of lar e numbers and central limit theorem, elements of experimental design ( control, randomization, blocking), sampling distributions, point estimators (bias, eftlciency, methods of moments and maximum likelihood), confidence intervals, hypothesi. tests, regression ( i f time permits). Prerequisite: MATH 1 52. (Crosslisted with M ATH 34 1 ) I (4)

FACULTY: Women's Studies Executive Committee: Kraig, Chair;

Breazeale, Hames, Higgenson, Lisosk)', Miranda, Trelstad, Yerian. MAJOR: The Women's Studies major is a multidis 'plinary and

342 Probability and Statistical Theory - MR

Continuation of MathlStat 34 1 . Topics may include: joint, marginal and conditional distributions, correlations, distribu tions of functions of random variables, moment generating functions, Chebyschev's inequali ty, convergence in probability and limiting distribut ions, introduction to inference in regres sion and one-way anal)'sis of variance, introduction to Bayesian and non-parametric statistics, power test and likelihood ratio tests. Prerequisite: MATH. ( rosslisted with MATH 342.) aly I I (4) 343 Operations Research - MR

Quantitative m tilOds for decision problems. Emphasis on linear pro ramming and other determ inistic models. Prerequisite: 23 1 r equivalent. ( rosslisted with ECON 343 . ) U ( 2 ) 344 Econometrics - MR

Introduction to the methods and tools of econometrics as the basis for applied research in economics. Specification, estimation, and testing in the classical linear regression model. Extensions of the model and applications to the analysis of economic data. Prerequisite: 23 1 . (Crosslisted with ECON 344.) ( 4 ) 348 Applied Regression and Analysis and ANOVA - M R

Linear, multiple and nonlinear regression, regression diagnostics and violations o f model assumptions, analysis of variance, exper imental design i n luding randomization, and blocking, m ultiple comparisons, analysis of covariance. Substantial use of a stati stical computer package and an emphasis on exploratory analysis of data. Prerequisite: 341 or consent of instructor. aly I I (Crosslisted with MATH 348.) ( 4 ) 49 1 Independent Studies - MR ( 1 -4) SOO Applied Statistical Analysis

( Will not count for statistics minor) An intensive introduction to statistical methods for graduate students who have not previously taken Introductory Statistics. Emphasis on the application o f inferential statistics to concrete situations. Topics covered include measures of location and variati n, probability, estimation, hypothesis tests, and regression. (Crosslisted with ECQN 500.) (4)

1 30

interdisciplinary complementary major. Conferral of a baccalaure ate degree with a major in Women's Studies requires completion of a second major from any discipline in the university. Students are encouraged to declare both majors simultaneously and to plan a program aware of the possibiIities for applying individual courses to both majors. The Women's Studies major allows appli cation o f courses from the second major and for general u niversity requirements (Core I and Core I I ) to the Women's Studies major. 36 semester hours, including Women's Studie 1 0 1 and concur rent enrollment in Women's Studies 49 1 and 499 ( 8 hours ) ; four courses from the approved list of program core courses from two different divisions or schools ( 1 6 hours); two elective courses from two different divisions or schools ( 8 hour s ) ; one service learning course (4 hours). Students are required to complet.: a minimum of four upper division courses in the program core nd electives. \. Women's Studies 1 0 1 Introduction to Women's Studies ( 4 ) 2. Progra m Core Courses ( 1 6 hours ) Students choose fou r courses from the following program core courses that introduce Women's Studies i n respective disciplines. Selections must be from two different divisions or schools. Anthropology 350 Women and Men in World Cultures - C, SI (4) Communication 334 Gender and Communication - A ( 4 ) English 2 3 2 Women's Literature - A, LT ( 4 ) English 34 1 Feminist Approaches t o Literature - A, LT (4) Histof)' 3 59 History of Women in the United States A, S I ( 4 ) International Core 23 1 Gender, Sexuality, and Culture A, I2 ( 4 ) International Core 232 Topics in Gender - 12 ( 4 ) ( pending approval of topic) Philosophy 220 Women and Philosophy - A, P H (4) Physical Education 3 1 5 Body I mage - A ( 4 ) Psychology 474 Psychology of Women - A, S2 (4) Religion 368 Feminist and Womanist Theologies - A, R2 ( 4 ) Sociology 440 Sex, Gender, a n d Society - A, S 2 (4) 3. Electives ( 8 hOl1rs) Students choose two cou rses from the following options. Selections must be from two different divisions or schools. a. Additional courses from the program core courses. b. Courses from an approved l ist published in the class schedule. c. Courses from any discipline for which part of the course requirements can be ful filled with a research paper on women or women's issues. This allows the integration of Women's Studies perspectives into courses that are not

expli itly or entirely structured around those perspectives. Cons nl of the instructor is required. Students should consult the Women's Studies chair before enrolling for the course and are required to submit the syllabus, research pap r, and other relevant assignments to the Wo men's Studies Executive Commi ttee for approval upon completion of the course. 4. Service Learning/Internship (4 hours) Students must enroll fo r either a service learning course in (()operation with the enter for Public Service or an intern ship through Women's Studies and Cooperative Education. Internships required ror the second maj or may be applied to tbe Wo men's Studies major. I nternships should be approved by the chair of Wome 's Studies. When this course is sched uled in the semester continuous with the semester in which student� enroll for \"io men's Studies 49 1/499, one-year service learn ing placements or internships may be arranged, but are not required. 5. Cap -tone Experience (4 hours): Women's Studies 499 Seminar in Women's Studies (2 hours) and Women's Studies 491 Independent Studies (2 hours) Majors are required in their final semester of course work to em II concurrently for both Women's Studies 491 and 499. Majors may enroll for Women's Studies 49 1 ( Independent Study) with either the instructor for Women's Studies 499 ( Seminar in \Vomen's Studies) or a faculty member whose area of expertise qualifies her or him as a consultant for the research proj ect or internship planned for Women's tudies 499. Requests

for credit toward the Women's Studies major and minor from transfer courses must be approved by the ""omen's Studies Executive Com mittee. Submit s Uabus and course as signments to the Women's Studies chair. At least 1 7 hours of the major and 10 hours of the minor must be completed at PLU. MINOR: 20 semester hours, including one Women's Studies core course (4 hOllr:), two program core courses (8 hours) from departments in ifferent divisions or schools; and two lective courses (8 ho rs) from two different divisions or schools. l. Wo mer/'s Studies Core Course (req uired - 4 ho urs) Women's Studies tal Introduction to Women's Studies ( 4 ) 2. Pro m m Core ou rses ( 8 hours) Students choose two cou rses from the following program core courses which introduce women's studies in respective disciplines. Selections must be from two different divisions or schools: Anthropology 350 Women and Men in Wo rld Cultures - C, S I (4 ) Comm unication 3 3 4 Gender a n d Communication - A ( 4 ) English 2 3 2 Women's Literature - A , LT (4) English 34 1 Feminist Approaches to Literature - A, iT (4) History 359 History of Women in the United States

women or women's issues. This allows the integration of \Vomen's Studi . perspectives into courses that are not explicitly or entirely structured around those perspectives. Consent of instructor is required. Students should consult the Wo men's Studies chair prior to enrolling for the course and are required to submit the syllabus, research paper, and other relevant assignments to the Women's Studies Executive Committee for approval upon completion of the course.

z C\

Course Offe rings 101 IntToduction to Women's Studies

Explores the richness and diversity of women's lives and experien ces froIn a variety of perspectives, including the social sciences, h wnanities, nd arts. Open to all students. (4) 491 Independent Studies: Undergraduate Readings Read ing in specific areas or issues of Women's Studies under the supervision of a -. culty member. ( 1 -4) 499 Capstone: Semmar in Women's Studies - SR

A seminar for students who will do either an internship or a research project in Women's Studies. ( 2 )

Writing 99 Basic Writing Skills An intensive review and practice of mechanics, the fundamentals of grammar, and the structure of sentence and paragraphs. Does not COUllt toward graduation. Available through r,'l iddle College only. Summer onl),. ( 2 ) 101 Inquiry Seminars: Writing - FW, WR

See

General University Reqllirelllents, The First- Year Experience.

(4) 20t, 202 Writing Seminars for International Students - WR

Organi/ed thematically, these courses emphasize both the mechanics and process of writing. Students are placed in one or the other according to abili ty. ( 4, 4 )

- A, 5 1 (4)

International C re 23 1 Gender, Sexuality, and Culture - A, 1 2 ( 4 ) International Core 232 Topics in Gender ( 4 ) - 12 ( pending appr val of topic) Philosophy 220 Women and Philosophy - A, PH (4) P hysical Education 3 1 5 Body Image - A ( 4 ) Psychology 4 7 4 Psychology of Women - A, 52 ( 4 ) Religion 368 Feminist a n d Womanist Theologies - A, R 2 ( 4 ) Sociol gy 440 Sex, Gender, and Society - A, S2 ( 4 ) 3 . Elect il'C Cou rses

(8 hours)

Students choo e two courses from the following options. SelectioDs must be from two different divisions or schools. a. Additi nal course from the program core courses. b. Co urse. from an approved list published in the class schedule. c. Courses from any discipline for which part of the course requirements can be fulfilled with a research paper on P

131

�--� -

V\ W

o � I

G rad u te S udies n u rsing practic , by offi ri ng two conc<.: n t rd ion\,

This s«lion contains in fo rm a t ion about Padfic Lutheran University graduate programs. Course d e scri pt ion s for gr d uate ourse ar included in the undergraduate section of

I . The Care and Outcomes MtIIl(!ger concen l r.lt ion p repart's

the catalog within the specific department or sch ool .

Pacific Lu thera n

n iversity's graduate programs offer excellence in advanced professional ed u ca t i on with i n a long- \ ta n d i n g liberal arts t radition in w h ic h the most funda ment>ll ch alle nges for � ciety an individual values <lrc exa mined. Ma�ter's degree candidate in b\l$inel education. m.lrri,lge and f: m il y t h er a p y, and lI u l"si ng choose to studY :II PLlJ to i ncrease th ir u n de rs ta n d ing an competence in t heory, r ·earch. and practice. T h e y go on to become LhQughtful and eife Ii e leader. in t h e i r communities. Many are attracted to P LlJ by t he oppnr t u n i ty to st u dy in unusually dose an d uppllrt i ve working rel a t i o n s h i p s with accomplished ful l-ti me PhD taculty and e Tcpt i o n a l p ro fess i o n al practitioners. The Office of Graduutc Studies, a� p ar t of the Office of the Provost, coordinates the work of the schools that provide graduate-level instruction. •

MASTER'S DEGREES O FFERED e n ha nces the managerial effectiveness of lead ers in busin' s, government, and non-profit organizatiom. lndi 'iduais of a l l educational and working ba kgrowlds are e n co u raged to apply. The pr gram is accredited by AACSB [nlernational--The AS\(lC iati()n to Advance Col l egiat e Schools of BUKi ne5s .

The Muter of Busincss Adminlstra tion pmgram

The Mastfl' of Fine Arts in Creative Writing is an i n n ov at i ve - riented pTogram in the lel,is of poetry. fi ct i o n , and creative nonfiction Intended for i n d ll1 e nden t adults who w ish to develo p and U T ue Clrcers as writers. Tht: p ro g ra m offers a substantial range of on - and off-cam pus experiences, i n cl ud i n g the menlorsbip of niitionaJly known w r it ers and cditqrs. The UUce-)'ca r course of st udy is collaborativel), structured to fit the �tuden l'5 own needs and ex p e ri e n ce. It is d . ign d 10 be well s u i.ted to a lifestyle of protession a l a n d/or fa m i l }' rcspon�ibi l i ty. Participant wIll attend fou r i n temive 1 0-day S u m me r Residen cie� ,;:onsisting f work hops, lectu re , and m i ni-co u rse ' and will Jesig a personal c urse f stud), with a hosen m e n t o r for the fol lo'ving academiC year. The progra m indudes t h ree years of o ne- on - o ne work w i th I en tors in chosen genres. The emphasis wiU be on t he reative pmcess in all its phJ.es, as w II as on cri t i cal understanding. By the time of gr.lduatioll , � t u d en t s will be expected to have p rod u ct l a oUe(tion of work i n o n e or more genres of a qual i t y w ort hy of pub l ica t ion .

p roces

tel' of Arts in EdUcaliOD meets th

The M

o f e du c a to rs

by offering two concentrations:

I . The Classroom Tetlrh ing concen tration p '()vide� ad v a nced preparation in leadersh.ip dnd ins truction , nd profe!'>. i on al education classroom teachers. ( ffered as Prnjllct LEAD.) 2. The Begirming CeltifiCIJtioll (or Resitil'lIc),) i � d � ig n e d to prepare q ualified teachers w i th endorsements 111 K--8 ( Elementary Educat ion ) and 4-1 2 ( , ubjec I Malter Specific). The School of ducal/on �' Jecr dited bv the N, tional Co u n c il for the Accreditation of Teacher E d u c a t i o n' ( CAfE).

The Master of Arb (Mar:rlage aDd Family Therapy) is designed to devel op pmfessional skills and clinical competence via a system approach to family the r il py with a rigomus pra ticum comp nen t. The program is a c r ed i ted by t he Commcsion on Acc redi tat i on C r Marriage and F.lml ly Therapy Educa tio n f the American Asso c ia ti o n for Marriage and Family Therapy.

Tbe MAster of Science in Nl1l'8iog nfler, an

i ntegrated

approach

to knowledge and cl i ni cal com petendcs e�st'rllial to ad\'anced

132

F i e

L u T H E R A N

E R

students to provide quali ty, (ost cff': d ive care in a d efi n ed context, p.Hticipale in the desi '11 a n d illlpi mc:n l a lio n III 0111 eva luat i on and o u t co meb model, 3,\ SUnW a Ic:adersh lp I llle in managing health car resnur t' ,lI1 d inkgratt: Li i n i"al In i evaluation comp e ten c i es tor care and outcome m<l n Jgell len t . 2. The Family IIrsc Pructitiom:r cO I I Lc n t r a t i o n w i l l <ILLl l i f}' tudents to sit f r Ule ertifyi ng exa mi ati l )Il , w h ich qll.l l i fie� th em u n der as h i nglu n slille hl\v fo r A R N P l ice ns u re. •

For iII/ormatiON 01' Lt!lry - ltwl A/SN /lfOgr ult/, rcft'r /(1 A/'\N '/" JII<'lIce !(JI' I/OI/-,/1.I rsill.l: BAIRS gTlldu'Il.,�. For 1I1/()rmtl/ wrr IlII liIl' N r In M�N progrcllll, '4"" III tlrr t-.ISN �equCll((, for l.iccll>cd IWgi.,lt'ln\ . l!n�> ill the

Nursing sectioll of th;; wta/og.

Admission 2 53.53".7 1 5 1 800.274.6758 II'WI'I. plu.erill/-£Idml

Pacific 11.h ran n i v( r s i t y wcknTllI!S applications lrom � t l l de n ts who exhibit cap' cities for success a\ the grad uate level. Appli cants must presen t evidence of scholastic a hility .llld de m o n strate qualities I f good chara ter in orU\!f to be a ccl'IJ ted fo r ad m is · i o n . The dean of graduate � l uJi �� rt!1Jerves th n g h t to admit, deny, o r w i th d raw adm ission for 3 11)' ap p lican t/student b 'ed on an i nd i v id u .t l \ Illt'cti ng Ihe�t' cri l eriJ . A d mi ,,; i o n decisions nrc made by t he d a n of grad uilte st u dies upon rec o m m c ndati n hy t h e cn m m i t t<'t! re�pomib le filr b'Ta d u J t e admissions in each a ademk u n i t , I'p l i cat ions for otl m issi()J1 are va l uated w i t out regard til i '" c e, cnlor. creed. religion, ge nder, nati 0,11 o r i g i n , age, m en t a l or physical d i � 3 b i l i ty, marital status, or sexual orientation. Students �eking admIssion to ally g ra d u ,lte program lI1uSt hold a bac.hdor's dcgTl!c from a regio nally cnedited c o l l ege or u n i ve rsit ) . J\ c u m u l a t i ve undergraduate grade point .Ive r J ge of at lea 1 3.0 (on .. 4.0 scale) is rcquin�d fOI" ildmission a s a regular status graduate !.Iudent. hose studenl� with an aver dge 11 less than 3.0 may be granted provisional st<ltu.' and will m H h�' co n si de re d for a dm j , i ()n to regular sta t u� L1D tll t h l." )' have demon ·trilted t h e i r ability to do grad ua te work by co m p l ' l i n g a m i n i mUi n of I! semester hours of work with a c U lll u lat ive grade p i n t average ( f at least 3.0. At the minimum, all appli ' lion cv IU.Jtil\l1s ,1 1 C h.lscd on scholastk qlla litications, � ; I.ll mt:11l of pro fessi o n a gOilb. lettcrs of r 'com mendation , il11d prepa r l ion i n t h e p rllpo� 'd fidd o f study. Some 'radu ate programs m ay requ i re add l l iollJ I evidence fo r adm ission i l luding, bUI nClt l i mitcd t , autobitlg , ph i e a l stat mellIS, personal m tcrvi�w�. � tand;!rdi/cti lc�l. , or ther e v ide n ce of pr fessional a(� OI l 1 plishm t . Li s ti n gs for eadl program

detail thes

d i t i o n a l ;ld Ol is�i()1I requi rement.s.

tudcmt ap p l y i ng for admission to graduate �lUdy mu. t submit a Lo m ple t ed application f<Hm, a statemcnt uf g(lal�. a r� ume. wo letters of reC()m mendati�)fl, and a non-refundahlt! appli :ition fee ( f $35.00. Applicants fII ust rcqli(stfi'o/ll eaclt pri! " ;oll5ly (I I c<'"ricd ill , itutiort of higher lL'Clrllillg (1II1tit" g 1'l1l1Ilatc! (lIIIJ gmdllu/(' ) , 1 /1 official tral/script Ii) be S lit by cltl' iI/stIlI/til/II dirt'ctl�' to thL' ( }f!i(� ofAdmiS5icms at PL /. Refer to i ndiv idual progr;'lIn� fm a pph�.llilln dcatili ll c'S. ppl icat lOll packets .ue av a i la h l e from the OffiLt� I. f Admi.<. Sl n�. In �ummary, the fo lio i llg I tems mu�1 be I lO 11k i Jl t he Office of Ad missions before an a p p l l ( ant \\ i l l he cmuidcre.t. fo r adm l��i()n:

form. A �L1tef1lent Il f profes� i(lna l and educational gl'Jah. A resume. The S3 . Oll nun-refundable dpplicati no fee. An officlal l ranscripl fro m eh instit u tion of h igher l ami n g at tended All r ranscripl� mu�l he �ent di r!!ctly to the Office '-Admission t PLU from the instit ution p m v i d i nj: Ihe t ran s cri pL . 1\" lettcr� llf recornmc:nd.ll iom. 7. TOEFL test �corl"S for all internal i nal students ( so:: i nter na

I. 1. 3. 4. S.

The co m pl t: le d aprl i atio

•

linn.11 st ud en t So;Cllon fo r details ) .

8. Add i l innal ly, �pecifir prugl'Jms require t he fnllnwing: Maste r of B USiness Adminunrat i() n : G AT score. , �1ru;h!r of Fi n e Art� i n ('re-.ll iye Writi ng: �ee AfFi\ ection •

Master of Arts in Ed u ca t ion : M, T or G R E score; p e rsona l interview with program di rector. Master M Arts in '<leial �kiences ( M'lrriage and Family Therapy) : Autob iographic.:<1 1 sta t ement; personal i nterv iew for finalisLJ.. ' Master (I f S .. ience in Nu rsi ng: GRE soon:; pt.'r�()IlJ.l interview with progra.m dIrector. •

•

Plea e contact Ih COUIl5o:i ing olnd Te ti n s Office a t 2 5 3 53�. 7206 for inform.! i D 1 1 II the GMAI, the MA , and the O RE All record� heCllme part of t he applreaDI's ofhci,l! file and c an be neither returned n or duplicated for any purpo, e.

An offer of adm ission � good for ne ye.l r ill all prograrru. excc pl for r-,'ll1rriagc and Famil)' "1 hernpy. Master of Arts in EduGlllon, a n d Fruje t leJd. Ad m i t ted , l Ud�nts who have nM en roUed in any course work (or one year afler I h e semeSler for which Lhc:y were a d m i ued mu�t reapply.

Policies and Standards INTERVIEWING OF APPUCANTS: B.:fure admb ion III

gra d u at e pf(1gr �m, it is advi�able for an <lppl icant to speak with the p rogra m direct.,r. Tn ertain prllgram�, a per�C)nJ.l i n terv iew is a reQulrem en l as par t o f t he Jl'pl ication r()ce��. S �pecinc

program req u ireme n L� for delJ i b.

CHANGE OF STUDENT STATUS: S tuden t statu - will be

c:"\

changed from pTUI·j5iollal to regular after the following c'lnui

,.,

tions have been mct: 5ol t is(actory fu l fi l l m ent of mu rse deficien-' cies; satisfactory compl�lil'n of 8 semester hour� of grdduate work with a c u mul ative grade point average of 3.0 or higher; or �atjsfactory cnmple tio n of departmental or school req u i rements. Student Hatus will be ch a n ged from Tlon-matriCIIlnted to regll/ur/provisicmut after the non-matriculated studen t completes t he normal application pro,e a nd is acce p ted into .1 reg u lar deg ree program. Credit e-arned during non -matriculated classification may cou nt toward a gr aduat e degree, ut only as recommended by the faculty advi oT)' committee a n d approved by the dean of grad ua te ludies after the student has b"en admitted to a degree p rogra m . Nil such credil ca n be counted lhal ca r ri es a grade lower t han B-. In all cases, a letter i nd i ca ti ng chJnge o f status will be fOlwarded to the student , with a C()py to t he advisor andlor program dir ed o r.

have been m!!!. Students \'ho fail II) 4ual i fy � r regular Matus �pecific p n :: requbitc 5 may bc grant ed p rov isional stat us.

NOTE: C;tu d en l� who haw applied for graduate sdu JOI be� re com ple t i ng I heir u ndergraduate work mel' be ad l i ned as regular or provisIOnal stat u..� studen t: with t he «)Jlciition tnat work cannot egin u n t i l they have ucccssfully com pleted their bachelor',; dC�,'Tec dnd uffkinl tr a nsc ript .., with the degree h"vc been receivo::d by thc Oftice of tJraduate St ud i es. Inte rnational �tudcmts ladung ade' l uat c Englbh skilb \.. -i ) l nflt b e admi tl ed conditional ly.

NOPl - ltJll trjeulllted - S tudent. holdi ng a ha hehIr's dcgr�e wh" wish 10 pursue CIlu rsc wOl"k with no intention of q u al i fY J n g f, r all ad\'J ll ccd degree .It PLLI ,He c1a!>sitied as nnn- mat riculated � t [Jd c n ts . A n o n-m�triculated st uden t may ta ke

of 9 seme ter hours of SOO-Ievel courses.

maximum

non-

matriculted sludent may take an unllnti ted number f con t inuing educatioTl hours. Fu/l· limf - Grac.1u,t(t' � I ud �n t s nrol l!! fllr K or Ill Mj: sem es te r hours in fal l or spring semester ar� considered lul l · t i me.

Halrfi",e - GrJUuolt&: stu

8 �emester hours in fa ll t ime.

ell ts enrlll kd fO T at lellst 4 bUl less tha n or

sp r r ng seme_ter

.u e

wnsid ·red half

c: > -t m '" -t c: o m '"

INTE.R.NATIONAL STUDENTS: To allow ample lime for isa rocedurl!lt, i nte rna t IO n al applIcants should have their application and all supporting documents o n file i n the Office llf Admisslon� n o less thiln four months before a propo�ed dale of entry. The f, \lowing document s are neee ' ary BEFORE an application can be proce' eel

I. Formal application for admu.sion and &talem It of goals with the $35.00 non-refundahle application fee (which cannot be waived for any reaso n ) . 2 . Official tra nscri pt s with En gl i sh tran lation from each col lege or un iversity attended in the United Sta tes, home co un t r y, or other ('0un try. All t ran scri pts must be sent directly to the Office of Adnlissions at PL fro m the i nstitution prov idi ng th e tra nscr i p t . 3. 'TWo letrer of recommendation Frum �chool offic ials or persons of recognized t a ndi n g. Applicants t nmsfen ing fro m a U.S. college or university snould request their inlernationJI tudent adviJ;or to end a recommendation. 4. Dem on stra ted proficiency in the Engl is h language thr ugh attaining a m i n im um 'core of 2 1 3 on the comp utenzed Test _

of English

bej:3use of groldt: POlllt average or 1.la lit" l.ompletion If

and other depart ure

CLASSI FICATION Of STUDENTS: A student may be ildmilted

to a graduate progrJm w ith regulolr liT provisional � ludent status, ilnd lllay enroll as a full -tllne llr half-time student. R�SIlI(Jr - Tho�c: bl udents ap p roved unreservedly fo r adl issi oll 1.CJ gr-rtdUCllC S l uJy art! sranh:d regular �lol i u ' . An 1I11dergrJdu ate g rad e point average of 3. 0 or hig her is rt! u i red f r r gu l a r status. Provislollal - III �()me progril lTI', m:wly adm i u d ,�tu denb arc ass igned provi iunal statu� until certa i n program prerequisJlt'S

a.s a

Foreign Language

(TOE

) . Condit iunal

ac:cept.mce will nol be granted for inlernat ional students lacking adequate English language �kills. , tudents with a bachelor's degree from

English-s-peaking college

university aro:: not requ i rt!d tn take the TOEFL

s. Official score from specilit: test as req u i re for certain program or concentrations . See individu al master' pr()gram:; {or further information. In ternational student ' able

arc:

requi red to submit a non-refund·

$300.00 advance payment foll ow ing an offer of admbsion.

Thi� payment is th e �tudent's acknowledgmen t of acceptance and is credited til the �tudent's ac oont to be applied toward expen�s of the first term of enrollment.

1-20 form

(Certificate of Eligibility for Non - I m m igr a n t

Student Status) wilT be issued only after a\1 d()cumcnu holV!! been

received, the applk.l lion has been reViewed , the student ha., b oen offe red ad m is�;on and accepted, a cerli ne,ltion of finances ILls

been received. and the 5300.00 advanud payment hns been receiwd. Cert ification from banks dnd embassies is permissible. A 6nanciuJ htatemenl fonn is avatl ilble I>n the Web or from t he Officc of Admi&sions upon request. The 1 -20 form should be tal-en to the U.S. Consulate when requemng a Vb<l to come to the United States for a grad u at e program. 1 - 20 forms i ssued by liu.' Offiee of Gra duate 'tudies are (o r master's d egree programs only and not for i ntensive English lan gu age study. lmernat ional students are requi red by imm igration regula l ion to .:nroll ilS ruJ l- l i m o! Slutienh {., m in im um of 8 credit hours per se m es t e r } . They are al. (") required to submit the appropriate medical form to the university's Health Service. Student. may all." be requi red to have a physical exam . Hefor.· en rol li ng for classe:i. all intern tional student are required 10 nave health and m /!'d ical in urance. which is obtained th rough the u niversity after JrrivaJ on campus. P

I F I C

133

V> 1&1 o

;:, l V> ...

international graduate students must also report to Interna tional Student Servie:; ,It 253.535. 1 794, upon registration for pUTPose� of immigration , ma universify record-keeping. FACUlTY ADVISING: U po n admls�ion each stude-nt will be as:; i gn ed a faculty advisor respon. ible for assisting the s tu dent in

determi n i ng a program of �ludy, When appr priate. the advisor will chair t h e student's advisory committee. tudents are e11COuraged to mt:eT with their 'ad v i �o rs early in their progr. m�. HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MASTER'S DEGREE: A mini mum of 32 Se1UI.'$ter h ours i reqUired. I nd i vi d u al programs may req ui re more lhan the minimum n u mber of sem�ter hours, depending upon prior p re para ti o n and specific degree rcquin: ments. Any prerequisite courses taKen d ur i ng the gradu ate prQgram ' ha l l nut count toward ful fi l l men t of I:lraduate degree requirements. l'IlANSFER OF CREDIT: Graduate: work from another in�titu.

tion may be' accepted for transfer upon pct ition by the sl udent and approval by the pr ogr a m director. Eight semester hours rn.'lY be tr;msferable: to a 32-sen1cster-hour program . In degree programs requiring work beyo n d 32 sem ' tllr hours, more! lban 8 Ilme 'ter hours may be transferred. In any case. the student must complete ilt lea. ! 24 semes! r hou r� of t h e degree program at Pacific Lutheran Umversity. TIME LIMIT: All ret]uirements for the master' degree. i n cl u d i ng credit earned before adm i� ion, rnu t be completed within seven years. The seYel1-ycar l imit covers all courses appl i ed to the m� teT's degree. c red i t transferred fTOm an ot h e r inl>litutiun, comprehensive examinatIOns, rel-earch, .md fi n.il oral exa m i na lion. The seve'D-yeaT l i m it begins with begin ni n g date of the IIrst COUt c appliGlble to the graduate d�grec. (Sre also Sali�fu tory

Progress Policy.) RESIDENCY REQUlR.EM.ENT: All ca n d i d a h.'S for the master's degree must complete 24 . emester hour. of P;lcific Lutheran

University cou.rses. IMMlJNlZATlON POUCY: All graduate students are required to provide II university health h i . tory form with accurate

i mmunization record:; of measles, mumps, nlbel1a, and tetanus diphtheria to Health Services. Students bQm bt'tore January I , 1 957. must prov id e documentation for tetanus-diphtheria ( Tel ) booster wi thin the last 10 years. All internationa l · tu den � are required also to have it tu be rcu lo si kin test. T!lis test will be Jone at Health Services after arrival at t he umversity. The coit is 520.00. Students with questionli or concerns ;Ibout the i m muni zation pol i cy should contact Health Services lit 253.535.7337. COURSES TAKEN ON A PASS/FAn BASIS: If a graduate student's program includes a course where students may e lect a letter grad e or the: pass/fail option, graduate students must opt

for the letter grade.

COURSES ACCEPTABLE FOR GRADUATE CREDIT: All 500numbered oourses described in thiS catalog are gr ad ua te level. In MlmC' gr ad ua te programs, a limited number of 300-Jevel and 400 l evel courses may be accepted tor graduate credit. (See Degree lind Callrs£' OjJl?ritigs for graduate cou rse descTlptions.) A maximum of 4 scme�ter hours of continuing education �:redit may be accepted towilrd a master's degree. This applies to contin u i ng education credit taken at P LU r t ran.� ft!rn:d from another university. All cQur es accepted fo r the master's degree a re subject to the: appnlVal of th e program di rector and the de..!n of grnduate �tudi �. GRADUATE CREDIT FOR SENIORS: If: d u ri ng the l ast semt:S ter f the senior year, a candidate for a baccalaureate degree finds it pos5ible 10 complete all degn: e requiremenu. w i t h a registration of fewer than 1 6 s em est er hOUfS of undergrdduate credit, registration ror gr'ddullle credi t mdY b . permiSSible. However. the total regist r a t io n for u n de rgrad ua te requirements and elective gr ad uate credit �haU nOt exceed 16 semester hours 134

P A C I F i e

U T

U N

V E

S , T Y

d u ri ng the �em('ster. A memorandum s tat i ng thaI ;t i l baccal.lun: ate requirements are heing mel during the current semester must be s ign ed b)' the appro( naTe department dlair or school dean and pre ented to the dean nf graduate studil'l. at the l i me of \uch registration . Tbis regtstration does not apply tOlllard a h igher degree unles.� i l lS later apprnved by the student\ graduAtt' program advisor and/ or ad v i so ry com mittee. PETIT IONS; It is the student's re�ponsih i lity to rormally

p�tition the dean of graduate studi s for transfer credit. change of program or ad vi so r, or any excepti n to policy. Petitiun forms may be ubtain d from ' dvisors.

STANDARDS OP WORK: The m in i m um tantlard accertablt.' for the master's degree is a grade POilll average of 3.0 1 0 all graduate: wnrk. Graduate-level credit will not be civen fo r .my class in which the gr.lde C'JTnCcl is lower t ha n a C-. A student whose gradt' pomt average fulls beluw 3.0 I S suhject LO di�mi .. al from the program. In 'uch inMancClo, he: rec o m m t! n dation fo r d i sm i ssa l or continuance is ma.ck by the �llIdent's .lJvisory (ommillee and act d upon by thl! dean of gra.duJte studies. studen t p u rs ui n g the mast r's degree who fails to m.l1ntain a umulativ� grade pllint average or 3.0 may be pia eel on academic p� rob at i on . Whc.n such adiun is takcn. the student will be notified by l e t ter from the Officc of the ProvO�1 and Dean C)f Graduate Sludie . A g ra du a t e tudent on p ro ba ti o n who fails to a tt a i n a cumulative grade poillt average ( f 3.0 in the neJil term (If enrollment may he dismi$ ed from the program. A graduate tudent c.m not ea rn a ma�ter's desree wi th les� th<ll1 a 3.0 cu m ul a ti ve gnlde pom! avcJ'age in all graduate-level work.

ACADEMIC PROBATI ON:

THESIS AND RESEARCH AIlQUlREMENTS; S t ude n t s are required to pre:.!!nt ev i d en ce of ability to do independent research. This an he demnnsLrated in th r ee way�. See edch pro gram sec t io n for expla nation of researc h options With," e:lCh

graduate program. The first method IS a thesis. T h ose stud nts W r i t i n g thc:.es must submit their original theses for binding a nd m icrofi l mi n g by ProQuc1�t of Ann Arbor, M icbigan. In addition, a Disserwti(}fl 5erv ices publishmg form and an abstract of 1 50 words or fewer mu�t be submitted with the publishing fee, 10 th l1ic� of the Regist rar. no tater than l h ree weeks be; re gra Juatiun . Fee� fur microfilming, puhli:.h ing a bstra ct s. nnd binding uri�inJI these� tor the permanent PLU libr.:try collection ar� paid by ,t uJent� (see TlIition and Fees section). The �ec nel method is a resear.,:h paper. I f a prugram reqwres or �tuJent' e l ec t re�earch pilper uptiun one original pap.:r mml be submitted to tbe Office of the Registrur With an a b st r ac t of 1 50 worth or tew er, nu 1,It.er than three \\Ie:ek� before g raJuat i un . Research papers will bc microfilmed at Pl.U and placcd in the PLU linr.try colb: t i M . Microfilming fees are paid by students. rhese� and rese-a rch papers must bl in the Office of l he Regi l>t rar not later th,l n three weeks before graduation. All theses and paper<; presented mU!>t be ckJn , er ro r- free . and folluw th APA St)'le M a n ual . Details a r e avai lab l e tmm lht.' Ortict' (If lhe Regi trar_ The third method oi fuliilling research requircment� u. ed 10 some p rogr a m s I S paper prese nta tions or cul minatins proJects in specific CllUrs� designed to c(lmprehemively Integrate a pr og ram's malerial while p ro m o t i ng indep.. ndcnt rese.lrch ,lfld �tudr. •

EXAMINAl'JONS: \Wilten comprehen iYe e xa m i n .ll i ll n ,lOci/or oral examinations nre requ ired in all School of I:duc. tion graduate p rog ra m . These exuminution:. numllll ly will be scheduled no later than th ree-li ix w{' k., hefnre w m melll..ernen t . I n any case, the linal w r i tte n compuhensive: examination Illllst be passed no later lhan thre'e weeks before ..:ommcnccrnent. Tht: oral examination over the thesis o r re_ earch is conclU ded nder the direction of the student's advisory committee and m u s t be

\:o m p l\!t ed �uccessfullv no later than Ihree: wee:k.� before (om

SATISFACTORY PROGRFSS POLlCY: Graduate and p rofes

m en cem elll

sional studt'nt� must meet the same �a l i :.J:l\. t ur y progress req u ire m en ts as wldergrad uate st ud en t s i n order to continue rece iv i n g fin an ci a l a su.tance, with the: � lIowing (lICC'p tlllO::

GRADUATION: AU C(lw'�el> mu t be co m p let ed , exa mi na tion s p a�d , anJ Ihe. i�/r� earch req ui rements fulfilled in order to

qualify for gr adua ti on . G raduate students must apply for gradUdI it n by the fol lowi ng da le!> : Gnduallon Da'4

December 1003 lanuary 2004 May 200f Auguat l

Graduation Appllc.ation Due

Thesis Dwt

\ , 2003 1 , 2003 N(w�mb r I , 20113 IIhrch 1. 2004

Oetl!mbcr 1 , 2003 D�tembl!r 1 2003 May 1 , 2004 August 1 , 2004

May May

aeh gr ad uol le program moniton the grade pOInt ave ra ge of it- ,t u den ts In gene ral . graduate t ud.: nts murot maintain a m r n i m u m gra de point average uf 3.00. M i n i m u m grade point avcrdge:

1. Mi n i mu m credit r.:quiremenl rllT grJduate fina ncial ENROLLME NT STATUS

RESPONSlBIUTIES AND DEADLINES: It i.� tne respou�ibil i ty tlf \!ach graduate s t ud en t to know and follow the p rocedu re \)utlined in tlllS ,a tal og and to .tb i d e by c:�tabIL hed dea d li nes. Sec i n divid ua l r u.1 Icr', programs anJ �onl"n l ratiom for spedtk degree: reqlllrt:ment�.

MINIMUM/VEAR

6 4

3/4-t lme

I I2-lime

Llpon a cce pta nce , meet with thc assigned advisor as soon as p m�ibl e \ 0 clolahl is h t he � rogram of study.

•

Regi tel fllr I h e . is or re� c:-a rch p.lpcr as requi red. Dead l ine; the lasl accep tab le regis tra tio n dat.: h the semester in whi,h the student cx pccts to n :cd ve his or h t'r degre c.

•

A p pl y for gradu.ltion. File your ap plica t ro n for grad ua tio n with Ule Regbt rar' ffiee. Yo ur cap and gown orde r will be st'nt to y lU. Nnt..: 1(.1 Jllldml j;,iI, /II Imlplcle 'he rre(fss,ui' f'/.'I/Jf irl'IIIr,mll1r �ratllll1/j'I/I, til, appiifrlJiml for gradualiml lI'ill ll(Jf au nmlarical/y be /o,..",l Irtl,·ll lo1 Ilu: Ih·.XI wmmCIl(,'/IICIIJ ,JIll.,

253.535.7250

Take comprehensive w r i tten and/or ura.l

Ca ther i n e Prall, Edl>, Associatt' Deall ana Pm-etor, MBA

Ihe.' h indlOg/mkwfi lming fee mus t be paid.

Tui t io n (h 'l r�1!!> fu r gr adua te ,tudents art! d t!l t'rm i ned by the

pt:r

Program, School

of DUSI/lt!:;s

The t>.lBA progra m is cen tered on the skills

a n d knc w l � dg-e rellui red fo r profe sional management, providing

a s tr o n g foundation tor re' pol1�ible leadersh i p In business. gove rn me nt , and lIon-pr fit o rg" n iu tiom . TIIt' MR,'! f'rogrnm offers both I:Yl:nir/g 1111.1 weekl!lld program opli()(/S to sen'/! tile working (omtn/miry. The da.$sfO(lm e nv i ro n m en t is enha nced by

Tuition and Fees

Tui l iu n

Master of Business Administration

MBA PROGRAM:

,lnu resea rch paper in fi n a l to r m 10 the

egi st ra r\ Office, t ree wed.:s p r io r to graduat ion. At this r i m e

number 01 semester hours for whic h bas.:d tlO a �emc!Skr hllur ra t e.

SC HOOL OF B US i N E SS

J. T h addeus BJ rnowe, PhD, fllfer;m Decw, Sc/tool 4 BlIsiness

xa mi natjon under the d i reLlin n ot the m"Jllr ad vi so r or a d� I so r y COllllmtlce. Dead Subm i t th e

m VI

Ivww.plu. edll/-Iluscr/mbll

li n\!. no l a t t' r I han fnur ¥eeks before commencemenl. o

3. M axi m um graduate financial :lid lime alluwed' a) The maximum n um ber of Jiill-llme graduak c red it hours thal may l1e attempted is 72, and I he maximum lime al lowed to co m pl ete a gradu a te degree is -1.5 yellrs, b) The motximllm number of pW'I-time gr.1du3te cre dit hour:; U) a t may be QlLe m pled is n, and the maximum allowed to complete a graduate degree I S 7 ymrs.

•

....

12 1\

Note: Lcss t!JUIi I12 · time mmllmmt will cause II sl IId.m t 10ll n to be cancel/t'tl and mayjl'opcmii= ' deferment stntt15,

Ap ph cllt inn fOlm ' (Ire 3vail"ble in 1 he Regil>tr,u' Office. <Ibo till o u l an lrcler fo rm t'Or a cap. gown. an d nood.

MINIMUM/TERM

puJl - ti me

Nore: TI,e 1l,�isI/Tullrch pap..,.(s) must be sigll..d /ry the majur "(lvbor lind have been /Tad by the emirr committee before 5ubmi5.sion to thl! OffiCi" of rI,e Registrar. St udenlli p l an n i ng to take part in commencement exer'ist'� m ust

11\

a�sista nce:

st u den t registers an d are

em.:�ter hour fOT 2003-2004 .. . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. . . . .. . . . .

Tht'si� bi n d i n gl mi aofi lm r ng ( suhied

Il)

$6 1 2.00

h an ge ) . .............. $70.00

Thesi eopyrighting $45.00 Rc ea rch pap.:r or proje:ct mil-mfilmrng ................. ........... . . $ 1 0 00 G rad u al 10 n e - ............................... ... .. .. ............................. $55.(l0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Financial Aid 253 535.7 1 34 800.67g.324J II'tVw.plll. C'II,,/ -r"id financial ,lssi lanct' for gra d ua te students is available in the forms of Perkins (as funding permits) and Stafford Student Loan�, graduale: assistantbhip ' , and �. hol .m hips. S t u dc!nt m�t

be adm i tte u to J g rad uate p rog ram be fore a l o an can be gra n le d. Aprlieation� and 10dn inform.ltion may be obtained from Fi nandal A i d . A l i m i te d Ilumber of graduate assistantsh i ps are availab le . Co nlact tht' Financial /\id Office or the Office of Ihe Pr ovo t for a p pl icatio n ' and i n formation. The pri o r i ty date for submis�ion of dppiicill ions for the academic year begm n r n g in September is Apr i l 1 5.

a balance of full- and part- ti",� sludenlJ>, .ls wel l as stu de n t s with diverse backgrounds. Students may enter the program at terms thro ugh out the year.

AACSB ACCREDATJON: The M B A

program is ac.. rediled by

AACSB . MCSa is t he pr em ier acc red i t ing agency for degree

prog rams in busine . AAC5B .Icc::redilion as.\ures qual i t y and prom otes excellence and co n t i n uo us i m provem e n t i n b u s i ness edu aL l on . PUI's MBA program has h�en ac::.:redited i n , e 1 976 Jnd was the first MeSS-accredited MBA p rogra m in the S ou t h Pugel ound regi on .

MBA WITH EMPHA 1 IN TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVA TION MANAG EMENT (MBA TIM): I n a ddit i on to the general

M BA p ro gr am , PiU offer In MBA with a n emph asis in Tech noloGY and I nn ova t io n lVlanagemenl. Th i b program focuses on techno logy a n d innovatt n managemc:nt issu� and kills

wi th i n a h igh-quality rvrnA cu rr icul u m , I t i5 desi gned for tech n i ad and non-tccnlllcal em p loyees \ 'ho want a deeper app rec i ati on of managing in te,hnolugy oriented and/or fast movlnS i nn ova ti �'e organization '. St udents may enler the evening program at te nn .- t h ro u gh ou t Ihe year. The M BA-TlM em p has i� is ufh:red in the e ve n i ng l/ld in a Lwu -year Saturday only formJl to a cohort of students who begin the program in tile fa ll sem t!5ter on ly.

135

--------�--�- .

POST MBA-CERTIFICATE I N TEC HN OLOGY AN INNOVA TION MANAGEMENT: [ nd i.,.idu.ll holding a n M BA degree may apply for and e n ro l l in a post.M li cl!rrificate 111 Technol ogy and (nnovarion Manag ment (TI M), This certificate u pdates rhe skills and abilities of tB dtgre,' holders. jq uire m en cs incluJe c() mpleriol1 uf 1 6 semescl!r hours i n T I M cou rsework ThC1"� i.s a reduced a pplICati on process and che GMAT is

not

requ i red . For more i llformanon, sec the

fol lowing section o n Drg!"!!/! Rt'fj/l"....tllell r. m dw 5cl1\10 1 of

Business MBA website.

OBJECTIVES OF THE MBA PROGRAM • To prepare stucknts � r ma nagem u t positions i n c l) m me rci a 1 and n ot - for - profit organ iIations b), providing them the basi c knowl edge o f h o w thest' orga n iutiuns fu nction a n d quippmg them with the neces ry compete m i es to work e fTectively. Thes competencie' include.: ( I ) leader'hip. ( 2 ) titical!creative thinking, (3) effective communication.H) team effectivene '�, and (5) taking in i t i ative and manasing cha nge . •

•

Tn give students .In i n tegraled perspel: ti ve f the interconnec tions alnong the fu nctiondl area 01 busi n�5$es and the rontextual environmen t that affecL.. t h e m . To i den t ify and halteng( �tudenls to adupl high slandJ rds for eth ka l practice a nd professional conduct To prc:pare students f�)r l ives of �en.'1c,: tQ I he c(l mm u nit y.

•

To prepare rudent!; W I e .:on .... mp(lrary tech nl1l(1git:s and to embrace th.: chang.:� c,lU� by tech nological in nova t ion.

•

To i nculcate a glnb,ll per�pe(\iw in student ,

fr(lm regionally accredited un iver:.itJes or c.oUeges and who have demon ... trated their ability ur puten tial to do high q u al ity academ ic work on OJ c.()nsi�tcnt ba.�is a re encouraged to apply for admission Lo the Master f Businc�� Ad ministration progranl. Con ultatJon abo ut the program is ava i lab l frOnl the S hool of Business M BA dir.:ctur by c.a11in� 253.535. 7250 before fi lms the application fo r adm is�ion . /-or the even i ng MBA program alll.l the evemng MB - TIM prog ram �l udents ffiJ.y begin stud ies any term, '\pplicatiun are accepted fo r eour�e be gi nning September. Jan uary, Febr uary, M ay, or luly. he Sa turday M BA TIM program hJS a pr iority application deadlme of JUlie 1 . Applications re,eived after Ie application deadl ine w i l l b� evaluated and qualified app l icants may be adm itted. All a pp li cant. ar", requtn:d ttl � u b m il S( Irt! . from the Gradu-.ne M a nage ment Admission Test ( G M AT . To be admitte.d to t he M B progr'lm. candidates must show potential to compl�tc the M B A curriculum . uc t!Ssfully. -riteria used to evaluate a pp l icant· are: I. a �.75 or higher cum ulat ive grade po in t av rage in all col lege level coursew rk hefore app lication ; 2. a core of 470 or have n t he G ra du a te . 1anagement Admis �ion Test (GtvlAT); 3. Evidence f m a na ge ria and profe. �i n.11 p ote n tial through statement of goaL.. rl!t:ommendation:. and prtor exp eri ence. An interview with the M BI director may be req ue sted . Applicants are eval u ated individually. based 011 a presentation of faclor� indicating equiva lence III a dm I ss ion standards, J prom ise of succ� in graduate school. qualities of good the educational mission

of g rad uate study_ THE GRADUATE MANAGEMENT AD MISSION TEST:

The Graduate Management d m is ion Test (G.1.AT) i:. a tet.1 of aptitude rather th a n a test uf bu�ine:.s k owle ge per St!. The GMAT is a computer-aJ.lpuv test Iha is ilv.l liable. year-round. at test cc:nter throughout th world. Candidates are examiJled in three major aTeas; verbal. mathematicul, and anal}-tica l writing �kill�. A corc is earnl: i n (,deh are-oJ. and (.3udidale ' receive a total score. which rJllges between 00 and 800. I n formation abou t the GMAT may he obtaine d from the Co un �d i ng and Testing Cen ter at 253 .535_7206. by Ollling GMA1

136

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R

ADVISING: The M BA director .idvise- all MBA students and �huuld be contacted for assistance i n pla n n i n g course work. MBA DEGREE REQUTRl!MENTS: (48 s

R S I T Y

ter houra)

MBA Core (30 semester hours) Busi ness 503 Understanding and Managing Findneial

Resources (4) Business 504 Legal d n d Et h i c:1 1 Environmtnt o f Busmt'S� ( 4 ) Busi ness 505 Ma na gi n g Effect ive Organ izatiun . (4)

Busi ness 5 1 1 M an ageri a l Accounting (2) Bu.\iness 5 1 2 VaJu� Creation: Operation�

d I n formuli 1 O Systems (4) Business 5 1 3 M .tr ke ti ng and Val u "rcatlon (2) Communication 500 Effe tive (. mmunic-ation 2) EconomJ(:S 500 Applied Slatl�tiC<lI A n a l ys i s (4) Econ omi 520 Economic Poli.:y Ana lysis ( 4 )

St... tegic Management ( 4 semesler huu r . ) { Business 590 St rategic Management i n ; G lobal Context (4) llmpeti t ivene, ' 0 ,. Busliless 580 Tech noillgy S t ra tegy ,m d

(4)

NOIe: B,LSlrle5S SHU j, rrql/ircd for slm/elllS ;11 lit,· Tr(//l/o/llgy and /llIll11'nrioll Manag£lfI(1II 'elI/Crill/ill " "'.

MBA Electives ( 1 4 semester hours ) Selec, from the following BI/SIII/!

ADMISSION: Students who hold bJ.chd r'. Jegrees in any field

character. and potential contr ibu t i on � t

d irec tly at 800.462,11669, or by visi ting the web site .lt www. gmar argo

535

537

, (Ollr;fS:

Financ.ial lnvestments (4 ) Decision Models a nd Strategies for finanC ial

Manager ( 4 ) 54.0 Effective eg ot iat io ns (,1 ) 54 1 Ma n Jg i n g I nnnvation and Technology Ch,mge (4)

542 MJ.nagement o f Change (2)

545 Continuous imp r ovem ent Str-dtegie� ( 2 )

549 Cuntem porary

HumID Re�()urce M a n age me nt

553 Tr a nsnationa l Managem«:nt (2) 555 Knuwledge lanagement (4) 55!! New Wm u re I\'!anagl:ment (4) 5 64 Managing Servic� Ma rke li ng ( 4 ) 566 D dupi n g New Product a n d Services ( 4 ) 574 Advanced Service a nd Manufacturing Del ivery

(2)

ystem� (2)

575 Electronic Commerce (4) 577 Project M an age m en t (2) 579 Technoillgy Commercial ilUlilln and Tm n�fer (2) 587 o r 5 8 8 Special Topics (--1) 591 [ndep«:ndent Studle: t 1-4) 595 Internship ( 1--1)

MBA CONCENTRATION IN TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION MANAG.EM.ENT (TIM) DBG REQUlREMENTS: (48 semester boW'S) MBA Core (30 semI.' ler hours) (see above.for MBA

Carl' retjulremcnts)

(4 seme ter hour�) S80 Tech nology Str a teg y and Competitiveness ( 4 )

Strategic Manasement

MBA-TIM Conceutratlon IlrseS ( 1 4 sumester hours) Rtquired Specillliza tirms ('''o llrs('s: (8 se mc. leI' hour�) 54 1 Managing I nnllv>1tion and Tec h nol ogy hang... (4) 555 Knowledge Manag.:men t (4) Specialization f/r.Jives: (6 ho u rs) SelrcL from the [ollowillS: 542 Management of Change ( 2 ) �4 5 Con tinuous Improvement St ralegil! ( 2 ) 549 Conrcmpordry Human Resource Manag«:menr

558 New Ve nlure Management (4) 566 Dcvelopmg New Product.> dnd Services (4 )

(2)

S7') AdvOlnceJ Service and Manufacturing Delivery

System� (_) 5 7 S Eledronac Commerce ( 4 ) 577 Project Management ( 2 ) 579 'Ie..:hn(llogy Commercialization ;mil Transfer (2) Select Speci'll Topics (587 or 588), InJepenuent Studi� (59 1 ). and In ternships (595 ) . approve:d for TIM. Sec course description u n der BuslI1t'.s5. POST MBA-CERTIFICATE IN TECH NOLOGY AND I NNOVATION MANAGEMENT: ( 1 6 se me ter hours)

54 1 lan.l!!lI1g I nnovation and Tech nology hange: (4) 555 Kntlwlc:Jge Managemenl (4) 5110 Tc: 'hnology Strategy a n J Competillve:ness ( 4 ) 4-hour rIM declive lrom approved M B A dective list I f a student has received d PL MBA in th e Plbt five years, pr VlOU. TIM cour ework mJY be 'ounted toward compl e tio n of the certIficate: requrrements. A minimum of 1 0 puM- MBA erne ter huur ' i rcqulrcJ. If a student has n:cei vcd un M BA from another Me B i n M i t u t ion in the 1'.1 I live years. equ i val en t I\rc\,iou coursework will be (()mldcrccl wwaru cumpletion of the certificate require ments. A miOl m u m of to po�t-M B semester bour' IS re:quired.

D I VI S I ON OF H U MANITI ES

Master of

i ne Arts

in Creative Writing (low-Residency) 25_�.53S.!l747

Al'pruvt'rl ll)' [llcu/r.y l'OCt' May lOU]; penrtillg clpproval of tilt 0/ Rege"B. Progrlllll i� _1'1 tn begin $11111iliff 2004.

Board

Barbara re m p le I hurston. PhD, J)t'cm. Divisiott o/ Humanities tilnley . RubIO. PhD. Progm l11 Din'clor luJith Kitch n M I' , Assistmlf ProgrllTII Director -'

PURPOSE.: An IOnovaltvc process-oriented program in the fields of

poe1ry. fic lion and creatiw Ilonfktion intended for independent

Jdult� wh o wi.�h to develop Jnd pursue careeD as writers. The

progrnm o lfer� a sub�tJntiaJ rang.' of on - and oft-.:.tmpu.s experi

I.'nce', including the merrt�lr�hip of nationally knuwn writt'rs and editors. The thre'-yl'ar course of stud y b collaborarively structured I fil tho:: ,tudent's (IWn nt!Ctl\ and elCperience. I t is designed to be well �uilcd to a lifestyle of p role' onal and/or family re porunbilities. Participants will attend four inten i\'e I O-day . ummer �idencies (on isting of \/ork:.hops, lectures, dnd mini-\.ouf'SeS and will design a personal course of study wi th .J chosen mentor for the following aC<lJc:mic yeJT. [he progmm iJldud<!S three ye-cl l':> of Ilne-on-<>ne w rk with mentors in choo;en gc:nres. rile empha:.i - will be on the CTQtive proce:s in all its pb<l:>es, a.� wdl a� on critical understanding. By th.: lime of graduation, ludent wil l be expeetl!d to have p wtlu(c d a collection of work In one or more genres of a quality worthy 01 puhlication. PREREQUiSITES: H.h:.helur'� degree, or eqm�.th:nt pmfl sionoll

cerufication. l or slUdents with backgrnunds in fields other than

ngl ibh or writing. further tutiy of literature mOl)' he rc!IJuired.

AI)M ISSlON: Applie,tnL iOT aJ rni. sion to the Master uf fine Art� in Creat i ve Writlllg will:

3) send a one-page review of a hook you have re endy re-ad 4) send a two-page sta t em e n t of your background in wri ting. your T1:a�ons for wanting to enroll in the prugram, and what you hope to accomplish 5) send two letter of recommendation allesting to you.r ability t complete �uch a cllur' C of study. your ability to work independently, and/or your character and achievement b) upon acceptance, furn ish a transcript of undergrad ua t e work APPLI CATI ON DEADLINE FOR SUMMER 2004:

Pr gram c:nroUmc:nt is small JnJ sdettive. Prospective pMticpants are encouraged to apply as carly as possible. Applil:ant will be cunsidcne on a yc:ar-n/und basi�, with the followinR cvcle: Early Admission - No�mber 30 ( Dc:d ion by January )0) egular >\dmis ion - febru.lC)' 1 5 ( Deci ion by April 1 5) te Adn11Ssion There will be ongoing consideration of appli ,,'mts for .lny remaining pia c . When all places have been tilled. subsequent ap p lica n ts will be considered for admb sion to the nc:xt y ear s class . Sdt'ceted applicants may be Ilffc:re:d admi.�sion to t he earlier ),ea r re�idency 3$ non mutriculnted workshop pa rticipants.

III .....

c o m III

APPUCATlON FEB: $35.00 ( nonrefundable) PROGRAM REQUI REMENTS: Su(cc:ssful complettun of three years of cre.1tive mentors hip. four sum mer r sidenCtes. a "uccess ful off-campus field experien�.:, and �ubm ls�ion of an acceptable thcsis consi ting of a criti ill papl.'r .� well as an originaI IJ()rtfo lio of fiction , nont1ction, or poctry ( work may be in more than one genre). The critical paper , hould arise from the areas of study and will usually be completed during the third year. It should se:rve as the basis for it class to be: tilught by the graduat i ng student during the final re:'1denq Each thCl>i� will be read by J board consisting ot two faculty mem bers and the director or a� i. tant direct r. Graduating , tudcnb will aL�tJ give a public n!'.tding from their work.

MFA Degree Requirements: (32 semester hours plus field experience) Course Offerings: MFA Summer Residency

an inten Ive l O da y reSidency during whiclt tudents attend workshop . lectui't'S, mini-(ourse� in writmg and and de�lgn an independent course of study with a mentor for the upcoming year. Work: hop 1 8 hour . Topics in Gcn re:/Craft 20 hours. Faculty will include d istingui hed writers. editors and literary agents. ( 3 credits per residency, 1 2 credit hour. required fur gradual iun) MFA Wrrring Mentorsh.ip - one-on -one corre''Pondence: with a profes!tional mentor In a genre or ge:n res of (h,lke!. Each tudent spends appr llimately 1 5 hours per week on creative and critical writing. At the compl eti on of the program. the students will produce a critical paper I'lu\ a buok-Io::n gth thesis. First yo::a r - 8 mailings. SeconJ year {, mailings plus lielt! experience. Third year tJ malhngs, CTllicJI paper, plus tho::si s. (4-8 cred its per year, total of 10 creJit houn; requiret.l for graduation) Field Experience - an outside e x pen e n ce 10 introduce students m varic:d a�pcct. of Ihe writing life, III ungoing opportunities for community service and professional uevelopment. to voices and appruaches other than those of our ti"ulty, to a n independent writing l i fe, May include re idencic!'> at Jrh \.ulonic anu u m mer workshops. study abroad. communit)' service proje:cts, teaching or appropriate iOlern..hips. ( Equivalenl of 4 (redil huurs, required 101' graduatio n ) -

I )hold a hJchelor's degree or equivalent profe �ion31 certifica

tion (Students who already have an MA in writing or lite:rature may be allowed tll complete t he program in two rean; .lOd tbrec ro::s idendes. ) 2 ) send , I portfolio re pr esen t mg your best work ' 1 5 pages of pllet ry, 31l-4Cl pag� (If prose)

, A e

I c

l U

T H E

II A N

U N

V Ii II S

1 31

�-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------..

An oral examination over course work and/or reSt.'arch may be scheduled at the d i sc retio n of the st uden t's advi�nry .:o mmil tee n l ater than three weeks before !;Ommenccme nt.

VI W C ::I

Classroom Teaching (32 semester ho0J'8)

.... '"

Offered

Project LEAD

FACUIIY COORDINATOR: C. Dougl as I....un ureaux. PhD CONCENTRATION OB]ECI'IVE: Thi pro gram i des igned to

pTovide advanced preparation in s ubj ect matter and prnfes..mmal ducat ion fo r e1ementa ry and �e,o nda ry t.eache rs. PREREQUISITES: .Beyund the gffieral p

rc<l u i�ilt!S. ilp p li �anl must ho ld <I valid teachi ng certificate and �hould Ol'd illMi l y have successfully completed one year of teach in g nr rela ted profe sion al experience. A grade point average of at least 3.0 ami GRE o r other adm i sian test appruved fly thl:: fdrulty ccmrJinator �nd completed

ill the past five yean are req uired. Studtmts not meeting thl;!Se requ i re men t� may be granted provi .�lOnal �tatlls.

S C HOO L OF E D U C ATIO N

Master of Arts in Education

545 Methods and Techniques of Research ( 2 ) Ot is stronglr recommen ded thal students complete 544 Resea rch/Program Eva lwtions belOIT enrollment in 545.) (2)

Lynn G. Beck, PhD, Deati, Sdwo/ tlf liti,ICtll;OIl

O" e of ,Tit' (ol/ow;Ilg: 585 Comparati ve Education (3 ) 586 Sociology of Education (3) 587 Hi!.tory of Educa1ion (3) 5 8 9 Ph ilo sophy o f Ed ucat ion (.�)

c. Do ugl as Lamoreaux, PhD, Dirccror of Gmdunte Studies,

Schllol of Education

PUltPOSE: Th� purpo�e of the gr ad unte program in education is t� provide qualified pen;o ns \�lth lIppnrtunitie� to develop t h ei r �kill� in teaching and prepare themsel ve s for educational

l eadersh ip and �ervice rol� requ ir i ng advanced preparation The major fidd� nf conce ntration .Ire ues igned to provide mOlximum flexibility in an experience-oriented em ironment. Graduate con(entrJtillns are I,ffe red in Cla:;sroom i!!'d ch in g, Res i dency Certificutlon. Ed uca t i on ,, 1 Admin istTa tion, ilnd l.iteracy Edul;a til) n . Requ iremellt ror each concentration u re listed separately lollowing this secti o n .

One of Ille followil/g: 5':18 Studies in Education ( 2 ) 599 The is

(3 o r 4 )

CONCENTRATION REQUlRHMENTS: ( 1 0- 1 8 semes t er hours)

Cou rses are determined m consul tation with tb majllr ad visor. All course!' accepted fo r the m ast er's degree

approval uf the candidale's Il dvi s() r

ACCREDITATI ON: The- S hoo l of I:d ucatiun is accredited by

flr

.:tfl! subject to the the candida te's advisory

commit1ee Courses may be se lected from the following areas: Educatil)n. Educational Psychology, ,lOd Special Educauoll.

the Nat i()naJ Council for the Accred ition of Tea cher Education

(NCATE).

(8-1 6 seme�ter hours) than 16 semester ho u r� may be

ACADEMIC SUPPORTING AREA:

COORDINATING MASTER'S DEGREE WITH CONTINUlNG AND PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION PROGRAM: Students holding an Inttial or Res idency Cert ific a te may coorcl inale the

Master nf Art� m Educa t ion degree with the requirement� ftlr Continuing or Pl'of��ionaJ CcrtificalJon . G rad u ato: students plHsumg the Continuing or Profi:s�ional Certilkate �hould disc uss tht'ir program� with thl! pmgram coordin ator or their advisor in the Schooi llf Ed ucat ion. Students intending t(1 wurk to\\'3rd a mJ.Sw'$ deg ree must co m plete fo rmal application for admission to the Office llf Admissions. Students i n ten di ng to complete

In lhis concenl ration. Dil more

or Spedal Edu,ati(l l1 . This prereq u is i te backgrou n d in t he !ttippurt ing area. The (lur es shall be upper-diviSIOn (lr graduate- l evel c()ur�es. Approval of cou r se to fulfjll lhi� req uire m ent �hall bt: obtained from the st udent 's advisory committee. The �tu d,ml" �upporting area may be ,bt�sen from unt' uf the f(l liowing:

applied from Educatio nal Psychol(�gy req u i rement

as:.umes a

Art Biology Business Chemistry

LanS\.I age Arts

and to professional certificate programs, app lican ts must have completed a SA or BS degter from it regionally a.:credlted institu

Communicat ion Economics

Physical Educllti on Physks

Educational Psychology

tion of h igher education and must submit re�'Om rnendations and

Englis h

Polillcal denc\! Pb)' h ology

General Science Geosciences

SOCIology

H istory

Special Education

req u I re m ents for th e Profe�iofhll Certificate must com pl ete J formal applkalion to rht' School of Education . ADMISSION: For regular admi' ion to maMer'b degree programs

le;sl score� from appropriate �creening tests. Stude nts may be required to hllVe a pers()nal intervic:'w with the director of graduate progra ms betilre admission . (See ind ividua l cunomtratitlOS for lest� and prereq uisi t e:; specific to the concentration.) St udents admitted provisionally mus\ fulliil l the following requirenlenb in arde no be: granlt:d reguJar SfatUl>: co mp let i on of 12 hours of graduate course work wi th a mini m um grudc: pnint avera&! of 3.0. EXAMINATIONS: Studenls mu," take a omprehensive examination over co urse work. Comprehensi ve exa mi nations are

arranged by each program's c\ ordinate1r.

Mathematic� and Computer Science Music

Social Scient.:es

Educational Administration (32 semester hours)

Offered

Project LEAD

FACUIJ'Y COORD INATO R: C. OuugldS L.unoreilux, PhD CONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: This prog ra m is u

. igncd

pre.p.lT'<!! el em en tary and secondary school p rinci pal s and

program administrators. P

I V

GENBRAL REQUlRBMRNTS AND CORE COURSES: ( 7-9 seme�ter hours)

253.535.8342 www. pl/l.�./III-edllc

1 38

,ome

PR.ElU!QUISITES: Beyond the general prercqui. i ll'S, applicant� lIlu�1 hold a \ alid teaching or ESA cerlific<1te and , hould ordinarily have �ucce sfully completed lwo year& uf teaching or related cxpencnc.c,· A grade poin t average of a least 3.0 and score from either (he �RE r other adml�si\ln test approved by thl: faculty �()llrJinat\lr and cumplclcd withlll the Palot five year� In: requ i red for regular .wmi:;sion. · CHI,tJidn/(!$ for till atimilli"rrt/illc crpt/emiai IlIllJl i'III'" complcr�d litre!' }wm of !t'ddlillg IJr r�l(l/cd �XpUtrll'·(' /J�fi're /sm""'" nf fl,e 1II/",;"islm11 1'(' m'liclI/i.d.

Candiuate:) who pos�e�s a master\ degree may appl) for the Educ<ltional Administration Certification Only program. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CORE OURSES: (7 -9 t'fllC!tter hours) 'i45 Mel hocls and Techtliques f Rcsearch ( 2 ) Ol/e IIf I I'l' follow;"g:

PREREQt1ISlTES: lleyond tbe general prerequiSites, applicants m ust bold a valid teaching or ESA certificate, have completed undergraduate education COUT:.¢S in the teaching of reading dfld the teaching of Ia.nguage arts and have succc sfully completed two years of teaching or related eltperience, A grade p int average of 3.0 and submission of test scores on the GRE or othrr admi ion t �t approved by th� fa ulty l;oordinator and t;om ple:tcd witbin the past five years are required for regular admission. Students not meeting these requirements may be gronted provi�iol1al �talus.

11\

-t C

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CORE COURSES: ( 1 3- 1 5 seme.�ler hours) 505 Issue in Literacy I::d uC'ation (1) 544 Re carch and Ptogram Evaluation (2) 545 Methods .lOd Techniques o f Research ( 2 ) 555 Curriculum Devt!\opmenl ( 2 )

C m 11\

Om! u.f tht: fol/(/willg:

5115 comparative d uc a ti on (3) 5Hb S ciulugy of Edu -ation (3) 587 Iii ..tory of Education (3) 589 Philosophy uf EducatIon ( 3 ) .

5B5 'omparative Education (3) 586 Sociology of Education (3) 587 I i i tory of Edu\."ation ( 3 ) 589 Philosophy o f EducaLion (3)

Otlt' of tile jiJ/lowrtlR:

0111'

598 tudic i n Edu(allon ( 2 ) 5�9 '1 IIcsb ( 3 or 4 ) MAJOR AREA OF CONCENTRATION: (23 semc.,ter hours) 544 Research ,l Ild Program Evaiuauun ( 2 ) 550 Educational Administrative ' [hcory (3) 5 5 1 Schunl I. aw {21 5 5 2 S c h ou l Finance (2) 553 Sehoul/Community Relalinns (2) 555 Curri!.uium evelopment (2) 5SH Instructiollal Supervision (2) 559 PCf)onnd l'.1,ln.Igemenl (2) 59 I ntern�hip in EJu(3tional Administration (-I) 590 Gr.lduate Seminar (1) PROGRAM OPTIONS IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINIST TlON: In tcrdi.·cipiinary progrum option� fur ap pl iC dfl ts seeking diftering cn:den tials must be determmcu at tbe beginning of the candidate's pmgram in .;omultatiun with an auvibor. For instance:, candid:Jtc� seekmg the M m Ed ucational AdmmLtra tion and principal's ((rdtntial ill take different l)ptiom from tho l: taken hy ,lIldidatc:s seeking the degree without the credential. Like\\,l�e, those with intere h in hu 'int!,\s manage ment or in administering Jnd coordinating spe ci lI programs mol)' chou,e UpllOl15 to thei r cou r�e of st u di es which will enhance their prufes,siolM\ dcveiupmenL Interest . I n all ca. cs, the courses m�l be ch(lsen dnd agreed upun 111 consultation with the cJndidale'� advl.'or. and must meet the ,r dit hour requIrement. '

Literacy Education (35 semester houn) ol llrrert'J in 2003-200,1 ACULTY COORDINATORS: Jan Lewis. PhD; and Cathleen Yetter. EclD ONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: The literacy eduC3tiun program reflects current thought and practice where language and l ilc rllCY .tre v ieweJ J louis for learn ing across the urricu lunl. The pri ncipal goa l is to prepare educators-specifically dassruom teachef'>. schuoi lihrJridl1�, and reading �p ecia l bts to em:oumge litcr.h:Y acquisition and Jevelopment appropriate to sludents' need� and interests. rhe im portance of children'5 literature. infllrtn,lIiol1 literacy, and technology within literal:) til�k" , cmrililSizeJ throughout both theory and practice. lhe coliu b')rRtion amung dassroom teachers, ·chool librarmns. Jnd reading speci aJbt � empha�ized within this program is integral to the underlYing phtlosl)phy.

of Ihe followil/g:

59R 5tudie ' i n Education (1) 599 Thesi� (3 nr 4)

CBILDREN'S/ADOLESCENT UTERATURE REQt1I.RBMENTS: (4 semester hours) 528 Childrcm's Literature in K-8 Curriculum (2). illl.d aI/I!

of lite foJ/owing:

456 Storytelling (2) 526 Topics in Children's Literature (2) 529 Adolescent Literature in the Se(ondary Curriculum (2) INFORMATION AND LITERACY: Option ] : School Ubrary MedialLLRS Endorsement ( 1 2 semester hours) 5()6 Foundations of School Library Media Center Management (2) 507 Principle.s of Infom1alion Organization. Retrieval, and Semce (2) 508 Prin(ipks of Bibhograrhic Analysis and Control (1) 509 Foundations of Collection Development ( 2 ) 537 1I.kdia a n d Technology fllr ,bool Library Media Speciali IS ( 2 ) 538 trategies for Whol� Uteracy Instruction (K- 1 2) (2) .

QL Option 2: Lansuage and literacy (Reading Endorsement)

( 1 2 semester hours) 5 1 0 The Acquisil ion and Development of language and Literal:Y (2) 5 1 1 Strategies for Language/Literacy Development in Cld srooms ( 2 ) 538 Strategies for Whole Literac)' I nstruction ( K- 1 2 J ( 2 ) 5 3 0 Children's \oVritlOg ( 2 ) EduC3tiun/Speciai Education 5 1 3 Languagl!/Literacy Development: Assessment and I nstruction (4) QL Option 3: Language .nd Utcncy (Clusroom O ption) ( 1 2 semester hours)

5 1 0 The Acqui ition and Development of wnguage and LIteracy ( 2 ) 538 Strategies for Whole Literacy Instruction ( K - 1 2 ) ( 2 ) Educatlonl peC'iai Education 5 1 3 languagl!/l iteracy Development: A!>sessmcnt and Instructiun (4) PillS: A minimum of " semester hours from education course \lfferings dt:cided i n cQn:.uJtation with tbe: ma;ur advisor.

I C

L U T H E R

U N I

139

In w Q ::I t In

ACADEMIC SUPPORTING AREA: (minimum of 6 semester

Supporting Coursework

hUUTS)

Ele�tive5 de ided in consultation with adv I Sor to support litera cy education. These e1ective� may in cl u de UI Me not limited I courses from: Ant hropolog y

English

Com m u nicati(1TI

P:.ychology

....

olllputers jn

ducation

Special Education (33 semester hours) Not of� rt>d jn 2003-Z004

FACUITY COORDINATOR: Paula H. L:itz, PhD CONCENTRATION OBJECI'IVE: The graduate concenlration tn special educarion i' d es i g ned to provide advanced p reparatio n for persons wh serve ch i l dren 3Ild you t l) with special needs in e d ucati on al sening . Two separate areas of specialization are offered : T h � I n cl us ive Classroom aDu Ea rl y Childhood pecial Education.

PREREQUISITES: Applicanl� must mee t Ihe following requ i rements:

I. Have l WO ye;lrs of tea h in g or relaleL! profe sional experience. 2. Have a gra t point average of at l ea st 3.0 and submit test sc re on I be GRE or ther admis�ion test app roved by the faculty coord inator and completed within the past live year . Slud�nts not meeting the e requirements may be granted provis ional stat us. 3. Co mp le tr: an i n terview with the facu lty (:oordi nator.

( 7-9 , emester h ou rs)

Ed ucation 54 5 Methods and Te..:hn iq ues of Research (2)

of Il,e fol/ow/fIg: Education 585 Cumparative Education (3) Etfuculioll 5 8 6 Sl)ciQlogy o f Edu..:ation ( 3 ) EduC3tion 587 H istory o f Education (3) Ed ucati on 5 8 9 Ph ilosophy of Ed ucallon (3)

fit!

P ROGRAM OV ERVIEW: Student enrol led in the M

wit.h Certification Progrilm begin studies in mid-June and co m plete progra m requirements t he followillg Au gust [n a ddi t io n to

(1)

ou rse work req uired for the resi d ency certi ficate, studen ts complete an inq u i r y project

Special Education CO � Rl:quirements: 555 Supervising Pnraed ucato rs cam

Bu i lding

Special

(2)

ducation 595 pecial Education: InterD.�bip (2) pedal I::.d ucation 596 Technology and �peclal Edu ca tion

(2)

Chaose olle of lire followillg optio ns;

Tlle IndmM Class room dU C3 ti o n 530 Assesmtenf of tudent:. with

(2)

pectal

Special Educati n 5 3 3 I nclusion and Students w i l h Mode rate

isabili ties (2)

Early Childhood SpedaJ Edw:atfOD (P-3) Special Euucation 492 rrategies to r Teaching Early l.earner� pecia l Education 538 l:.so in .Ear l y Childhood Special Ed ucat io n ( 2 )

(2)

ADMISSION PROCEDURES: I n l

ec hn iq ues fo r

�ubmit <I pp l i c..1 t io n to PLU's

Tea ch i ng in P-3 Seltings (2)

regi onall} accredited

re .. tcd

candidal� 'hlluld

caduate Studies Programs,

A pp lica tion . Ir ava ilabl from th Olfke (If Adm bsions Screening of applicants and a dm iss io n to the in co mi ng class will

(2) A

of :3.0 and official scores from the Graduale! RerorJ Exam ( � REI or other ad mi �� i on examinat ion app roved by the d i rector are required. Appll an ts <lrc i n v i t�-d to me t w ith the prugl'3m director bl!rM/? �ubnlltting t he comp lete d application i n o rde r t�, dur i r t l uesti lln : abo ut t he program a n d admissiun prncedure'.

Sp"ci aJ Ed u';;8 t i on 54 1 Assessmen t of Infants and Preschooler ,

esses of educati o n al i nquiry. The i n ten t is to p ro v i d e til o p po r tun it y for program participant: to t'. pl (lrc an t:ducat ional t o pic in a sys tematic way in llrder tt) enr io.:h their ul,d r�tanding of thl! topic, a n d generally, t he strengt hs and h m i tali ons of educa t i onal inqui ry. An I mportant program component L� the o mpl e r i o n ( a yea r- lo ng internship in a public schooL For the I n tern exper i ence, students are lu tered :1t sile selected U) t he u n i vers i t y a& representative 0 p rogra m reflec ti n g peeifie attention to cur. rent t rend s in m iddl e-level educat iun .

in titUlioD of higher educati(ln. A min im u m grade poi t average

Disabilitiet. (2)

tTalegies and

xpcrit.'nce, i!; deSigned to assIst 1I. I A candidAtes in

becom i ng f.uniliar with the p u rposes, theor ies, and pro

co mpl e ted .! biKcal aureate de gree fro m

Disordch (2) S pec i al Education 535 lncllLliion and Sludern with M il d

1 40

P RER.EQUISITES: For regu l a r admission, a ppl i ca n t s mu t have

peci al Ed ucatioll 534 I ndusion and Student with Behavior

Spec.i.ll Ed uc,tt ion 540 Advanced

t hesi a well

The inquiry p rojed, an e m p irical st udy grounde d in the intem�hip

Speci a l F.duC'dti()n 577 The Jnclu�ive G tasToom (2) Speci al Ed uca tion 588 Legal, Ethical and Administralive is ues i n Special Education (3)

Needs

•

on 'Irate m d ste ry of the program's c In: values.

in School

Settings ( 2 )

Special

I m i na ting in

comprehensive exam l O iltions tha I "llow MA cand i dat es to dem

(2 1 se me st er hours)

pecial Education 5 7 5 Collaboration and

he MA with ,cr l i ficalion P rog r a m is Jc�ig l1e d for qllal itic I ca n d ida t s �ho possess .1 bacca l.lUrc-d te degree 10 the hbera l arts and seek <l CHe er of �er vi c as teuciH'r . . Cour� w rk lead � l() the: Ma ter of r rt in Educ.,tion: Cla:srl) ol11 each i ng de g e and Wash in gtl1 n Sml<: Rt-si denc y Teuching Cert ificale with endorse ments i n rades K - 8 ( ementary Education ) and gra es 4- 1 1 ( ubjed Maller Sp cilid, Ca ndidates complete an I n te rnshi p i n grades 5-1lFull -time smde n ts entering the prugram may exp�·t to com plete aU r,'qUiremen lS in 14 months fu l l" Iimc st u den t load) . A �trong e mphasis in t h e progrnm i� plac�d on d velu p i ng the kill nece Sil ry . or the integra tion of c urricu l u m across grade l evel s with !ipecilk attentiun In th middl I e I ( grad ' 5-1l ) . The program is disti llgul shed by act ive a nd ea r l y inv olveOll' nt in the sthool dnd by mem ber�h i p with a coho rt group of pee�. S t ud en t s entering the p rngr;'\ m in the �a m term will p rogre. through C( l u r es an d pcactica toget h er, whi ch al l0\1I5 them to share i nsi ghts and experi nces. Beca use of the invlllvt'l11enl i public school programs, s tude nts sh ou l d e able to take C(JUTSCS an d arti ipat in practic<l during the da y.

ONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: The p r i nl.lry aim or the program is to educate teacher: \'I'h" are r�dy to , ume a variety of roles in 2 � t-ce n tur y �(hO(lls. Faculty work with stu dents to develop u nderstand i ng;' and skills fur th eir fun Li\ln as l e-ad c:rs, mq uirl'rs, and curricul um/instru ct iona[ special ists Cou rse work in the pT )gram is designed around 'ipecifi. t he mes that serve a� a ocus for i n d ividual and group p rcl}ccts and intersect with th fu nction ' of lea(hc.r� as leaders, inq u i re rs , and curricu l u ml i nstructional pcc ialists.

CORE COURSES AND RESEARCH REQUIREMENTS:

Special Edu atio

MA with Certification (Residency) DIRECTOR: C. D{ ) u gl a � Lamore:llL , P h D

'pedal Education

One of Fhl! following research IJptllJns: Edu.;;ation 598 Studies in Education Education 599 Thesi (3 or " )

(6 semester hour ) lIlIIside ofSprci(11 Et lucaljo/l (6)

Elec tives - [rolll

beg in la uary 3 1 and ( ol1l in ue u n t i l the

lass is full. En rollmen t

in ! h � 1 1 With Re.�idel l · y Cerlilic·a tlOn P " gr am is b mi led an aUlDl. �i 111 In t he p l llgrn Jll is competit ive. Application and a d m issi o n prm:edu rt:b include:

I . Co mpl d cd .. pp l icntinn will CIlnSISt u the following: a Cr<l d uill e Applicul i t)1l l'l)r m ind u d i ng : 'Iwu letOm llll'T, dat i ul1s w it h at least one aGademic ·

reference:' •

S tatemen t )f 'oab

• Re�lIme h . A pa.,�il1g

Jat � . TrallS(ri pt � fro m all coli ges altended

d Otlkiul COPI(!S of .RE or , 1/\,[ �core 1. Ap pl ic31 iolh will be revlewcd by a comm ittee in Ihe Sch oo l of Education.

3. , deueu app l i cJ n t will be i nv i te d to th campus lor a g roup i nterView where th e � will also (om pldc a w ri t in g sample. 4 . !\ppl i ca Us will e "'Hilled of t he , m mittee's decision. S. Act;cp t d appli ·an l. w i l l ret u rn a l c ln f mna t i o n �llrJ ilnd non refu n dable $3UO,UU deposit.

QUl RED COU RSES: Prllgram requirements i n cl ud e sUl:ccs�1 ul lOm " kUHn of the fo l l ow i ng c o u rses: _

t nllcgil's for Ll ngunge/ L i t�rac y Development

544 Research a n d Program

'iS6

lLxercises, Ias.ifoom dis(�OI l , and real-l ife activities. The pro gram is secular iJ nature and emp/la�h�

the appli arion of theory II)

practice, igorolls evahllltion. a nd direct . upervision of one's clinical competency.

ACCREDITATION: Tht' p rog ram is fm ly accrOOited by the Ulnmi ' ion on Arer di l at ion for Ma r ri age a n d Fami ly Therapy Education of t he American Association of Marriage a nd

a l l t hrec ec t ions of t he

a�h ingh," Euuullor Skill� Test Basic. Si lest (lales arc :lva ll;lble d u r i ng l he yt:ar: check the Schllol of Education website fo r the ��nre on

expl· ricncc. Because furulty recognize that adult studc:nt� br ing expertise \\ ilb then , stud nl'; are h ighly i nvolved in le-am i ng via

val u at i on

(2)

ccun dJr y a n d M i dJ le , chuol Curriculum ( 3 )

56U Pr;ILUcull1 ( 2 ) 5 6 2 Schools al\d , o d d y ( 3 ) 563 I ntcgr at i ng Se m i n;l r ( 3-·4) 564 I he A rts, M ind, I1I1U BuJy ( 2 ) 565 The A r t a nd Prac ti ce o f "I' c h i ng (6) 5611 I n tern�hip ( 6 ) 5 9 rtll"\i t ' ) JUl,lti m)'11 P�y\.h (llogy 560 Lumm u ll i at ion in the Schools ( 3 ) Ed u ca t i u ll nl Psych ol ugy 5 6 6 Advanced C og n i tio n , Development,

D IVISIO N O F S O C I A L S C I E N C E S

Master of Arts Marriag and Family Therapy 253.535T99

Dav id l l uel sbec k . PhD, V('I/II, l JivisioTl of odal ·Cle,,,e.. , heq I .- tarm . P h l>, CIIt/;r, U/!pm III/flit of ,\ 1 rridge a/ld nil/lily Ihl'r'lP.lI �harks York, PhD, Uillh [J",:ctor

"As 1 visit with illtcms from MfT programs, I realize what a superIOr edllCfltiofl J received JNm PI. U. . . Dlher pro rams o1lly to/Kif em mlflll a m ollnts or what we �llldied. . . " KATH i.llN LUIiY. M n GKADU"r£

PURPOSF: T he primary ohjeclive of the Ma rr inge and Family 1 her.lpy ( M IT) pmgmm i!. lO t rd.ltI din ici.ms inte1'c!l>led i n cuu nsding ..:h i ldren , Juult ·, c( lu pl s. o r f.lmilio with a wi d e range of mental health problems, ranging from the chronically menially in to tl\lubled dli ld ren, frOI11 i\ marri'lge and tiun i l y therapy erspective. SlUdfn t s arti�ipnle in an intensive 20- htl llt- per-week, tour or five semester cl i nical expe rience w hich includes 500 h ours of therapy u n d.:r cit �e �u pery i�iun in oll l lllH Olmpw; dmi ami in a com m un i t y pl:J.ccnll:.·nl. The on-campus dinie and four off-campus sites olTer a l l �tudents .1 mllnnged cart! clinical expt'ri nee. Academic course ar heduled at 3:00 p.m. to allow �1 uden� work full-time du ri ng thell" firs t acadcm iL year �\ hil l.' they prepare tor their clinical

(AM..1 FT ) .m d

Family

.... c:

also complie. w it h Washi ngton State:

eerti Icatioll req u i rements tin marriage :llId fa m i l y therapists.

PREREQUISITES: App l i ca nts who haw a degree in fam i ly tudies, human rvices, psychology, sodology, social work, or lhe equivaI nt are not required to meel any prog ram rereqUlsites. Applicants who do not have ;t Jegret' in allY elf these <lreru. a re required to comp l ete a mi ni m u m of 1 5 semester hours (22.5 qua rter hours) in fumily soc ial sciences. humun �rvices, psyrhology, sociology. or social

lVork.

ADMISSION: The M n p ro g ram I� l ooking for imlividuals who have: profess ional gu.ds co nSistent with the program, volunteer or pn,ft:. ional experi nee in the social : i , th ahility to handle the a . de mic ri go r of the progr 1, and the rsonal qualities re

qu ired of marriage and fa mily th rapists. de nt body h ighly diverse in spirituality, age.

ur gOdi is to have 11 �tu rae

, o:thnicity. gender,

sexual orientaLion. and also i n cl u:. ive of international �tudents. To be

n!. i de re,l for admission, applicants must: have a bachelor"

de gree, submit trail 'cripls of all undergraduate work, have a �p..'Cific inte.resL in MFr, provide

current f\!Sume, obtam tviO letters of an applicati n, and prepare a career

r wnunendation, complete

sllltemcnt The co mprehe n!.i

career

statement (maximum of five dauble . the following questions:

spacetl typed pages) should addr

I . What signilicJ.nl J i f� events have 111 0 i nfl uenced your pre ent dev l o pm e l l t and your de ire to be a fa m i l y therapist?

2. Wha t

are

your professill llal care r go al s after c ompl et i ng your

degree?

.lnd I .e-J rn i ng ( 3 ) l!.d u , hollal J'sydlol ogy :; ' 3 Cu r r ent Issues in Exceptionality (2-4)

3. What ,Ire yuur st rengt h s that will help you a hiew youI' pro fession al foalS?

4 . What do you conSider to be a r

for per.;onal growth that

may need th � mu�[ atten tiun d u nng your t r a in ing

as II

thera

piSL (It Pacific L ut h e ra n Un iversity? This statem ent

rep l aces the requ ired

goa l st.ltemc:nt

the ap

plication form . Based on a committee re k· w of a plicants' written materials, a pool of applicants 10 be i n te r v i ""d ' e.ffiIhli hed. The" primilry pu� of the i nt e rv iew is to dl!rmin th fit between the applicant:;' pro fessional goal� and the pu r pose ;lIJd mission of the MFT program.

APPLICATION DEADLINE FOR FALL: A p p l i Cd t ion tI l c'lm pleli!d in ffice of Ad m is. ions: January 3 ] •

•

In terView Noti fication: :Vlld February through end of April.

Interview dale: Tl be an no unce .

ADV. NCE DEPOSIT: A ' (ep t e applicants mu I make a $300.00 adva nc e payment to t:onlirm their <1"e ptan ce of an offer of 3d mission within t hrl'c Wl'e . o f their acceplanre date. REQ UIREMENTS: ( 45 �eme... ter hours )

500 Hu man D ev lupmlffil ( 4 ) 50. Syslems pproach to Marriage and Family Therapy (4) 504 Pam i l y [kvdupmen t (.1 ) 505 Social 'dence: Roean:h Methods (4) 5 7 Comp� rallve . Larr iilge and Family The rap y (4) 510 Human Se x-ua l i l y and , ex Thernpy (2) 5 J 1 Psychosocial Pathulogy: RelatJODsrup to Marriage an d Family Therapy (4) 5 1 2 Proiessi oal studit'S in Marriage dud Family Therapy (3) 1 9 Practtcum I (2) P A C

I F I C

L U T H E

V E

R 5

141

520 Theory I (2) 52 1 Practicum D (2) 522 Theory Jl (2) 5 23 Practicum I1I (2) 524 Theory I I I ( 2 ) 5 2 6 Develrlpme n t of a Persona l l n tegralt!u Theo ry (2) 525 Pract icum IV (4) 527 Extended Pract icum V l2)

III >AI

Elt:crive: 599 The-is

Outcomes Manager Concentration each yt.'ar. Appl icants accepted into tht: prngram are req ui red

ADVISING: The Coord inator of Craduate Nursing Education ty pically completes initial a dviS i n g and progr.un p l anni ng with 'ach �tudent.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS: All admmed stude n ts mu · t provide valid documentation of the following by Au gw.t 1 5 and efore- enrollment in any pT3cticum/clinicaJ course: 1. imln u n il..l t ion and llealth status 2. CPR certification

(4)

3. u rue trieled lken ure as a Registered Nurse in the state of

Washington

Master of Sdence in Nursing

4-. professio nal liability insurance 5. comprehensive personal h eal l h insu l11 nce

253.535.76n wlYw.pllJ. cJI//� nlu-,

6. Ci vi l , a d m i n istrative. and criminal sLltes,

Terry W. M illt!r, PhD, DMII, Scllool or Nursing PURPOSE: The p u rpose of the gl11 d uate program

m n ur sin g IS to prepare p rofes� io n al nurses as advanced prac t ice d i n icians . d ucators. m a n agers, kaders, and scholan. The curriculum consists of a comm on I."ore of master's levd (OUrSe5 ( Uleory. rese.lrch, leaders h i p, advanced heal rh promotion . and scholilrly inquiry/thesi') along with courses �t:'It: lively locused for eIther of nITO concentrations oi s t udy : Famdy N urse Practtll llier or Care and OutCllme' Motnager. The grad ua te program is designed to facilitate full·lime or pa r t - t ime �Iudy- Full -time �tudents La.n complete either concentration of s t u dy m two academ i yea rs .

ACCREDI TATION: The p rog ra m is fully llccredlled by th� received preliminary JPproval by t he Comm ission on Collegiate Instructional units �arisfy the America n

Nurse Creclenlialing �enter's di d ac uc eligibility requiremenu. for Family Nu rse Practitioner an d 'li n ical 'Iurse Speclal i·t certification examination

•.

pRtiREQmSITES FOR MSN: Com ple t ion

of a \.':OUT

YC;lfS, are requireO before consideration for adm Ission . tudents are e xpected to have fundamenti11 com p ute r "kills upon en t ry to the pmgram. A m i n im u m of one year of dmiOl I ex perie n ce withm the last two years is reco mme n de d . Fluency in speaking, readmg. pect ed. wri t i ng, a nd t:o m prehending graduate-I v I English i� two

ADMISSION: Applicotnts for admission to the Ma ter of S,ience in N u rsing programs wiU:

I } hold a c u rren t unreSlI'icted license to pra..:t ice as il registered n urse in the State of Wash ington ; 2J hold a bawllaureate degree in nursing from a regi on al ly a,cr<ldited $chool of nursing ( for tbose w i t h . non-nursing baccala urea te degree, bee Emry Levt'/ M N Section); 3) �ubmit official tran:cripts for all cl)lleg.:lu niver�ity cuurse work: a minimum cumulatIve lmdergrnduate grade poim avel11 ge f 3.0 o n a 4.0 seal .. iii an admiS'ion requi rement; 4) submit u:ceptable scores trom the G raduate econl Examina t i on (GRE) taken within the 13�t five years: and 5) comp le te a preadm i. sion interv iew. 6) I nternational and ES1 students 'hould reier to related Policies aud Stlllldards section uf Gro,1wJ(t' Studies. APPLlCA.TlON DEADLINE FOR FAlL: Candidates are

regulllrly admiued yearly. Pnority adm issions are compl eted by March 1 for the follOWing f.111 cmester. Early application is encourage d for priority standing re la t i v e to financial awards.

Nun·mat riculated mndida tes, if approved. rna} en roll hours, but ar nol guar3nt�ed admis.sion.

III

up to 8

semester

ADVANCE DEPOSIT: Tht:rc are limitatiuns

the number s of

studenLS accepted into the Fa m i ly Nune Practitluner

142

F I e

or Care and R

we ll

hi tory clearance in all any other ap pl icable territory or country.

MSN DEGREE CONCENT�ON& Care and Outc-Omes Manager (COM)

Till w urse of siudy allo\

st uden ts to focus

care manage

menl using outcomes a pproac h skil l set necessary for being rl!� pu n � i ve in a continually changing hea lth care environment. The program p re p :ucs the student for an advanced pl11 ctice role dS a cl i n i c a l nu r�e �peLiaJist eNS), clinical nu rse educator for sc hools or agencies, or n u rs t: administrator at the �ystems l evel (t:.g. , case managers. utilization review coordinator . ri:Jt manilgers, and nursing informCllicisLS).

Care and Outcomes Manager. (35-37 semesteT hours)

descriptive- and inferential �tatisti . and scores from t h e CrJduate Record Exam. raken wi t hi n the last

This concen tration prepares stu d en ts to provide quality, cost effedivc: cart' in a deftn ed conlext, parllcipale in the design and implementation of an evalulttion and o u tcom e s model, assume a le-ddership role In managing hlrolt h care reso ur ces , and i ntegrate clinical an d evaluation competencies for care and outcomes management.

NatIonal League for N urs i ng Accreilit i ng Commi 'sinn .l nu ha s

(CeNE).

make a non-refund

oller of IJmisslon withi n two weeks of their acceptance datt'

SCHOOL OF N U R S I N G

Nu rsi ng

able $200.00 advance paymem to confirm their acceptance of a.n

Education Systems

Fall - Year One

523 Role of the Adva nced Practice Nurse (3) 525 TheMerica l Foun da tions (.3) 526 eadersbip a n d Md nagernent (3)

'an udt)' - Year One

.)24 Adva nced �Il>altn Promotion (1) - Year One

Spring

527 Evaluation and Outcomes Research (3) XXX Approved Cognate Related to One's Focus 533 I n format ics i n N ursi n g (2) Fall - Year Two 530 Resource M,magemenl (4) 53 1 Care and Outcomes Manager Pract icum I Sp ri n g - Year Two

532 care and Out ome� Manager PraClicum 11 Jlrogram Development (3) 59(\ Scholarly I nqui r y (2) or 598 Th!!! is (41

538

(3)

(5) (3)

Care and Outcomes Manager: Clinksl Nurse Specialist (39-4 1 semester hours) Fall - Year One 523 Role of the Advanced Practice NUTSe ( 3 ) 525 Theoretical Foundati ns (3) 526 Leadership and M a nagemen t (3) January - Year One 524 Advan ced Health Promotion (2) Spring - Year Ont: 527 Eval uation and Outcomes Research (3) 533 l n formatics i n N u rsi n g (2) 580 Adva nced Pathophysiology (3)

col l ege or u niver�ity

582 Advanced Health Asse 'ment (2) Fall - Year Two 5)0 Resllucc<! Management (It)

53 1

afe a n d Ou tcom es

Manager Prawc.um 1 ( 5 ) 5 8 3 C linica l Pharmacotht:rapeuti s (2) Spnng - Year 1\vo 532 Care l. Od Outc(lmes Manager Pra t i cu m I I (3) 53/\ Prugr.ITIl De elopm.:rlt (3) 596 Sch.o l a rl y lnquiry (2) or 59 The"L� (.j) FamUy Nurs� Practitioner (PNP) This course of st u d y fllCU�I!S on cliem-centered cl inica l pr.\i;ti�.:. This primary care program p repare� nur es to: respond til the needs of today's and tomo rrow's heallh care consumerSj manage direc t care bali�'d on adv an ced assesment and d iagnostic reah\>ning; in lrp()rllte health promotion and d iseast prevention interventions into health care dc:liverYi and recogmze their po ten tia l for p rofe illn ill growth, re 'ponsibilty and autonomy. SUc.c 'ssful co m ple tion of t h e Family N urse Practitioner program will qu a l i ly students to si t for t h e certi fy ing examina tio n , whiUl qualllie� them under W;u;hington state law for ARNP l icensure. Family Nurse Practitioner Concentration (37-39 �ntester nour ):

EIII - Year One 523 Rol e of t h e Advil1lced Pract ice Nurse (3) 525 Th eo reti cal F un dation . (3) 51(, Leadersh i p and Ma na ge m en t (3) January - Yea r On e 524 AdvanceJ Healt h Pro motion (2) Spri ng - Year One 527 Ev alu atio n and Out,ome� Rc�earch (3) 580 Advanced Pathophysiology (3) S il l Advanced Health i\.l;ses5 m cnt Fall - \'ar T\�o

(1)

58j CIiOical Pharmac.othci,lpeutb (2) 584 Familr Nurse PrJ titioner I (6)

Spnng - Year Two Family l\;urse Practitioner I I (6) ;96 S ' h ol � rly Inquiry (2) or 59!! T h esi s (4) t\ mllllllllllll .1.

num/l('r of studt'llI

may be

» ... m II' ...

c: o m II'

Entry-Levd MSN (56-78 semester hours) Summer - Year One no Nur ing Competencies I (4) 270 Heal th Assessment/Health Pro mot ion (4) 320 Nu rs i ng Competencies U (2) 580 AdvJnced Pathophysiology (3) Fall - Year One 260 P rofe..,s i o n n l Poundat i n� 1 (4) 330 P h armacology and Th e ra pe uti c Modalities (4) 340 Situation< with I n div idu al,; Adult Health I (4) 350 S i t ua tion s with I ndividuals: lental Health ( 4) January - Year One 370 Situations with Families: Ch il Jbea ri ng (4) Spring - Year One 380 i t ua tions w i t h Pa mi l i e : h l l d re.lring (4) 4 30 Situauonll \�ith Cilm mu n i t ie. l S ) 440 SituatIons with Individuals: Adult Hea.l t h [ I ( 4 ) 44 1 Situations Seminar ( I ) Summer - Year Two 4.80 Profe ' ionaJ Fuundalions II (2) 499 N urs i ng Syntll es i ( 6)

curriculum &tudents with s pec ial izat i on in

one of two ,onccnt ratlOn�.

required before a class is

PREREQUISITES FOR ENTRY- LEVEL MSN: Introductory SLatistlL � - Descriptive and J nferenti.1l Human Anatom} an d Phpology , Introductory Mi crobiol og y Developmental Psyc ho l ogy .. lifespan •

•

ADr.nSSION: Cr i te rw for coosiderat ion of ad mis 'ion: I }s u bm iss io n uf PLU gra duate a pp l ication will i n clu de : School of u rsi n g Addendum 10 Ap pl i ca tion Was h i ngto n State B.tckground Disdosure Affidavit 2 ) ompletltl or a baccalaureate degree from a fully accredlh:d •

continue the entry-level j\'ISN cu rri... ulum

MSN SEQUENCE FOR NON-NURSING BAIBS GRADUATES (ENTRY- LEVEL MSN): l1w ent ry level MSN is a coh.ort pmgram de�igned to prepare can d idate:. w ith d p reviou s hal:hdnrs or m�ter� degree to lake the NCLEX-RN for R N l icensurlt ami to continue with the regular School of Nur:.ing M N de gree. The equence of tudy re,ogniLe the il ca de m ic succe£s of the nun-nur 'ing graduate by provi di ng a focused i m mersion into nur ing followt!d by y-aduate , tudy. Students do not rece i ve a BS degree but fol l ow in g tht: I S-month immersion take t he l icensure exam in Washington late and continue in the M SN program. Entry dea d l in e for ::r pp l ic a tions is January 1 5 wllh decision. being made by February. A li mited cohort will be ad m i tted . and a d m i ion t · competauve

•

» o

Contact the 'chtl( I of ur ing at 253.535.7672 fo r mor� information or to m a ke an a pp u in tmen t with th( Graduate coor dinator .

After c omph :t i n g the fou nd a t io nal

'is

'ifft·r

CI :0

subm ission Ill' uffici a1 t ra n s ript� f-mm eal:h ,o l lege or u n ive rsity attended 4) submission uf o fficial Graduale Record E)(<lm (G RE) result within the la l five years, with ,\ sco re of 500 in both the verbal and qu a n t i ta tive are.1S and a s'::l1re of 4.0 or h ighe r in the aruuyt lcal v r it ing 5) submis ion of rrufes�i()Ilal resu me 6) su bm issio n of profe sional g al �t atemen t 7) u b m is. ion lli two professiunal letter� of recomendatiun 8) compltltioll of the TOEfl ( nly if ESL) 9) minimum grade of 3.0 o n 4.0 scah: in cadI prerequi�lte

A mi"i/llu /II /l umber of students may be required before a ,hISS

offered.

This b a wllnderful program for

the hig hl y com mitted �tlldenl nursing, u.s weU aJ; the clinical sk i l ls and expo sure necessary for success as a regi ste red n urse. This progr.lm prepares qualified applkmb with an t!<lmed b accal a urea te degree in a ntln-nursing fiel t o c mplete Pacific L utheran Vniversity'� Master of Clence in N urs ing ( t NJ dt.!grec:.. The coh(\rl program may b completed in 36 month, with the first 15 months requiring full-time, intensive � t udy for 51 semester credits. The subsequent mon t hs are tu rct u red for the ,tud.:nt lo be ablt: to work partOtime as a regi . te red n u rse wh il e com p l eti ng the remaining credits reqUi red for the MSN degree. The program i cl i n ic al l y :lnti J demi ally i n t eDh iv e to a.,sure the student of adequate exposu re to the RN role and n:sponsi bilities, a� wel l a developing an ad vanceu pral;lil;e role at ,om pleticm of lh program. S t udent s art: ex pe' te to co mple te the entire 36-month rogTam With. their co h o rt. An)' studlt nt leJ\'ing tbe program prior to co mple ti ng the MSN may not be able tu sustain RN liLcnsure . Ch.l nges in health care offer nem pponun itie!> an d c a reer pat hway' fo r reg i. tered nurse. \\ith gra du at e level deg rees a pp rop ri .J te for their roles and re po ns lb i li u es . The ent ry-level MSN front PLV prepares advanced prac.tive nurse who 8re able to provid dtrect und in di rec t <Ire to individuals and diverse g ro up s of people ina var i et y uf he,llth Lare \el t in g. . wa n ti n g a grad ua te de gree in

P A C

F i e

U T H E

R A N

V E

143

> � ...

....

z o

Ad m i nistration I Facu lty The Board of Regents

Anne Long, Bellevue,

OWNERSHIP, SUPPORT, GOVERNMENT:

Martin Pi h l, Ketchikan, A K , [LeA

The university is owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran University, Inc., a Washington corpora tion whose purpose is to maintain a Christian institution of higher learning. With the formation of the Evangelical Lu theran Church in America ( ELCAl on January \ , 1 988. the PLU Corporation was reconstituted. The corporation meets annually on the PLU campus to elect regents and to conduct other business. The corporation consists of 34 re gents and 125 delegates fro m the six synods of Region I of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. The Board of Regents includes eighteen represe ntatives fro m the Alumni Association. three bishops from the synods of Region I. and the un iversity president. The policy- making and governing body of the university is the Board of Regents. On the basis of recommendations made by the p res i dent. it charts a cou rse fo r the development of the total program of the university and str ives to provide essential funds. The student body and the faculty have non-voting representa tives who meet with the board.

Susan SlJ'inger,

HeA

Peter Wang, Pebhle Beach, CA, Regel1t-at- LCirge

'811lJ!S L. Pence,

Pro,'ost and Dean of

Graduate Studies

Rev. Richard Rouse, Executive D i rec to r of Chu rch Rebtions

Sheri Tonn. Vice President for Finance and Operations

Michele Crayton, Biology, FaCll lty Anthony Evans, Physical Education,

Stlldent Jessica Prest, ASPLU Vice President, Stlldrllt

Rev. Timothy J. Bettger, Lancaster, PA

Janet E. Greenle af, Bethlehem. PA

Rev. Sherman Hicks, Washington, DC

Kr istine Hughey. Wal l i ngford, PA Jef&ey L. Ka ne, M.lnchester, N H

Blthop Robert Hofstad, Tacoma. WA. Bishop ELO Kathleen Jacobson, Bend. OR. ELCA

WA, ELCA

William W. Krlppadine, Jr., Seattle, WA,

ELCA

Michelle Y. Long, Castro Valley, CA, Regenr-at

eraon, Kir kland , WA, Regent-at-Large

(Chair)

Leonard Schulze, Executive Director Rev. Richud Zawistowski, Assistant Execut ive Director

David Greenwood, Monte Sereno, CA, Regellt-

Arne Selbyg, Director

a t - L a rge

ft)r Colleges and

Uni\'ersitits

Anne Hafer, Wheaton, IL, Regent-at-Large Richud Hildahl, Longbr anch , INA, ELCA

Jeffrey Rippey, Portland,OR, Regent-at-Large

Lore n J. Anderson. Pres ident

Edgewood, WA, ELeA

LaUl'a J. P Icyn, A sist.lIlt to the President Vicky 1. Wlnten. Exec:utive Associate to the

Program Karen fiavis, Chair, Global Studies Program Richard Jobst, Chair, Legal Stud ie, Program Charles BergmlilD. Advisor, The Americas Progra m

Beth Kraig, Chair, Women's Studies Program Co llege ofArts ond Sciences - Divisiol1 of HWHlIn ities Barbara Temple-Thurston, Deall

Tom CampbeU, Chair of I-.nglish Literatures Erin McKenna, Chair

of P h ilosoph)'

Patricia Killen, Chair of Religion

Resource Center Rona Kaufman, Director, Writing Center

-·Di �!i5iOfl of Na turtl{ Scien ces Dean Angeli Alexander, Chair of Biolog), Craig Fryhle, Chair of Chemistry

Tom CarlSOD,

James Brink, Chair of Computer Science and Computer Engineering

Jill Whitman, Chair of Geosciences

Anltn Wahler. Administrative Associate Matthew Hacker, Systems Administrator

Ie, Labora tor), Supervisor,

Chemistry

-Dh'isiorr of Socia/ Sciences David Huelllbeck, Dean Mark Reiman, Cha i r

Nancy Connor, Campus Pastor Dennis Sepp e r, Campus Pastor

Roe Hatlen, Apple Valley, MN. Regellt-at-Large

Program

Laura Klein, Chair of Anthropology

President Campus Nlinistry

ELC/\

Wllliam Foege, Atlanta, GA, Regent-tIC-Large

Printi ng Arts Program

Terrence Nic

PRESIDENT

Rev. Dean Wig_trom II. Si lvert o n , OR, fLCA

Solvelg Robinson, Chair, Publishing and

Richud Louie. Chair of Ph y,ic

Admi nistrative Offices

2003-2006 TERM Cynthia Edwards, University Place, WA, ( Vice Chair)

Core

Celine Dorn t, Chair of Mathematics

IWrtb It. M�, Tacoma, WA, Regent-ot-Lil lge Donald Mork&n, 8ellevue,WA, Regent-at-Lalge Rev. Rlchud Omland, Billings, MT, ELCA Rev. John l. Vuwlg,

Intemahonal

Program

SUHD Yo ung, Administrat ive Associate Bridget Yaden Lnthl, D i rector o f Lejrning

James Tre mai n , Fremont, NE

Neal L. ArntsoD, Por tla nd , O R , ELCA Dale Benson, Portland, OR. ELCA

Roberta Brown, Chair,

R od SdJofleld, Colorado Springs, C O Diane G. Scholl, Decorah, I A Aly�ne M. Scott, Fremont, NE Rev. Ernest 1. Simmons, :Vloorehead, M

Rev, Jayne M. Th o mpso n, Manhattan, KS

1OOl-2005 1'1!RM

Ann Kelleher. Director

Mark Jenlen. Chair of Languages and

Tekeste Teclu, Ceder Falls, 1/\

WA, ELCA

Adminis tration kltllti-disciplillllry Programs

bv. Gwen dolyn S. King, Hanover, N H Rev. Russell C . Kleckley, M i nneapolis, M N Rev. Lind a ,. Kraft, Stafford Spring, CT Jenny N. Peterson. Austin, TX Rev. Stephe n D. Samue lson , Racine, W I

Gay S. Steele, Co l umbus, OH

Rev. Rebecca Lucky ShJerven, Gig H"rbor,

Charry Benston. Assistant Di rector, Program

Duane Swank, Chair, Environmental Studies

Dean Baldwin, Erie, PA

Large

r x l'ericnce Program

Christina Jackson.Skelton. Treasurer Raymond Bailey, Fort Collins, CO

Ken Hartvl.gaon, Jr., Seattle. WA, ELCA

3 l , 1003)

Audun Tovm, Chair, ScandillJvian Area Studies

Dil'isolI (or Higher fdllcmiort "lid Sehoul..

Regellt-at-Large (Secretary)

( until December

Douglas Lam ore a ux, Chair, rirst-Year

Addie J. Butler, Vice-President

Rev, Lowe D G. A1mm. Seuttary

llbberta Goodnow, Bel levue . WA. Rege,lt -a t

144

ifT America

Bishop Mark S. Hanson

Robert GomuIldewlcz, Redmond. WA.

Don Bell. Special Assistant to the Provost

Gregory Youtz, Chair, Chinese Studies Program

CHURCH OFFICIALS

2001-2004 Term Danlel L. Alsaker, S poka n e. WA. ELCA

LeAnn Evey, Administrat ive Associate

Advising

Fawlty

Chris Green, ASPLU Director of rinance,

Evangehcfll Lu theran Chllrch

Research ( u n t i l December 3 l , 2003)

\Vnllg Ce nterfor International Prog rams Janet Ro.smnss en, Director Janet Moo re , Assistant Director, Student

Charles Bergman, English, FaCIlity

and Summer Sessions

Marie Wuttke, Institutional Research Analyst Kerri F letch er. Institutional Research Associate

Student Life and Vice President fo r Admissions

Loren '. Anderson, Presiden t . PLU,

Studies

laura Ma j ovs ki, Vice President and Dean fo r and Enrollment Services

EX-OFFICIO

Office o( tile Provost 'ames Pence, Provost and Dean of Graduate

Anita Wahler, Special A"istant, Sponsored

Deve lopmen t and University Relations

Robert Gomulkiewicz, Secretary

ACADEMIC LEADERSHIP ASSEMBLY

Laura J. Polcyn, Assistant to the President David Aubrey, Vice President I'or

Scott Stauffer. ASPLU President, Studt'llt

Kath erine JohnllOn, Shoreline.

C h u rch Relations

Michael Bartanen, D i rector, Academic Planning

ADVISORY - PLU

Cynthia Edwards, Vice Chair

Gary Se

ELeA flellevue, WA, Aillmlli

Bi sho p Martin Wells, Spokane, WA, Bishop

Gary Sevenon, Chair

Large

Chu rch Relations

Richard W. Rouse, Executive Director of

Ji m St auffer. Missoula, MT,

OFFICERS

Tacoma.

WA, [LeA

Karen Phlllips, Mercer Island, WA, ELCA

o f Economics

E. Wayne Carp, Chair of History Cheryl Storm, Chair of M a rriage and Family The rap),

Wallace Spencer, Chair of Political Science U

Wmdelyn Sbore, Chair of Psychology

Anna Leoo-Gocrnro, Chair of Sociology and Sucial Work

School of rhe Arts I!dwud IlLch, cting Dean, and Chair of Communication and Theatre

John lIaIlIlll,l Chair of Art

David Robbins, Chair of Music

Unda MlIJer, Administrative Associate, Music

"-mel. Deacoo, Manager of Music Performance

and Ou t reach School or Business

J. Thadde us Barnowe, Interim Dean

Catherine Pratt, Associate Dean; Director of

MB Program; Coordinator of Undergradu ale Programs

School oI Edllcatio" LytUl G. Beck, Dean Pa.1lla Lejl7, Associate Dean Doug Lamoreaux. Director of Graduate Studies 'ie/rooI oI Nurs;"g

Registrar

Development

James Plourde. Executive Director

Angela Bigby. Interim Registrar

Healher Dewey, Assistant Director - Annual

(until December 3 1 , 2003)

Pany Dell, Assistant Registrar

Fund and Q Club

Jean Su mmers, Evaluations Administrator

AmH: Glnlz, Associate Director - Annual Fund

Kirstin Vorhes, Scheduling Administrator

Monica Hurley. Director - Major Gifts

Tiffaney Duaoe, Evaluatiuns Administrator

and Q Club

Edgar Larson. Executive Di rector - Charitable

Ramstad Com mOils

Jeffrey C. ,ordan, Dean for Student Academic

Success

Palricia Roundy, Director, Academic Advising

Allison Navuet.t.e, Advisor for Academic

Assistance

enter

Leslie Foley. Director, Academic Assistance

Estate Planning Terl Moore. Director - Corporations and Foundations Lauric Sorenson. Director - Major Gifts Doug Page, Senior Director - Gift Planning KPLU-FM

Carolyn ,ohnson, Assistant Director for

Marlin J. Neeb, General Manager

'oseph Cohn, Assistant Station Manager,

Academic Advising

Alina Urbauec, Director for Student

Programming

Employment, Career Development Annene Evans. Academic and Career Advisor Maxioe Herberl-HIlI, Director, Cooperative Education/Academic Internships lone S. Crandall, Director, Center for Public Serivce Rick Seeger, Senior Advisor, Student Academic Success

Nancy Knudsen, Director of Listener Services

Kerry A. SWanlOn, Assistant Station Manager,

Laura F. Majovsld. Interim Vice President

Greg Brewls, Executive Director

Scho ol oI Physical Educoticm arid

Athleric Depar/mellt

SERVICES

ReSOl4rces Chrl. Fe rguJl oo, Dean Margarel Crayt.on. Director, Academic User Information

Support

Gall Jlgber., Chair, Reference Department

Kdth Folsom. Director, Systems and

Communication

Diane Harris, Director, Circulation/Building

St:'rvice�

KIrk IMbon. Director, Multimedia Systems

1Iranl;e1lU Laue Ilasmus, Director, Technical

Service.

Layne Nordgren, D irector. Digital Media Center iCenlln Ringdahl. Uniwr ity Archivist/Curator

Sp�cial Collections Chris Sauders, Director, Administrative mputing DlIvld Aflm, sistant Directur, Network and Communications Systems Erik DeBower, Senior Systems Analyst David GdmbCl'g. Systems Analyst Gord.on Hail, Windows LAN Analyst Bob Holden, Director Audio Services Jonathan Johnson, Software Support Specialist Patricia Kirkwood. Assistant Professor Suaa.n J. McDonald, Assistant Professor Jocelyn Miller, Systems Analyst David MoylllJl. elecommunications Manager Mark Noll, Senior Systems Analyst Dol ly Senn, RcferencciVirtual Services Librarian wnle Sunon. Systems Analyst

-C -<

Information Services

Brian Miller, Associate Director

5sistant Director of Athletics: Women's Athletics Administrator David Han bma n, Athletics Coach; Instructor JlllIles 'ohll8Cln, Director of Aquatics Craig McCord, Athletics Coach; Instructor Geoff Loomb, Assistant Athletic Director; Athl tk o.ch Gu'Y Nicholas, IhIetic Trainer Gilbert Rigdl. Athletics Coach; Instructor Scon Weslerlng. Athletics Coach; Instructor

,..

Katherine Hedlund, Director, News and

David Gunovich, Director

Deborah

Jennlfer Thomu,

Kathy Berry, Director of Printing

Lee Johnson, Interim Dean Charles Nelson. Director of International

Tau ne hlll, Assistant Dean

University Communicatiolls

Admissions

Paul E. Hoseth, Dean and Director of Athletics

Colleen Hawr. Assistant Dean

o z

ADMISSIONS AND ENROLLMENT

dum!ion

,. -C

Nick MorrilOD. Music Director; Host

Coordinator J!mlly Mlu, Gradu(lte Coordinator Sally Ann Rlnehart. Lab Coordinator

PlIt5y Maloney, Director of Continuing Nursing

:1:1

Ernest TereU Holllngl, Financial Analyst

Audrey Cox, Undergraduate Admissions

Patricia Gaspar, Assistant Dean

'" -C

Erin Henoeteey. News Director

Development and Operations Lowell K1elOw, Chief Engineer Jeffrey BaUlDlln. Director o f Finance and Administration Nick Vroman, Direct Marketing Manager

Terry W. Mlller. Dean

Slmou SUDg. Art Director Chrls 1'llmb aach, University Photographer

Admissions

FINANCE AND OPERATIONS

Abby Wiptrom, Assistant Director

Sheri ,. Tonn, Vice President

JooHee Dlou Bergland, Senior Admissions

Ginger

Peck, Assistant to the Vice President and Risk Manager 'ennifer Wamboldl , Manager, Environmental Health and Safety

Counselor

Chris Anderson, Admissions Counselor

Karl Keller, Admissions Counselor

Nicole Mellus, Admissions Counselor

Heather Liv Melver, Admissions Counselor

B usiness Office

Brian Riehs, Admissions Counselor

Roberl Riley. Controller

KrIIU Vau No.lran, Admissions Counselor

Patricia A. O'Donnell, Assistant Controller

Tim VIalpando, Admissions Counselor

David Gerry, Associate Director o f International

Student Services Ardys Curtis. Manager, Systems and Operations

Karla Jones, Bursa r

Erika Borrell, Loans and Collections Manager Plant Services

David Kohler. Director of Plant Services

Bruce BrollllUrd. Maintenance Manager

Fi,/allcial Aid

Gaylon Finley, Cleaning Services Manager

Kay Sollls, Director

Ron Noborlkawa, Senior Associate Director

H'lman Resorlfce Services

Susan Mann. Director

Joan Riley, Associate Director

Lorie Slaab, Associate Director

Teri Phillips, Manager of Employment and

Sean Garnes, Financial Aid Administrator

A uxiliary Services

Cindy Simpson, Financial Aid Administrator

Katherioe Walker, Financial Aid Administrator Barbara Zettel. Financial Aid Administrator

Benefits Mark Mulder, Director

Erin Sigman, Director of Dining Services

Angie Zurcher, Director of Booltstore

Student Services Center

Gary Clnotto, Golf Course Manager

Bonney Atwood. Counselor

STUDENT LIFE

Sue Drake, Manager

Lissa Hendrix, Counselor

Office of Studelll Lile

'acid Laulz, Counselor

Laura F. MaJovski, Vice President and Dean

Marcia Pecchia, Counselor

NuJaelle Henkel Chabot, Veterans Coordinator

for Student Life Phyllis

L Meyerhoff. Administrative Associate

Barbara Barnett, Senior Administrative

DEVELOPMENT AND UNIVERSITY

Assistant

RELATIONS

SlIIde/!t Academic Success

David G. Aubrey, Vice President

Jeffrey C. Jordan. Dean of Student Academic

Adva ncement Services

Opal HlUlon, Assistant to the Dean

JIIRei Goehren, Assistant to the Vice President AUison Roberls, Director

Success

Campus Safety and IIrlomratio/! Wall Huston. Director

AllI"'rI; and Parwt Uc/(j(iollS Lauralee Hagen, Director

Shauu Alkinson, Operations Supervisor

Darren Kerbs. Associate Director

Tony Hall. Operations Supervisor

Jeff Smith, Operations Supervisor

Church ReilltiollS

Todd Terhaar. Operations Supervisor

Richard W. Rouse, Executive Director

L U T H E R A N

I V E R S I T Y

145

VIkki Bo ard, Program Specialist

David G. Aubrey, 1995-, Vice Presidell t for

Kenneth D. Blaha, 1 989-, Associate Professor

Career Deve lop me nt

Development alld University Relations; BA.

of Computer Science; BA, University of

Capital University, 1 967; MDiv. Trinit), Lutheran Seminary, 197 1 .

Min nesota. Morris, 1978; MS (Mathematics) , M S (Computer Science). PhD, University of Oregon, 198 1 . 1 984. 1 989.

Jeffrey C. Jordan, Director Alina Urbanec, Career Counselor

Ann J . Auman. 2002-, Assistal!l Professor of B iology; BS, Pennsylvania State University, 1 996; PhD. University of Was hington, 200 1 .

Annette Evlloa, C aree r Counselor

Pam Martin, Administrative Assistant Coullse/ing and Testing Services

z o

D. Stuart Bancroft, 1 967-68, 1971-, Professor

C. Mark Ander80n, Director; Psychologist Alene K1elo, Associate Director Carrie Mc Mul lin, Psychologist Resident Joanne Ito, Psychologist Andrea Wilcox. Administrative Assistant

of Business; BS, MBA, Arizona State Un iversity. 1 963, 1 965; MA. PhD, University of PennsylvaÂ nia, 197 1 . 1 973.

J. Thaddeus Barnowe, 1 977-, Professo r of Busilless; BA. University of San Francisco. 1 966; MA. PhD. University of Michigan. 1 97 1 , 1 97 3 .

Health Services Center

Sue Mlutichian, Di rector, Physician's Assistant Laurie Rogers, Physician's Assistant Rose Burmester, Licensed Nurse Practitioner Karen Mulder, Licensed Nurse Practitioner Sherr! Torgerson, Administrative Assistant

Matthew Barritt, 1 999-. Assistant Professor of Educa tioll; BA, Macalester College. 1 983; MS,

Residen tial Life Thomas Hueisbeck, Director

Matt Lamama, Assistant Director NanÂŁ}' Martin, Residential Facilities

Coordinator Lindsay Backman, Resident Director Shelley Griffiths, Resident Director John Paul, Resident Director Stephanie Serventl, Resident Director Michael Smolko, Resident Director Amy Irish, Housing Coordinator

Professor of Religion; BS. Northwestern State

University, 1973; BA. Centenary College, 1978; MDiv. iliff School of Theology, 1 988; PhD, Claremont Graduate School, 1996.

Communication; BA. MA, Western Washington University, 1 974. 1 976; PhD, University of Southern California, 1 98 1 .

MarkE. Brown, 2001-, Professor of Military

Alicia J. Batten, 2000-, Assistallt Professor of

Science; BA, West Texas University, 1 984; MPA,

College, 1965; MS. PhD. Iowa State Un iversity, 1967. 1 970.

California State Un iversity. Hayward. 1 995; Lieutenant Colonel. U.S. Army. 200 1 .

PhD. University of SI. Michael's College. Toronto School of Theology, 1 992. 2000.

R. Michael Brown, 1 982-, Professor of

Myra J. Baughman, 1970-, Professor of

Psychology; BA. Seattle University, 1967; MSc,

University of Calgary. 1 972; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1 974.

1 969; EdD. University of Nebraska. Lincoln.

Roberta S. Brown, 1979--, Professo r of Frellch;

1975.

BA. Stanford Un iversity. 1 967; MA, University of Oregon. 1969; PhD. University of California, Los Angeles. 1 98 1 .

Dean. School of Education; BA. Belhaven

College, 1 974; MA. University of M ississippi, 1 976; PhD. Vanderbilt University, 1 99 1 .

Stanley L. Brue, 1971-. Professor of Ecollomics;

Stlldenr Employme nt Alina Urbanec, Director Pam Mart lo, Administrative Assistant

Business; BA, William Jewell College. 1 965;

Elizabeth E. Brusco, 1988-, Professor of

Sri/dent Involvement and Leadership

MA. PhD. University of Iowa. 1 972, 1980.

Anthropology; BA. Boston University. 1 974;

Kathlem Farrell, Director Rick Eastman, Associate Director Eva Johnson, Associate Director for

Joanne M. BeD, 2002-, Clinical Assistant Professo r of Nursing; BSN, University of

MA. Hunter College. 1 9 82; PhD, City University of New York, 1986.

Multicultural Affairs Aobree Robinson, Programming Specialist KImberly O'Jlourke, Conduct Assistant Brenda Washburn, Senior Office Assistant

Maryland, 1 968; MSN. Emory University,

Ronald S. Byrnes, 1 998-, Associate Professor

1 976.

of Educatioll; BA. MEd. University of California, Los Angeles, 1 984, 1 985; PhD. University of Denver, 1993.

Donald R. BeD, 1 998-, Dean. School of

Jeffrey L. BeD-Hanson. 2002-. Associate Professor of Music - Orchestra; BM. University

of Iowa. 1 978; MM, University of Notre Dame. 1 980; DMA. University of Iowa, 1 997.

BA. Augustana College, Sioux Falls, 1967; PhD, University of Nebraska, 197 1 .

Thomas J. CampbeD, 1 984-, Professor of English; BS, PhD, University of Oregon. 1 968,

Faculty

Steven R. Benham, 1 982-, Professor of

1 98 1 ; MA. Portland State University, 1976.

Shirley E. Aikin, 1 974-, Associate Professor of

Geosciences; BS, Washington State University.

John T. Carlson, 1 975-, Professor of Biology;

1 968; MA, PhD, Indiana Un iversity. 1 97 1 .

Nursing; BSN. BA, MA, MSN. Pacific Lutheran

1979.

Un iversity. 1 97 1 , 1 9 7 1 . 1 978. 1996.

Rachid Benkhalti, 1 987-, Professor of

Dean, Division of Na ttlral Scierlces; BA,

Carleton College, 1 966; PhD, University of Minnesota. 1 976.

James A. Albers, 1 997-1 998, 1 999-2000.

Mathematics; Maitrise. Diplome D'Etudes

Susan Brown Carlton. 1991-, Associate

Fellow in Business; BS. SI. Louis University.

Approfondies. Doctorat de l'Universite. University of Pau. France. 1 98 1 , 1 983, 1 986.

Professo r ofEllglish; BA. Mount Holyoke

Visi ting Assistalll Professor; 2000-. FaCIlity 1962; MS. University of Toledo. 1968; MA,

Golden Gate University. 1 980; PhD, Michigan State University. 1 9 7 1 . James M . Albrecht, 1997-, Assista nt Professor of English; BA, Amherst College. 1985; MA,

PhD, Rutgers University. 1 989. 1 995. AngeUa G. Alexander, 1971-, Professor of Biology; BS, Juniata College. 1 962; MA,

University of California. Davis, 1 966; PhD. University of Washington, 1979. Carl B. Anderson, 2003-, Visiting InstTllctor of Commllnication and Theatre; BFA, Pacific

Lutheran University. 1 997; MFA, University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1999. Dana D. Anderson, 1 984-, Professor of Psychology; BA, Antioch College. 1 97 1 ; MA.

PhD. Ohio State University, 1 9 74, 1 98 1 . Loren J. Anderson, 1 992-, Presidellt; BA.

Concordia College, Moorhead, 1 967; MA, Michigan State University, 1 968; PhD. University of Michigan, 197 1 .

146

1 973; MN. University of Washington, 1 984.

Kathlyn A. Breazeale, 2001-, Assistant

Jama E. Brink, 1970-, Professor of Computer

Lynn G. Beck, 1999--. Professor of Education;

Alene Klein, Director Ruth Tweetm, Assistant to the Director

Professor of Nursillg; BSN. Seattle Un iversity,

Sciwce alld Computer Engilleering; AB, Hope

1 962; MEd. Western Washington University.

Services for Students with Disabilities

Mary C. Bradshaw, 1999--, Clinical Assistallt

PhD. University of Michigan, 1987, 1 998.

Educa tion; BA. Pacific Lutheran Un iversity.

Assistant

University. 1 98 1 . 1 986; DMA, University of Washington, 2000.

Michael D. Bartanen, 1 979-, Professor of

Religioll; BA, McGill University, 1989; MA,

Marie Tompkins, Budget and Information

Raydell C. Bradiey. 1 992-, Ass ociate Professor

of Music; BME. MA. Northeast Missouri State

Carlton L. Benson, 1996-, Associate Professor

College. 1 9 7 1 ; MA, Butler University, 1 982; PhD. Purdue University. 199 1 .

of History; BA. Colorado College, 1983; MA,

E. Wayne Carp, 1 986-, Professor of History;

Indiana University. 1 988; PhD. University of California, Berkeley. 1996.

BA, MA. PhD. University of California, Berkeley, 1 972. 1 973. 1 98 1 .

Charles A. Bergman, 1977-. Professor of

Mary Ann Carr, 1 997-, Clillical Assistant

Ellglish; BA (Economics), BA ( English ) .

Professor of Nursillg; BSN, University of

University of Washington. 1 969. 1970; MA, PhD. University of Minnesota, 1 973, 1977. Claudia J. Berguson, 2003-. Assistant

Pennsylvania, 1 97 1 ; MS. University of Maryland. 1 975; DNS. The Catholic University of America. 1 995.

Professor of Languages and Literatues; BA,

Patricia Chastain, 2000-, Assistant Professo r

Concordia University; MA, University of Minnesota. 1 987; MA, Lesley College. 1 992; PhC. Univeristy of Washington. Seattle, 2003.

of Edllcation; BA. MEd, PhD, University of Washington. 1 987, 1 992, 1 998.

EU Berniker, 1 982-, Professor ofBusiness; BS.

Business; BA, D.A.Y. College, Amritsar, India,

Wayne State University. 1 96 1 ; PhD. University of California. Los Angeles, 1 985.

1 9 8 1 ; DBA, Indiana Universi ty. 1 989.

Arturo Blblan, 1 977-. Professor of Sociology;

Jeffrey A. Clapp, 1999--, Assistal1t Professor of

BA, MA. PhD. University of California. Los Angeles, 1955, 1 960, 1 968.

Theatre; BFA, Pacific Lutheran University,

Sur,it S. Cbbabra, 2001-, Assistant Professor of 1976; MBA, Eastern Michigan Un iversity,

1 990; MFA, Mankato State University, 1993.

KtJlh J. CoopU', 1 984-, Associate Professor

Pllilosophy; BA,

Gordon College. 1 976; MTS,

Amanda E. FeUer, 2000-, Visiting Assistant

Kate Grieshaber, 1 984-. Professor of Mllsic;

Professor of CommWliCiltiOll; BA. Universit)' of

BA. University of Min nesota. 1 968; MA. PhD.

Gordon-Conwell Theological Seminary. 1 979;

Denver. 1 990; ivlS, Portland State University.

University of Was hington. 1 97 1 . 1 990.

1 995; MS, California Institute of Integral

1 98 1 . 1 988.

Studies. 2000.

Lora M. Gross, 1 989-92. 1 999-. Visiting

Myrlam 1. Conen, 2002-. Assistan t Professor afChemistry; BS, University of Paris IV, 1 99 1 ; MS, Ecole Supericure de Chimie Organique et Mim'rale, 1 993; PhD, Florida State Universi ty,

Cbri.s D. Fergu8on, 200 1- . Dean of Itlforma

M A. PhD, University of Wisconsin. Madison,

tion Roources; BA. Saginaw ( M I ) Valley State

1989.

Austin. 1979; PhD. State University of New

Peter C. Grosvenor, 1 996-. Assistallt Professor

1 998.

York at Binghamton. 1 979.

Bruce W. FionJe, 1 989-. Associate Professor of Business; BS. Augustana College, Sioux Fa ll s.

1 967;

University. 1 97 1 ; MDiv. ThM. ThO. Lutheran

School of Theology at Chicago. 1976, 1 985,

Univer ity. 1 973; MLS. University of Texas at

Dennis L. Cox, 1 972-, Associate Professo r of

Art; BA. Pacific Lutheran Un iversity,

Assistallt Professor of Rcligicm; BS. Valparaiso

ofPolitiml Science; BA, University of Wales. 1983; MSc, PhD. London School of Econom ics. 1 985, 1996.

MFA. Washington State University, 197 2 .

1 970; PhD. University of Nebraska. 1 975.

SU2anne J . Crawford, 2003-. Assistant

Gregory E. Guldin, 1 979-. Professor of

Duncan Foley, 1 98�. Professor of Geosciences;

Allth ropology; BA. Brooklyn College. City

Professor of Religion; BA, Willamette

BA. Antioch College. 1 97 1 ; MS, PhD, Ohio

University of New York, 1 97 1 ; MA. PhD.

University, 1 995; MA, Vanderbuilt Univeris ty,

State University, 1973. 1 978.

Univer�ity o f Wisconsin. Madison. 1 973, 1 977.

1997; PhD. University of California, Santa

Michele L. Folsom, 2 002-. Senior Lecfllrer in

Colleen M. Hacker, 1 979-. Professor of

Compu ter Science and Mathmllltics; BS. MA,

Physical Education; BS. Lock Haven State

Mkbe1e A. Crayton, 1 977-, Professor of

Pacific Lutheran University. 1988. 2002.

College, 1978; MS. University of Arizona.

Biology; B , MS. University o f Missouri.

Edwin F. Ford. 2002-. Visiting Assistant

1 979; PhD. University o f Oregon. 1992.

Barbara. 2002.

Kansas City. 1 967, 1 969; PhD. Oregon State Uni versity. 1 974.

Professor of Physics; PhD. Harvard University.

Dayna J. Hall, 2002-. Senior Lecturer ill

1 973.

Biolog),; BS. Pacific Lu the ran University.

Adam Forest. 2002-. Visiting Assistant

John S. l IaIIam, 1 990-. Associate Profess(lr of

1 984; M N . University of Washington, 1 989.

University o f Washington, 1974. 1 980.

Bryan C. Dorner, 1980-, Associate Professor of

Professor of Eeo/wmics; BA. University o f Diego; 10, University of San

Art; BA, Seattle University.

California. S a n

Diego. 1986; PhD. University of California,

Gina L. Hames, 1 997-. Assistallt Professor of

Mathematics; B S ( Physics) . BS ( Mathematics). regon State University. 1 966, 1 969; MS. PhD. University of Oregon. 1 97 1 , 1 977. Cdioe A. Dorner, 1 984-. Associate Professor of

Mathemutics; MS. University of Oregon.

1974;

EdD, Seattle Universi ty, 1 998.

Davis, 2000. Mira J. Frohnmayer. 1980-. Professor of Music;

2002.

1 970; MA. PhD.

Histor),; BA. MA, Eastern Washington University. 1 986. 1 989; MA. PhD, Carnegie

BA. University of Oregon. 1 960; MM. New

Mellon University. 1992. 1996.

England Conservatory of Music. 1 963.

David H. Hansen. 1974-, Professor of Biology;

Valerie A. Frydrychowski, 2003-. Visit i ng

BS. Oregon State University, 1968; MS,

Assistant Professor of Chemistry; BS. Canisius

Un iversity of Utah, 1 970; PhD, University of

Susan Dwyer-Shick, 1 984-, Associate Professor

College. 1 994; PhD. University of Minnesota.

Cal i fornia. Irvine. 1 974.

of Political Scietrce; BA. Western Michigan

200 1 .

University, 1 967; AM, PhD, University of

Craig

Christine L. Hansvick, 1 979-. Professor of

Pennsylvania. 1 969. 1 979; 10. University of Puget Sound School of Law, 1986.

2000-. Clinical Assistallt ProJessor of Nllrsi/lg; BA, BSN, Washington

JuUeA. Dybbro,

State Un i,'ersity. 1 980. 1984; MN. Montana St,lte University, 1 997.

B. Fryhle, 1 98�, Professor of Chemistry;

Psychology; BA, Southwest State University.

BA. Gettysburg College. 1979; PhD. Brown

1 97 1 ; 1\'IA. PhD. University of Windsor. 1975.

University. 1 985.

1 977.

Veeda Gargano-Ray, 200 1 -. Visiting Assistant Professor ofAmhropology; BA. California State

Diane M. Harney. 1992-. Associate Professor of

University. 1 975; MA. PhD. University of

MS. Florida State University. 1 987; PhD,

CO/lllll lI/lication; BS, Indiana University.

1984;

Larry A. EdIson.

California. Santa Barbara. 1 977. 1 985.

Purdue University. 1992.

Dana A. Garrigan, 1 999-. Assistallt Professor

Jennifer Huty, 1999-. Assistallt Professo r of

BA, Whitman College. 1 958; MS. PhD.

University of Utah, 1 994.

Berkeley. 199 1 ; PhD. Duke University. 1999.

Patrida H. Gaspar, 1 987-88. 1 991-, Clinical

2003-, Visiting Professo r of Comput r Science and Computer Engineering;

Stanford Un iversity.

1965. 1 982.

of Biology; BA. SI. Olaf College,

1 988; PhD.

Allthropology; BA. University of California,

Gall L. Egbers, 1 992-. Associate Professor, Library; SA, Midland Lutheran College. 1973;

Assistllllt Professor ofNursing; BSN. MN.

MALS. University of Denver, 1973.

Emory Un iversity. 1 97 5 . 1 978.

George Hauser, Jr., 1987-. Associate Professor of Compllter Sciellce a ll d COlllputer Engilleer i/lg; I3S ( Physics). BS (Computer Science).

Beatrlc:e GeUer. 1 984-. Associate Professor of

Washington State University. 197 1 . 1 972; MS,

Peter C. Ehrenhautl, 1 998-, Associate Professor

of Colll munication; BA. University of Wisconsin. Madison. 197 3 ; MA. PhD.

Pam I. H. George, 1 99�. ln5tTl/ctor of

University of Minnesota, 1 97 5 . 1979. Mary J. EUard-lvey, 1997-. Assistant Professor of Biology; BSc. MSc, University College. Dublin. 1 987, 1 988; PhD. University of British Columbia. 1994. Robert P. Ericksen, 1 999-, Professor of History; BA. Pacific Lutheran University.

1 967;

MA. State University of New Yo rk at Stony Brook, 1969; PhD. London School of Economics and Political Science, London Un iversity. 1 980. Anthony J. Evans, 1 988-, Professor of P/lysical

Education; BS. MS. PhD. University of Oregon, 1%8. 1 969. 1 972.

Audrey S. EylU'. 1 981-. Professor of English; SA. Houghton College. 1 964; MA. Alfred University. 1 968; PhD, University of Minne sota. 1 978. Kathleen A. Vaught Farner. 1 978-. Professor

ofMusic; BM. Temple University. New England

1968; M M ,

onservatory o f Music. 1 97 1 .

Richard A . Farner, 197�. Associate Professor ofMusic; BM . Oberlin College. 1968; MM. University of Michigan, 1 974.

flrt; BFA. New York University. 1 974; MFA, Rochester Institute o f Technology. 1979. Nursing; BSN. Marian College o f Fond du Lac.

University of Oregon, 1 980; PhD. University of Rochester, 1 988.

2002-. Assistant Professor of lvlathematics; BA. SI. Olaf College. 1 987; MA.

Daniel J. Heath.

1 973; MS. Central Michigan University. 1988;

PhD. University o f California, Davis. 1994.

MSN. University of Alabama. Birmingham.

Larry P. Hegatad, 1 979-. Associate Professor

1 992.

ofBusilless; BA. The College of Idaho.

Kent P. Gerlach, 1 980-, Professor ofEducation;

MBA. Washington State University. 1 965; PhD.

1963;

BS. University of Nebraska. 1 967; MA,

University of Washington. 1978.

University of South Dakota. 1 972; EdD.

Joanna G. 8Jgginson, 1 998-. Assistallt

University of Nevada. Las Vegas. 1980.

Unda K. GlbIIOn. 1 989-. Associate Professor of Bus;,!ess; BA. Texas Christian University, 1967; MA. PhD. University of M issouri. 1 985, 1 989.

KeUy M. Goedert,

200 1-, Assistllllt Professor of

Professor of Sociology; BA, Western Washington Un iversity, 1 993; PhD. University o f Colorado. 1 998.

Michael R. Hillis. 1 997-, Associate Professor

of Education; BA in Ed. MEd. Western Washington University. 1 986. 199 1 ; PhD.

Psychology; BA. MA. Western Kentucky

University of Washington, 19 94.

University. 1 994. 1 996; PhD. University of

David L. Hoffman, 1 975-. Associate Professor

Virginia. 200 I . Lawrenc:e

B. Gold, 1 984-. Associate Professor

ofArt; BA, Northeastern I llinois University. 1 97 1 ; M FA. University of Wisconsin. Madison. 1 976.

...

Jokne M. CulbmllOD.

2002-. Clinical Assitant Professor of Nursillg; BS. 51. loseph's College.

o z

of Music; BM. Nor thwestern University.

1 967;

MMA. Yal e University School of Music. 1 97 1 .

Janet B. HoImSftD. 2001-. Assistant Professor afGermall; BA. La Salle University. 1989; BA. MA. University of Vermont. 1 992, 1995; PhD.

WUlIam G. Greenwood, 1 981-. Professor of

Physics; BS. University of Washington.

University o f California. Irvine. 2000.

1 972;

MS. PhD. Oregon State Un iversity. 1 974. 1 978.

P A C

L U T

R A N

U N

V E

R 5

t T Y

147

Paul E. Hoseth.

Edllcation; Dean, School of Physiml FduClI tion;

Religion; BA, Go n z aga University, 1 974; MA,

srimces;

...I

Director of AtIIIe tics; BA, Concordia Co lle ge ,

PhD, Stanford University, 1 976, 1 987.

Queens Universi t y, 1 963; P h D, University of

::::I U

Moorhead, 1 966; MS, South Dakota State

« ....

1 968-, Professor of Physical

Patricia O'Connell KIllen, 1 989-, Professor of

University, 1 967; EdD, University of Ore go n,

1 977.

flS, Univer sity of London, 1 957; MS,

Patrida E. Kirkwood, 1 999-, Assistmlt

Wa s h i n g t o n, 1 972.

Professor; Libmry; BS, Pacific Lutheran

Diane B. MacDonald, 1 987-, (\ssociate Pro

University, 1 9 80; M S, University of I l l inois,

fessor of Hl/sin ess; BA, MBA, I .oyola Univer

1 98 4 .

D.vld R. Huelsbeck. 1 989-, Professor of

Brim E. Lowes, 1 968-, Professor of Ceo

si ty, Chicago, 1 97U, 1 9 74; II), l o h n Marshall Law Sch ool , 1 9 80.

.....

Anthropology; Deall, Dil'isi(J/l of Soc ill I Sciences;

Laura F. Klein. 1 979-, Professor ofAnthropol

SA, Un iversity of Wi sco nsi n , Madison, 1 974;

ogy; BA, MA, P h D, New York U n ivers i t y, 1 968,

John 1. Main. 1 <)71-. Professor of Biology;

1 970, 1 \)75.

IlSEd, MSEd, Chadron State Col lege, 1 965,

1 983.

Beth M. Kraig. 1 989-, Associate Professor of

1 966; Ph D, Un iversity of Washington, 1 970.

History; BA, San Francisco State University,

Laura F. Majovski. 1 9 96-, Vice Presidellt alld

1 979; MA, Western Wash i n g t o n U n iv ersit y,

Dean for Stlldcnt l.ifc; BS, Duke Un iversi ty,

MA, PhD, Washi ngton State Univers ity, 1 980,

Lynn E. Hunnicutt. 2003-. Assistant Professor

' of Bcolw mics; EA, O regon State Un iversi ty,

1984; MS, PhD, University of Texas at Austin,

1 98 1 ; A M , University of Ch i ca go, 1 984; PhD,

1 '176; MA, r u l ler T heo logical Semin ary, 1978;

1 995, 1 9 97.

University of Washington, 1 987.

PhD, Graduate School of Psychology, f'uller

EdwanI S. Inch. 1 986-, Professor of Co mmuni

Karen T. Labuhn, 2002-, Associate Professor of

cation; BA, Western Wa s hi ngt o n University,

1 982; MS, University of O regon, 1 984; PhD,

Patsy L. Maloney. 1 9,}4-, Associate Professor of

MSN, Catholi

Nursing; Director, Center fo r CO ll/illllcd

University, 1970; M PH, PhD,

Un iversi ty o f \Va s h i n gto n , 1 992.

University of Michigan, 1 979, 1 984.

Paul O. lngram. 1 975-, Professor of Religion;

Maria Luisa R. Laube. 1 992-, Visiting

BA, C h a p m an Col lege, 1 96 1 ; ThM, School of

Associate Professor ofSpa nish; BA, MA, PhD,

NlIrsi ll!( l.earn illg; BS

, U n iversit y of

Ma r yb n d, 1 974; MA, M� N, Catholic

University of America, 1 984; EdD, U ni ve rsit y

U n ive rsity of Wa s h i ngt o n, 1 '182, 1 984, 1 99 5 .

of Sl lu t h ern California, 1 994.

Graduate Scho o l , 1 968.

C . Douglas LamOftllllI, 1 9 94-, Associate

Paul Mufred.l, 2001-, AS5istllllt Professor of

Sharon L. Jansen. 1 980-, Professor of English;

Professor of Education; BA, M Ed, Linfield

BA, Cal i fornia Lu the ran Uni 'ersity, 1 972; MA,

College, 1 '169, 1 9 78; PhD, Un iversi ty of

Theology at Cl are mon t,

1 '164; PhD,

laremont

Ph D, Un iversity of Washington, 1 '173 , 1 980.

Mark K. Jensen. 1 989-. Associate Professor of F1l!nch;

SA, Princeton University, 1 '174; MA,

1 989.

Robert J. Jensen. 1 968-, /\ssociate Professor of

In d ia n a University, 200 I .

Chandra M . Manning. 2003-, Assistant

BA. MA, U n iversi ty of Georgia, 1 982,

Francesca R. Lane Rasmus. 1 998-, Assistallt

Galway, Ireland, 1 99 5 ; PhD, I larvard

University of Nebraska, 1 967.

Chung-Shing Lee. 1 998-, Assistant Professor of Business; BA, Nat i o n a l Taiwan Un iv ers i ty,

Sociolog)'; B A , University of Sa n Francisco,

1980; MA, Un iversity of M aryl a nd , 1 985; DSc,

1 964; MA, University of California, Davis,

The George Washington University, 1 997.

1 967.

Kathryn Lehmann. 2001-, Associate Professor

ofMl/sic; BA, Pacific Lut h er an Univers i t y,

of Pililosoph)'; IIA, Carso n - Newman College,

1 976; MM, Westminster Choir Colle ge , 1 980.

1 986; MDiv, MTh, Southern

Paula H. Leitz. 1 989-1 990, 1 994-, Associate

'em inary, 1 99 1 ,

1 994; PhD, University of Oregon, 1 999.

Professor of EdL/catiDlI; BA, University of

California, Davis, 1 97 1 ; MA, California State

Richard P. Jones. 1 969-. Associate Professor of EIlRlish; BA, Harva rd University, 1 964; MA,

Uni ve rsit y, Sacramento, 1 976; PhD, University

M FA, University of Massachusetts, 1 969.

of Washington, 1 988.

David L. Joyner. 2000-, Associ(l/e Professo r of

Anna Y. Leon-Guerrero, 1 993-, Associate

Mllsic; BM, PhD, Un iversity of Me mp his , 1 9 78,

Professor of Sociology; BA, Pacific U n ivers it y,

1 986; MM, University of Cincinnati, 1 980.

1 983; MA, PhD, Un iversity of C al i fo rn ia, Los

A. To h Kakar. 1 '196-, Assistant Professo r of

Angeles, 1 '188, 1 993.

Oll/p"ter Sciellce allIi

ompllter Ellgillcering;

Jerrold Lerum. 1 973-, Professor of Biology;

BA, Luther Co ll ege, 1 963; MS, University of

as. Steve ns Institute of Tec h no lo gy, 1 97 1 ; M S, Arizona State University, 1 9 83; PhD,

Wisconsin, Madison, 1 965; PhD, N orthwestern

Was h ingt o n State Un iversity, 1 992.

University, 1 97 3 .

Ron. D. Kaufman, 2002-, Assistallt Professor

Jan Patricia Lewis. 1 989-, Associate Professor

ofEll< lis"; BA, Penn State Un iversity, 1 992;

of Edl/cation; BA, Oregon State Un iversity,

MA, University of Maine, 1 994; PhD,

1 976; M AT, Lew is and Clark College, 1 979;

Un iversity of M ichiga n , 2002.

PhD, U n iversity of Oregon, 1 989.

Pauline M. Kalldn. 1 997-, Visitillg Assistalll

Maria J. Lightner. 2001-, Visiting [llstruetor of

Professor of Ph ilosophy; BA, Concord ia Co ll e ge,

Spallish; BA, Pacific Lutheran University, 1 997;

Moorhead, 1 99 1 ; MA, Universitv of Ma nit oba , ' 1 993; PhD, Temple Un iversi t y, 1 997.

Joanne M. Lisosky. 1 995-, Professor of

Ann Kelleher. 1 981-, Professor of Political

Conmlllllication; BA, University of Nevada,

MA, Un iversity of Washington, 1 999.

Re no , 1 985; MA, Southwest Missouri State

cienC<'; BA, Hope Col lege , 1 '164 ; MA,

flA, /vlo u n t Holyoke

College, 1 993; "'I Phil, University College,

1 985; MLlS, Dominican Un iversity, 1 994.

Gngory S. Johnson. 1999-, Assistallt Professor

Professor of ifistor,,;

1 9'13. Professor, L ibmry; BA, Macalester College,

1 967-, Associate Professor of

Dual MA, Indiana Uniwrsity, 1 998, PhD,

Arthur M. Land. 2002-, Lecturer ill Camrlllwi

Economics; BA, Dana C o llege, 1 964; MA,

Richard J. Jobst .

Chincse; BA, Long Isl a nd Un ive rs i ty, 1992;

O re gon , 1 '19 3 . cation;

PhD, University of C a l i forn i a, Berkeley, 1 '18 3 ,

Unive rs it y, 2002. Lisa Marcus. 1 9 95--, Professor of English; BA,

U nive rsity of Wiscon s i n , Madislln, 1 986; MA, PhD, Rutgers Uni versi t y, 1 9 89, 1 '195.

Kristy Mardis, 2000-, Assista llt Professor of Chemistry; IlA, Aug u stan a College, Rock

Island, 1 993; P h D, universitv ' of Wisco nsin,

Madiso n , 1 998.

Anne M. Moriella, 2002-, Assistallt Professor of Nursing; BA, Princeton Un iversity, 1 9 72; BSN,

Columbia U n i ve rsity, 1 975; MS, University of I l l inois at Ch icago, 1 '182; MPH, PhD,

University of Was h i n gt o n , 200 I . Dennis J. M.rtln. 1 975-, Professor of Biology; BS, I llinois State

niversity, 1 969; MS,

Un iversit), of New Mexico, 1 9 7 1 ; PhD, Utah State University, 1 9 75.

Denni4 M. Martin. 1 976-, Professor of English; FlS, E d i n b o r,) State Co lle ge, 1 964; MA, Purdue

University, 1 966; P h D, Un i vers i t y of C ali fo r n ia, Los Angeles, 1 973. A. Paloma Martlnn-Carbajo, 1 999-, Assista llt Professor ofSpllIlish; Licenciatura,

Universidad COl11plut�nse de Madrid, Spa i n , 1992; MA, Ph!), Un iversity of Wash i n gt on, 1 '196, 2000.

Karen E. McConnell, 1 9 98-, Assistant Professor of Physical Educati(J//; BA, MA,

University of the Pacific, 1 990, 1 994; PhD,

A r izona State U n ive rsi t y, 1 998.

Katherine M. McDade, 1 989-, Associate

Professor ofSociology; IlS, D uques n e Univer

sity, 1 966 ; MS, PhD, Un iversity o f O regon ,

Northeastern University, 1 966; PhD,

Un iversity, 1 993; PhD, U niversity of Wash i ng

University of D enve r, 1 '173.

ton, 1 997.

1 978, 1 '185.

JoDee G. Keller, 1 989-, Associ(l(e Professor of

Richard N . Louie. 1 997-, Assistant Professor

Susan J. Mill onaid. 1 97

Social Wo rk; BA, Hope Co ll ege , 1 974;

of Plty-ics; AB, Harvard C o l l eg e, 1 990; M S.

PhD,

Un iversity o f Ch icago, 1 976; PhD, U nive rsit y

ornell University, 1 993, 1 997.

of Ill inois, Ch icago, 1 98 7 .

Earl Lovelace.

Stephanie A . Kerr. 2003-, Visitillg [Ilstmctor of

Ellglish; Distillgllished Writer· ill-Residence;

Physical Edumtioll; BS, MS, Washingt o n State

1 9 98-, Associate Professo r of

Dilvid T. Keyes, 1 ,}6'1-, Professor of Art; BFA,

Assistant Professor,

1 969, 1 '1 70.

Maureen E. McGill, 1 Y 77-, Associate Professor of Physical Educatiull; BI';\, University of Utah,

Tl)bago, 1 962; MA, lohns Ho p kins University,

Richard McGinnis. 1 972-, Professor of

1 977. Biology;

BS, Pacific Lu theran University, 1 963;

PhD, U n ive rsit y of So ut h ern California, 1 '174.

University, 1 966.

•

M IS, U ni v ersit y of Washington,

1 974; MI\, Western Washington University,

1 '174.

U nivers i t y of A r i zo na, 1 964; MA, Ohio State

!.ibmry; BA.

Dipl om a, Eastern Caribbean Institute of

Agriculture and Forestry, Trin idad and

University, 1986, 1 989.

148

Thelliogical S e m in a r y, 1 9 8 2.

NlIrsillg; BSN, U niversit y of Ci n c inn ati , 1 963;

LoueUe L. McGraw, 1 995-, AssisralIr Professor

of Education; BS, Eastern Mo nt a n a Co ll ege , 1 96 1 ; l'vI A ,

W3 $ h i n gt on

St a te U niwrs i ty, 1 983;

PhD, Sta n fo rd Un ivcrsi ty, 1 99 1 .

Brin McKenna, 1 992-, Associate Professor of Philosoph ,; BA, Claremont Mc Ken na College, 1 987; MA, PhD, ?urdue U ni \' rsity, 1 990, 1 992 . Rosemary A. McKenney, 2U02-, Assisrallt

Prvfessor of

SllIdiesj BS,

eosciellces alld Elll'irol1l11wtal

Or ego n Sta te Un i ve rsity, 1 985; M S.

PhD, P nn )'Iva ni a S t a t e U ni ve r s i t y,

1 99 2,

1 99 7 .

Douglas E. Oakman, 1 988-, Associate Profes

sor of Religion; !lA, U n i versity of Iowa. 1 975;

MOil', Christ Sem in a r y - Se m i ne x, 1 979; PhD.

Graduate Theological Union. Berkeley, 1 986. D. W. Sid Olufs, 1 982-, Professor of Polit iml

BA, Co lle ge of Wooster, 1 964; BD, Yale

U n i vc rsi t y, 197 1 .

1 967; P h D, Va n d er bi l t U n ive r si ty,

N . Christian Meyer, Jr., 1 970-, Professor of Mathem a ri cs; BA, Recd College , 1 966; MA,

Carolina, Chupel Hill, 1 979, 1 983.

James L. Pence. 2002-. Provost and Dean of Gmr/llate Studies,

Un i ve rsi ty,

SA, MA, C ol o ra do

1 970, 1 972; PhD, University of

S A. St. Olaf Co l l ege , 1 958; BD, Lu tht: r

Theological Se mi na r y, 1 963; MA, P h i . , lew

York Univers i t y, 1 965. 1 970.

Eco/wmies; BA , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 975; PhD, Un ive rsity of M i n n eso t a , 1 9 8 1 .

California. Berkeley, 1 99 5 ; DBA, Golden G a t e

Laura J. Polcyn, 1 975-, Assista tlt to tile PrcsidelIt; BBA, M BA. Pacific Lu t he ra n

1 960; M A , Pac i fic

Donna Poppe, 1 998-99, 2000-, AssistalIt

1 986. Professor of Music; BA, Un i ve rsi t y of Northern Colorado, 1 974; M Ed, Seattle Pacific

Professor of [lIglish; BS,

Un i\'ersity, 1 990.

1 983;

Catherine Pratt, 1 983-, Asso(iare Dean, Schuul of Busilless; iJirector, A'IBA Progra m, Coordil1a

I!.mlIy B. Mfze, 200 1-, Clinical /lssisulI1 r

tor of Ulldergraduate Prog rams; BA, Brigha m

BS, , Wa lla W Ila College, 1 976; M N . Un i versi t y of Wa shi n g ton , 1 998.

1 983; M A , Pacific Lutheran

U n ive rs i t y, 1 993; EdD, Seatt l e University. 200 1 .

James R. Predmore, 1 977-, Associate Professor

ChrJstine Moon, 1 989-. Professor of

o/ Spemish; BA, Swa r th mo re Collcge, 1 967;

Ph D.

University of Wa sh i ngt on , 1 977.

Psychology; BA, Whitman Co l l e ge, 1 97 1 ; MA,

olum bid University, 1 983, 1 985.

MA. IVl iddlebury College. 1 969; Ph D,

of Physical

EIIglish;

1 978. John N. Moritsugu, 1 975-, Professor of

A, Scripps College, 1 ':166; PhD,

Judith Ramagli., 1 982-, Professor of Busil1ess; ol l eg e, 1 966; M A , Un ive rsity of

Psycholog)'; BA, Un iversity of Hawaii, 1 97 1 ;

Color ado, 1 968; PhD, Un i ver sit ), of Wa sh i n g

Robert L. Molder, 1 987-, Professor of

Mark A. Reiman, 1 988-, Associtlte Professor of

M A , PhD, Uni ve r sit y o f Rochester, 1 974, 1 977. Edllcatio/I; BA,

al vi n College. 1 969; MA, PhD,

Michiga n State U n iver s i ty, 1 972, 1 98 3 .

laurie C . Murphy. 1 997-, Assisranr Professor o Comp llter Science

ing;

•

Dd t a State

and Compu ter E/lginerr

Unlvenity, 1 986; MS,

ton. 1 98 2 . ECO/lOlllies; BA, Pacific Lut h e ran Un ive rs ity,

1 979; PhD, U n i v ersity o f Wash ingt o n , 1 988.

Leon E. Ileisbcrg, 1 98 1 -, Professor of

Education; Dean; BS Ed., Un iversity of Texas.

1 97 1 ; M Ed , University of A r ka nsa s , 1 972; Ed]),

Va nderbilt Universi t y, 1 988.

U n iversity of Ka n s as, 1 98 1 .

Gerald M . Myers, 1 982-, Professor of Business;

David P. Robbins, 1 969-, Professor of lV/usic;

B ', Un i ve rsi t y of Massa c h use t t s, 1 965; MS,

Un ive rsi ty of Missouri. Columbia, 1 975; Ph D,

L Richard Nance, 1 992-,

Associate Professor

ofMusic; B M E, MA, Wes t Texas State

Un ive rsi t y, 1 977, 1 9 82; DMA, Arizona Sta te

Uni ve rsity, 1 992.

Eric D. Nelson. 1 996-, Assistallt Professor of

Classics; BA, Pacific Luth er a n U n iver si ty, 1 98 2 ;

M A , P h D , University of Was hi n gton, 1 985, 1 9 2.

Marilyn Newcomer CuJp, 2001-, Assistant Professor of Nllrsi/Ig; BSN. BA, Case Western

eserv Univcr i t y, 1972, 1 973; MN, Un iv e rs i t y

of Wa sh i ngton , 1 982; PhD, University of Col ora d o, 200 I . Philip A. Nordquist, 1 963-, Professor of

History; BA, Pacific Lutheran Uni versi t y, 1 956;

MA. PhD, U n i versity 1 964.

B M , M M , University of M ic h i ga n . 1 968, 1 969. Marylou V. Robinson, 1 993-, Clil1ical

"ssistalIt Professo r ofNursillg; BSN. Un ive rs it y

University of Iowa, 1 983.

o f Was hi ngton ,

1 960,

o f Maryland, 1 974; MSN, The Ca tho l i c University of Amer ica, 1 98 1 .

College, 1 983; MA, PhD, University of

Carolyn W. Schultz, 1 9 74-79, 1 982-, Professor or Nursil1g; BSN, Un i ve rsi ty of I l l i nois. 1 968; Lutheran Un i ve rs i t y, 1 97 4, EdD,

Seattle University, 1 982.

David O. Seal, 1 977-, Professor of FllglisJz; BA . Chicago, 1 969. 1 977.

Richa rd A. Seeger, 1 973-, SCllior /Ir/visor, Swdellt A((Id(,lIIic Success; BA, MA. PhD,

U n i ve rs ity o f Wa shington. 1 96 6 , 1 968 , 1 974. F. Thomas Seplc, 1 979-, ProreS50r of H,/silless; BSBA, D e nve r

n ive rs i t)" 1 964; M BA, Seattle

University, 1 972; P h D. University

of Washing

or Psycho logy; BA, Coe Col lege, 1 9 8 ;

'IS. PhD,

Un iversity of Okb!1oma. 1 9 88. 1 99 1 .

Busilless;

l3S, U n iver sit y o f San

Fr a nci sc o,

1 964; M BA, Pacific Lutheran Un ive rsi ty, 1 967;

D BA , Golden Gate University, 1 995.

Jessica K. SkJar, 20UI-, Assistll /lt Professor of

Mathcmlll i(5; BA, Swa rt hmo re Co l l eg , 1 99 5 ; 1\'IS, P h D ,

U n i v e rsit y o f Ort'g o n , 1 997, 200 1 .

Matthew J . Smith, 2001-, AssistalH Professor of Bio loS}': BS.

H um bo l dt

State University, 1 990;

PhD, Un ive rsi t y of Connecticut, 1 997.

Rodlelle E. Snee, 1 98 1 -, Associllte Professor of

Univer�ity of Mar yla nd, 1 969; I\·I A, PhD, Uniwrs i t ), of Wa shi n gt o n , 1 972, Clas irs; BA. 198 1 .

Michael J. Sosulski, 2000-, /Issistallt Professo r of Germall; flS, Ge o rgdown Un i vers i ty, 1 987; MA, PhD, Uni ve rsi t y o f Ch ic ago, 1 9 90, 1 999.

Arizo n a , 1 963, 1 968; Ph D, U n iversity of

Wash i ngton , 1 977.

BI\, Western Was h i ngton U n ivers i t y, 1 97 1 ;

Professor of Mu si c; B M , Pacific Lutheran

MA.

Un ive rsity, 1 989; MM, M MA , DMA, Yale

nivNsiry o f Utah, 1 975; Ph D, Utah State

U n ive rsi t y, 1 978.

Un iversity, 1 99 1 , 1 993, 1 997.

Steven P.

Michelle Ceynar Rosell, 200 1-, AssistalIt

tarkovich, 1 9'14-95, 1 996-,

Orego n State U n ivers i ty of Oregon,

Associate Professor of Physics; BA.

Professor uf Psych ology; BA. Un ive rsi t ), of

University, 1 976; MS,

, P hD.

1 985; PhD, Un iv e rs i t y of Victoria, 1 992.

1 995, 1 996.

Robert L. Stivers, 1 973-, Professor of l?digioll;

Patricia E. Roundy, 1 986-, Director of Academic Advising; BA. Bucknell Un i ve rsi t y, 1 972; MA, Ph D, University of P it tsbu rg h.

BA, Yale U n ive rsit y. 1 962; M D iv, Union

Th eo l ogi cal Sem i n a ry, New York, Co l u m b i a Un iversi t y, 1 973.

1 974. 1 979. I

C{II npllter Sciel1ce a/ltl Computcr Ellgi/werillg;

Svend John Renning, 1 999-, Assistelllt

P A C

-I

RJchard J. Spillman, 1 98 1 -, Professor of

C h i ca go, 1 987, 1 994.

Mo n ta na ,

1 0, Ind iana U n iver s ity,

,...

of PolitlC(!I Scicllce; [lA, MA, Universi t y of

Professor of English; BA, Gustavus Adolphus

Un ivcrsit)' of

PnJJl's.. �ur of fillSillPss; B A. University of

Wallace H. Spmcer, 1 974-, AssistalH Professor

Solvelg C. Robinson, 2001-, Assistal/t

No rth ern Colorado, 1 992; M

1 993; M A , Ball State U ni ver s ity, 1 984.

Larry R. Schreiter, 2002-, \fisitilll{ Assistallt

» n c:

Merlin Simpson, 1 997-, Assistant Professor of

U n iver s i ty of Wash ington , 1 985.

AB, Smith

, Pacific Lutheran U nivers i ty, 1 963,

Wendelyn J. Shore, 1 999-, Associlltt Professor

Suzanne Rahn, 1 98 1-, Associate Professor of

ueation; BS, Po rtla nd State

, MS .

ton, 1 979.

Bradford L. Moo re, 1 980-, Associate Professor Unjversi ty, 1 974; MS, Un ive rs i t y o f O rego n ,

Ruth Scbaffler, 1 996-, Illstructor of Nursing;

...

St. Olaf C ol lege , 1 968; A M , P h D, University of

200 1 .

Yo u n g Unive rsi ty,

ton, 1 '195.

I\-IA. Pacilic

Deborah A. Miranda, 20UI-. Assisranr

Professor IIIId Graduate Program l.oordinntor;

Professor of LWl1ollI ics; SA, Wake Forest

1 977.

U n iversi t y. 1 974, 1 979; EdD. Seattle U n iver s it y.

Wheel o ck Co ll ege , MA. PhD, Un i ve rsity of Wa shi n gt on ,

o z

Priscilla Anne St. Clair. 2001-. Assistll lIt

Pe nn ylva n ia . 1 969;

Educa tiOI1; Director of Coullseling llnd Tesri/1g

PhD, Univ rsity o f Washin gton , 1 976.

Visitillg Assisra lIt

Unive .ity, 1 99 5 ; Ph i l, Un ive rsity of Wa sh i ng to n , Sea t t le, 2002.

Professor of Husiness; BS. M BA. Un iversity of

f Texas, Austin, 1 977, 1 99 1 .

1. Sager, 2003 -,

U n ive rsi t y, 1 98 11 ; PhD. Un ive rsi t y of Wa shi ng

Norris A. Peterson, 1 981-, Professor of

U nive rs it y, 1 996.

Kevin

PhD. U n ive rsit y of North

•

Wi�C()n. < i n . M ad i so n . 1 9'1 1 ; MSEd, I ndi ana

A rizo n a , 1 978.

f Oklahom.l, 1 9 7 2 . 1 9 74; M S, PhD, Un ive rsi t y

1 974; MS\

I'ro{<?ssor of Coml1l1micatio/l; BS, University of

State

Kien-Quoc Van Pham, 2002-, Assistemt

ervices; BS. Was h in gt o n State Un ive rs ity, Lu th er an Un iversi t y, 1 967;

Kathleen Z. Rossell, 1 9<)9-, Assistallt Professor

1 979.

MA. PhD, Pennsy l va n i a St a t e U ni versity, 1 976,

PhD, Un ivers i t y of Orego n, 1 967, 1 9 70.

Gary L. Minetti, 1 970-, Associate Professor or

MSI. N(lrthwestern University, 1 963. Dan E. Rush, 2003-, Lec t u rer of Physics; BS. o/Sociol lVork; BA, Lock Ha\'en U n ive rs i ty,

Terry W. MIller, 1 998-, Prof, sor of Musil1g; DealI, Scilool of Nursir/g; BS, B, I , Un ivers ity

COll1l/Jullimtioll; ll.\, Pacific Un i\'ersity, 1 9 58;

Science; BA, U n ive rs i ty of Wash i ng to n, 1 974;

John Eo Petersen, 1 967-, Professor of l?eligion;

Paul T. Menul, 1 97 1-, Professor of PlIilnsopily;

Cli fford G. Rowe, 1 980-, Professo r of

L U T H

E R A

1 969; PhD,

t T Y

149

> ... ...J

Chuyl l« Siorm, 1 985-, I'rofes.'i1r of Mm riaX!! QI/ft FI/ mily ThC'rrlpy; BA, U n iv e rsity ot M i n nesota, 1 ")72; 1\ 1 1\ in Ed., Coil ge of St. Tit m<l. , 1 9 77; h D, Purdue Universi ty, 1 982.

Peter L. Trudinger, 2003-, Assistant Professor uj Re/ighm; UA, Aus t ra l ian Na t ioa n l Un iversit y; BO, Uni versit y of Syd ney. 1 985; GCTele, Un i versity of Adelaide, 1 992; MS. PhD,

Stanford U n iversi ty. 1 976, 1 980; PhD. Emory

Jeffrey L Stllllf l , 200 1-, Associate Profes.w r of Mnt lll't/I(jtics; nl\, Po mon a .ollege, 1 9 80; MA, PhD, U niver s ity (.l f Wiswnsin, Madison, 1 9 8 1 , 1 9�6. z o ... cr: a: ... VI

Un ive rsi ty, 2002.

JlID.et Weiss, 2003-, Visi tillK Assistal/t Professor oJ'lidllmtioll; IlA, l.ewis a nd Clark. 1 978; MS , Ph D, S tan ford Un ive rsi ty, 1 9 82, 1 99 1 .

Duane D. Swank, 1 97U-, IJro essor of Chemist ry; BS, Wa sh i n g t o n S ta te Un iversit y, 1 9(\4 ; I'hO, lo n tan a St a te !liversity, 1 969; M BA Pad if l Lutheran Un iversi ty, 1 9 82.

Robert M . Wells, 2003-, \fisitillg 1I1Structor of .n ml11'lIIicatio'1; MA, BGS, American

Un i versi ty, 1 9 89, 1 990; MA, Georgetow n

Stephen T. Woolworth, 2003-. Visi t ;'1g

PhD, Universit y of Wash ing ton, Seattle, 2002.

Glenn A. Van Wyhe, 1 979-. Associate Professor oj' Blisincss; BA, University of Sooth Dakota,

Pllul Tegel , 2002-. Assisl£l l l t Pro fessor ,,(MJjsic

- Uni versity ()rga/list; Orga n Ped agogy

\'hsh in gton , 1 992; MA, Universi ty of

Dean A. Waldow, 1 992-, Associate ProIessor Sioux Fails, 1 '184; PhD. Universi ty o f Wisconsin , Madison. 1 989. Forrest Weslering, 1 972-, Professor of Physical

EduCCltioll; liS, Un i versi ty of Nebraska, Omaha, 1 952; AM, EdD. Un i versity of Nor the rn

Colorado, 1 960, [ 966 .

WiUlam R. Teska, 20UO-. Pmjl'ssor oI BioloKY; B

Jill M. Whitman, 1 988-, ProIessor of

or Forestr y, U l l iversi t y of Idaho, 1 9n; M -.

PhU, l\ l ic h igan StJte Un iversi ty, 1 974. 1 9 7H.

[dllca t ion; BA, Un iversit y of Puget Sound, [ '169; MEd, Western vVashington Un iversity,

Professor <>ISpaliish; BA, Queen's Univ ersit y,

[ %3.

nlversit y of

ni versit y of B rit is h Columbia, [ 986; PhD,

Dllvid A. Wolff, 1 999--, Assis/llnt Professor o(

;,ig;

COII/puter Scifllce lind Computer Engineer

I!S, Un iversi t y of Puget Sound. 1 992; MS, PhD, regoll State University.

tHth-

1 976.

Dine W. Wu, 1 9')4--, i\ssocin/e Professor of lvlllthematic;; BS. MS, Xiamen Un iversi ty, China, 1 982. 1 985; MS, John Carroll

Un iver it y, 1 99 1 ; PhD. Un iversi t y of Wiscoll

1 990.

s i n , 1 1 ilwaukee. 1 994.

Audllft T. Toven, 1 967-, Associa,e Pro('SSVr of f £!rwegiall; BA, n ivers i t ), of Oslo, 1 964; MA,

Bridgel E. Yaden, 1 9Y6-, i\ssislllilt

Cellta; UA, Western Wash ington Universi t)',

Tern Toyokawa. 2()U2-, Assis/ll i l t Professo r of Psychology; BA, :-1 A, Wnscda fnivcrsity, Tokyo, 1 989, 1 9<) I ' PhD, Pe nn syl van ia Sta le

1 99 1 ; MA, PhD, Universi ty of Washi ngton, 1 994, 2002.

William F. Yager, 1 987-, Professor of Busil1ess; BSME, Un iversi ty of Cal iforni a , Berkeley,

Llnivc!rsit y, 2000.

M. 1'ravts, 1 995-96, 1 ')98-, Ass is ta l l t Pro/�s()( of lieollOlIl ie,,; B!>, Un iversi ty of Puge t Sou nd, 1 986; [ f\, PhD, U n i ersi t y of Wa..,hi ngt o n . 1 990, 1 995. Kar n

1 % 1 ; MUA, Harvard Un iversi ty, 1 963; PhD,

Unive rs it y of O regon, 1 99 1 .

SlUanne Y. Yerian, 1 995-, Assista/II Prufessor ofEduc(l(ion; BA, George Mason Un iversi t y, 1 973; BS, MAT, Un iversi ty of Alaska,

Marit Thelstlld, 2IJU I-, Assistfi llt Pl'Oji!ssor uf Relixioll; S A , SL la f Co l l e � e, 1 989; MA, L u t he r i orthwe. tern '1 h�olo ,ical cm in ary, 1 99·1 ; PhD. Clare m o n t ( ,rad uate School, 2000. C

ProIessor o(

Spal1isil; Director of tire Lallg,wxe Resou rce

Un iversity o f WJshingtnn, 1 967.

1 999 .

Sylvill H. Wood, 1 993-, AssDciate Professor of Nl l rsi llg; BSN, M urray State Un iversi ty, 1 9 72; f 'ISN, Un iversity of Ken tucky, 1 978.

Sonnel E. To rvend. 1 999-, Assistallt Professor of Udigiol/; 1M, Pacific L u t heran Un iversit y, 1 973. M Div, Wartbu rg rheological Sem i na ry. 1 \/711 . MA, A q uinas [n,litute ofT b eolog)', Dubuque, 1 %0; Ph D, S a i n t Loui, Un iversity,

Fairba nk�. 1 982, 1 986; PhD, Un iversit y of

Washingto n, 1 995. U

Columbia Un iversity, 1 968.

Leslle J. Foley, 200 1 -, Director of Academic SA, Pacific Lutheran Sound, 1 99 1 .

Yale U n i crsi t)', 1 994.

Sheri J. Tonn, 1 979-, Professor ,,(Chemistry; Vic, P,.,·sitiCilI Jilr thllll''': alld Op eratTolIS; [3S,

lODe S. Crandall, 1 9;13-, Director oI CClller fo r

Pllblic Service; BA, S m i t h Col lege , 1 964; M A ,

Helm . Williams-Ginsberg, 2001-. Visiting Un iversity of Newfoundland, 1 979; MA ,

Waller L Tomtic, 1 970-, Associate Professor of fiSt:, I\rbn sJ� State U ni versity. 1 96 5 ; MF . U n ivcr�itv (If Colorado, 1 967.

ADMINlSTRATIVE FACULTY ASSOCIATES

Assis/(/tlce emter;

;\ssiS/lilit Professor of French; BA, Memorial

Jlrt;

niversity of M ichigan, 1 970; MOil', Tri n i ty

1 979; MA, Pen nsylvania State Un iver si ty, 1 98 [ ;

PhD, Un iversity o f M ich iga n , 1 989.

Mary Kay Tomko. 2UUO-, Ciillicnl !\ssistntlt

l'ro( soor o( Nl! rsi lJg: n . . Wash i ngton State

1 50

C ni vcrsity of Washington, 1 98 5 .

Tamara R . Williams, 1 994--, Associaze

v �st�rn Un iv'ers it y,

HONORARY fACULTY Nancy J. Connor, 1 995-, Camp u s Pastor; BS in Ed., M i not State C ol lege , 1 976; M Div, Tri n i t )' Lut h eran Semi na ry, 1 980.

Grego ry J. Williams, 1 985-, Professor of

1 9 5 8 , Ph l.l, Mi chigan Stat e

( r�gon Slate' Univenil Y. 1 97 1 ; PhD.

1 9 90, 1 994.

Lutheran Sem i nar)" 1 980.

Pru,r,�s$ or of C;h (,t n isr ry; SA , Pacific l.utheran

Un i w rs it y, 1 97:;; ; USN , M N, Wash ington , 1 9 8 1 , 1 9 R9.

1 ')88;

Un i ver"ity of Ca liforn ia, San Diego, 1 989.

1 979; PhD,

nivt:rsity,

Ch i n se Academia S i n ica, Beiji n g . 'IS, P h D , Un iversi ty o f Washington,

1 985; M ' ,

Dennis G. eppn, 1 \/95-, Ca mptls Pas to r; BA,

Fred L Tobiason, 1 966-9 1 , 2003-. Visi t il lx Unive rs i t y,

1 998-, Ilssistallt Professor "f

(;eosciellces; 13A, M idd l eb u ry College, 1 978;

MS, Universi ty of Miami, 1 98 1 ; PhD,

teven D. Thra her, I Y80-, I'rof" sor o( Hllsin,'ss; I3 A, /vI HA, Un ivcr,i ty of M i �h igan, 1 963, I %'1; PhI), '1orth, " s te m Uni�cr�it)'. 1 9 7 1.

Fern H. Zabri Ide, 200 1 -, i\ssistalll Professor !lA, Connecticut Col l ege, 1 974; �[ BA , The Wh arton Scho o l . Unive rsity of Pen nsylvania, 1 97 5 , PhD. Un iversit y of of BIiSill!!s.< ;

Ma t he m a tics: BS, Tsi nghu a Un ive rsi ty. Beijing,

ofChemistry; BA, Aug u sta n a Co l l ege,

Kevin A. Terada, 200()-, !\SS;S laril Professo,' of Econolllic'; BBI , BlJ i."e St.ltc l 'n ive rsi t}', [ 9 92; • IS, Ph D, Uil iversily of O rego n , [ 999, 2000.

DMA, Un ive rs i t y of Michigan, 1 982. 1 986.

Mel Zhu,

Cal i fornia, S a n ta Barbara, 1 996.

Barbara Templt-Thurston, 1 9�0-, Professor OMII, nil'isi(", r>j HIIIIIIIlli ties; BA, Uni\)l!r�ity l) \- ilwatcrsrand, Johannesburg. 1 97 1 ; I Std, rh L>, ,' ou thern I I l imlis Un ive r S i t " 1 979, I 9�5.

Un i versi t )" Fresno, 1 968; PhD, Purdue

Washi ngton, 2002.

P h D, Un iversit y of Wash ington , [ 99 1 .

"jTII,�/ish;

Un iversity, 1 966; I "I SV\', California State

Dana L Zalchldn, 1 997-, Cii,tical i\ssistarll Professo r O{l 'Iirsl Ilg: IlS1 ', Pacific Lutheran Un i vc r s i t)" 1 980; MN, M HA, l I ll i ,'crsit y of Wa" h ingt on , 1 99 I .

of Iowa. 1 977;

Ken.. Vaughn, 2001-, Visitillg Assistal1l Professor of II 11th ropology; BA. Un iversi ty of

1 9'17.

Professor of Ma rriage

II/ld family Thempy; UA, Washi ngton State

1 %8; M Div, Westminster Theological

Diplonl<1, Or an Pe rformance [l i ploma,

i 9S0, E)� 2; 1 �[ , New England Con snvatory, [)!l.L\, UniverSity uf Iowa, 1 994,

Charles D. York, 1 98 1 -,

J 965;

Serninar)', 1 974; M A. Universi ty

St le li ik CO mervJ ioriu m , The �et h�rlands, 1 984; MA,

1 962; MS, 'Isi ngh ua lIn iversity, Uej i ng,

PhD, Col umbia Un ive rsity, 1 972.

BA, B M , Un iversi t )' of Washi ngton, [ 980; Mt-.'I,

Un i" ersi ty of Colorado, Boulder, 1 99 1 , 1 994;

rsitl' of Iduho, I 'iS7.

PhD, l I n i

1 973-, Professor of P/1ysics alld

i '[athemat ics; BS, Tu nghai University, Tiawan,

Gretory L Youtz, 1 984-, Professor of Music;

Assis tallt Professor of Edl/Cll tio/!; BA, M Ed,

Deborah L Tannehill, 1 99 '- , Professor of Physic,,1 fdllcn tioll; fL , \Vashi ngton State ni\'�� iL y, 1 970; l'v l A , eat lie Ln iversity, 1 'i75;

Chang-Ii Yiu,

Un i versi t y, 1 980.

Un i ve rsit y, 1 997.

Kwong-TIn Thng, 1 Y67-. Prof!!ssor oI Physics; B�, lA, L'Il iversl ty of Wash in g t o n , 1 9 5 H , 1 9 59; PhD, Col umbi a L'nive rsi ll', 1 965 .

Catht en L Yetter, 1 986-, i\ssistalll Prufessor ofEclllcatioll; 13, I I l.s, Indiana University, ' 1 967, 1 969; E d D, Seattle Un iver sity, 1 995.

Uni\'ersity, [ 'iS8; MAT, Un iversit y of Puget

David Eo Gnnovich. 1 983-, Director of Adlllissiolls; BAF, MA, Pacine Lutheran Uni versit y, 1 '1 82, 1 99 5 .

Lauralee Hagen, 1 978-, Di rec to r of Alu llllli a/l(l Pml'lIt Relnt i(ms; BAE, MA in Ed. Pacific I .utheran Un iversi ty, 1 975, 1 978.

Muine Herbert-HIII, 2001-, Di rec to r, arid Academic II/tefl/ships; BS, Washi ngton S ta te Un iversi ty, 1 970; M E d , S�attle Unive rsit y, 1 990. Cooperative Iilillea t ioll

Kirk Isakson, 1 977-, Director of Multimedia ProdliCCiclll; BA, Washington State Unive rsi ty, 1 974.

Jeffrey G. Jordan, 1 989-, Oeall jilr Student llc a del l l ic Sliccess; BA, Houg hton College, 1 983; MS, State C n ive rsi ty of New York a t Buffalo, 1 9 85.

Alene L Klein, 1 978-, A ssociate D irector, Co tIlISelillg (lild T�stil1g Services; BS N , MA in Ed , Pacific l.utheran Uni ve rs it y, 1 975. 1 978; EdD. Scattie U n i V'l'rs i ty, 1 9 8 7. Susan M, Mann, 1 996-, Director ofHuman RC" ollrre Sen,iccs; HA, Univcr"it y of Wash ing ton, 1 978; M S, A n t ioch Un ive rsi ty, 1 99 5 . Janet Moore , 1 <)78-, Assistallt Direc to r, Slit dell I Adl'isillg; SA, U n iversity of Washi ng ton, 1 '169.

Martin J. Nub, 1 98 1 -, General Manager, KPLU-FM; BA, MDiv, Concordia Seminary, SI. Louis, 1 955, 1 9 58; MA, Saint Louis University, 1 959; PhD, Northwestern University, 1 967. Charles T. Nelson, 1 96 7-, Director of

bltemational Admissions; BS, Dakota State College, 1 963; MA, Adams State College, 1 964. Layne E. Nordgren, 1 979-, Director, Multimedia/Library Systems; BS, Pacific Lutheran University, 1 976; MS, Un iversity of Southern California, 1 979. Richard W. Rouse, 1 994-, ÂŁ-.;ewtive Director

of CllIIrch

Re latio n s; BA, Pacific Lutheran

University, 1 969; M D iv, Wartburg Theological Seminary, 1 97 3 ; DMin, Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1 986. Chris D. Sande rs, 1 98 1 -, Director of Administrative Computing; BBA, Pacific

Lutheran University, 1 977. Kay W. Soltis, 1 984-, Director of FirlQncial Aid

and 5111dent Employmerrt; BS in Ed, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, 1 988. Marie J. Wutzke, 1 987-, illstitlltional Research An alyst; BA, MA, Pacific Lutheran University,

1 99 1 , 1 994.

Lyman T. Lnndeen, 1988-89, 1 990-98, Religion

Religion

Gene C. Lundpnd, 1 958-91, Physical

Lyman Lundeen Ronald Schwartz Jeffrey Staley

Educatioll

Cynthla Mahoncy, 1 981-94, Nursing D. Moira MlIIlsell, 1 982-94, Nursing

Dlvilion of Natural Sclenc"

Arthur D. Marlinson, 1 966-99, History Marjorie

I. Mathers, 1 %4-&5,

Dnld E. McNabb, 1 979-97, Business

Paul Turek David Wallac.

Marlen F. Miller, 1970-95, Economics

Geosciences

Education

Richard D. Moe, 1 965-98, Education

Adam Haulter Lynnette Martek

GonnulfMyrbo, 1 970-93, Philosopl,y Alice J. Nap;us, 1 %3-75, Educatio"

Plrysics

Burton L. Neasel, 1 967-98, Chemistry Eric Nordhoim, 1 955-91, Communicatioll

Dlvblon of Social Sclencci

and Theatre

Judith Pine

...

Sara A. Officer, 1 967-98, Physical Education

Marriage and Fa mily Therapy

> n c ,.. .... 0(

Dnld M. Olson, 1 968-%, Physical Education FraoJdin C. Olson, 1 971-98, Education Linda N. Ol.on, 1 967-2001, Nursing Helml Owens, 1 985-98, Education WIlliam E. Parker, 1970-2000. Theatre Cleo M. Pass, 1 990-2000, Nursing

Roger Hansen

Gary D. Peterson, 1967-98, Mathematics

Steven Haworth Psychology

Barbara AhAa, 1 987-2002, Business Merrily J. A1len, 1 982-88, 1991-2000, Nursing Charles D.Anderson, 1 959-91 , Clremistry Stephen E. Barndt, 1 978-2000, Business Kenne th

E. Batker, 1 966-99,

Mathematics

WlllIam Becvar, 1 973-2003, Thea tre Luther W. Bekemeier, 1 976-92, Vice President for Deyelopment

Paw F. BentoD, 1 %9-2002, English

Christopher R. Browning, 1 974-99, History Jndltl. W. Carr, 1 979-2002, Special Academic Progra ms and Summer Studies

Gary A. Chase, 1970-2000, Plrysical Education Kenneth E. Chrlatopherson, 1 958-91, Jaligiotl

Marie Churney, 1 974-98, EducatiDl' David P. Dahl, 1 969-2000, Music Carrol E. DeBower, 1 964-68, 1970-91, Education

Michael B. Dolllager, 1 981-98, Mathematics Larry A. ildUon, 1 982-98, Computer Science Loleta G. Espeseth, 1 964-89, Assoc:iate Registrar

Louise Sand "aye, 1 969-98, Spanish M. Josephine Fletcher, 1 963-91, Education Roger Gerd, 1974-97, Music Artluu Gee, 1 968-2003, Biology

Ralph

Dennis Kelly Amanda Wood

lois F. Rhoades, 1 980-91, Nursing Karl

R. Rickabaugh,

Sociology and Social Work

1 975-98, Ed,,,ation

William O. Rieke, 1 975-92, Presiden t Moshe Rosenfeld, 1 986-2000, Computer Science Eldon L. Schafer, 1 974-91 , Business

Gordon O. Gilbertson, 1 954-84, Music William H. Gilbertson, 1 %8-91, Social Work Virginia K. Gilmore, 1988-98, Library

Colleen Gray Russel Queen

Work

S. Erving Severtson, 1 966-83, 1986-99,

Art

Psychology

Doris G. Stucke, 1 967-83, Nursing

Kristen Engels Stan Shaw Steven Sobeck Susan Watts

Rodney N. Swenson, 1 968-2000, Germ""

Comm,mication and Theatre

Christopher Spicer, 1 978-2003, Dean, School of the Arts, Commu nication

Joan D. Stiggelbout, 1973-91, Nursillg

Ann K. Tremaine, 1 972-91, Music Joseph W. Upton II, 1 988-96, Engineering David L. VInje, 1 970-2000, Economics Lenora B. Weirick, 1 973-80, 1 982-87, Nursing

Paol M. Webster, 1 %9-200 I, German Donald R. Wentworth, 1 972-2002. Economics Marsuct Wlckstrom, 1 951 -78, Religion, Director, Foreign SlIIdents and Special Programs

David Yagow, 1 976-2003, Senior Assistant to the Proyost, Religion

Yukie Yomibe, 1 980-92, Nursing Dwight J. Zolauf, 1949-53, 1959-85, 1 990-98, Business

PART-TIME LECTURERS 2002-2003 Division of Humanjtles English

Vernon R. Hanson, 1970-99, Social Work

Megan Benton Charles Mudede Marjorie Rommel Lawrence White

LneUa V. Hefty, 1 973-94, Nursing

History

Fern A. Gough, 1 971-95, Nursing Stewart D. Govig, 1 958-60, 1961 -2001, Religion Martis M. Hanson, 1 971-91, Education

Pen,. B. Hendricks, Jr., 1 973-87, Vice Pr sident for Fillallce and Operati 01lS

John O. Heno" 1 967-98, Matlrematics Laurence D. Huestis, 1961-99, Chemistry JoAnn S. J_n, 1 967-99, Biology Lucille M. Johnson, 1 953-89, English Gunder J. King, 1 960-91, Business Lars E. Kittleson. 1 956-91, Art Calvin H. Knapp, 1959-2000, Music David R. Knutson, 1 979-91, Religion Jerry Kracht, 1 967-68, 1 969-2000, Music Jerome P. Lejeune, 1 972-2001 , Psychology

Vernon Hanson Gary Hiam School of the Arts

John A. Schiller, 1 958-91, Sociology/Social

D. Gehrke, 1975-90, Religioll

William P. Giddlogs, 1 962-96, Chemistry

Kristen Callison Michael Fitzpatrick Ronald Lewis Beverly Tschimperle Robert Vincent Political Science

Arne K. Pederson, 1 956-89, Education

Barbara Poulshock, 1 976-97, Music

Harry S. A.danu, 1 947-93, Physics

.....

Anth ropology

W. Dwight Oberholtzer, 1 969-95, Sociology

Paol M. Reigslad, 1947-48, 1 958-90, English

Seiichl Adachi, 1 967-99, Psychology

o z

Dana Rush

Jon J. Nordby, 1 977-2001 , PI,ilosophy

Walter E. Pilgrim, 1 97/-99, Religioll

EMERITI

Economics

1 968-97,

James Rigali Yi U L ang'wges and Literatures

Flore nce Ari.ssohn Nancy Babienko Meg Billings G. Leon Curtis ling Zhen Li Sidney Rittenberg Philosophy

Sus.n Allard-Nelson

Marilyn A. Levinsohn, 1 992-2000, NlIrsillg

P A C

Diane Harney Alicia Lawver John Levesque Ken Morrison Matt Orme A ngela Storey Robert Wells Mllsic

Betty Agent Clipper Anderson Paul B.in Wayne Bliss Dan Blunck Bryan Boughten Twyla Brunson Marlette Buchanan L. Russell Campbell Erin Chung David Cripe Elizabeth Derksen Brown Susan F<rre Amy Grinsteiner Kathryn Haberlank Maria Joyner Beth Kirchoff Donna Knudson Karen Kuenzi Todd Larsen Ben McDonald Doug Nierman Marcia Ott Kevun Paustain Francine P<lerson Edgar Phillips Clement Reid Craig Ri n e Judson Scott Frank Seeberger Van.ss. Sielert L U T H E R A N

V E R S I T Y

151

Theodore lohnstone

SdJool of Physical f!d uGa110n

Su,an Tjdrd }

f' ran ci e Jordan

M ike AJa'M

Juhn W.lheri nglon

Kt' n n t'lh

l o h n ,\l11i<lon

Shannon Spi(c i J t l

Tor J11�

Ke it h Win kle Patri

iol \\'o(lster

B.lk" Ronald Dohr

I"y

S t t'Vt�n

0 ):;

'. Frednick Matthaci

Stephen Woolworth

Dougb, Mandl 10 Marlens

:VI ike F o s l i ick

KJthlyn :Vlickel

Jerry Poppen

ludy Norris-Handy

l . i l i l.1in

Patrick O'Brien

M i c hael Rice

Sylvia Olson

Icn n i fer R i c h es

K�lthy Paris

Donald R),;,IIl

D ia n n e Breen Bob 8r )\\'Oell M iehelh Bu,lill"

Joel Ramsey

Ronald

Run Sp ieker

Kay Sagmiller

lui ia n ne Sea rlcs

f l uke

\'oi,

Kathy E d lund Karen f ic h ler

Robin

Glen

W i l l i a m Fischer

li\\

n r l h fletcher

Marcifan f; r a n \. Victor

k n n i l� r Ekcch

Totten

Johll � ! i n i chillo

Worthington

lnternalional Core

t\iiid"lc:1 I rah-or�un

Merrily A l l e l l

Han. en Hawkins

M eli"" B r a n n ick Sylvia Foster M ichelle !vlesiab /0 Ann "·I iller David Williams

I l ir<chmnnn

Jcnn)' Holm<trom 'Ii

Rodnt'>' Swt'nson

Gradua1c Studlt

School of Nursing

l ..a wrel1(;c Kri

!:leek), rrehsc

taples

R al p h Vedrus

Em r)'

lulia Patrichc

RosalinJ Beil

(;ayl< Swartz

M.Jrth. E l l u l

Debate

Faculty Appointments

Marvin Shain

\\'re nce Carney

Terese

Nlargarcte Fr('it<tg

S h a r o n Radonovich

!:.vel )'n Boyk-/vfcNeal

Mark Anderson

Hyron Cregcur

Vince Pecc h i "

chool of Educallon

KtTt4.. '.!o·S mi t h

lame; K i n g

School of Business ...

I\.ccner

had la nko n i s h

Tor Johannessen

V 1SlTlNG INTERNATIONAL

SCHOLARS Yuichlro EharA, Japan Duan Ruoj

n. C h i n a

Zhuo Wu Yang, China lin ng Zhengjian. China

1 52

A C I

L U T

I T Y

c:: z

U n iversity G u idel i nes Family Education R ights and Privacy Act In accordance with the fa m i l y F.ducational Rights a n d l'rivacy Act of 1 974, pop ularl y known as the " B l Ickky Al1lendl1l�nt" and carrying the a -wnyl11

" FFRPA," Pacific I

utheran U n i\'er� J t y ha <llloflted a p o l i c y to protect the priva " of educat IOn records. T h i s a c t �I,u estahlishes the ri g h t, o f parents a n d currently enrolled, eli)!ible stucknts to inspect

and review

their educa

tion records; and provides guidt:' l i nC!� for thtt correctiCIJl of inacclInlte or m isleading data through infurmal .lnd f( lrm;.tl hc."lrin8�. Parenb and CUf

ren!ly enrolled, e l i gibl e student, ,, i l l be n o t i fied o f theJf F E R PA rights a nnuall), by publication i n th� Studmt I la ndhook. I n t t're>te d parties may review the policy i n the Office fnr Student

L i fe,

Hauge A d m i n i s t m t i o n

B u i l d i ng, R o o m 1 05 .

Policies on Equal Opportunity, Affirmative Action, ADA, and Sexual M isconduct PREAMBLE:

..... -<

Pacific Lutheran U n iversity IS c o m m i t ted to pro v iding an

educational and employment e n v i ro n m en t \....hich i5 fa i r. un�istt.·n t , Llring and supportive o f prok" iol1al and p�",onal growth. The U n i ver>i l ), is

CI c::

fu rther com m itted [ 0 protecting the rights o f its community members to

engagt' i n dialogue and exp ress idt'3S i n an environlllt'llt \vhich i� free

hJra!'ls l11t'll t , discrimination � n d exploi t a t i o n , Frndpm of t:xpre�sion not entail frt'edol11 to t h n.'3t(,I1 , i n t i m idate, h�H�s� nr a, �a u l t

fn)m du�

rh<.' U n iversity

com m u n i t y will not and does not tokratc sllch behav i o rs . F in ally, the Univers i t ), is committed to e x pan di n g and m a i nt a i ning d i\TdSi t )' i n i t s

st udent, facul ty, �t(lff and a d rn i n ist r tor po plllat i un� and to accommooall:: , whenever possible, persons ",ith di'dbilities_

-[0

honor and im pl e m en t these commitments, the l:nivers i t y

Buard

Policy on Non-Discrimination

Regents has ado pted pol ici es on Equal Opportunity. Affirmative Action and

Pacific

Accommodation of

Lu tht= ra n University dnt"s not diM. r i llliliatt Oil tht' hasi� of face, color,

creed , rel i g io n , gt:llde r, nation..!1 o r i gin , ..1&"\ llH.'ntal or ph)" i II d i �dbilit)',

orit:n t a t i oll . o r 'my oth .... r :, t �l t t l S p ro tcdc d by law t n the act.vities w h i c h i t op e ra t es , and is required by Title lX of the Educat.on A m en d m e n ts of 1 972 and the regulations adop ted pur;u nt theretu, b)' T i t l e VI and T i tle V I I of the Civil R i g h ts Act o f 1 964, marital �tatu ,

'�, ual

"dueational program, or

and b y Se<:tion 504 o f the Rdlab i l i t a t i o n Act o f 1 973 n o t to discri m i nate ill .such m a nner. The rt:'quirt.' ll1t'nh not to disrri m i n a te in educational programs and ac t i v i t ies extends to e m plo) m�n t therein and to admission thereto. I n q u i ries conce rn i ng th,' app l i,' J t i n n of " ud acts Jnd p u b l ished regula tion� t o t h i s u n ivers i t y may he rt� l�rrt!d to:

It ':sou rcl' St.'rvkcs, Pacific Lutht'ran Univt'rsity, 535. 7 I S5, for matters rdating to employment policies and promotions, fri nge: b�llt:f1.t I train ins, and grieva n.c� pr ocedures

I , The Director uf H u m a n

te l e p h o ne

practjees)

for siaff empl oyed by the u n ivc"it)'.

2. Th e o ffice of the Provost. Room

I 03,

I !auge Admin istration 5 3 5 . 7 1 26, for matters

Pacific Lutheran lln ivt'rsity, tcle plHl n e

Bllilding, rdating to

$tudent admissions, curricul u m , and financial aid,

3 . The �Iudent

Life Office, Room 1 05, J lauge

d m in i st r a t i o n B u i l d i ng,

Pacific Lutheran Universi ty, tclt-phone 535.7 1 9 1 , for mat t e rs regarding

admjnistrative pol icies re l a t ing to stlld�nts and student services.

4. The Director of Coun> l i n g and Te> t i n g Services, Room 1 06, Ramstad I-Iall, Pacific Lutheran Univcr>it)', tdep hone 35.7206, for matters relating to th e a p p l icati on of Sec tion 504 of the Rellahilitation Act

Life, Universit), Center, Pacifie I.utheran Un iver,it)', Ide- phone 535.1195, for matt no ",latins to thc' studcnt griemnce p rocedure. 6. r the A ISt.int t'crdJr), for Civil Rights, U.S, D e pa r t m e nt of Education , Switzer Building, 330 C S treet S.\\'., Waslr in!,\ton, D.C 20202. The De.m for Campus

Persons

w i t h Disahilitie:.. 3 !'1 w d l as a pol lc, pr ) h i b i t i n g.

m II'

x u a l �Iisconduct, i nc l u d i n g s e x u a l h arassl11t' n t , \t:;.:: u a l a� ·a.lI l t , J n d u :r t ain

con�t'nMIJI sexual rdationships. 'I' he S UCCt'ss of Wet.f pol icit=s !'t'qulr..:s.

member of the University com m u n i t y, each m ember of the Uni". " i t y c o m m u n it), i,

' he

cooperati()n of every

Specificall)"

expected to

read the policie, a n d follow th� d i rective� �et fort h there.n. The proc�., of providing equal t'l11ploym<' n t and eciucJ tio nal opport u n i t y

",el l ",

providing working, learning a n d living t'nVirOnllll'llts frt't' of h(,lr3�Slnl'l1 t , discri m i nation and i n t i midation requires t h a t t'\Try ml'mbt'r ot the

violations

Cnivt'fsity comm uil i t y r :)pect the righl$ of ollwr, and report

the Un ivers i t y\, pl)licies, failure to r p o r t v i o l ations m a y i n h i b i t the University)s a b i l i t y to takt' prom p t , cornxtivt' act i o n , Throughout these policies, reference, to " Employee ( s ) " shall mean ,IllY

o r tcmporar) memhtT of the

regular

U n iversity's workforce i n cluding

fac l l l t )" aclmin istrat i n n , and staff

Equal 0PP0r1unlty Policy Pacific Lutht' l an

niv<rs i t )' is committed to p rov id ing equal opport u n i t y

employment iln d in 'u uc a t i o n for a ll members of the U n ivers i t y co m m uni t), wi t h o u t r...:- ga rd to an individual's rare, color. c ree d , re l igi o n , ge n d t.'f, national

origin, age, m en t al o r phys i ca l d isah i l i ( y, InaritJI st J t �, �C'xUJl orientation or any other status protected b), Ia\\'. This equal o p po rt un iry polic), shall apply to all aspects of employ m e n t , incl udin g h i ring. compt'n..;,at ion,

bcnclits, tranSft'TS, p rom o t io n.s. t r a i n i ng,

eJucJtion, rt'ducti{) n - i n-fnrce and term i n a t i o n , To the extt'nl pcn lli ttu.i by a pp li ca b le

law, PUJ

r",S,TV

the right to h i re Lutherans or other C h ri,tiam

for fac ul t y or admmistrat ivt' poslrions whenever such choict's art: dt'efllt'd necessary for carrying out tht' educational ;:: m d religious goals c(ln�i�knt

with A r t icle

of its Art icles of Incorporation and Ar t i cl e V, Section 2 of th,'

Un i", r,;t)" s By-l.aw,.

P[.U

fll r t h e r reserves the right to make employment

decisions based o n a n i ndividual's j o b performance, merit and/or qua l i fi cat i o ns ,

Policy on Equal Educational Opportunity Pa( i fic Lutheran University is co m m itted to l'nll'iding equ a l oppo r t u n i t y in

eduCcl t i o n for a l l students w i t h o u t rq!;ard t o a Qrigin, creed, religion,

' p�r.;on s

ran.\ color, n Jtional

age, gender, >exual orient, t i o n , m e n t a l

o r physical

disabil i t y, or an)' other status protected by law. The u n ivt'rsi t y com m u n it ),

will

n o t tolerate dn)' d is-cr i m i n a t i o n ) harJ�!\.rnL' n t , or

abuse of or

toward any

member o f the u n i vttrsity c o m rn u n i l )"

The university holds as ba,ic the i n t'1l ri t y (Illd we'll being of c 'cr y person i n the community It i. commit ted to p r{)vicl i n g an eduGlIional covironment which is fair, consistent, caring, ancl SUpportive of intdkdual and personal growth. Further. it is committed to protl.:'it.:t i ng th ..: r igh t ()f its (OmmLll1ity III mhers to engage!' i n di a lo g and to cxpre�� id":"JS i n a n environment whidl i:-. flt't' from h�rJ",ment, d.scrimination, and exploitation. This freedom of ex pression do<1S n o t, howewr, ent a il the frel'uom to thr<'Jlm, intimiJ.ll�, h"[<LIS, or abuse. The univ rsit)' pro hibi t� any actil'itit'. wh i ch t,IIIS� or thl c.llen phys i cal or m e n tal haml, suffering., or exhal1�tion: which dcm��l11 the dignity and p�rsonh ood of an)' indiviclual; or which i n t e r fere w i t h one 's academic progress. Examples of such actions are verbal threats or abuse. harassment, i n t i m idation, threatened o r <Id u a l phy,ical a"ault, or (olUi;tent d ISregard of

111 ri gh ts and welf"e o f ot her

I n [" Irtic ular, th,' u n iversit), w i l l see as a \' i o la t i o n of this policy, any b t:' h a v i o r \\ hich (u m m ll n ic a t es a m t: ssage that is threatening, i n t i m idating, o r demea n i n g or w h ich causes physic a l harm to a pers o n or to persons oecau:o.\:' of r.l((" COll.H, n a t i onal origin, � r(','d, rt.'ligioll, age, ge nd �, mari t a l ,talu>, >t' . u,r1 u r i L nUl i o n , m e n t al nr physica l d i s a b i l i ty, or any other ,tatus p rotected by fc-deral. ,talc, or local law. An)' person or _

persons who are fuu n d to haw li(,lated this p"I i ,)' will be subiect to dis(i pli nary action up t o J n d includlllg susp;'c n � i o n , !,.' xpubion, o r t -er m i n 'J t i o I l.

This equal opport u n i t ), policy sholl sim ilarly apply to all aspects

educational opport u n i t y, i nc l u J ing recr u i t m e n t, enrollm�nt, advancement J n d eva l u a t i o n . The University w i l l not tolerate a n y disc r i m i l1ation or harassm�nt toward or b)' any o f its E m plo)'ees o r students. Any written, oral, physical o r visual

com m u nication thi:1t is de m "aning 4.Itgrading, i n l i m idJting) d irt'ctt'd at a ptTSOn or rer-:o.ll n s origin, marital status,

hC ... �ll

of r.:tCt',

.lge, rel i gi o n, mcntal

or o th e r w i se

color, gendtT, nJl10Tlal

or ph)'sical disa bili t y, \·ele •• lO

s ta t u s , sexual o r ien ta t i o n o r a n )' otht'!' status that is protected by leder,,\,

s t a te or local law lI'ill b� con si cle red J vinlation of thi� p o l ieI'. Any p�' � ( J n , o r p e rs o ns , w h o arc fo un d to h a w v i o l a kcl thi s po licy ma)' h" unjl'ct 1 0 d iscipl i n ary action, u p t o , and i ncluding, �uspension, exp uls i o n and/o r It'rmination, Individual who helieve that the)' hav e b�en subj<'ct to discriminatory

action

or harast;.ment or bcli ...'ve thai

dis ... riminatvry action o r conduct has

taken place, are strongly en co u raged to con tan any men1ber

f the

University Gri(!VJIlLt' C o m m i t lc:::c or their su p e r v i s o r. The Un ivers.it >r � tri ( t ! y prohibits thrt:Jts. i n t i m id a l i o n o r retaliation of any k i n d aga i n s t J. person

who reports J v i o la t ion of thi!) non -discri m i na t i o n p o l icy o r who cooperates with an investigation o f alleg,'d violation. AnI' such conduct will itsdf constitute a "i" l a t i o n 0 1 ' tbis poliC)' and nIay s u b j ec t the o ff" ndn( s ) to di�cil-'lillary action,

Affirmalive Aclion Policy PJ(ific Lutheran

niver� i t )' is committed to L'n l J rging a n d m a i n t J i n i ng th�

re p n;..'ie n t a t i o n of e t h n ic, gendtT, c u l t u r a l and t:conomi( divt'rsi t y among. its E m ployees, as well <1 :\ Jlllong i b �tudt'llt p o p u l a t i o n , PLl i ... fur ther

com m i t ted to the reasonable accommodation o f pe rso ns with

disabilitit':"

153

\I' ..,

z -' 1&1 o

whether students o r Employees. In furtherance of these goals and in accordance with state and federal law. Pacil1c Lutheran University has adopted an Affirmative Action Plan that reflects its intent to provide applicants. Employees. and students equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and education and to provide a working and learning environment free from unlawful discrimination and harassment. In accordance with the plan. the University has appointed an Affirmative Action Officer who is responsible for implementing and monitoring the goalJ set forth in the Affirmative Action Plan. The Affi rmative Action Plan is regularly reviewed and may be modified from time to time to serve the needs of the PLU community consistent with the University's affirmative action goals. The current Affirmative Action Plan may be reviewed at any time by contacting the Human Resource Services Office.

PoDcy Oil Acco_odatlon of PerlOns with Disabilities As stated in the Equal Opportunity policy. Pacific Lutheran Univeristy will

z �

not discriminate against any student because of the presence of a mental or physical disability. As part of its long-range plan. the University has committed the IInancial and human resources necessary to provide access to the University facilities according to the recommendations and requirements of the ADA. Where a student with a disabilty is able to perform essential academic/program requirements or job functions. the University may be obligated to provide reasonable accomodation to the needs of that student. unless such accomodations would provide undue hardship to the University. Students with medically recognized and documented disabilities and who are in need of special accomodation. have an obligation to notify the University of their needs. Students in need of accomodation should contact the Director of Services for Students with Disabilities in the C..ounseling and Testing Office. Students with dsabilities who want to appeal a decision regarding accomodation should contact the Director of Counseling and Testing per the guidlines outlined in the Policy, Procedures and Guidlines for Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability for Students Attending Pacillc Lutheran University.

PoDcy oa SuuaI MUcoadud A. [tllroduction In accordance with its equal opportunity policy. Pacific Lutheran University prohibits any discrimination in education or employment on the basis of gender. Moreover. PLU is committed to providing an environment in which students and Employees can work. live and study free from all types of sexual misconduct. Sexual misconduct has a serious negative impact on the quality of the education and work experience. The range of sexual misconduct includes sexual harassment, intimida tion, coercion. sexual assault. and certain consensual sexual relationships. As set forth below, the University does not and will not tolerate sexual misconduct by or against any of its students or Employees. The University will work to prevent and eliminate such behavior by providing a comprehensive education program to promote awareness of acceptable and non-acceptable behaviors. This policy is intended to meet the requirements of applicable federal and state law. If this policy is inconsistent with any applicable law, it is the University's intent to follow applicable law. B.

Policy Scope This policy applies when the conduct prohibited by this policy occurs between any member of the student body or Employee population and any other member of the student body or Employee population. This policy also applies when the prohibited conduct occurs between a member and a non-member of the student body or Employee popula tion, such as an off-campus vendor, independent contractor. work-study employer, internship supervisor, prospective student or volunteer. The University may impose sanctions if the prohibited conduct occurs on University premises or in connection with a person's participation in a university-sponsored organization, program or activity. or if the conduct poses a risk of harm to any member of the campus community, including but not limited to any of the harmful effects encompassed by the dellnition of sexual harassment.

C. Sexual Harassment Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination which is prohibited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1 964, Title I X of the 1 972 Education Amendments and the laws of the State of Washington. When the University becomes aware of allegations of sexual harassment. i t is bound by state and federal law to investigate those allegations. stop the harassment if it is found to exist and take measures to ensure a working and learning environment that is free of sexual harassment. For the purposes of this policy. sexual haras.sment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when: I: Submission to such conduct or activity is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual's employment or academic progress; I: Submission to or rejection of such conduct or activity is used as the basis for employment or evaluation;

1 54

I: Such conduct or activity has the purpose or effect of interfering with an individual's employment or educational performance or advancement; or

I: Such conduct or activity creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive working. learning or campus residential environment.

Sexual harassment may occur when there is a difference in institutional authority between persons. It may occur between persons in equal positions. such as co-workers, colleagues and peers. It occurs without respect to gender. age, appearance or status. It may occur between person., of the same sex. It may occur if the sexual conduct of others in the education, work or campus residential environment has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with another's academic or work performance or environment. Sexually harassing conduct can include unwanted jokes, comments. gestures and non-verbal conduct. Anyone who is uncertain as to whether particular conduct violates this policy should contact any of the people or resources named in the Sexual Assault paragraphs of this policy. Individuals who believe this polic), has been violated, or who observe potential violations, are strongly encouraged to seek redress of their concerns by contacting any member of the University Grievance Committee or by mntacting their supervisor. Violation of these policies shall result in disciplinary action including the possibility of suspension. termination of employment or expulsion from the University. Any form of reprisal, actual or implied, whether academic or related to employment, will be treated as an aggravation of prohibited behavior and will not be tolerated. The University is committed to providing all members of its community with education and training about the nature of sexual harassment. its damaging consequences and procedures for handling complaints. Training is particularly essential for persons in supervisory roles who may face personal liability if they fail to take appropriate action when the)' become aware of instances of sexual harassment. Retaliation against anyone reporting or thought to have reported sexual harassment is prohibited. Such retaliation is considered a serious violation of this policy and will be considered independently of whether a charge or informal complaint of sexual harassment is substantiated. Encouraging others to retaliate also violates this policy. The University is dedicated to the prevention and elimination of sexual harassment in the workplace, in the campus residential environment, and in the learning environment. The University cannot take corrective action, however, when it does not know about inappropriate behavior. Therefore, it is very important that violations of this policy be reported as soon as possible. D. Sexual Assault Sexual assault is a violation of individual rights and dignity that will not be tolerated by Pacific Lutheran University. Sexual assault is not only an act of violence, aggression or coercion against a single individual, but it is also an attack on human dignity, a value essential to the University community. For these reasons, Pacific Lutheran University strongly encourages victims to report sexual assault incidents to appropriate university and governmental authorities as outlined in this policy. This policy applies to all members of the campus community, -students and Employees, and is subject to enforcement via the applicable university policies and/or procedures including the Student Conduct System and the Grievance Policy and Procedures. -as to any incidents which occur on campus or in connection with any University-sponsored activity or event. Members of the University community who are sexually assaulted in an off-campus. non-University setting may seek assistance from any of the University services set forth in Sections I ( a). (b), and (c) below. l.

VICTIM RIGHTS

AND SERVICES Sexual assault victims have the right to: Respectful treatment from all campus authorities; On-campus medical assistance. which may include testing for sexually t ransmitted diseases, HIV and pregnancy as well as referral to outside medical resources; Confidential counseling; Assistance in changing housing and academic situations if such changes are reasonably available; Pursuit of disciplinary action through the Pacific Lutheran University Student Conduct System as outlined in Section 4(b); Pursuit of action via the University Grievance Policy and Procedu res as outlined in Section 4(c); Assistance in the pursuit of criminal and/or civil charges within Pierce County as outlined in Section 4(d); A victim's advocate. a. On-Campus Student Services: Students who have been victims of sexual assault are entitled to a variety of services on and off campus. The following campus offices are available to provide victim services:

c::

( iv ) Thrfat is defi ned :" an expression o f i n te n t i o n tn hurt, destroy

For co u nse l i ng 011,,1 support:

or p u n ish tht' vi c t i m , a n o ther perSOIl, or their proper t y.

Cou n di ng and 'jes t ing

4, REPORTINf; SEXtJ,\L Ass"" !.T

Campus . -Imistr),

Pacific Lutheran Unive rsi t y �trongly e ncou ra ge ::. vict i m s of sexual

Wo men's Center

Student life OHIce

aul t to report i nci den t s .

Fi l ing a re po rt

< .., :II \1\

with the Univer sity, the

Pi'rce Cou n ty Sheriff o r the �n�ual A> saul t Crisis Center of Pierce

Residen t iill Life Stan'

p ur s ue I�al reCOUfsepress cha rges . Criminal. civil and U niv(;} r� i ty <;1(ti0I1 occur i ndep crHlc n tl y ; a vidim may p urs ue action i n One or both systems concurr�ntly. Tht' University is not req u i red to delay o n - Lampus p roc eed i nll' r end i ng results in tlH.' cr i mi nal or civil systems. Because the d efi n it io n s of sexua l assault and the burden of proof required fi:>r r""ponsibility a rc different in the campus, criminal and c i vil 'ystcms, an al l e" e d perpetrator may be fou nd respon il l" on (,lml'llS. wh il e in the cr i m i n al or civil j u s tic e s)'stl'ms, a d i fferen t rt'�llit may occur. County is not a commitmt.'.llt to

For medical a' istanc": Student Health Center

C"mpu� Saf"t)' and I n formation To file a fonmll c om p lai n t : Student Conduct Coordinator Grievance om, r�

Camp us Safe ty anei I n fMmation m p us Faculty and Staf f St'rviLes:

b. On·

An Em p loyt'" who has heen tht· v ic t i ms of an incid ent of a sexual ;.1SSdUIt comm i t te d on �arnrus or in conn e ct i on with a Universit)' ponsored activity or event . or by a me mber of the PlU comm un i t ),. arCls st ro ngl y encouraged to contact Cam pu s Sa fe t )' and I nforma tion, Human Rcsour((,." S�rvic('s and/or counsdi ng t h rough the Univer. i t (" mpillyt'e as!o. i s t a n n' program.

c. Off-Campus ,",i,tdflce:

2. P lU SHIl.

Icr

fOR

"f Pierce Count)' offers

A i-LH;HLl P E "PFT RA 10RS

M�mbers of th� PLU CO III III unit y who "r� � l Ieged to have co mm it t ed

sexual assault � !!d i nst another lllember of the PLU com m u n i ty are e nt i t led t all righ ts g i ve n within the Universit y', Student Code of Conduct, Fa c ul ty Constitut ion " n d lly-Llws, Personnel Pol ic i es and P roce d u res Manual. and Cricvance P o l i c y ,!!ld P roce d u res , as appropriate. Such i nd iv i d ual s are also entitled to PlU services which may offe r the lll phys ic a l a n d emo t I O n al s up p o rt . c on s u l t at io n and / or ..efe rral .

means of

(ii)

seS of this policy, "con,ent" means

resour es:

t o pursue

Farrel l

Cam p us Safe t y and I n fo rmat i o n

S.:rvicr�, 25353.'>.7'1 1 1

Sexual Assa ult Cri,is Center of Pierce County Administrative Offices, 253. 5':17.6·1 1 4

Hour C ri si sl l n fo rmati o n and

Referral

Line, 233.474.7273

or 800.756.7473, TTY 253.274.0448

P ierce County

S heri ff, 233.535.79 1 1

Tacoma Police, nt. 253.535.79 1 1

Local Pol icy Agency ( i f a\Va)' from c am pus ) 9 1 1

5. PENAlTI E S fOR SUUAL.

SSAULT

Members of the Un ive rs i t ), commu n i t y who violate t h l'

·niver.sit)" s

Un i versi t y, up to and including s u Il('nsion Of e xpul s i o n

for s t ud e nt s

b a n on sexual ; . a u l t will be subjed to s t r ic t discipli nary .l ct i un by the

under such cirCllm!')l.lnct"s. (iii) Force o r c oerc ion is defined as:

and term ination for Employees.

The use of p hysi c al I,Hce or p hys ica l violence; or

COtlS6tJSLICI[ Sex",,[ !irla/i(lI/ships

Prima r y res po n s i b i l ity for n1 .l in la i n i n g high s ta " d a rd

ab il ity to �Xt:LlIte �u(h th r t"�lI"; or

with fa cu l ty a n d supervisor" power 0 er o t h e rs .

gestures to i n t imidate the v ic t i m or nllother when the v i ct i m

or administrator) ,1nd

The USe of ve r b al comments or n o n- verbal behaviors or

believes that there is a

( hoo sl,,;

Folic) and Procedur'" if

O ff-Campu s Rcp(, r t i ng Victi rn!i who wbh to rt: p o r t ;.m d/or pur:.-ue c r i m inal or civ i l adion are encouraged to seek assistan(c fro m any of tht' fo l l ow ing

t h a t at the t i me of

TIhe u,e o f thrc�ts, i n c l u d i n g b u t not l i m i ted to . phys ical tbreats. abduction, extortion or re tal i ation directed aga i n s t the victim or a!lotber whe n the victim believes there is an

G riev an c e

( 253 .5 3 5 .88 7 1 ) , Patricia R ou ndy ( 25 3 . 5 .15.87H6 ) . Kathy ll.'pc:.11 ( 253.535 .7643 ) , Richa rd Seeger ( 2 5 3 .5.>3.75 1 9 ) , or � kr l i n ') im p,o n ( 253.535.8779 ) .

the "L·t of s xu;!l i nte rwu rse o r o th e r sexual contact there arc actual words or conduct indicating fredy g i ve n agreement to have sexual i ntrfcou rsc or other $t:'xual contact. I n situations where the victim is i ll Gl pabl e of giving consent, or is unable to resi t sexual advance, dlle to alcohol/other drug use or other impairments, the ;!L ,u s e d will bL' hdd responsible for sexual assault. Silence will not be cons ide red as evidence of consent

•

to ( b ) ahove, a litudcnt may

facili tators: Su s a n Mann ( 25�.535.7 1 87 ) . K athl ee n

to ,'d uc il t e the com muni t y i n order to th i s polic y. it should be u n de rs tood tha t : a n d/or o t h.'r d rug usc, i n t ox icat ion or any impairment

For p urp

an a l te rnat ive

action, he/,he s h o u ld contact a n y of the U n iVl'rs i t y grievance

of the accused does n u t abso lve one of responsibility for sexual assault.

tUlknt Conduct System

the al l ege d i.l sau l t \'Va com m itted o n campus o r in .... onnrd i o l1 with

the University h o pe s

Alcohol

the

a University-spon.sor�d a d iv i t )' or event b}' a n o t he r m e mbt'r o f the PLU co m mun i t y. An E m p l oyee who has bee n sex u a l l ) as.I<lu ltl:d by '"lother member of tht: U n i \,t:r�ity co mmu n it r may pu r s ue actinl) I h nlugh the University Grievan..:!'! Po l icy ilnd Proct:dll re�, · 1 0 pur:-.w: :-uch

preve n t vio l a t ions (If (i)

St u de n t Conduct Procedures t\ >lude n t may pursue action through

action t hro ugh the Un iversity

fOfn:d �exual contact. forced SI,X'W[ pe"etr"ti,," i n c l ud�s in t erco u rs e ( va gi nal penetrat i on), ",domy. o r a l cop U l a t i o n or pen e t r at i o n w i t h any obj ect by the use or fo rcl:, threats, (:ol:.'n::: i on or' h t ak i ng advan t ag e o f a vict i m 's Because

Center

H u m a n Re.)( ) u rcc Ser\'ile's

c. Grievance Po li cy and Procedures

also cons t i t u te.:: non-cOOSt:nslI,l! or

Co nduct Coordinator or Campus Safet), and I nform,llion. The heari ng pr o ce dure, and rights a fforded vi c t I m , "nd allegt'd pe r pe t rato rs in the Student Conduct S)"tem are o u t li n ed in th e Pacific Lutheran U n ive rs it y Student Handhook.

i n t i nl ld ati n g a pe rson to touch "no t hcT pers\UI 's i n timate parts shall

hclplcssn� ·S.

Vornen\

S hould a vic tim choose to p urs u<' a d i s c i p l i na r y hearing through the s t u dent conduct system, he/she ,hould contaLl the �tud ' n t

actual or impl ied furcc. threat. l'()ercion or helplessness. Forcing or

Student Lift'

if the alleged assault was com m i t ted by a nother Pl.l' student.

disrob i ng , etc . ) that is committed aga i n s t another person without by

Cam p us Silfety

Pacitic L u t h e ran Univers i t y i s c o m m i tted to re5pt'd i ng pCf!.;olli.11 d ign i t y a n d will maintain CDn ii dl' n t ia l i t ;L, appropri.l1e and in k�eping w i t h the law. Employees . o u t s id e 01 th t' above-referenced dep a rtme n t s must inform S t u de n t L i fe (as to s t u den t s ) or I f um an Resource Services ( a s to t i l l o th e rs ) of any s c . l I ; l J ;)�a u ! t ITI..1ttcrs brought to their allention. Such reporting ma)' h� done without identiiication o f the individual(s) inv<llved.

NOtT-COI1SCIISlltl/ st'xutll COIl/aCI, iflcltll'ilJ,� Forced sexual contact, i n clud � any harmful, i nsulting o r non-consensual p hys i cal contact of a �exual na t u re ( i n cl ud ing touch i n g , fondl t n g, ex po su re, ad ac co mpl i s h e d

Reside n t i a l l . i fc

Health Cen ter

o t he rs .

his/her consent. including any such

Campus l\ l i n i s t r), Cou n sdi n g and Test i ng

3, "EXl1 L ASSAULT 'I E R M I N O LOGY Sexual nssault can o cc u r aga ins t both males and females and may be per p e tr ated by an " ,s ai l a nt not known to the victim, or may occur when th� victim k no\\', h is or her as!'I'l iiant, such as in the cast.' of acqua i n tanc < or date rape . At Paci iic Lutheran University, sexual assault includes, hut is not l i m i ted to ( I ) non-consensual sexual contact, inc l ud ing forced t'xu,,1 ",ntacl, and ( 2 ) forced sexual penetra t i on, and may occur by a person individually or in concert wi th J.

( am p ll � o r i n c o n n cl t i o n w i t h a University-sponsored ac t iv i t y o r event a rt: s t rongly ellCouragl.' d to repo r t the i n ci den t , as s oo n as po:.. s ible. to (J.fnpliS offici a l s . including fa c ul t), membc.-' a n d /or Empl"yee� of one o r mo re of the fo l l ow i n g: Victims of sc.:xual aS�;.1 u l t whll.:h occurs on

2 4- hou r crisis, i n formation and referral li ne 3[ 25.1 .474.7273 or 1 .800.736.7273. The: ent�r ('x i �t s to st:r\'� v i t t i ltl� o f !-ot:xllal .J��au l t a n d abus e , thrir fam i l ies :md li·icnds. L.egal a n d medical advocacy is ava i lable . as well as su p port group:) fo r v k t i ms, their friends an d fa mi lies .

The �exual As.�au l t Center

a. On -C a m p us Reporting

siltCl' t h ey

of � o " u uct residt exercise signdleant authority and

A co n se n s ual sexual rebt ionship between an Employ<!l' ( facultv, slOff.

present ab il it y to e xe cute such threats.

!'itudent, o r between a ::)upervisor and

sub o rd i na tt: EOl plo}'e�, does not ot:'(tssari l}, i nvu l v(' sexual harJ.ssment o r

155

'" w z

sexual misconduct. In �lI(h L i r l t l !lht,lI1lt·�, ho\\'C\'cr, the Univt.'rsity's

members would be unable to participate in a specific matter or when an

responsibilities to its s t udents Jnd Employces are potentially compro

additional member would assist in serving the mission of the Grievance

mi$ed by the likelihood or ewn the appearance of a conflict of interest.

Committee.

-I W

nsequently. this

Every member of the University t:Ommunity, whether faculty, student.

liey strictly prohibits nl n.ensual sexual relation

ships hetween an I: m p loyee and a student whenever the Employee is i n a

administrator or staff. shan have the right to bring a grievance and shan

position of professional responsibility with respect to the s t ude n t . This

have access to the grievance procedures established by the University

policy. further. strictly prohibits consensual sexual relationships between

Grievance Ccommittee. Grievances may be initiated by contacting any

a supervis()r and a direct subordinate Employee. For the

pU'Pos

member o f the Committee.

Grievances first

reported elsewhere i n the

community should be referred to the Committee for resolution. except for

of t h i s pol icy. an Employee is in a position of

professional respon;ibility with resped to a student when the Employee is

grievances that arise arising under the faculty constitution and by-laws or

currently in a position to make or i n tluenct.' a decision or to confer or

under the Student Conduct System.

> I-

withhold .. benefit relating to the stllLknt's education, employment. or

If, at any time during a grievance proceeding under these procedures.

campm-,pon,ored activity. This includes. but is not l i m i [ed to. staff/

participant bcliews that a member of University Grievance Committee has a

student. faculty/student, coach/player, supervisor/student worker, and

conflict or the appe,uance of a contlict. or that the grievance involves or

'" II: w >

advisor/advisee relationsh ips.

potentially i nvolves a member of the Committee. that member will be

ror the purposes of this I'0lic)" a n Employee is in a direct subordinate

circumstances an additional Grievance Com mittee member ma), he

relationship with a supervi",r i f [he I:mployee reports to tht supervisor.

if the supen·isor evaluates or directs the Employee's work. or if [hc

appointed by the remaining Grievance Committee members.

supervisor is i n the direct ('hain o f command o f the person to whom the

The grievance policy and procedures will be published bi-annually and

F_mployec reports.

distributed to

The University trongly di�loll ragi.:'$ ,on�t:nsllal sexual relationships

::::I

excused from any further involvement i n the grievance proceedings. I n such

such as [hose between an Emplo)""e and a student (even in the absence o f a current profess ional rc.pomihility with respect to [ h e student) a n d

all

members of the University community.

II. GeDeral Administrative Procedures The fol l owi n g administrative p roced u res shall apply

to all grievances.

with the exception of g rade disputes. a l legat i on s o f academic dishonesty.

belween a faculty member or supervisor and a n Employee in a position of less authority (t'wn in the absence of a direct reporlillg relationship as detined above ) . While this policy doe� not prohibit consensual sexual

student conduct issues covered by the St udent Code of Conduct and faculty grievances relating to tenure. discipline and other issues expressly provided for in the grievance procedure set forth i n Article VI o f the Brl aws to the

relationships such as these, they arc s t rongly discouraged. Because all

�uch rel a[iomhips poten[ially i nvolve a violation of equal opportunity law. it may be difficult. if no[ itn f'IJS l iblc, in any subsequent proceeding

Faculty Constitution. All other matters. including, but not limited to, to

defend against a sexual haras,mcnt charge where the defense is based on

disputes or complaints relating to discrimination and sexual harassment! sexual misconduct shall be handled i n accordance with the following procedures. Neither voluntary nor involuntary terminations of staff and

the complainant's con ent to the relationship. Moreover, those persons involved in su h relationships mllst be aware that the relationship may be viewed by other' as nploitati"e or as creating .Ktual o r apparent contlicts of interest. therehy creating potential difficulties for one or both parties.

administrative personnel may be grieved nor are they subject to these administrative procedures. The University is commit tt'd [0 resolving all grievances a r ising under these procedures, including complaints of sexual harassment and/or misconduct, at the earliest and most informal level. A . Informal G rievance Resolution

Inclusive Language PLU

'upports [he

(-fforts o f facul [y,

A grievant may pursue an)' of the following options for informal

s[uuents. s t a ff, and adminis t l<ltors to

resolution:

employ and augment the inclusive langu"ge guidelines o f their professions

1. Dirfct Resolution. The grievant may discuss directly with the

or disciplines, and to reflect upon thf cultural conditions which have made

respondent the allegations of the grievance and work with the

such guidelines i n [egral to contemporary language use. One set of guidelines is thai of the Evangelic"l Luther"ll Church in America ("Guidelines for Inclusive

Use of the

English i.angu3!\e,"

1 989), which

p rovides examples o f

respondent to resolve any concerns. S"ptJrvisor Resolution. If the action suggested in paragraph 1 is

unsuccessful. ill-advised or otherwise inappropriate. [he grievant is

language t h a t includes and affirms groups w h i c h have often b e e n misrepre

encouraged to first discuss his or her concerns with the supervisor

sented in or left nut of discourse. Inclusive language avoids stereotypes or

or department chair who is responsible for taking appropriate

biases such as I hos based on gender. race. physical ability, sexual orie.n[a

action. If the g rievance direc[ly involves the supervisor, the

tion. cl"s. nationality, religion. family. and ,t"tus. Inclusive language directs

grievant may go to the next level of supervision or may bring the

our attention to the nuances of social refermce and calls us to address all

matter d irectly to the Grievance Committee as set forth below. If a

individuals with respect.

grievance directly involves an individual at the level of Vice President. Dean. Provost or President, the grievant should bring the matter directly to the Grievance Commit tee . The matter may be

Student Right-To-Know and Campus Security Act

concluded by mutual consent at this point. Supervisors and chairs

The Student Right-lo-Knuw an.d (ampus Security Act. Public law 1 0 1-542. provides t h a t institutions of hight'f education r.Iisclose information about

which involve potential violations of the University's policy o n

must inform the Grievance Committee when handling g rievances

discrimination. sexual harassment or sexual misconduct.

campus safety policies and procedures to current and prospective students

3 . Grievann: Committee. Grievance Committet'. If thl.?re is no

and em ployees. Pursuant to that requirement. Pacific l.utheran University

mutually satisfactory resolution at an earlier stage, or if the grievant

has developed a Campus Safety ,mel Crime Prevmtion Guide that reports

does not wish to bring the matter to the chair or supervisor. the

institutional security policies and clime statistics. The current report is

grit'vant may contact any member o f the University Grievance Committee to seek resolution. The Grievance Committee may

available on the PLU wensi[e at \\ww. plu.edu!-sliflcslindex.html.

discuss options for informal handling of the grievance, make referrals to appropriate resources and support services. and. with

Grievance Policy and Procedures l. mtrocluctioD The University is cummitted

the permission of all parties. may also attempt to resolve the prohlem

to the i n tern a l resolution of disputes arising

witb.in the University community. To that end. [he Prt'sident has appoin ted

to th

a Un v rsity Grievance Cr;>mmi ttee [bat includes representatives from the

faculty. student l i fe a d m i n l.trdlioll.

human resources administration and

minimum two-yl'ar tcnn.

types of grievances. Subject to laCtdty approval. the Committee shall also

[

hold a mt' eting with both parties to discuss options for informal resolution. including mediation. If no agrct'ment can be reached as to informal means

formal grievance procedu res set forth i n Section B. below.

an as needed hasis, for t'xampic, when one Of 1110rc Grievance Committe�

years.

Committee, may request that the grievance proceed in accordance with the

and issues of academic dishonesty. Th,' Grievance Committee has [he authority to ap l'o int additional committl'C membt·rs on

(3)

of resolution or if informal procedures fail. then either party. or the

procedures for resolution of

grade disputes

minimum of three

( ;rievance Committee, or any subcommittee thereof. shall. within five days.

shall have allthtlrity to establish separate policies and procedure, for certain

At any time during the informal resolution process. either party, o r the

request shall automatically suspend informal l'rocedurt,s. At such time. the

dis iplme or which otherwise arise under the faculty const i t u t ion and

informal grievances for

terminated and that the formal grievance procedures be initiated. Such

bylaws or '''h ich arise under the Student Conduct System .. The Committec

1 56

rievance Committee that the situation is resolved or that no further

Grievance Committee. may request that i n formal resolution efforts be

I t i5 lhe intent [hal [he C ; rievance Commi ttee be the central body for p roce� ing a l l g rievances except [hose that relate to faculty tenure or

irs dnd

mediation.

University action is desired. The G rieva nce Committee will retain records of

academic administration. The Committee appointments shall each be for a

have authority to enact special poli

through

At any point i n the process. the grievant may send written notification

B. Forma l Gricvanc(' Procedures I . Filing

thi.'

f{lf whom

Sexual Misconduct. When appropriate, time limits may also be

the matter has not

extended from one school year to the next.

been s�t i S factoril)' r��ol\'ed through the informal process may file a \vritten g rievancc w i t h the ( ;rievancl' Committe� within tlve

an y Vice President may request that the Grievance Committee i ndividual . In such cases, the Provost or applicable Vice

worki n g days of the alleged incident. The grievance shall

will use the same not ification and process gUIdelines as outlined in

inappropriate adion or misconduct. Upon receipt. the grievance

2. Determination

five (5)

(�r \Vhclhcr Grievance

is Subject 1 0

1 2,

Proccdures.\Vithin

where the Com m ittee believes the Universi ty 's Policies on Equal Opportunity, Affirmat ive Action and Sexual Misconduct may have

shal l be so not i fied in w r i t i n g . No appeal may be taken

Committee has the right, where appropriate, to protect the iden tity

p u rview of these procedures, the Grievance Committee within three ( 3 ) working days of sllch dete.rmination, provide

within the

of a grievant and to proceed with a n anonymous grievant. That

YII ten Response

Mill' Be hied,

W it hil! ten

1 3, Record Retentio/J, The Grievance Com mittee is the custodian of all record.' developed d u ring the imTstigation of a grievance. All

Committee a written response to the allegations raised in

records

the grievance. The r spondent is encouraged to provide a written

records rclati ng to grievances involving v iolat ions of the

im'estigation will not prevent the process from proceeding, Failure

University 's policies on Equal Oppor t u n it y, Affirmative Action and

to respond rna)' result in the investigation proceeding soldy on the

Sexual Misconduct which may be kept indctinitely at the discretion

ha.si · of t h . grie vant 's tl'�timolly and evidence.

or the Griel'{1I1ce.

Within twenty

(20)

of the Commi t tee .

working days of

1 4 . Sal/cliol/s, The Grievance Committee has no authority to im pose

receipt of the responden t's written response, or, if there is no w ri tten response, within twenty

(20)

any sanction, however, it may. as part of its inves tigat ive report,

working days of notitlcation

recommend a particular sanction or course of co rrect ive action.

to r(spondcnt, the Grievance C o m m ittee or its designees shal l

comp lete an

The actual authority to impose sanctions and other corrective

inve IIg'ltion which may include interviews with both

action shall remain with the Provost, as to faculty; the Vice

part Jes and with those iden t i fied by the parties as having personal knowledge of tht.' facts rdating to the grievance ; reVIew

re,' p Ot15c"

President of Student Life, as to [udents; and the appropriate

of writt e n

administrative Vice President as to staff and administrative

3S appropri ,lte ; and/or review of any documents or other

personneL The authority im posing sanctions shall report its action

evidence submitted by the pa rties or by persons with knowledg e ,

to the Grievance Conlmittet' in writing.

6, PrelimirJary Report IIl1d Recollllllrrrdntians, Within ten ( 1 0) wo r king days

a ft� completion

1 5, Falsi[ted Gricl'(/nce. Deliberatel y fi ling a grievance with false

of the investigation, the Grit.'vance Com mit

statements is considered to be seriou s misconduct and such

tee will prerare a preliminary written report which details the

offenses will be subject to the full range o f disciplinary sanctions,

investigative pro(l;!� , s u m m a rilc i n formation received, and

C ommittee 's

presenl� the

incl u ding termination and/Dr expuls i on,

factual fi ndings and recommenda t ions .

1 6, Righ t o{ Appeal. Eithn party may appeal to the President of the

opies of t h e prel im i nary report shall be given to the grievant and

Univers ity the tindings of the Grievance Committee's tinal

r,·,spondcllt.

investigative report. The Grievance Com m i t tee may also request

7, Reb"ttal Stntelllen ts. Should either the grievant or the res pondent

that the President revlcw a partic u lar grievance , Such appeal must

di�Llte the fi ndings o f the preliminary repor t or the recom m e nda

be tiled in wri ti ng to the President's Office within ten

tions, rebuttal statemen ts may be filed with the Committee within tlve ( 5) working day ommitt

tlf recei p t

accept, r�ject, accept i n part, or reject in part the investigat ive

its invt.:�tigati{)n and amend i t � preliminary report, i f I I deems such action app ropria te. Either

findings and recommendations. The President shall have final authori ty. 1 7. Artomeys. These procedures are in tended to be a means of interna l

inform a t i o n , additional cvidc n lc or do c u men t s , etc.

I'mnl Report and RecolI/lI/cndatiam.

Within ten

resolution only, A s such, attorneys w i l l n o t he allowed to

( 1 0 ) wor k ing days

part ici pa te di rectly in any phase o f these grievance proc edu res,

of receipt of any rehuttal statelllents or additional i n formation, the

however, any party affected by a grievance is fre e

Committee shall cOll1pkte a tinal investigative report and recomm end ation s .

shall

,opics

against any person who has filed a gr ievance , or in any way participated in the grievance process, Any person who violates this

be gi\'en tn the grievant, to the respondent and to the

policy may he su bject to discipl inary action, including termination

appropriate vice president, dean and/or department head, If the

and/or expulsion.

gri<:vance i nvolves a facu l ty member, a copy of the final report shall 9, Review Ill' Appropriate S"pen'isM. Within

fifteen ( 1 5)

working days

from wmpletiol1 of the Committe("s final report, the appropriate Vice

P re.siden t,

nean o r Provost shall asses the report, review an)'

written statements, d� [erm ine whl'ther to accept the recommenda tions, and take an)' responsive act ion . I n the event the grievance and/or recommendations of the ( ;rievance involve a Vice

Pre

Commit tee directly

ident, Dean or Provost, the Comm i ttee will

designule an alte rnate authority to assc s the report and determine any respo ll,ivc actinn. Such action, If any, shall be i n accord with applicable l in i ve"it)' pol icy. The grie anI shall be in formed of any corrective action tdkcn i nvolving the responden t . 1 0. Time l.ilJl it,. Time l i m i t s set for t h in these procedu res may be

extended by

III. Alternative Grievanu Procedures These grievanc procedures do not supersede existing p rocedu res for resolution of grade disputes, academic dishonesty or matters arising under the Student Code o f Conduct Or any grievance procedures set for t h i n the Faculty Constitotion and Bylaws . Where a grievance may be brough t in under an alternative procedure, the grievant must elect at the outset which for u m to use. I f a grievant chooses to proceed under these administrative proced ures in lieu of alternate internal grievance procedures, then t he

grievant may not subsequently pursue the a l ternatl' grievance procedures for resolution of th" same grievanc e . Similarly, if a grievant elects to pursue an alternate grievance procedu re , the grievant may not subsequently seek to use these p rocedu res to resolve the same grievance .

the G rit' vance Committee upon request and showing

of good causc, Reasonabl

with a n

1 8 . Retaliation Prohihited, The University expressly prohibits retaliation

o f the finJI investigative report and recommendations

also be provided to the Provost .

to con s u lt

attorney of h i s or her choice at his or h e r own expense,

the event no rebuttal statements are

submitted , the Commit tee's p relim ina ,)' report shall be deemed final.

working

accordance with paragraph 9 above, The Presiden t may choose to

may review the r' b u t t a l statemen ts and shall have the

party may also s u b m i t name� of additional witnesses and additional 8.

( 1 0)

days after complet ion of review by the Vice President or Prov st in

of the prelim ina r y report . The

authorit >, to reo p e n investiga t ive

ur the Grievance Committee are considered confidential

and will be retained by the Committee for three ( 3 ) years , except

res p oll!o.e J however. failure to dnSWCT a charge or to participate in the

5. In I'cst'gatlOlI

II'

after consult<1tiDn with the University'S attorney,

receiving a copr of the grievance, the responden t may submit to the

GrievanL

consideration the inherent d i fficulty to the respondent, and only

( [ 0 ) working days after

right should be used only i n rare circumstances, taking into

a copy (If the grievance to the respondent , together w ith a copy of

notification and procedures set forth above. The Grievance

3 , Not ification to Rcspo tlllClft. l f i t is determined the grievance falls

thes.. proCedLlleS

In such cases, the grievance w i l l follow the same

been violated,

inte rnally of such determi n ati o n .

4. \'

C'I c:

individual declines to pursue the fo rmal grievance process and/or

grievance fall w i t h i n the p u rview of these procedures. If not, the

shall,

the formal grievance procedu res,

Grievnllce [niti(/ted by Griev(/nce Comm ittee. The Grievance Committee may initiate a formal grievance at any time where an

working days of the grie\'ance tiling date, the Grievanc e

CommIttee shall d e tCfmi ne whether the fact s alleged in the

brrievant

P resident

will act as the grievant . I n those cases, the Grievance Committee

incl l.ldc the grievan t ' s writte' n statement describing the alleged shall be marked with the date received,

conduct an investigation without a formal grie vance from any

in formal fl'solution w a s sought, written grievances mllst be filed

1 1 , Grievnnce Initinted by Admi"istrntioll, The President, P rovost, or

(5)

working days after termination of t h e i n formal process. I f n o within

c: z

University's Policies on Equal Opportuoity, Affirmative Action and

H'rittclI (;rl(Tallce. Grievanb

Ei ther

party may seek an extemion of time.

. t"minns of t i nlt'

the C om m i t tee

may also

at i t , d is l fetion .

The

be gra n ted upon initiation devance Committee will

not usua l l y e x tend till' t i m e fo r filing a written grievance except for th,�sc ii lu ,l l ions in which t h e grievant alleges violation of the P

1 57

X IU o Z

Index

Dance Minor 1 1 2 Dentistry 1 1 9 Dining Servic�s 1 7 Discrimination Policy 1 5 3 Diversity Center 1 7 Dropping a Cl ass 24

A Academic Assistance Center 1 6 Academic Ho nest y 2 1 Academic Organizat io n 34 Academic Probat io n 22 Academic Procedures 2 1 Academic Structure 34 A,:ccssibility 1 6 Accident Insurance, Sickness and 1 8 Accreditation 4 A.C.E. language Institute 77 Activ ities, Student 20 Administrat ive Offices 144 Admission 5 Advanced Placement 6 Application Procedures 5 Early Admission 6 International Students 6 Return of Former Students 7 Returning Transfer Students 5 Advanced Payment 1 5 Advanced Placement 6 A P - English 25 A P - Math 96 Advising 2 1 Affirmative Action Policy 1 5 3 Afternoon Classes, late 4

Economics 60 Education, School of 62 Educational Psychology Courses 70 Eligibility for Activities 22 Elliott Press, The 1 8 Emeriti Faculty 1 5 1 Employment ( Student) 1 2 Engineering Dual Degree 73 English 74 English as a Second language 77

EnglL'h Language Institute 79 Entrance Requirements (see Admissions) 5 Environmental Studies 78 Environs 4 Equal Educational Opportunity 1 5 3 Equal Opportunity Policy 1 53 Evening Classes 4 Examinations, Credit by 1 3, 23 Exercise Science 1 1 2 Expenses (see Costs) 1 3 , 1 4

AmeriGls,The 36

Anthropology 36 Aqu tics Minor 1 1 2 Aret� Societ)' 24 Army ROTC 120 Art 38 Arts, School of the 4 1 Arts and Sciences, College o f 4 1 Athletic Training 1 1 2 Attendance., lass 22 Auditing Courses 24 Bachelor's Degrees Offered 34 Biology 42 Board and Room Information 1 4 Board o f Regents 1 44 Bookstore, PlU 1 7 Broadcasting 52 Business, School of 44

Faculty 4, 1 44 Faculty Associates I SO Faculty Emeriti 1 5 1 Part-Time lecturers 1 5 1 Family Education Rights and Privacy Act 1 53 Financial Aid 7 Application Procedure l.oans 1 1 Scholarships 9, 1 2 Veterans Affairs 1 2 Vocational Rehabilitation 1 2 Foreign language Requirements 5, 27 Foreign Study Opportunities 82 French Classes 92 First-year Experience 25 First-yeaT Registration 24

Calendar 2 Campus Ministry 1 7 Campus Resources 1 6 Campus Safety and Information 1 7 Career Developmcn t 1 7 Center for Public Service 1 9 hallenge Exams 1 3 , 23 Chemistry 49 Chinese Classes 9 1 Chinese Studies 5 1 Church Officials 144 Classification of Students 22 Classics 52, 9 1 Coaching Minor 1 1 2 College Board Tests 6 College of Arts and Sciences 4 1 Communication and Theatre 52 Computer Science and Computer Engineering 57 Conferences and Events 1 7 Computing Services 1 8 Cooperative Education 60 Core Requirements 26

Cor� 11

1 58

Meal Costs 1 4 Medicine 1 19 Middle College 1 9 Military Science 1 20 Minors Available 35 Mission Statement 3 Music 98

Teacher Education/Certification 62 lesting Services, Counseling and 1 9 Theatre, Commnications a n d 5 2 Theological Studies 1 20 Transcript Information 1 3 Transfer Students 5 Tuition, Fees, and Payment Information 1 3

Natural Sciences, Division of 103 Non-Discrimination Policy 1 53 Norwegian Classes 93 Numbering of Courses 35 Nursing, School of 104

Pass/Fail Courses and Option 2 3 Payment Options 1 4 Pharmacy 1 1 9

Philosophy 1 10 Physical Activities Minor 1 1 2 Physical Education, School of Physical Therap)' 1 1 9 Physics 1 1 5 Policies, Institutional 1 53 Political Science 1 1 7

Health Sciences 1 19 Den t ist ry 1 1 9 Medical Technology 1 19 Op t o met ry 1 1 9 Pharmacy 1 1 9 Physical The rapy 1 1 9

Mathematics 95

Health Insurance 14, 1 8

Off-campus Student Services 1 9 Optometry 1 1 9 Orientation, New Student 1 9 Ownership and Support 1 44

H<'alth Center 1 8 Health Education Minor 1 1 2

Counseling a n d Testing Services 1 7 redit by Examination 1 3 , 23 Credits, Evaluation of 6

Scandinavian Area Studies 93, 1 25 Scholarships 9, 1 2 School Nurses 108 Sexual �\'l isconduct 1 53, 1 54 Sickness and Accident Insurance 1 8 Sign language Classes 93 Social Sciences, Division of 1 25 Social Work 1 2 7 Sociology 1 26 Spanish Classes 93 Special Education Courses 7 1 Sport Psychology Minor 1 1 2 Sports Administ ration 1 1 2 Statistics 1 29 Student Government 20 Student Life 1 6, 20 Student Services 20 Study Abroad 82 Summer Session 20 Symbols, Explanation of 35

Majors Available 3 5 Marriage and Famil)' Therapy 94 Master 's Degrees Offered 34

1 12

and Meals 1 3 , 1 4

Harassment, Racial 1 53 Harassment, Sexual 1 5 4 Health a n d Fit ness Management

Radio Station ( KPlU-FM) 1 9 Recreation 1 1 4 Minor 1 1 2 Refunds 1 6 Regents, Board of 1 44 Registration 24 Religion 1 2 3 Requirements for Deg rees 25 Requirements for Entrance 5 Residence Halls 20 Residential life 20 Retention of First-Year Students 4 Rights and Responsibilities 8, '1 5 Room and Meals 1 4 Running Start 6

January Term First-year 25 Journalism 52

Languages and literatures 90 late Afternoon, E,'ening, and Saturday Classes 4 latin Classes 9 1 Law 1 1 9 legal Studies 94 library Services 1 8 Limitations o n Baccalaureate Degrees 26

1 8 , 1 56

sts: Tuition, Sp�cial Fees, Room

Immunization 1 8 Inclusive language 1 56 Incomplete Grades 23 Individualized Major 88 Informal Study 24 Information, General 4 Information Resources 1 8 Insurance 1 4 , 1 8 Integrated Studies Program 26, 87 Integrative learning Objectives 3 International Baccalaureate 6 International Core 89 International Programs (see Global Education Opportunities) International Students 6, 1 9

Guests of the University 24 Guidelines 1 5 3

1 19

Health Sciences 1 1 9 law 1 20 Military Science 1 20 Theological Studies 1 20 Privacy Act 1 53 Probation, Academic 22 Psychology 1 2 1 Public Affairs Minor 1 1 7 Publishing and Printing Arts 1 23

KPlU-FM, National Public Radio

General University Requirements 25 Geosciences 80 German Classes 92 Global Education Opportunities 82 English language Institute 79 Global Studies 83 Grading S)'stem 23 Graduate Studies 1 3 2 Graduation Requirements 2 3 Greek Classes 9 1 Grkvance Policy a n d Procedures

26,89

Pre-Professional Studies

History 84 History of the University 4 Honors 24 Dean's list 24 Graduation Honors 24 Honor Societies 24 Individualized Major 89 Honors Program 87 Housing 14 Humanities, Division of 88

Veterans Affairs 1 2 Visiting Classes 24 Voca tional Rehabilitation 1 2 Volunteer Center 2 1 Withdrawal from a Course 24 Withdrawal from the University 24 Women's Center 2 1 Women's Studies 1 30 Work-Study 1 2 Writing Cen te r 2 1 Writing 4, 1 3 1 Y

Yoga 1 1 3 III

a R .!>

1]0

':.'

S'l'Wl

L--===�IJ"�

.•

�

Ca m pus M a p K n o rr House .

Selected Campus Contacts Area code 2 5 3

U niversity Switchhoard . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .

Campus Ph o n e I n formation

Ca mpu5 Safety (24 hours) Academ ic ASSISfd. nC e

Adml'Ssio ns . AlumnI a nd Pare nt

5 3 1 .6900

. . .. . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .

.. . . . . . . . . 535.75 1 8

.. 5 3 5 . 7 1 5 1 Re l a t i o n s .

Bu.siness Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . 5 3 5 . 74 1 5 ...

Church Rel ario n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confe:rence and Evenrs Cen[fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

He,lth Cen

KPLU

I n formation

88.S . . . . . . .. .

5.7177

... ............. 535.7337

. . .. . . . .

.. 5 3 5 . 7457 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 5 .7 7 58

......... .

. . . . . . . . . 535.7430

News a n d I nformac i o n .

. . . . . . . . 53 5 . 7 1 0 1

Pre... idenc

Stude,,.

5 3 5 .7450

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 5 . 7 1 6 1

er . . .

and

ReglStr.r

5 3 5 . 7423

. . ..... ........ . . . . . . . . .. ........... . ....... 5 3 5 .791 1

Studenr Servi c es . Lut.card

53 5 . 7 1 7 1

. ......... ........ 5

Deve l o p m e n L . . .

Emergency

53 5.7449 53 5 . 744 1

....

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . ... . . . . .. 5 3 5 , 7 1 3 1

Life . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 5 . 7 1 9 1

Su mmer Sessi on s .

. 53 5 . 8648

Tra n sfe r Coordinator

. 5 3 5 . 7 1 38

Building Legend . .. . .. . ... ............ 3

Blo m q u i st H ouse .

Bookstore .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Ce nrer fc r L.a r ni ng a n d Tec h n ology ( fu tu re ) . . . . . . 3 1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

C o l u m b i a Ce nte r . Ea , r

.. Cam pus Chapel/ A u d i to r i u m

Easrvo ld

......

.......

... . . . . . .... . . . . 1 7

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

... 4

Fac u lty H o use .

Foss Residence H<lll

.........................

H.rsrad ReSI d e nce H a l l

Hauge Adm I n i stra t i o n

...........

........

Hon g Residence H a l l .

I ngram Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. 24 ......... ................... 21

H u m a n Reso u rc es

. . .. 35

. . .. . . . . . . . . . .

Keck Observatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

......

E n gi neerin g B u d d i n g .

. 10

. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. 53

M c N a b b H ou se ( ROTC) .

. . . . . . . . 29

. . . . . . . . . ..... . 1 .

M o revedt Li b rary/Co mputer Center .

Center . Cente r

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 ..

........ 14 . . . . . . 4 2 ;1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Olson Auditorium .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 .. . . . . . . ....... 1 1

Ordal ReSIdence H a l l .

Park Avenue House (ACE)

....................................

PA ueger Residence H a l l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Plant SorVICes

. . ... . 19

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Me mona l Gym n as i u m .

....... ..........

PLU N orthwest

(gIrt shop)

Rieke Scion e

enter

. 27

Rosso H o use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Speci a l PermIt Pa r k i n g Vis i to r/ Pu b l i c Pa rk i n g by permit

Visir.or parking by pe.nnie on ly. Al l Vi 5i w r$ vi'ltor parking pC'rTTlit at Campus Safet y

..... 29

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .� • . •• . . . . .

.._.•...

. . . . . . 29

. .... ........... ....... 46

.. ..... 47 . . . . 22

Avenue o n t h e cast s i d e of Paci fic a t 1 2 1 6 5 Ave n u e S Qu t h , Tac o m a .

must

obtain a

IOCLl I �d

in ' M e

bol.!t!:m�fu tIl rhll!' l I orrh e"d OrHIf.9tad H.I!. Re.set"\l�d

p;t.rkm£ 510($ may b� us�d by v , 5iror$ during non- wo rkI ng

a m . ) :tnd o n wef!�nd� (somll!' 24 ho u r by "Ism ), Ify�lLJ plil" Jln e)lte nded V I 'S I I , �'OU may obtain a rc mporary prrrnit tTom C mp u:. s.. rtty hour"'(

r.m. -7

� )«(ep[I O n S

�n:

, nd l�re d

Visit PlU by Bus

I e' s tasy to V i s i t PLU fro m anywhere in

the

P u ge e

Sou nd area, Use rhe e d i recr bus rou tL'-.S to get to

the Parkl � n d Tra n S It Centt!r, only two b l o cks from

th. PL U ca m p u s :

Hill

Route 4 1 0

South

Route 4 5

Downtown Tacoma to Parkland

R o ut e 46

( Pu ya l l u p ) to P a r k la n d

Downtown Tacoma to Park l a n d or G r a h a m to Parkland

Roule 204 Route 55

16 15

.......

. ....

is locate.d ar rhe. i n te r e n l on of Garfield Stre et a n d Pacific

Reserved Facu l ty/Ad m i n ./Staff Parking

Office a f Deve.l a p m e n t a n d U n iversity R e l ati o n 5

Pacific

Reserved Stu de nt Parking

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

U n iversity P r i n t i n g a n d P u b l i c a t i o n s . .

R F

..... 5 1

. .................... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .

U n iversiry Cenetr .

Accessible Parking Visiror Pa rki ng by Per mi t

. 34

Res id e n ce H a l l .

Tri n i ty Luth era n C h u rch

Xa vie r H a l l

6. V

. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1

Swi mm i ng Pool .

Women's Ce nce r

Parking Legend

.... . 1 8

Center . . . . . . . .............. .

. ... .. .... ......... .. .. South Residence H"II Stu.n Residence Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trinity House

... .............. ..... 32

Sca n d i n a.vlan Cul tura l

Tingebt�d

. . . . 43

. . . . . . 28

Ramstad H al l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

West: H o use

.... 6

. . . . . 30

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •. •. . .

Nesv' g Al umni

.. .... ... 7

Services, S hi p pi n g a n d Rece i vi ng . M ry Bake r Russell Music Center . .. Marh l Com pute'r S c i e n ce , a n d C o m p tJter

N n m f'--S Fitness

.....

............................ 1 9

Hall

Ma i l

. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 26 ..

H on d e r l i e Resi d e n ce Ha l l .

LC'.\lis House .

Warehouse .

B u i l d i ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3

H ea lth Cente r .

Lagerq UJ't Concert

.......................

L e H o use ( ROTC) .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

....

....... 5

Kreldl<r Ro sld e nce H a l l

Parkland Mall to Parkbnd

kewood to Tacoma

and Olympia route s re q uire a transfer Lakewood or downtown Tacoma.

Se at t l e in

hel p p l a n n i n g your 253.581 .8000. Fo r

tri p ,

call

II'

--9-

O R E G O N

N E VADA